Javascript - Api - Reference For Adobe Acrobat
Javascript - Api - Reference For Adobe Acrobat
2007 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved. Adobe Acrobat SDK 8.1 JavaScript for Acrobat API Reference for Microsoft Windows and Mac OS. Edition 2.0, April 2007 If this guide is distributed with software that includes an end user agreement, this guide, as well as the software described in it, is furnished under license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. Except as permitted by any such license, no part of this guide may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Adobe Systems Incorporated. Please note that the content in this guide is protected under copyright law even if it is not distributed with software that includes an end user license agreement. The content of this guide is furnished for informational use only, is subject to change without notice, and should not be construed as a commitment by Adobe Systems Incorporated. Adobe Systems Incorporated assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in the informational content contained in this guide. Please remember that existing artwork or images that you may want to include in your project may be protected under copyright law. The unauthorized incorporation of such material into your new work could be a violation of the rights of the copyright owner. Please be sure to obtain any permission required from the copyright owner. Any references to company names, company logos and user names in sample material or sample forms included in this documentation and/or software are for demonstration purposes only and are not intended to refer to any actual organization or persons. Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, Distiller, FrameMaker, LiveCycle, PostScript and Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. Apple and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries. JavaScript is a trademark or registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Adobe Systems Incorporated, 345 Park Avenue, San Jose, California 95110, USA. Notice to U.S. Government End Users. The Software and Documentation are Commercial Items, as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Software Documentation, as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 or 48 C.F.R. 227.7202, as applicable. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 or 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, as applicable, the Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Software Documentation are being licensed to U.S. Government end users (a) only as Commercial Items and (b) with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. Unpublished-rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States. Adobe Systems Incorporated, 345 Park Avenue, San Jose, CA 95110-2704, USA. For U.S. Government End Users, Adobe agrees to comply with all applicable equal opportunity laws including, if appropriate, the provisions of Executive Order 11246, as amended, Section 402 of the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974 (38 USC 4212), and Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the regulations at 41 CFR Parts 60-1 through 60-60, 60-250, and 60-741. The affirmative action clause and regulations contained in the preceding sentence shall be incorporated by reference.
Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................ 28
Whats in this guide? ...................................................................................................................................................................28 Who should read this guide? ...................................................................................................................................................28 Related documentation .............................................................................................................................................................28
Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 30
Syntax ...............................................................................................................................................................................................30 Paths..................................................................................................................................................................................................31 Safe path..........................................................................................................................................................................................31 Privileged context ........................................................................................................................................................................31 Privileged versus non-privileged context ...........................................................................................................................32 User preferences...........................................................................................................................................................................32 Quick bars........................................................................................................................................................................................33 Domain names in code samples.............................................................................................................................................34
Contents
4
Contents
5
Contents
6
Contents
7
Contents
8
Contents
9
Contents
10
Contents
11
Contents
12
Contents
13
Contents
14
Contents
15
Contents
16
Contents
17
Contents
18
Contents
19
Contents
20
Contents
21
Contents
22
Contents
23
Contents
24
Contents
25
Contents
26
Contents
27
Preface
This reference contains the documentation of the objects, properties and methods of the JavaScript extensions for Adobe Acrobat Professional, Acrobat Standard and Adobe Reader.
JavaScript API on page 35 describes the JavaScript API in detail. All objects, properties and methods are documented and extensive code examples are presented. New Features and Changes on page 736 summarizes the new features and changes introduced in recent versions of Acrobat.
Note: Certain properties and methods that may be discoverable through JavaScript's introspection facilities are not documented here. Undocumented properties and methods should not be used. They are entirely unsupported and subject to change without notice at any time.
Related documentation
This document refers to the following sources for additional information about JavaScript and related technologies. The Acrobat documentation is available through the Acrobat Family Developer Center, http://www.adobe.com/go/acrobat_developer. For information about A guide to the documentation in the Acrobat SDK. Known issues and implementation details. Answers to frequently asked questions about the Acrobat SDK. New features in this Acrobat SDK release. A general overview of the Acrobat SDK. A guide to the sections of the Acrobat SDK that pertain to Adobe Reader. See Acrobat SDK Documentation Roadmap Readme Developer FAQ Whats New Overview Developing for Adobe Reader
28
Preface
Related documentation 29
For information about A guide to the sample code included with the Acrobat SDK. Using DDE, OLE, Apple events, and AppleScript to control Acrobat and Adobe Reader and to render PDF documents. Detailed descriptions of DDE, OLE, Apple event, and AppleScript APIs for controlling Acrobat and Adobe Reader or for rendering PDF documents. Detailed descriptions of JavaScript APIs for adding interactivity to 3D annotations within PDF documents. Using JavaScript to develop and enhance standard workflows in Acrobat and Adobe Reader. Using RSS to track remote resources in an occasionally-connected environment. A detailed description of an extension to the PostScript language which allows the description of PDF features not found in standard PostScript. A detailed description of the PDF file format. Using JavaScript to perform repetitive operations on a collection of files. A detailed description of the parameters for opening PDF files and for performing actions on them using a URL or command. Describes the XFA specification. Describes the specific language for describing patterns utilized for formatting or parsing data. This document is the XFDF specification. This document describes the different models available in the XML Form Object Model for scripting. It provides detailed information about the different objects in each of those models, and their associated properties and methods. This document describes methods of converting Acrobat forms to Adobe LiveCycle Designer forms, and explains the differences between the Acrobat and LiveCycle Designer form object models. This document describes the digital signature capabilities of Acrobat, which document authors can use to create certified documents, signable forms, and custom workflows and appearances.
See Guide to SDK Samples Developing Applications Using Interapplication Communication Interapplication Communication API Reference JavaScript for Acrobat 3D Annotations API Reference Developing Acrobat Applications Using JavaScript Acrobat Tracker pdfmark Reference
PDF Reference Batch Sequences Parameters for Opening PDF Files XFA Specification XFA-Picture Clause 2.0 Specification XML Form Data Format Specification Adobe XML Form Object Model Reference
Introduction
JavaScript is the cross-platform scripting language of the Adobe Acrobat family of products that includes Acrobat Professional, Acrobat Standard, and Adobe Reader. Through JavaScript extensions, the viewer application and its plug-ins expose much of their functionality to document authors, form designers, and plug-in developers. This functionality includes the following features, among others:
Processing forms within the document Batch processing collections of PDF documents Developing and maintaining online collaboration schemes Communicating with local databases Controlling multimedia events
In addition to being available in Acrobat and Adobe Reader, the objects, properties, and methods for the Acrobat extensions for JavaScript can also be accessed through Microsoft Visual Basic to automate the processing of PDF documents. See the Interapplication Communication API Reference for details.
Syntax
Some JavaScript objects are static objects that can be used as is and must be spelled as indicated. For example, the app object represents the JavaScript application. There is only one such object and it must be spelled app (case-sensitive). Other objects are dynamic objects that can be assigned to a variable. For example, a Doc object may be obtained and assigned to a variable:
var myDoc = app.newDoc();
In this example, myDoc can access all methods and properties of the Doc object. For example:
myDoc.closeDoc();
Method arguments
Many of the JavaScript methods provided by Acrobat accept either a list of arguments, as is customary in JavaScript, or a single object argument with properties that contain the arguments. For example, these two calls are equivalent:
app.alert( "Acrobat Multimedia", 3); app.alert({ cMsg: "Acrobat Multimedia", nIcon: 3});
Note: The JavaScript methods defined in support of multimedia do not accept these two argument formats interchangeably. Use the exact argument format described for each method.
30
Introduction
Paths 31
Parameter help
When using Acrobat Professional, if you give an Acrobat method an argument of acrohelp and execute that method in the JavaScript Debugger console (or any internal JavaScript editor), the method returns a list of its own arguments. For example, enter the following code in the console window.
app.response(acrohelp)
While the cursor is still on the line just entered, press either Ctrl + Enter or the Enter key on the numeric pad. The console displays the following message.
HelpError: Help. app.response:1:Console undefined:Exec ====> [cQuestion: string] ====> [cTitle: string] ====> [cDefault: string] ====> [bPassword: boolean] ====> [cLabel: string]
Parameters listed in square brackets indicate optional parameters. Note: Parameter help is not implemented for every JavaScript method. For example, it is not implemented for methods defined in the App JavaScript folder.
Paths
Several methods take device-independent paths as arguments. See the PDF Reference, version 1.7, for details about the device-independent path format.
Safe path
Acrobat 6.0 introduced the concept of a safe path for JavaScript methods that write data to the local hard drive based on a path passed to it by one of its parameters. A path cannot point to a system critical folder, for example a root, windows or system directory. A path is also subject to other unspecified tests. For many methods, the file name must have an extension appropriate to the type of data that is to be saved. Some methods may have a no-overwrite restriction. These additional restrictions are noted in the documentation. Generally, when a path is judged to be not safe, a NotAllowedError exception is thrown (see Error object) and the method fails.
Privileged context
A context in which you have the right to do something that is normally restricted. Such a right (or privilege) could be granted by executing a method in a specific way (through the console or batch process), by some PDF property, or because the document was signed by someone you trust. For example, trusting a document certifiers certificate for executing JavaScript creates a privileged context which enables the JavaScript to run where it otherwise would not.
Introduction
Privileged versus non-privileged context 32
By opening the JavaScript category of the Acrobat preferences and checking the item named Enable Menu Items JavaScript Execution Privileges. By executing a specific method through a trusted function (introduced in Acrobat 7.0). Trusted functions allow privileged codecode that normally requires a privileged context to executeto execute in a non-privileged context. For details and examples, see app.trustedFunction.
User preferences
There are many references in this document to the Acrobat user preferences. The preferences dialog box is accessed through the following menu commands, depending on platform: Microsoft Windows: Edit > Preferences Mac OS: Acrobat > Preferences The preferences dialog box contains several categories that have relevant commands, including Forms, General, and JavaScript. The following methods, if run from a document-level script, no longer affect the user preferences:
app.fs.defaultTransition, app.fsTransition app.fs.useTimer, app.fsUseTimer app.fs.usePageTiming, app.fsUsePageTiming app.fs.loop, app.fsLoop app.fs.escapeExits, app.fsEscape app.fsClick, app.fs.clickAdvances app.fsTimeDelay, app.fs.timeDelay app.fsColor, app.fs.backgroundColor app.fsCursor, app.fs.cursor app.openInPlace
These methods still affect user preferences if run from an application-level script. Also note that app.fs.escapeExits and app.fsEscape can now only be set to false when running in a privileged context.
Introduction
Quick bars 33
Quick bars
At the beginning of most property and method descriptions, a small table or quick bar provides a summary of the items availability and usage recommendations. The quick bar shown here has descriptive column headings that are not shown in the reference. Version or Deprecated 6.0 #.# Save and Preferences Security Availability
The following tables show the symbols that can appear in each column and their meanings. Column 1: Version or deprecated A number indicates the version of the software in which a property or method became available. If the number is specified, the property or method is available only in versions of the Acrobat software greater than or equal to that number. For Acrobat 8.0, there are some compatibility issues with older versions. Before accessing the property or method, the script should check that the forms version is greater than or equal to that number to ensure backward compatibility. For example:
if (typeof app.formsVersion != "undefined" && app.formsVersion >= 8.0) { // Perform version specific operations. }
D P
Writing to this property or method dirties (modifies) the PDF document. If the document is subsequently saved, the effects of this method are saved as well. (In Adobe Reader, the document requires specific rights to be saved.) Even though this property does not change the document, it can permanently change a users application preferences.
Introduction
Domain names in code samples 34
Column 3: Security
For security reasons, this property or method may be available only during certain events. These events include batch processing, application start, or execution within the console. (See the event object for details of the Acrobat events.) Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, to execute a security-restricted method through a menu event, one of the following must be true:
The JavaScript user preferences item Enable Menu Items JavaScript Execution Privileges is checked. The method is executed through a trusted function. For details and examples, see the app.trustedFunction method.
See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for more information. Note: (Acrobat 6.0 or later) Methods marked with S will execute without restriction in a certified document provided the certifiers certificate is trusted for running embedded high privilege JavaScript and other limitations in the quick bar fields are met.
Column 4: Availability If the column is blank, the property or method is allowed in Adobe Reader, Acrobat Professional or Acrobat Standard.
X F C S D G
The property or method is not allowed in Adobe Reader but is available in Acrobat Professional and Acrobat Standard. The property or method is allowed in Acrobat Professional and Acrobat Standard. It can be accessed in Adobe Reader (version 5.1 or later) depending on additional usage rights that have been applied to the document:
F Requires forms rights C Requires the right to manipulate comments S Requires the document save right D Requires file attachment rights G Requires digital signature rights
JavaScript API
This chapter is a complete reference to the Acrobat extensions to JavaScript, its objects, methods, and properties. The chapter is organized alphabetically by object name. The Acrobat extensions to core JavaScript date back to Adobe Exchange 3.01. JavaScript functionality was added to this version by means of the Acrobat Forms Author Plug-in 3.5 Update. Initially, JavaScript version 1.2 was used, as the table below shows. In Acrobat 5.0, there was a major effort to extend core JavaScript, then version 1.5, to include much of the functionality of the application and its plug-ins. The most recent version of Acrobat now uses JavaScript 1.6. Acrobat version 3.01 4.0 1.2 5.0 1.5 6.0 1.5 7.0 1.5 8.0 1.6
When developing a JavaScript solution, you must have a minimal Acrobat (or Adobe Reader) version in mind. The choice of target application determines, by the table above, the version of JavaScript you should use. Most JavaScript API function are documented in all versions of Acrobat and Adobe Reader, while others are only defined in later versions. Still, some APIs are restricted to Acrobat Professional and some cannot be used by Adobe Reader, while others can be used in Adobe Reader only when the document has the appropriate Reader Extension Rights. Again, for a JavaScript solution, all these factors must be considered. See Quick bars on page 33 for a description of the symbols that appear at the beginning of property and method descriptions. The quick bar reflects the version number where the method was first defined, security restrictions, limitations on Adobe Reader, and needed Adobe Reader usage rights. For documentation on core JavaScript, the reader is directed to the Mozilla Developer Center, http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/JavaScript.
35
JavaScript API
ADBC 36
ADBC
5.0
The ADBC plug-in allows JavaScript in PDF documents to access databases through a consistent object model. ADBC is a Windows-only feature and requires ODBC to be installed on the client machine. The object model is based on general principles used in the object models for the ODBC and JDBC APIs. Like ODBC and JDBC, ADBC is a means of communicating with a database through SQL. Note: ADBC provides no security for any of the databases it is programmed to access. It is the responsibility of the database administrator to keep all data secure. The ADBC object is a global object whose methods allow a script to create database connection contexts or connections. Related objects used in database access are described separately. Related object
Connection
Brief description An object through which a list of tables in the connected database can be obtained. An object through which SQL statements can be executed and rows retrieved based on the query.
Statement
ADBC properties
SQL types
5.0
The ADBC object has the following constant properties representing various SQL types: Constant property name
SQLT_BIGINT SQLT_BINARY SQLT_BIT SQLT_CHAR SQLT_DATE SQLT_DECIMAL SQLT_DOUBLE SQLT_FLOAT SQLT_INTEGER
Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Version
JavaScript API
JavaScript types 37
Value 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Version
The type properties of the Column object and ColumnInfo object use these properties.
JavaScript types
5.0
The ADBC object has the following constant properties representing various JavaScript data types. Constant property name
Numeric String Binary Boolean Time Date TimeStamp
Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
The Statement object methods getColumn and getColumnArray use these types.
JavaScript API
getDataSourceList 38
ADBC methods
getDataSourceList
5.0
Returns
An array containing a DataSourceInfo object for each accessible database on the system. The method never fails but may return a zero-length array.
Example
See ADBC.newConnection.
newConnection
5.0
Creates a Connection object associated with the specified database. Optionally, you can supply a user ID and a password. Note: (Acrobat 6.0 and later) It is possible to connect to a database using a connection string with no Data Source Name (DSN), but this is only permitted, beginning with Acrobat 6.0, during a console or batch event. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Parameters
cDSN cUID cPWD
The data source name (DSN) of the database (optional) User ID (optional) Password
Returns
A Connection object, or null on failure.
Example
Get the array of DataSourceInfo objects available on the system, and display them to the console, while searching for the data source named q32000data.
/* First, get the array of DataSourceInfo objects available on the system */ var aList = ADBC.getDataSourceList(); console.show(); console.clear();
JavaScript API
newConnection 39
try { /* Now display them, while searching for the one named "q32000data". */ var DB = "", msg = ""; if (aList != null) { for (var i=0; i < aList.length; i++) { console.println("Name: "+aList[i].name); console.println("Description: "+aList[i].description); // and choose one of interest if (aList[i].name=="q32000data") DB = aList[i].name; } } // Did we find the database? if (DB != "") { // Yes, establish a connection. console.println("The requested database has been found!"); var Connection = ADBC.newConnection(DB); if (Connection == null) throw "Not Connected!"; } else // No, display message to console. throw "Could not find the requested database."; } catch (e) { console.println(e); } // Alternatively, we could simple connect directly. var Connection = ADBC.newConnection("q32000data");
JavaScript API
Alerter 40
Alerter
7.0 The Acrobat multimedia plug-in displays error alerts under various conditions such as a missing media file. JavaScript code can customize these alerts, either for an entire document or for an individual media player. In an alert situation, the internal function app.media.alert is called with parameters containing information about the alert. The app.media.alert method handles the alert by looking for alerter objects and calling their dispatch methods, in this order:
args.alerter doc.media.alerter doc.media.stockAlerter
To handle alerts for a specific player, provide an alerter object in args.alerter when you call app.media.createPlayer or app.media.openPlayer. To handle alerts for an entire document, set doc.media.alerter to an alerter object. All alerts can be suppressed for a player or document by setting args.alerter or doc.media.alerter to null.
doc.media.stockAlerter provides the default alerts that are used if a custom alerter is not specified. This property is initialized automatically by app.media.alert. Normally, doc.media.stockAlerter
Alerter methods
dispatch
7.0 Called by app.media.alert to handle alert situations.
Parameters
alert
Returns
A Boolean value, true to stop further alert processing, false to continue processing.
JavaScript API
dispatch 41
Alert object
Properties
type doc fromUser error
Description All alert types All alert types All alert types Available for the Exception type alert. The error object has a message property:
error: { message: String }
String String
MediaSelection object
Available for the PlayerError type alert. Available for the FileNotFound type alert. Available for the SelectFailed type alert.
Example 1
Open a media player and suppress all alerts for this player.
app.media.openPlayer({ alerter: null }); // A more elaborate way to do the same thing app.media.openPlayer( { alerter: { dispatch() { return true; } } });
Example 2
For all players in this document, log any alerts to a text field and allow the normal alert box to be displayed.
function logAlerts( doc ) { count = 0; doc.alerter = { dispatch( alert ) { doc.getField("AlertLog").value += "Alert #" + ++count + ": " + alert.type + "\n"; } } } logAlerts( this );
JavaScript API
dispatch 42
// Another way to keep the counter function logAlerts( doc ) { doc.alerter = { count = 0, dispatch( alert ) { doc.getField("AlertLog").value += "Alert #" + ++this.count + ": " + alert.type + "\n"; } } } logAlerts( this );
Example 3
Handle the PlayerError alert here, with defaults for other alerts.
this.media.alerter = { dispatch( alert ) { switch( alert.type ) { case "PlayerError": app.alert( "Player error: " + alert.errorText ); return true; } } }
JavaScript API
AlternatePresentation 43
AlternatePresentation
This object provides an interface to the document's particular alternate presentation. Use the Doc object method alternatePresentations to acquire an AlternatePresentation object. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for additional details on alternate presentations.
AlternatePresentation properties
active
6.0 This property is true if the presentation is currently active and false otherwise. When a presentation is active, it controls how the document that owns it is displayed.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
See the start method for an example.
type
6.0 The type of the alternate presentation. Currently, the only supported type is SlideShow.
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
start 44
AlternatePresentation methods
start
6.0 Switches the document view into the alternate presentation mode and sets the active property to true. An exception is thrown if this or any other alternate presentation is already active.
Parameters
cOnStop
(optional) An expression to be evaluated by Acrobat when the presentation completes for any reason (as a result of a call to stop, an explicit user action, or the presentation logic itself ). (optional) A command or script to pass to the alternate presentation. Note: This command is presentation-specific (not a JavaScript expression).
cCommand
Example
Assume there is a named presentation called MySlideShow within the document.
// oMySlideShow is an AlternatePresentation object oMySlideShow = this.alternatePresentations.MySlideShow; if (!oMySlideShow.active) oMySlideShow.start();
Note that this.alternatePresentations is used to access the specified presentation by property name.
stop
6.0 Stops the presentation and switches the document into normal (PDF) presentation. An exception is thrown if this presentation is not active.
Example
In this example, oMySlideShow is an AlternatePresentations object. See start for a related example.
// Stop the show if already active if (oMySlideShow.active) oMySlideShow.stop();
JavaScript API
Annotation 45
Annotation
This object represents an Acrobat annotation. Annotations can be created using the Acrobat annotation tool or by using the Doc object method addAnnot. Before an annotation can be accessed, it must be bound to a JavaScript variable through a Doc object method such as getAnnot:
var a = this.getAnnot(0, "Important");
The script can then manipulate the annotation named Important on page 1 (0-based page numbering system) by means of the variable a. For example, the following code first stores the type of annotation in the variable thetype, then changes the author to John Q. Public.
var thetype = a.type; // read property a.author = "John Q. Public"; // write property
Another way of accessing the Annotation object is through the Doc object getAnnots method. Note: In Adobe Reader 5.1 or later, you can get the value of any annotation property except contents. The ability to set these properties depends on Comments document rights, as indicated by the C icon. The user interface in Acrobat refers to annotations as comments.
Annotation types
Annotations are of different types, as reflected in the type property. Each type is listed in the table below, along with all documented properties returned by the getProps method. Annotation type
Caret
Properties
author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, caretSymbol, contents, creationDate, delay, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, dash, delay, fillColor, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width attachIcon, author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, delay, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, point, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width
Circle
FileAttachment
JavaScript API
Annotation 46
Annotation type
FreeText
Properties
alignment, author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, callout, contents, creationDate, dash, delay, fillColor, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lineEnding, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, richDefaults, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, textFont, textSize, toggleNoView, type, width author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, delay, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, quads, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, dash, delay, gestures, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width arrowBegin, arrowEnd, author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, dash, delay, doCaption, fillColor, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, leaderExtend, leaderLength, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, points, popupOpen, popupRect, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, dash, delay, fillColor, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, vertices, width arrowBegin, arrowEnd, author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, dash, delay, fillColor, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, vertices, width author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, delay, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, point, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, soundIcon, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, dash, delay, fillColor, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width
Highlight
Ink
Line
Polygon
PolyLine
Sound
Square
JavaScript API
alignment 47
Annotation type
Squiggly
Properties
author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, delay, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, quads, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width AP, author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, delay, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, readOnly, rect, refType, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, delay, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, quads, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, delay, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, noteIcon, opacity, page, point, popupOpen, popupRect, print, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, state, stateModel, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width author, borderEffectIntensity, borderEffectStyle, contents, creationDate, delay, hidden, inReplyTo, intent, lock, modDate, name, noView, opacity, page, popupOpen, popupRect, print, quads, readOnly, rect, refType, richContents, rotate, seqNum, strokeColor, style, subject, toggleNoView, type, width
Stamp
StrikeOut
Text
Underline
Annotation properties
The PDF Reference version 1.7 documents all Annotation properties and specifies how they are stored. Some property values are stored in the PDF document as names and others are stored as strings (see the PDF Reference version 1.7 for details). A property stored as a name can have only 127 characters. Examples of properties that have a 127-character limit include AP, beginArrow, endArrow, attachIcon, noteIcon, and soundIcon.
alignment
5.0
JavaScript API
AP 48
Value 0 1 2
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Annotations
FreeText
AP
5.0
The named appearance of the stamp to be used in displaying a stamp annotation. The names of the standard stamp annotations are given below:
Approved AsIs Confidential Departmental Draft Experimental Expired Final ForComment ForPublicRelease NotApproved NotForPublicRelease Sold TopSecret
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
arrowBegin 49
Annotations
Stamp
Example
Programmatically add a stamp annotation.
var annot = this.addAnnot({ page: 0, type: "Stamp", author: "A. C. Robat", name: "myStamp", rect: [400, 400, 550, 500], contents: "Try it again, this time with order and method!", AP: "NotApproved" });
Note: The name of a particular stamp can be found by opening the PDF file in the Stamps folder that contains the stamp in question. For a list of stamp names currently in use in the document, see the Doc object icons property.
arrowBegin
5.0
Determines the line cap style that specifies the shape to be used at the beginning of a line annotation. Permissible values are:
None (default) OpenArrow ClosedArrow ROpenArrow RClosedArrow Butt Diamond Circle Square Slash
// Acrobat 7.0
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
Line, PolyLine
Example
See the setProps method.
JavaScript API
arrowEnd 50
arrowEnd
5.0
Determines the line cap style that specifies the shape to be used at the end of a line annotation. The following list shows the allowed values:
None (default) OpenArrow ClosedArrow ROpenArrow RClosedArrow Butt Diamond Circle Square Slash
// Acrobat 7.0
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
Line, PolyLine
Example
See the setProps method.
attachIcon
5.0
The name of an icon to be used in displaying the annotation. Recognized values are listed below:
Paperclip PushPin (default) Graph Tag
Type
String
JavaScript API
author 51
Access
R/W
Annotations
FileAttachment
author
5.0
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
Example
See the contents property.
borderEffectIntensity
6.0
The intensity of the border effect, if any. This represents how cloudy a cloudy rectangle, polygon, or oval is.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
JavaScript API
borderEffectStyle 52
borderEffectStyle
6.0
If non-empty, the name of a border effect style. Currently, the only supported border effects are the empty string (nothing) or C for cloudy.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
callout
7.0
An array of four or six numbers specifying a callout line attached to the free text annotation. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for additional details.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Annotations
FreeText
caretSymbol
6.0
The symbol associated with a Caret annotation, which is a visual symbol that indicates the presence of text edits. Valid values are (nothing), P (paragraph symbol) or S (space symbol).
JavaScript API
contents 53
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
Caret
contents
5.0
Accesses the contents of any annotation that has a pop-up window. For sound and file attachment annotations, specifies the text to be displayed as a description.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
Example
Create a text annotation, with author and contents specified.
var annot = this.addAnnot({ page: 0, type: "Text", point: [400,500], author: "A. C. Robat", contents: "Call Smith to get help on this paragraph.", noteIcon: "Help" });
creationDate
6.0
JavaScript API
dash 54
Type
Date
Access
R
Annotations
All
dash
5.0
A dash array defining a pattern of dashes and gaps to be used in drawing a dashed border. For example, a value of [3, 2] specifies a border drawn with 3-point dashes alternating with 2-point gaps. To set the dash array, the style property must be set to D.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Annotations
FreeText, Line, PolyLine, Polygon, Circle, Square, Ink
Example
Assuming annot is an Annotation object, this example changes the border to dashed.
annot.setProps({ style: "D", dash: [3,2] });
delay
5.0
If true, property changes to the annotation are queued and then executed when delay is set back to false. (Similar to the Field object delay property.)
JavaScript API
doc 55
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
Example
Assuming annot is an Annotation object, the code below changes the border to dashed.
annot.delay=true; annot.style = "D"; annot.dash = [4,3]; annot.delay = false;
doc
5.0
Type
Doc object
Access
R
Annotations
All
Example
Construct an annotation, and illustrate the use of the doc property.
var inch = 72; var annot = this.addAnnot({ page: 0, type: "Square", rect: [1*inch, 3*inch, 2*inch, 3.5*inch] }); /* displays, for example, "file:///C|/Adobe/Annots/myDoc.pdf" */ console.println(annot.doc.URL);
JavaScript API
doCaption 56
doCaption
7.0
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Annotations
Line
Example
See the example following the points property, page 65.
fillColor
5.0
Sets the background color for circle, square, line, polygon, polyline, and free text annotations. Values are defined by using transparent, gray, RGB or CMYK color. See Color arrays on page 193 for information on defining color arrays and how values are used with this property.
Type
Color
Access
R/W
Annotations
Circle, Square, Line, Polygon, PolyLine, FreeText
JavaScript API
gestures 57
Example
Create a Circle annotation and set the background color.
var annot = this.addAnnot( { type: "Circle", page: 0, rect: [200,200,400,300], author: "A. C. Robat", name: "myCircle", popupOpen: true, popupRect: [200,100,400,200], contents: "Hi World!", strokeColor: color.red, fillColor: ["RGB",1,1,.855] });
gestures
5.0
An array of arrays, each representing a stroked path. Each array is a series of alternating x and y coordinates in default user space, specifying points along the path. When drawn, the points are connected by straight lines or curves in an implementation-dependent way. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for more details.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Annotations
Ink
hidden
5.0
If true, the annotation is not shown and there is no user interaction, display, or printing of the annotation.
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
inReplyTo 58
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
inReplyTo
6.0
If non-empty, specifies the name value of the annotation that this annotation is in reply to.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
intent
7.0
This property allows a markup annotation type to behave differently, depending on the intended use of the annotation. For example, the Callout Tool is a free text annotation with intent set to FreeTextCallout. Though this property is defined for all annotations, currently, only free text, polygon, and line annotations have non-empty values for intent.
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
leaderExtend 59
Annotations
All The table below lists the tools available through the UI for creating annotations with special appearances. UI Callout Tool Cloud Tool Arrow Tool Dimensioning Tool Annotation type
FreeText Polygon Line Line
Intent
FreeTextCallout PolygonCloud LineArrow LineDimension
leaderExtend
7.0
Specifies the length of leader line extensions that extend from both endpoints of the line, perpendicular to the line. These lines extend from the line proper 180 degrees from the leader lines. The value should always be greater than or equal to zero. The default is zero (no leader line extension).
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Annotations
Line
leaderLength
7.0
Specifies the length of leader lines that extend from both endpoints of the line, perpendicular to the line. The value may be negative to specify an alternate orientation of the leader lines. The default is 0 (no leader line).
Type
Number
JavaScript API
lineEnding 60
Access
R/W
Annotations
Line
lineEnding
7.0
This property determines how the end of a callout line is stroked. It is relevant only for a free text annotation when the value of intent is FreeTextCallout. Recognized values are listed below:
None (default) OpenArrow ClosedArrow ROpenArrow RClosedArrow Butt Diamond Circle Square Slash
// Acrobat 7.0
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
FreeText
lock
5.0
If true, the annotation is locked, which is equivalent to readOnly except that the annotation is accessible through the properties dialog box in the UI.
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
modDate 61
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
modDate
5.0
Type
Date
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
Example
Print the modification date to the console.
console.println(util.printd("mmmm dd, yyyy", annot.modDate));
name
5.0
The name of an annotation. This value can be used by the Doc object getAnnot method to find and access the properties and methods of the annotation.
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
noteIcon 62
Annotations
All
Example
Locate the annotation named myNote and appends a comment.
var gannot = this.getAnnot(0, "myNote"); gannot.contents += "\r\rDont forget to check with Smith";
noteIcon
5.0
The name of an icon to be used in displaying the annotation. Recognized values are given below:
Check Circle Comment Cross Help Insert Key NewParagraph Note(default) Paragraph RightArrow RightPointer Star UpArrow UpLeftArrow
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
Text
Example
See the contents property.
JavaScript API
noView 63
noView
5.0
If true, the annotation is hidden, but if the annotation has an appearance, that appearance should be used for printing only.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
Example
See the toggleNoView property.
opacity
5.0
The constant opacity value to be used in painting the annotation. This value applies to all visible elements of the annotation in its closed state (including its background and border), but not to the pop-up window that appears when the annotation is opened. Permissible values are 0.0 - 1.0. A value of 0.5 makes the annotation semitransparent.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
JavaScript API
page 64
page
5.0
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
Example
The following code moves the Annotation object annot from its current page to page 3 (0-based page numbering system).
annot.page = 2;
point
5.0
An array of two numbers, [xul, yul] that specifies the upper left-hand corner in default user space of the icon for a text, sound or file attachment annotation.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Annotations
Text, Sound, FileAttachment
JavaScript API
points 65
Example
Place a help note icon at specified coordinates. The icon is located at the upper right corner of the popup note.
var annot = this.addAnnot({ page: 0, type: "Text", point: [400,500], contents: "Call Smith to get help on this paragraph.", popupRect: [400,400,550,500], popupOpen: true, noteIcon: "Help" });
See also the noteIcon property and the Doc object addAnnot method.
points
5.0
An array of two points, [[x1, y1], [x2, y2]], specifying the starting and ending coordinates of the line in default user space.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Annotations
Line
Example
Draw a line between two specified points.
var annot = this.addAnnot({ type: "Line", page: 0, author: "A. C. Robat", doCaption: true, contents: "Look at this again!", points: [[10,40],[200,200]], });
See the arrowBegin and arrowEnd properties, the setProps method, and the Doc object addAnnot method.
JavaScript API
popupOpen 66
popupOpen
5.0
If true, the pop-up text note appears open when the page is displayed.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Annotations
All except FreeText, Sound, FileAttachment
Example
See the print property.
popupRect
5.0
An array of four numbers [xll, yll, xur, yur] specifying the lower-left x, lower-left y, upper-right x, and upper-right y coordinatesin default user spaceof the rectangle of the pop-up annotation associated with a parent annotation. It defines the location of the pop-up annotation on the page.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Annotations
All except FreeText, Sound, FileAttachment
Example
See the print property.
JavaScript API
print 67
print
5.0
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
quads
5.0
An array of 8 x n numbers specifying the coordinates of n quadrilaterals in default user space. Each quadrilateral encompasses a word or group of contiguous words in the text underlying the annotation. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for more details. The quads for a word can be obtained through calls to the Doc object getPageNthWordQuads method.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Annotations
Highlight, StrikeOut, Underline, Squiggly
Example
See the Doc object getPageNthWordQuads method.
JavaScript API
rect 68
rect
5.0
The rect array consists of four numbers [xll, yll, xur, yur] specifying the lower-left x, lower-left y, upper-right x, and upper-right y coordinatesin default user spaceof the rectangle defining the location of the annotation on the page. See also the popupRect property.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
readOnly
5.0
If true, the annotation should display but not interact with the user.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
refType
7.0
The reference type of the annotation. The property distinguishes whether inReplyTo indicates a plain threaded discussion relationship or a group relationship. Recognized values are R and Group. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for additional details.
JavaScript API
richContents 69
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
richContents
6.0
This property gets the text contents and formatting of an annotation. The rich text contents are represented as an array of Span objects containing the text contents and formatting of the annotation.
Type
Array of Span objects
Access
R/W
Annotations
All except Sound, FileAttachment
Example
Create a text annotation and give it some rich text contents.
var annot = this.addAnnot({ page: 0, type: "Text", point: [72,500], popupRect: [72, 500,6*72,500-2*72], popupOpen: true, noteIcon: "Help" }); var spans = new Array(); spans[0] = new Object(); spans[0].text = "Attention:\r"; spans[0].textColor = color.blue; spans[0].textSize = 18;
JavaScript API
richDefaults 70
spans[1] = new Object(); spans[1].text = "Adobe Acrobat 6.0\r"; spans[1].textColor = color.red; spans[1].textSize = 20; spans[1].alignment = "center"; spans[2] = new Object(); spans[2].text = "will soon be here!"; spans[2].textColor = color.green; spans[2].fontStyle = "italic"; spans[2].underline = true; spans[2].alignment = "right"; // Now give the rich field a rich value annot.richContents = spans;
See also the Field object richValue method and the event object methods richValue, richChange, and richChangeEx for examples of using the Span object.
richDefaults
6.0
This property defines the default style attributes for a free text annotation. See the description of the Field object defaultStyle property for additional details.
Type
Span object
Access
R/W
Annotations
FreeText
rotate
5.0
The number of degrees (0, 90, 180, 270) the annotation is rotated counterclockwise relative to the page. This property is only significant for free text annotations.
Type
Integer
JavaScript API
seqNum 71
Access
R/W
Annotations
FreeText
seqNum
5.0
Type
Integer
Access
R
Annotations
All
soundIcon
5.0
The name of an icon to be used in displaying the sound annotation. A value of Speaker is recognized.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
Sound
JavaScript API
state 72
state
6.0
The state of the text annotation. The values of this property depend on the stateModel. For a state model of Marked, values are Marked and Unmarked. For a Review state model, the values are Accepted, Rejected, Cancelled, Completed and None.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
Text
stateModel
6.0
Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, annotations may have an author-specific state associated with them. The state is specified by a separate text annotation that refers to the original annotation by means of its IRT entry (see the inReplyTo property). There are two types of state models, Marked and Review.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
Text See also the getStateInModel method.
strokeColor
5.0
Sets the appearance color of the annotation. Values are defined by using transparent, gray, RGB or CMYK color. In the case of a free text annotation, strokeColor sets the border and text colors. See Color arrays on page 193 for information on defining color arrays and how values are used with this property.
JavaScript API
style 73
Type
Color
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
Example
Make a text note red.
var annot = this.addAnnot({type: "Text"}); annot.strokeColor = color.red;
style
5.0
This property gets and sets the border style. Recognized values are S (solid) and D (dashed). The style property is defined for all annotation types but is only relevant for line, free text, circle, square, polyline, polygon and ink annotations.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
All See the dash property for an example.
subject
6.0
Text representing a short description of the subject being addressed by the annotation. The text appears in the title bar of the pop-up window, if there is one, or the properties dialog box.
JavaScript API
textFont 74
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
textFont
5.0
Determines the font that is used when laying out text in a free text annotation. Valid fonts are defined as properties of the font object (see the Field object textFont property). An arbitrary font can be used when laying out a free text annotation by setting the value of textFont equal to a string that represents the PostScript name of the font.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Annotations
FreeText
Example
Create a FreeText annotation using the Helvetica font.
var annot = this.addAnnot({ page: 0, type: "FreeText", textFont: font.Helv, // or, textFont: "Viva-Regular", textSize: 10, rect: [200, 300, 200+150, 300+3*12], // height for three lines width: 1, alignment: 1 });
JavaScript API
textSize 75
textSize
5.0
The text size (in points) for a free text annotation. Valid text sizes include zero and the range from 4 to 144, inclusive. Zero indicates the largest point size that allows all the text to fit in the annotations rectangle.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Annotations
FreeText
Example
See the textFont property.
toggleNoView
6.0
If true, the noView flag is toggled when the mouse hovers over the annotation or the annotation is selected. If an annotation has both the noView and toggleNoView flags set, the annotation is usually invisible. However, when the mouse is over it or it is selected, it becomes visible.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Annotations
All
JavaScript API
type 76
type
5.0
The type of annotation. The type of an annotation can only be set within the object-literal argument of the Doc object addAnnot method. The valid values are:
Text FreeText Line Square Circle Polygon PolyLine Highlight Underline Squiggly StrikeOut Stamp Caret Ink FileAttachment Sound
Type
String
Access
R
Annotations
All
vertices
6.0
An array of coordinate arrays representing the alternating horizontal and vertical coordinates, respectively, of each vertex, in default user space of a polygon or polyline annotation. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for details.
Type
Array of arrays
JavaScript API
width 77
Access
R/W
Annotations
Polygon, PolyLine
width
5.0
The border width in points. If this value is 0, no border is drawn. The default value is 1.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Annotations
Square, Circle, Line, Ink, FreeText
Annotation methods
destroy
5.0
Destroys the annotation, removing it from the page. The object becomes invalid.
Example
Remove all "FreeText" annotations on page 0.
var annots = this.getAnnots({ nPage:0 }); for (var i = 0; i < annots.length; i++) if (annots[i].type == "FreeText") annots[i].destroy();
JavaScript API
getProps 78
getProps
5.0 Get the collected properties of an annotation. Can be used to copy an annotation.
Returns
An object literal of the properties of the annotation. The object literal is just like the one passed to the Doc object addAnnot method.
Example 1
Copy a given annotation to every page in the document.
var annot = this.addAnnot({ page: 0, type: "Text", rect: [40, 40, 140, 140] }); // Make a copy of the properties of annot var copy_props = annot.getProps(); // Now create a new annot with the same properties on every page var numpages = this.numPages; for (var i=0; i < numpages; i++) { var copy_annot = this.addAnnot(copy_props); // but move it to page i copy_annot.page=i; }
Example 2
Display all properties and values of an annotation.
var a = this.getAnnots(0); // get all annots on page 0 if ( a != null ) { var p = a[0].getProps();// get the properties of first one for ( o in p ) console.println( o + " : " + p[o] ); }
JavaScript API
getStateInModel 79
getStateInModel
6.0 Gets the current state of the annotation in the context of a state model. See also the transitionToState method.
Parameters
cStateModel
Returns
The result is an array of the identifiers for the current state of the annotation:
If the state model was defined to be exclusive, there is only a single state (or no states if the state has not been set). If the state model is non-exclusive, there may be multiple states (or no entries if the state has not been set and there is no default).
Example
Report on the status of all annotations on all pages of this document.
annots = this.getAnnots() for ( var i= 0; i< annots.length; i++) { states = annots[i].getStateInModel("Review"); if ( states.length > 0 ) { for(j = 0; j < states.length; j++) { var d = util.printd(2, states[j].modDate); var s = states[j].state; var a = states[j].author; console.println(annots[i].type + ": " + a + " " + s + " " + d + "on page " + (annots[i].page+1) ); } } }
setProps
5.0
JavaScript API
transitionToState 80
Parameters
object literal A generic object that specifies the properties of the Annotation object to be created (such as type, rect, and page). This object is the same as the parameter of the Doc object addAnnot method.
Returns
The Annotation object
Example
Set various properties of a Line annotation.
var annot = this.addAnnot({type: "Line"}) annot.setProps({ page: 0, points: [[10,40],[200,200]], strokeColor: color.red, author: "A. C. Robat", contents: "Check with Jones on this point.", popupOpen: true, popupRect: [200, 100, 400, 200], // Place rect at tip of the arrow arrowBegin: "Diamond", arrowEnd: "OpenArrow" });
transitionToState
6.0
Sets the state of the annotation to cState by performing a state transition. The state transition is recorded in the audit trail of the annotation. See also the getStateInModel method. Note: For the states to work correctly in a multiuser environment, all users must have the same state model definitions. Therefore, it is best to place state model definitions in a folder-level JavaScript file that can be distributed to all users or installed on all systems.
Parameters
cStateModel cState
The state model in which to perform the state transition. cStateModel must have been previously added by calling the Collab method addStateModel. A valid state in the state model to transition to.
JavaScript API
transitionToState 81
Example
Define a custom set of transition states, then set the state of an annotation.
try { // Create a document var myDoc = app.newDoc(); // Create an annot var myAnnot = myDoc.addAnnot ({ page: 0, type: "Text", point: [300,400], name: "myAnnot", }); // Create the state model var myStates = new Object(); myStates["initial"] = {cUIName: "Haven't reviewed it"}; myStates["approved"] = {cUIName: "I approve"}; myStates["rejected"] = {cUIName: "Forget it"}; myStates["resubmit"] = {cUIName: "Make some changes"}; Collab.addStateModel({ cName: "ReviewStates", cUIName: "My Review", oStates: myStates, cDefault: "initial" }); } catch(e) { console.println(e); } // Change the states myAnnot.transitionToState("ReviewStates", "resubmit"); myAnnot.transitionToState("ReviewStates", "approved");
JavaScript API
Annot3D 82
Annot3D
An Annot3D object represents a particular Acrobat 3D annotation; that is, an annotation created using the Acrobat 3D Tool. The Annot3D object can be acquired from the Doc object methods getAnnot3D and getAnnots3D.
Annot3D properties
activated
7.0 A Boolean value that indicates whether the annotation is displaying the 3D artwork (true) or just the posterboard picture (false). See the context3D property.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
context3D
7.0 If activated is true, this property returns the context of the 3D annotation (a global object containing the 3D scene.) (See the JavaScript for Acrobat 3D Annotations API Reference for more information.) If activated is false, this property returns undefined.
Type
global object
Access
R
JavaScript API
innerRect 83
innerRect
7.0 An array of four numbers [xll, yll, xur, yur] specifying the lower-left x, lower-left y, upper-right x and upper-right y coordinates, in the coordinate system of the annotation (lower-left is [0, 0], top right is [width, height]), of the 3D annotations 3DB box, where the 3D artwork is rendered.
Type
Array
Access
R
name
7.0 The name of the annotation.
Type
String
Access
R
page
7.0 The 0-based page number of the page containing the annotation.
Type
Integer
Access
R
JavaScript API
rect 84
rect
7.0 Returns an array of four numbers [xll, yll, xur, yur] specifying the lower-left x, lower-left y, upper-right x and upper-right y coordinates, in default user space, of the rectangle defining the location of the annotation on the page.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
app 85
app
A static JavaScript object that represents the Acrobat application. It defines a number of Acrobat-specific functions plus a variety of utility routines and convenience functions.
app properties
activeDocs
5.0
An array containing the Doc object for each active document. If no documents are active, activeDocs returns nothing; that is, it has the same behavior as d = new Array(0) in core JavaScript. In versions of Acrobat earlier than 7.0, executing the script d = app.activeDocs in the console returned [object Global] to the console. Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, no toString() value is output to the console. Note: You should be aware of the following version-related information:
In Acrobat 5.0, this property returns an array containing the Doc object for each active document. In Acrobat 5.0.5, this property was changed to return an array of Doc objects of only those open documents that have the Doc object disclosed property set to true. Beginning with the Acrobat 5.0.5 Accessibility and Forms Patch and continuing with Acrobat 6.0 and later, the behavior is as follows: During a batch, console or menu event, activeDocs ignores the disclosed property and returns an array of Doc objects of the active documents. During any other event, activeDocs returns an array of Doc objects of only those active documents that have disclosed set to true. Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, execution of JavaScript through a menu event is no longer privileged. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
The array returned by app.activeDocs includes any documents opened by app.openDoc with the bHidden parameter set to true, subject to the security restrictions described above.
Type
Array
Access
R
JavaScript API
calculate 86
Example
This example searches among the open documents for the document with a title of myDoc, then inserts a button in that document using the Doc object addField method. Whether the documents must be disclosed depends on the version of Acrobat executing this code and on the placement of the code (for example, console versus mouse-up action).
var d = app.activeDocs; for (var i=0; i < d.length; i++) if (d[i].info.Title == "myDoc") { var f = d[i].addField("myButton", "button", 0 , [20, 100, 100, 20]); f.setAction("MouseUp","app.beep(0)"); f.fillColor=color.gray; }
calculate
X
If true (the default value), calculations can be performed. If false, calculations are not permitted. The use of this property is discouraged; the Doc object property calculate is preferred.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
constants
7.0 A wrapper object for holding various constant values. Currently, this property returns an object with a single property, align.
app.constants.align is an object that has the possible properties left, center, right, top, and bottom, indicating the type of alignment. These values can be used to specify alignment, such as when
adding a watermark.
Type
Object
Access
R
JavaScript API
focusRect 87
Example
See the Doc object methods addWatermarkFromFile and addWatermarkFromText for examples.
focusRect
4.05
Turns the focus rectangle on and off. The focus rectangle is the faint dotted line around buttons, check boxes, radio buttons, and signatures to indicate that the form field has the keyboard focus. A value of true turns on the focus rectangle.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
Turn off the focus rectangle.
app.focusRect = false;
formsVersion
4.0 The version number of the viewer forms software. Check this property to determine whether objects, properties, or methods in newer versions of the software are available if you want to maintain backward compatibility in your scripts.
Type
Number
Access
R
JavaScript API
fromPDFConverters 88
Example
if (typeof app.formsVersion != "undefined" && app.formsVersion >= 5.0) { // Perform version specific operations here. // For example, toggle full screen mode app.fs.cursor = cursor.visible; app.fs.defaultTransition = ""; app.fs.useTimer = false; app.fs.isFullScreen = !app.fs.isFullScreen; } else app.fullscreen = !app.fullscreen;
fromPDFConverters
6.0 An array of file type conversion ID strings. A conversion ID string can be passed to the Doc object saveAs method.
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
List all currently supported conversion ID strings.
for ( var i = 0; i < app.fromPDFConverters.length; i++) console.println(app.fromPDFConverters[i]);
fs
5.0 A FullScreen object, which can be used to access the fullscreen properties.
Type
Object
Access
R
JavaScript API
fullscreen 89
Example
// This code puts the viewer into fullscreen (presentation) mode. app.fs.isFullScreen = true;
fullscreen
X
The use of this property is discouraged; it has been superseded by the FullScreen object property isFullScreen. The fs method returns a FullScreen object that can be used to access the fullscreen properties. Controls whether the viewer is in full screen mode or regular viewing mode. Note: A PDF document being viewed from within a web browser cannot be put into full screen mode. Full screen mode can be initiated from within the browser, but applies only to a document open in the Acrobat viewer application, if any, not to the browser itself.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
language
3.01 The language of the running Acrobat viewer. It can be one of the following strings. String
CHS CHT DAN DEU ENU ESP FRA ITA
Language Chinese Simplified Chinese Traditional Danish German English Spanish French Italian
JavaScript API
media 90
String
KOR JPN NLD NOR PTB SUO SVE
Type
String
Access
R
media
6.0 Defines an extensive number of properties and methods useful for setting up and controlling a multimedia player. See the app.media object for a listing of the properties and methods of this object, as well as numerous examples of use.
Type
Object
Access
R
monitors
6.0 A Monitors object, which is an array containing one or more Monitor objects representing each of the display monitors connected to the users system. Each access to app.monitors returns a new, up-to-date copy of this array. A Monitors object also has several methods that can be used to select a display monitor. Alternatively, JavaScript code can look through the array explicitly.
JavaScript API
numPlugIns 91
Type
Monitors object
Access
R
Example
Count the number of display monitors connected to the users system.
var monitors = app.monitors; console.println("There are " + monitors.length + " monitor(s) connected to this system.");
numPlugIns
X
Note: This method has been superseded by the plugIns property. Indicates the number of plug-ins that have been loaded by Acrobat.
Type
Number
Access
R
openInPlace
4.0
Specifies whether cross-document links are opened in the same window or opened in a new window.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
platform 92
Example
Open cross-document links in the same window.
app.openInPlace = true;
platform
4.0 The platform that the script is currently executing on. There are three valid values:
WIN MAC UNIX
Type
String
Access
R
plugIns
5.0 An array of PlugIn objects representing the plug-ins that are currently installed in the viewer.
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
// Get array of PlugIn objects var aPlugins = app.plugIns; // Get number of plug-ins var nPlugins = aPlugins.length; // Enumerate names of all plug-ins for ( var i = 0; i < nPlugins; i++) console.println("Plugin \#"+i+" is " + aPlugins[i].name);
JavaScript API
printColorProfiles 93
printColorProfiles
6.0
A list of available printer color spaces. Each of these values is suitable to use as the value of the colorProfile property of a PrintParams object.
Type
Array of Strings
Access
R
Example
Print out a listing of available printer color spaces:
var l = app.printColorProfiles.length for ( var i = 0; i < l; i++) console.println("(" + (i+1) + ") " + app.printColorProfiles[i]);
printerNames
6.0 A list of available printers. Each of these values is suitable to use in the printerName property of the PrintParams object. If no printers are installed on the system, an empty array is returned.
Type
Array of Strings
Access
R
Example
Print out a listing of available printers:
var l = app.printerNames.length for ( var i = 0; i < l; i++) console.println("(" + (i+1) + ") " + app.printerNames[i]);
JavaScript API
runtimeHighlight 94
runtimeHighlight
6.0
If true, the background color and hover color for form fields are shown.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
If run-time highlighting is off (false), do nothing, otherwise change the preferences.
if (!app.runtimeHighlight) { app.runtimeHighlight = true; app.runtimeHighlightColor = color.red; }
runtimeHighlightColor
6.0
Sets the color for runtime highlighting of form fields. The value of this property is a color array. (See Color arrays on page 193 for details.)
Type
Color array
Access
R/W
Example
See the runtimeHighlight property.
thermometer
6.0 A Thermometer object, which is a combined status window/progress bar that indicates to the user that a lengthy operation is in progress.
JavaScript API
toolbar 95
Type
Object
Access
R
Example
See the Thermometer object.
toolbar
3.01
Allows a script to show or hide both the horizontal and vertical Acrobat toolbars. It does not hide the toolbar in external windows (that is, in an Acrobat window within a web browser).
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
Hide the toolbar.
app.toolbar = false;
toolbarHorizontal
X P
Note: This property has been deprecated in Acrobat 5.0 and later. If accessed, it acts like toolbar. Allows a script to show or hide the Acrobat horizontal toolbar. It does not hide the toolbar in external windows (that is, in an Acrobat window within a web browser).
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
toolbarVertical 96
Access
R/W
toolbarVertical
X P
Note: This property has been deprecated in Acrobat 5.0 and later. If accessed, it acts like toolbar. Allows a script to show or hide the Acrobat vertical toolbar. It does not hide the toolbar in external windows (that is, in an Acrobat window within a web browser).
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
viewerType
3.01 A string that indicates which viewer application is running. It can be one of these values. Value
Reader Exchange Exchange-Pro
Description Acrobat Reader version 5.0 or earlier / Adobe Reader version 5.1 or later Adobe Acrobat earlier than version 6.0 / Acrobat Standard version 6.0 or later Acrobat Professional version 6.0 or later
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
viewerVariation 97
viewerVariation
5.0 Indicates the packaging of the running viewer application. It can be one of these values:
Reader Fill-In Business Tools Full
Type
String
Access
R
viewerVersion
4.0 Indicates the version number of the current viewer application.
Type
Number
Access
R
app methods
addMenuItem
5.0
Adds a menu item to a menu. Note: This method can only be executed during application initialization or console events. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events. See also the addSubMenu, execMenuItem, hideMenuItem, and listMenuItems methods.
JavaScript API
addMenuItem 98
Parameters
cName cUser cParent
The language-independent name of the menu item. This name can be used by other methods (for example, hideMenuItem) to access the menu item. (optional) The user string (language-dependent name) to display as the menu item name. If cUser is not specified, cName is used. The name of the parent menu item. Its submenu will have the new menu item added to it. If cParent has no submenu, an exception is thrown. Menu item names can be obtained with the listMenuItems method.
nPos
(optional) The position within the submenu to locate the new menu item. The default behavior is to append to the end of the submenu. Specifying nPos as 0 adds the menu to the top of the submenu. Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, the value of nPos can also be the language-independent name of a menu item. (Acrobat 6.0) If the value nPos is a string, this string is interpreted as a named item in the menu (a language-independent name of a menu item). The named item determines the position at which the new menu item is to be inserted. See bPrepend for additional details. The nPos parameter is ignored in certain menus that are alphabetized. The alphabetized menus are
The first section of View > Navigation Panels. The first section of View > Toolbars. The first section of the Advanced submenu.
Note: When nPos is a number, nPos is not obeyed in the Tools menu. A menu item introduced into the Tools menu comes in at the top of the menu. nPos is obeyed when it is a string referencing another user-defined menu item.
cExec
An expression string to evaluate when the menu item is selected by the user. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, execution of JavaScript through a menu event is no longer privileged. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
cEnable
(optional) An expression string that is evaluated to determine whether to enable the menu item. The default is that the menu item is always enabled. This expression should set event.rc to false to disable the menu item. (optional) An expression string that determines whether the menu item has a check mark next to it. The expression should set event.rc to false to uncheck the menu item and true to check it. The default is that the menu item is not marked. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) Determines the position of the new menu item relative to the position specified by nPos. The default value is false. If bPrepend is true, the rules for insertion are as follows:
cMarked
bPrepend
If nPos is a string, the new item is placed before the named item. If nPos is a number, the new item is placed before the numbered item. If the named item cannot be found or nPos is not between zero and the number of items in the list, inclusive, the new item is inserted as the first item in the menu (rather than at the end of the menu).
bPrepend is useful when the named item is the first item in a group.
JavaScript API
addSubMenu 99
Example 1
At the top of the File menu, add a menu item that opens an alert dialog box displaying the active document title. This menu is only enabled if a document is opened.
app.addMenuItem({ cName: "Hello", cParent: "File", cExec: "app.alert(event.target.info.title, 3);", cEnable: "event.rc = (event.target != null);", nPos: 0 });
addSubMenu
5.0
Adds a menu item with a submenu to the application. See also the addMenuItem, execMenuItem, hideMenuItem, and listMenuItems methods. Note: This method can only be executed during application initialization or console events. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
cName cUser cParent
The language-independent name of the menu item. This language-independent name is used to access the menu item (for example, for hideMenuItem). (optional) The user string (language-dependent name) to display as the menu item name. If cUser is not specified, cName is used. The name of the parent menu item to receive the new submenu. Menu item names can be discovered with listMenuItems. (optional) The position within the parents submenu to locate the new submenu. The default is to append to the end of the parents submenu. Specifying nPos as 0 adds the submenu to the top of the parents submenu. The nPos parameter is ignored in certain menus that are alphabetized. The alphabetized menus are The first section of View > Navigational Panels. The first section of View > Toolbars. The first section of the Advanced submenu. Note: When nPos is a number, nPos is not obeyed in the Tools menu. A menu item introduced into the Tools menu comes in at the top of the menu. nPos is obeyed when nPos is a string referencing another user-defined menu item.
nPos
JavaScript API
addToolButton 100
Example
See the newDoc method.
addToolButton
6.0 Adds a button to the Add-on toolbar of Acrobat. If there is an active document (for example, docA.pdf) open in Acrobat when this method is called to add a button, Acrobat will remove the button when docA.pdf is either no longer active or is closed. In the former case, the button will be automatically added to the toolbar if docA.pdf becomes the active document again. The icon size is restricted to 20 by 20 pixels. If an icon of larger dimensions is used, an exception is thrown. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) A number of changes have been made with regard to the secure use of this method. Execution of addToolButton in the console and application initialization is considered privileged execution and is trusted. If this method is called from nonprivileged script, the warning JavaScript Window appears on the Add-on toolbar, which will not be dockable. (See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.) See also removeToolButton.
Parameters
cName
A unique language-independent identifier for the button. The language-independent name is used to access the button for other methods (for example, removeToolButton). Note: The value of cName must be unique. To avoid a name conflict, check listToolbarButtons, which lists all toolbar button names currently installed.
oIcon
An Icon Stream object. Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, this parameter is optional if a cLabel is provided.
cExec cEnable
The expression string to evaluate when the button is selected. (optional) An expression string that determines whether to enable the toolbutton. The default is that the button is always enabled. This expression should set event.rc to false to disable the button. (optional) An expression string that determines whether the toolbutton is marked. The default is that the button is not marked. This expression should set event.rc to true to mark the button. (optional) The text to display in the button help text when the mouse is over the toolbutton. The default is not to have a tool tip. Note: Avoid the use of extended characters in the cTooltext string as the string may be truncated.
cMarked
cTooltext
JavaScript API
alert 101
nPos cLabel
(optional) The button number to place the added button before in the toolbar. If nPos is -1 (the default), the button is appended to the toolbar. (optional, Acrobat 7.0) A text label to be displayed on the button to the right of the icon. The default is not to have a label.
Returns
undefined
Example
Create a button from an icon graphic on the users hard drive. This script is executed from the console.
// Create a document var myDoc = app.newDoc(); // import icon (20x20 pixels) from the file specified myDoc.importIcon("myIcon", "/C/myIcon.jpg", 0); // convert the icon to a stream. oIcon = util.iconStreamFromIcon(myDoc.getIcon("myIcon")); // close the doc now that we have grabbed the icon stream myDoc.closeDoc(true); // add a toolbutton app.addToolButton({ cName: "myToolButton", oIcon: oIcon, cExec: "app.alert('Someone pressed me!')", cTooltext: "Push Me!", cEnable: true, nPos: 0 }); app.removeToolButton("myToolButton")
alert
3.01 Displays an alert dialog box. Note: If this method is called on a button click event using LiveCycle Designer 7 or 8, it appends the title "Warning: JavaScript Window - " in Acrobat 8.
JavaScript API
alert 102
Parameters
cMsg nIcon
A string containing the message to be displayed. (optional) An icon type. Possible values are these:
0 Error (default) 1 Warning 2 Question 3 Status
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) The dialog box title. If not specified, the title Adobe Acrobat is used. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) The Doc object that the alert should be associated with. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) If specified, a check box is created in the lower left region of the alert box. oCheckbox is a generic JavaScript object that has three properties. The first two property values are passed to the alert method; the third property returns a Boolean value.
cMsg (optional) A string to display with the check box. If not specified, the default
box is closed.
Returns
nButton, the type of the button that was pressed by the user: 1 OK 2 Cancel 3 No 4 Yes
Example 1
Display a simple alert box:
app.alert({ cMsg: "Error! Try again!", cTitle: "Acme Testing Service" });
JavaScript API
beep 103
Example 2
Close the document with the users permission:
// A MouseUp action var nButton = app.alert({ cMsg: "Do you want to close this document?", cTitle: "A message from A. C. Robat", nIcon: 2, nType: 2 }); if ( nButton == 4 ) this.closeDoc();
The following is a mouse-up action in DocA. The variable theOtherDoc is the Doc object of DocB. The alert box asks if the user wants to see this alert box again. If the user clicks the check box, the alert does not appear again.
if ( !myAlertBoxes.oMyCheckbox.bAfterValue ) { app.alert({ cMsg: "This is a message from the DocA?", cTitle: "A message from A. C. Robat", oDoc:theOtherDoc, oCheckbox: myAlertBoxes.oMyCheckbox }); }
beep
3.01 Causes the system to play a sound. Note: On Mac OS and UNIX systems the beep type is ignored.
Parameters
nType
(optional) The sound type. Values are associated with sounds as follows:
0 Error 1 Warning 2 Question 3 Status 4 Default (default value)
JavaScript API
beginPriv 104
beginPriv
7.0
Raises the execution privilege of the current stack frame such that methods marked secure can execute without security exceptions. For the method to succeed, there must be a frame on the stack representing the execution of a trusted function, and all frames (including the frame making the call) between the currently executing frame and that frame must represent the execution of trust propagator functions. Use app.endPriv to revoke privilege. The app.trustedFunction method can create a trusted function, and app.trustPropagatorFunction can create a trust propagator function. The term stack frame is discussed following the description of app.trustedFunction.
Returns
undefined on success, exception on failure
Example
For examples of usage, see trustedFunction and trustPropagatorFunction.
browseForDoc
7.0
7.0
Presents a file system browser and returns an object containing information concerning the users response. Note: This method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
Parameters
bSave
(optional) A Boolean value that, if true, specifies that the file system browser should be presented as it would be for a save operation. The default is false. be populated with.
cFilenameInit (optional) A string that specifies the default file name for the file system browser to cFSInit
(optional) A string that specifies the file system that the file system browser operates on initially. Two values are supported: (the empty string) representing the default file system and CHTTP. The default is the default file system. This parameter is only relevant if the web server supports WebDAV.
JavaScript API
browseForDoc 105
Returns
On success, returns an object that has three properties. Property
cFS cPath cURL
Description A string containing the resulting file system name for the chosen file. A string containing the resulting path for the chosen file. A string containing the resulting URL for the chosen file
If the user cancels, the return value is undefined. On error, throws an exception.
Example 1
Browse for a document and report the results to the console.
var oRetn = app.browseForDoc({ cFilenameInit: "myComDoc.pdf", cFSInit: "CHTTP", }); if ( typeof oRetn != "undefined" ) for ( var o in oRetn ) console.println( "oRetn." + o + "=" + oRetn[o]); else console.println("User cancelled!");
If the user selects a file on a WebDAV server, a possible output of this code is given below:
oRetn.cFS=CHTTP oRetn.cPath=http://www.example.com/WebDAV/myComDoc.pdf oRetn.cURL=http://www.example.com/WebDAV/myComDoc.pdf
Should the user select a file in the default file system, a typical output of this code is given below:
oRetn.cFS=DOS oRetn.cPath=/C/temp/myComDoc.pdf oRetn.cURL=file:///C|/temp/myComDoc.pdf
Note: app.openDoc requires cPath to be an escaped string when retrieving a file from a WebDAV server. See app.openDoc for a brief description and example.
Example 2
Browse and save a document.
var oRetn = app.browseForDoc({ bSave: true, cFilenameInit: "myComDoc.pdf", cFSInit: "CHTTP", }); if ( typeof oRetn != "undefined" ) this.saveAs({ cFS: oRetn.cFS, cPath: oRetn.cPath, bPromptToOverwrite: false});
JavaScript API
clearInterval 106
clearInterval
5.0 Cancels a previously registered interval initially set by the setInterval method. See also setTimeOut and clearTimeOut.
Parameters
oInterval
Example
See setTimeOut.
clearTimeOut
5.0 Cancels a previously registered time-out interval. Such an interval is initially set by setTimeOut. See also setInterval and clearInterval.
Parameters
oTime
Example
See setTimeOut.
endPriv
7.0
Revokes any privilege bestowed upon the current stack frame by app.beginPriv. Does not revoke privilege bestowed by the current event. Related methods are app.trustedFunction, app.trustPropagatorFunction and app.beginPriv.
Returns
undefined on success, exception on failure
JavaScript API
execDialog 107
Example
For examples of usage, see trustedFunction and trustPropagatorFunction.
execDialog
7.0 Presents a modal dialog box to the user. Modal dialog boxes must be closed by the user before the host application can be directly used again. The monitor parameter specifies a dialog descriptor, which is a generic object literal that consists of a set of handler functions for various events and a set of properties that describe the contents of the dialog box. Dialog box items are identified by an ItemID, which is a unique 4-character string. An ItemID is necessary only if the element must be referred to elsewhere in the dialog box description (for example, to set or get a value for the element, to add a handler for the element, or to set a tab order including the element). Note: To distinguish Acrobat dialog boxes from those created by JavaScript, dialog boxes that are added at the document level have a title of JavaScript Dialog and display the text Warning: JavaScript Dialog at the bottom.
Parameters
monitor
An object literal. It consists of several handlers (see Dialog box handlers on page 108) and a description property that describes the dialog box elements (see description property on page 108). (optional) A Dialog object that should be reused when displaying this dialog box. It is useful when displaying a series of dialog boxes (such as a wizard) to prevent one from disappearing before the new one is displayed. The default is not to reuse a dialog box. (optional) A Doc object to use as the parent for this dialog box. The default parent is the Acrobat application.
inheritDialog
parentDoc
Returns
A string, which is the ItemID of the element that caused the dialog box to be dismissed. The return value is ok or cancel if the dismissing element is the ok or cancel button. Note: Debugging is disabled while a modal dialog box created by app.execDialog is active.
JavaScript API
execDialog 108
Description Called when the dialog box is being initialized. Called when a field is modified to determine if the value is acceptable (by returning true) or unacceptable (by returning false). Called when the OK button of the dialog box is clicked. Called when the dialog box is being destroyed. Called when the dialog box element ItemID is modified. For a text box, it is when the text box loses focus. For other controls, it is when the selection changes. If ItemID is not a JavaScript identifier, the name must be enclosed in double quotes when the method is defined, as in the following example.
"bt:1": function () { .... }
ItemID
If ItemID is a JavaScript identifier, the double quotes are optional. For example, the following are both correct.
"butn": function () { .... } butn: function () { .... }
description property
The description property is an object literal that contains properties describing the dialog. Its elements property specifies the elements of the dialog box, and each of the elements in turn can have an elements property describing subelements. The dialog properties at the root level of the description property are listed in the table that follows. Property
name first_tab
Description The title bar of the dialog box, which should be localized. An ItemID for the dialog box item that should be first in the tab order. This dialog box item will also be active when the dialog box is created. This property is required for setting up a tabbing order. See the next_tab property defined below. The width of the dialog box in pixels. If no width is specified, the combined width of the contents is used. The height of the dialog box in pixels. If no height is specified, the combined height of the contents is used. The width of the dialog box in characters. If no width is specified, the combined width of the contents is used. The height of the dialog box in characters. If no height is specified, the combined height of the contents is used.
JavaScript API
execDialog 109
Property
align_children
Type String
Description The alignment for all descendants. Must be one of the following values: align_left: Left aligned align_center: Center aligned align_right: Right aligned align_top: Top aligned align_fill: Align to fill the parents width; may widen objects. align_distribute: Distribute the contents over the parents width. align_row: Distribute the contents over the parents width with a consistent baseline. align_offscreen: Align items one on top of another. An array of object literals that describe the dialog box elements contained within this dialog (see elements property).
elements
Array
elements property
A dialog box elements property specifies an object literal with the following set of properties. Property
name
Type String
Description The displayed name of the dialog box element, which should be localized. Note: This property is ignored for the edit_text type.
item_id type
String String
An ItemID for this dialog box, which is a unique 4-character string. The type of this dialog box element. It must be one of the following strings: button - A push button. check_box - A check box. radio - A radio button. list_box - A list box. hier_list_box - A hierarchical list box. static_text - A static text box. edit_text - An editable text box. popup - A pop-up control. ok - An OK button. ok_cancel - An OK and Cancel Button. ok_cancel_other - An OK, Cancel, and Other button. view - A container for a set controls. cluster - A frame for a set of controls. gap - A place holder.
JavaScript API
execDialog 110
Property
next_tab
Type String
Description An ItemID for the next dialog box item in the tab order. Note: Tabbing does not stop at any dialog box item that is not the target of the next_tab (or first_tab) property. Tabbing should form a circular linked list.
Specifies the width of the element in pixels. If no width is specified, the combined width of the contents is used. Specifies the height of the element in pixels. If no height is specified, the combined height of the contents is used. Specifies the width of the element in characters. If no width is specified, the combined width of the contents is used. Specifies the height of the element in characters. If no height is specified, the combined height of the contents is used. The font to use for this element. Must be one of the following strings: default - Default font dialog - Dialog box font palette - Palette (small) Font Specify if the font is bold. Specify if the font is italic. Sets the alignment for this element. Must be one of the following values: align_left: Left aligned align_center: Center aligned align_right: Right aligned align_top: Top aligned align_fill: Align to fill the parents width; may widen objects. align_distribute: Distribute the contents over the parents width. align_row: Distribute the contents over the parents width with a consistent baseline. align_offscreen: Align items one on top of another. Sets the alignment for all descendants. Possible values are the same as for alignment. An array of object literals that describe the subelements of this dialog box element. Its properties are the same as those described in this table.
align_children elements
String Array
JavaScript API
execDialog 111
Type Boolean
Description If true, this static text element is multiline. Note: For Mac OS, the height property must be at least 49 to display the up/down buttons, which allow users to read the whole box content.
edit_text
multiline readonly
Boolean Boolean
If true, this edit text element is multiline. If true, this text element is read only. Note: This property is ignored when password is set to true.
If true, this text element is a password field. If true, it is a pop-up edit text element. If true, it is a spin edit text element. The group name to which this radio button belongs. The name for the OK button. The name for the cancel button. The name for the other button.
group_id
ok_name
cancel_name other_name
Example 1
The following dialog box descriptor can be a document-level or folder-level JavaScript. The dialog box created contains text fields for your first and last name. When the OK button is clicked, the names entered are reported to the console.
var dialog1 = { initialize: function (dialog) { // Create a static text containing the current date. var todayDate = dialog.store()["date"]; todayDate = "Date: " + util.printd("mmmm dd, yyyy", new Date()); dialog.load({ "date": todayDate }); }, commit:function (dialog) { // called when OK pressed var results = dialog.store(); // Now do something with the data collected, for example, console.println("Your name is " + results["fnam"] + " " + results["lnam"] ); },
JavaScript API
execDialog 112
description: { name: "Personal Data", // Dialog box title align_children: "align_left", width: 350, height: 200, elements: [ { type: "cluster", name: "Your Name", align_children: "align_left", elements: [ { type: "view", align_children: "align_row", elements: [ { type: "static_text", name: "First Name: " }, { item_id: "fnam", type: "edit_text", alignment: "align_fill", width: 300, height: 20 } ] }, { type: "view", align_children: "align_row", elements: [ { type: "static_text", name: "Last Name: " }, { item_id: "lnam", type: "edit_text", alignment: "align_fill", width: 300, height: 20 } ] }, { type: "static_text", name: "Date: ",
JavaScript API
execDialog 113
char_width: 25, item_id: "date" }, ] }, { alignment: "align_right", type: "ok_cancel", ok_name: "Ok", cancel_name: "Cancel" } ] } };
Now, the following line can be executed from actions such as the mouse-up action of a button or a menu action.
app.execDialog(dialog1);
Example 2
The following example uses a check box and a radio button field. This code might be a document-level JavaScript.
var dialog2 = { initialize: function(dialog) { // Set a default value for radio button field dialog.load({"rd01": true }); this.hasPet = false; // Disable radio button field dialog.enable({ "rd01" : this.hasPet, "rd02" : this.hasPet, "rd03" : this.hasPet }); }, commit: function(dialog) { // When the user presses "Ok", this handler will execute first console.println("commit"); var results = dialog.store(); // Do something with the data, for example, var hasPet = (this.hasPet) ? "have" : "don't have"; console.println("You " + hasPet + " a pet."); if (this.hasPet) console.println("You have " + this.getNumPets(results) + " pet(s)."); }, getNumPets: function (results) { for ( var i=1; i<=3; i++) { if ( results["rd0"+i] ) { switch (i) { case 1: var nPets = "one"; break;
JavaScript API
execDialog 114
case 2: var nPets = "two"; break; case 3: var nPets = "three or more"; } } }; return nPets; }, ok: function(dialog) { // The handler for the Ok button will be handed after commit console.println("Ok!"); }, ckbx: function (dialog) { // Process the checkbox, if the user has a pet, turn on radios this.hasPet = !this.hasPet; dialog.enable({ "rd01" : this.hasPet, "rd02" : this.hasPet, "rd03" : this.hasPet }); }, cancel: function(dialog) { // Handle the cancel button console.println("Cancel!"); }, other: function(dialog){ // Handle the other button app.alert("Thanks for pressing me!"); dialog.end("other"); // End the dialog box, return "other"! }, // The dialog box description description: { name: "More Personal Information", elements: [ { type: "view", align_children: "align_left", elements: [ { type: "static_text", name: "Personal Information", bold: true, font: "dialog", char_width: 30, height: 20 }, { type: "check_box", item_id: "ckbx", name: "Pet Owner" }, {
JavaScript API
execDialog 115
type: "view", align_children: "align_row", elements: [ { type: "static_text", name: "Number of pets: " }, { type: "radio", item_id: "rd01", group_id: "rado", name: "One" }, { type: "radio", item_id: "rd02", group_id: "rado", name: "Two", }, { type: "radio", item_id: "rd03", group_id: "rado", name: "Three or more", } ] } ] }, { type: "gap", //Add a small vertical gap between height: 10 //..radio fields and buttons }, { type: "ok_cancel_other", ok_name: "Ok", cancel_name: "Cancel", other_name: "Press Me" } ] } };
The following line can be executed in situations such as the mouse-up action of a button or a menu action.
var retn = app.execDialog(dialog2);
The value of retn is ok if the Ok button was clicked, cancel if the Cancel button was clicked, and other if the button labeled Press Me was clicked.
JavaScript API
execDialog 116
Example 3
This example uses a list box.
var dialog3 = { // This dialog box is called when the dialog box is created initialize: function(dialog) { this.loadDefaults(dialog); }, // This dialog box is called when the OK button is clicked. commit: function(dialog) { // See the Dialog object for a description of how dialog.load // and dialog.store work. var elements = dialog.store()["subl"]; // do something with the data. }, // Callback for when the button "butn" is clicked. butn: function(dialog) { var elements = dialog.store()["subl"] for(var i in elements) { if ( elements[i] > 0 ) { app.alert("You chose \"" + i + "\", which has a value of " + elements[i] ); } } }, loadDefaults: function (dialog) { dialog.load({ subl: { "Acrobat Professional": +1, "Acrobat Standard": -2, "Adobe Reader": -3 } }) }, // The dialog box description description: { name: "Adobe Acrobat Products", // Title of the dialog box elements: // Child element array [ { type: "view", align_children: "align_left", elements: // Child element array [ { type: "cluster", name: "Select", elements: // Child Element Array [ { type: "static_text", name: "Select Acrobat you use",
JavaScript API
execDialog 117
font: "default" }, { type: "list_box", item_id: "subl", width: 200, height: 60 }, { type: "button", item_id: "butn", name: "Press Me" } ] }, { type: "ok_cancel" } ] } ] } }
Then execute
app.execDialog(dialog3);
In the example above, if the line type: "list_box" is replaced by type: "popup" and the height specification is removed, the example will run with a pop-up control rather than a list box.
Example 4
This example shows a hierarchical list box. After the dialog box is opened, a hierarchical list is presented. After a selection is made and the user clicks the Select button, the document jumps to the destination chosen by the user. The Doc object is passed to the dialog box by making it a property of the dialog box.
var dialog4 = { initialize: function(dialog) { dialog.load({ subl: { "Chapter 1": { "Section 1": { "SubSection 1": -1, "SubSection 2": -2, }, "Section 2": { "SubSection 1": -3, "SubSection 2": -4, } }, "Chapter 3": -5,
JavaScript API
execDialog 118
"Chapter 4": -6 } }) }, subl: function(dialog) { console.println("Selection Box Hit"); }, getHierChoice: function (e) { if (typeof e == "object") { for ( var i in e ) { if ( typeof e[i] == "object" ) { var retn = this.getHierChoice(e[i]); if ( retn ) { retn.label = i + ", " + retn.label; return retn; } // if e[i] > 0, weve found the selected item } else if ( e[i] > 0 ) return { label:i, value: e[i] }; } } else { if ( e[i] > 0 ) return e[i]; } }, butn: function (dialog) { var element = dialog.store()["subl"] var retn = this.getHierChoice(element); if ( retn ) { // Write to the console the full name of the item selected console.println("The selection you've chosen is \"" + retn.label + "\", its value is " + retn.value ); dialog.end("ok"); // this.doc is the doc object of this document this.doc.gotoNamedDest("dest"+retn.value); } else app.alert("Please make a selection, or cancel"); }, cncl: function (dialog) { dialog.end("cancel") }, // Dialog box description description: { name: "My Novel", elements: [ { type: "view", align_children: "align_left", elements: [ { type: "cluster", name: "Book Headings",
JavaScript API
execDialog 119
elements: [ { type: "static_text", name: "Make a selection", }, { type: "hier_list_box", item_id: "subl", char_width: 20, height: 200 } ] }, { type: "view", align_children: "align_row", elements: [ { type: "button", item_id: "cncl", name: "Cancel" }, { item_id: "butn", type: "button", name: "Select" } ] } ] } ] } };
This function attaches the Doc object to the dialog box, then passes the dialog box to the app.execDialog method. The dialog4 object and this function can be at the document level.
function dotheDialog(dialog,doc) { dialog.doc = doc; var retn = app.execDialog( dialog ) }
Finally, the following script can be executed from a mouse-up action, for example.
dotheDialog( dialog4, this );
Example 5
See Example 2 on page 147, which shows how to execute privileged code from a non-privileged context.
JavaScript API
execMenuItem 120
execMenuItem
4.0
Executes the specified menu item. Beginning with Acrobat 5.0, app.execMenuItem("SaveAs") can be called, subject to the restrictions described below. Executing the Save As menu item saves the current file to the users hard drive after presenting a dialog box asking the user to select a folder and file name. The file is saved as a linearized file if Save As Optimizes for Fast Web View is checked in the Documents preferences. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) In previous versions of Acrobat, the following code could only be executed during a batch, console or menu event.
app.execMenuItem("SaveAs");
Acrobat 7.0 removes this restriction, so that app.execMenuItem("SaveAs") can be executed during a mouse-up event, for example. If the user preferences are set to Save As Optimizes for Fast Web View, a form object will not survive a Save As operation. Field objects are no longer valid, and an exception may be thrown when trying to access a Field object immediately after saving. See the examples that follow. For security reasons, scripts are not allowed to execute the Quit menu item. Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, scripts are not allowed to execute the Paste menu item. (Acrobat 8.0) The execution of menu items through execMenuItem method is restricted to a short list of safe menus. The execMenuItem method will silently fail if a named menu item is executed that is not on the safe menu list. Menu items may be removed in future releases, or their behavior may change. To see the list of safe menus, create a form button, and in the Button Properties dialog box, select the Actions tab. From the Select Action list, select Execute a menu item. Finally, click the Add button to see the Menu Item dialog box with the list of safe menus. The app.execMenuItem method may be executed, without restriction, in a privileged context, such as in the console or in a batch sequence. For folder JavaScript, app.execMenuItem can be executed, again, without restriction, through a trusted function with raised privilege. See Example 4, below. Another approach to executing app.execMenuItem without restriction is through Sign & Certify. When the document author signs and certifies the document, privileged methods can be executed from a non-privileged context provided the document consumer lists the authors certificate in the
JavaScript API
execMenuItem 121
list of trusted identities and the consumer trusts the author for execution of embedded high privilege JavaScript. To ensure a secure environment, the menu items that can be executed are limited to the following:
AcroSendMail:SendMail ActualSize AddFileAttachment BookmarkShowLocation Close CropPages DeletePages ExtractPages Find FindCurrentBookmark FindSearch FirstPage FitHeight FitPage FitVisible FitWidth FullScreen GeneralInfo (Properties) GeneralPrefs GoBack GoForward GoToPage InsertPages LastPage NextPage OneColumn OpenOrganizer PageSetup PrevPage Print PropertyToolbar Quit ReplacePages RotatePages SaveAs
JavaScript API
execMenuItem 122
Scan ShowHideAnnotManager ShowHideArticles ShowHideBookmarks ShowHideFields ShowHideFileAttachment ShowHideModelTree ShowHideOptCont ShowHideSignatures ShowHideThumbnails ShowHideToolbarBasicTools ShowHideToolbarCommenting ShowHideToolbarData ShowHideToolbarEdit ShowHideToolbarEditing ShowHideToolbarFile ShowHideToolbarFind ShowHideToolbarForms ShowHideToolbarMeasuring ShowHideToolbarNavigation ShowHideToolbarPageDisplay ShowHideToolbarPrintProduction ShowHideToolbarRedaction ShowHideToolbarTasks ShowHideToolbarTypewriter SinglePage Spelling Spelling:Check TwoColumns TwoPages Web2PDF:OpenURL ZoomTo ZoomViewIn ZoomViewOut
This list applies only to document-level access to menu items. It does not apply to application-level JavaScript or JavaScript from a privileged context. The list is written to the Acrobat registry and can be edited if you determine that the list must be expanded. If you need to modify the list, you can edit the related registry entries:
JavaScript API
execMenuItem 123
The key for the default list is HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Adobe\Adobe Acrobat\8.0\FeatureLockDown\cDefaultExecMenuItems. The key for the list used by Tuner is HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Adobe\Adobe Acrobat\8.0\FeatureLockDown\cAdminExecMenuItems.
For both keys, the value name is tWhiteList and the type is REG_SZ. The value data contains all menu item names and each menu item name is separated with the "|" delimiter. See also addMenuItem, addSubMenu, and hideMenuItem. Use listMenuItems to have the console list the names of all menu items.
Parameters
cMenuItem
The menu item to execute. A list of menu item names can be obtained with listMenuItems.
oDoc
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) oDoc is the Doc object of a document that is not hidden (see the Doc object hidden property). If this parameter is present, execMenuItem executes the menu item in the documents context.
Example 1
This example executes the File > Open menu item. It displays a dialog box asking for the file to be opened.
app.execMenuItem("Open");
JavaScript API
getNthPlugInName 124
may be executed from a non-privileged context, such as a mouse-up button action, without silent failure. The script above shows/hides the Properties toolbar.
getNthPlugInName
X
Note: This method has been superseded by the plugIns property. Obtains the name of the nth plug-in that has been loaded by the viewer.
Parameters
nIndex
Returns
cName, the plug-in name that corresponds to nIndex.
getPath
6.0
Returns the path to folders created during installation. A distinction is made between application folders and user folders. The method throws a GeneralError exception (see Error object) if the path does not exist. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) This method can only be executed during a batch or console event (see the event object). See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Parameters
cCategory cFolder
(optional) The category of folder sought. Valid values are app (the default) and user. (optional) A platform-independent string that indicates the folder. Valid values are
root, eBooks, preferences, sequences, documents, javascript, stamps, dictionaries, plugIns spPlugIns,help, temp, messages, resource, update
JavaScript API
goBack 125
Returns
The path to the folder determined by the parameters. An exception is thrown if the folder does not exist.
Example 1
Find the path to the users Sequences folder.
try { var userBatch = app.getPath("user","sequences"); } catch(e) { var userBatch = "User has not defined any custom batch sequences"; } console.println(userBatch);
Example 2
On a Windows platform, create and save a document to the My Documents folder.
var myDoc = app.newDoc(); var myPath = app.getPath("user", "documents") + "/myDoc.pdf" myDoc.saveAs(myPath); myDoc.closeDoc();
goBack
3.01 Goes to the previous view on the view stack, which is equivalent to clicking the Previous View button on the Acrobat toolbar.
Example
Create a go-back button. This code could be part of a batch sequence, for example, to place navigation buttons on the selected PDF documents.
var aRect = this.getPageBox(); var width = aRect[2] - aRect[0]; // The rectangle is 12 points high and 18 points wide, centered at bottom rect = [width/2-8, 10, width/2+8, 22]; f = this.addField("goBack", "button", 0, rect); f.textFont="Wingdings"; f.textSize=0; f.buttonSetCaption("\u00E7"); // Left pointing arrow f.setAction("MouseUp", "app.goBack()"); // Add an action
goForward
3.01 Goes to the next view on the view stack, which is equivalent to clicking the go Next View button on the Acrobat toolbar.
JavaScript API
hideMenuItem 126
Example
See the example following app.goBack.
hideMenuItem
4.0
Removes a specified menu item. See also addMenuItem, addSubMenu, execMenuItem, and listMenuItems. Note: This method can only be executed during a console or application initialization event. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
cName
The menu item name to remove. Menu item names can be discovered with listMenuItems.
hideToolbarButton
4.0
Removes a specified toolbar button. Note: This method can only be executed during console or application initialization event. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
cName
The name of the toolbar button to remove. Toolbar item names can be discovered with listToolbarButtons.
Example
A file named, myConfig.js, containing the following script is placed in one of the folder-level JavaScript folders.
app.hideToolbarButton("Hand");
When the viewer is started, the Hand icon does not appear.
JavaScript API
launchURL 127
launchURL
7.0
Launches a URL in a browser window. Note: This method does not support URLs that begin with either scheme name javascript or file.
Parameters
cURL bNewFrame
A string that specifies the URL to launch. (optional) If true, this method launches the URL in a new window of the browser application. The default is false.
Returns
The value undefined is returned on success. An exception is thrown on failure.
Example 1
app.launchURL("http://www.example.com/", true);
Example 2
Add an online help item to the menu system. This code should be placed in a folder-level JavaScript file, or executed from the JavaScript Debugger console.
app.addMenuItem({ cName: "myHelp", cUser: "Online myHelp", cParent: "Help", cExec: "app.launchURL('www.example.com/myhelp.html');", nPos: 0 });
Related methods are openDoc and the Doc object getURL method.
listMenuItems
5.0 Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, returns an array of TreeItem objects, which describes a menu hierarchy. Prior to Acrobat 6.0, this method returned a list of menu item names to the console. See also addMenuItem, addSubMenu, execMenuItem, and hideMenuItem.
Returns
Array of TreeItem objects.
JavaScript API
listToolbarButtons 128
TreeItem Object
A generic JavaScript object that represents a menu or toolbar item hierarchy. An array of these objects is returned by app.listMenuItems and app.listToolbarButtons (starting in Acrobat 6.0). It contains the following properties.
cName oChildren
The name of a menu item or toolbar button. (optional) An array of treeItem objects containing the submenus or flyout buttons.
Example 1
List all menu item names to the console.
var menuItems = app.listMenuItems() for( var i in menuItems) console.println(menuItems[i] + "\n")
Example 2
List all menu items to the console using a fancy format.
function FancyMenuList(m, nLevel) { var s = ""; for (var i = 0; i < nLevel; i++) s += " "; console.println(s + "+-" + m.cName); if ( m.oChildren != null ) for ( var i = 0; i < m.oChildren.length; i++ ) FancyMenuList(m.oChildren[i], nLevel + 1); } var m = app.listMenuItems(); for ( var i=0; i < m.length; i++ ) FancyMenuList(m[i], 0);
listToolbarButtons
5.0 Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, returns an array of treeItem objects that describes a toolbar hierarchy (with flyout toolbars). Prior to Acrobat 6.0, this method displayed a list of toolbar button names in the console. (Acrobat 8.0) In the Documents category of the Preferences dialog box, when Show each document in its own window (requires restart) item is checked, the document window must be empty in order for listToolbarButtons to return the array of TreeItem objects.
Returns
Array of TreeItem objects
JavaScript API
mailGetAddrs 129
Example
List all toolbar names in the console.
var toolbarItems = app.listToolbarButtons() for( var i in toolbarItems) console.println(toolbarItems[i] + "\n")
mailGetAddrs
6.0
Note: This method is a Windows-only feature. Displays an address book dialog box to let the user choose e-mail recipients. The dialog box is optionally prepopulated with semicolon-separated lists of addressees in the cTo, cCc, and cBcc strings. The bCc and bBcc Boolean values control whether the user should be allowed to choose CC and BCC recipients. See also mailMsg, the Doc object methods mailDoc and mailForm, the FDF object mail method and the Report object mail method. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) This method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
cTo cCc cBcc cCaption bCc bBcc
(optional) A semicolon-separated list of To addressees to use. (optional) A semicolon-separated list of CC addressees to use. (optional) A semicolon-separated list of BCC addressees to use. (optional) A string to appear on the caption bar of the address dialog box. (optional) A Boolean value to indicate whether the user can choose CC recipients. (optional) A Boolean value to indicate whether the user can choose BCC recipients. This Boolean should only be used when bCc is true; otherwise, the method fails (and returns undefined).
Returns
On failure (the user cancelled), returns undefined. On success, returns an array of three strings for To, CC, and BCC.
JavaScript API
mailMsg 130
Example
Give the user two chances to provide mail addresses.
var attempts = 2; while (attempts > 0) { var recipients = app.mailGetAddrs ({ cCaption: "Select Recipients, Please", bBcc: false }) if (typeof recipients == "undefined" ) { if (--attempts == 1) app.alert("You did not choose any recipients, try again"); } else break; } if (attempts == 0) app.alert("Cancelling the mail message"); else { // JavaScript statements to send mail }
mailMsg
4.0
Sends out an e-mail message with or without user interaction. See also the Doc object mailDoc and mailForm methods, the FDF object mail method and the Report object mail method. Note: On Windows: The client machine must have its default mail program configured to be MAPI enabled to use this method.
Parameters
bUI
Indicates whether user interaction is required. If true, the remaining parameters are used to seed the compose-new-message window that is displayed to the user. If false, the cTo parameter is required and others are optional. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) When this method is executed in a non-privileged context, the bUI parameter is not honored and defaults to true. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
A semicolon-separated list of addressees. (optional) A semicolon-separated list of CC addressees. (optional) A semicolon-separated list of BCC addressees. (optional) Subject line text. The length limit is 64 KB. (optional) Mail message text. The length limit is 64 KB.
JavaScript API
newDoc 131
Example
Open the compose new message window.
app.mailMsg(true);
newDoc
5.0
Creates a new document and returns its Doc object. The optional parameters specify the media box dimensions of the document in points. Note: This method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
nWidth nHeight
(optional) The width (in points) for the new document. The default value is 612. (optional) The height (in points) for the new document. The default value is 792.
Returns
The object of the newly created document.
Example
Add a New item to the Acrobat File menu. Within New, there are three menu items: Letter, A4, and Custom. This script should go in a folder-level JavaScripts .js file.
app.addSubMenu({ cName: "New", cParent: "File", nPos: 0 }) app.addMenuItem({ cName: "Letter", cParent: "New", cExec: "app.newDoc();"}); app.addMenuItem({ cName: "A4", cParent: "New", cExec: "app.newDoc(420,595)"}); app.addMenuItem({ cName: "Custom...", cParent: "New", cExec:
JavaScript API
newDoc 132
"var nWidth = app.response({ cQuestion:'Enter Width in Points',\ cTitle: 'Custom Page Size'});" +"if (nWidth == null) nWidth = 612;" +"var nHeight = app.response({ cQuestion:'Enter Height in Points',\ cTitle: 'Custom Page Size'});" +"if (nHeight == null) nHeight = 792;" +"app.newDoc({ nWidth: nWidth, nHeight: nHeight })"});
The script above works for versions of Acrobat prior to 7.0. For Acrobat 7.0, it works correctly if the user JavaScript preference Enable Menu Items JavaScript Execution Privileges is enabled. If this item is not checked, the app.newDoc method must be executed through a trustedFunction because execution of JavaScript through a menu event is no longer privileged beginning with Acrobat 7.0. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32. The same example can be worked as follows:
trustedNewDoc = app.trustedFunction( function (nWidth, nHeight) { app.beginPriv(); switch( arguments.length ) { case 2: app.newDoc( nWidth, nHeight ); break; case 1: app.newDoc( nWidth ); break; default: app.newDoc(); } app.endPriv(); }) app.addSubMenu({ cName: "New", cParent: "File", nPos: 0 }) app.addMenuItem({ cName: "Letter", cParent: "New", cExec: "trustedNewDoc();"}); app.addMenuItem({ cName: "A4", cParent: "New", cExec: "trustedNewDoc(420,595)"}); app.addMenuItem({ cName: "Custom...", cParent: "New", cExec: "var nWidth = app.response({ cQuestion:'Enter Width in Points',\ cTitle: 'Custom Page Size'});" +"if (nWidth == null) nWidth = 612;" +"var nHeight = app.response({ cQuestion:'Enter Height in Points',\ cTitle: 'Custom Page Size'});" +"if (nHeight == null) nHeight = 792;" +"trustedNewDoc(nWidth, nHeight) "});
The code is incomplete. In the case of the Custom menu item, additional lines can be inserted to prevent the user from entering the empty string, or a value too small or too large. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for the current limitations.
JavaScript API
newFDF 133
Example
Create a blank document and acquire the Doc object, then insert a watermark.
var myNewDoc = app.newDoc(); myNewDoc.addWatermarkFromText("Confidential",0,font.Helv,24,color.red);
newFDF
6.0
Creates a new FDF object that contains no data. Note: This method is available only during batch, console and application initialization. Not available in Adobe Reader. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Returns
A new FDF object.
Example
Create an FDF with an embedded PDF file.
var fdf = app.newFDF(); fdf.addEmbeddedFile( "/c/myPDFs/myFile.pdf", 1); fdf.save( "/c/myFDFs/myFile.fdf" );
openDoc
5.0 Opens a specified PDF document and returns its Doc object. This object can be used by the script to call methods, or to get or set properties in the newly opened document. Note: When a batch sequence is running, a modal dialog box is open, which prevents user interference while processing. Consequently, this method cannot be executed through a batch sequence. An exception is thrown and an invalid Doc object is returned when an HTML document is opened using this method. To catch the exception, enclose app.openDoc in a try/catch construct. See Example 2 below.
JavaScript API
openDoc 134
Parameters
cPath
A device-independent path to the document to be opened. If oDoc is specified, the path can be relative to it. The target document must be accessible in the default file system. Note: When cFS is set to CHTTP, the cPath string should be escaped, perhaps using the core JavaScript global function encodeURI. See Example 5 (Acrobat 7.0) below.
oDoc cFS
(optional) A Doc object to use as a base to resolve a relative cPath. Must be accessible in the default file system. (optional, Acrobat 7.0) A string that specifies the source file system name. Two values are supported: (the empty string, which is the default), representing the default file system, and CHTTP. This parameter is relevant only if the web server supports WebDAV. (optional, Acrobat 7.0) A Boolean value that if true, opens the PDF file with its window hidden. The default is false. (optional, Acrobat 7.0) A Boolean value that is used when cPath references a non-PDF file. If true, the method tries to convert the non-PDF file to a PDF document. The default is false. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) bUseConv can only be set to true during a console or batch event. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
bHidden bUseConv
cDest
(optional, Acrobat 8.0) The name of the destination within a document. This parameter forces opening at named destination within the PDF document. For details on named destinations and how to create them, see the PDF Reference version 1.7.
Returns
A Doc object or null:
In Acrobat 5.0, this method returns a Doc object. In Acrobat 5.0.5, the method returns the Doc object unless the disclosed property of the target document is not true, in which case it returns null. Beginning with the Acrobat 5.0.5 Accessibility and Forms Patch and continuing with Acrobat 6.0 and later, openDoc behaves as follows:
During a batch, console or menu event, openDoc ignores the disclosed property and returns the Doc object of the file specified by cPath. During any other event, openDoc returns the Doc, if disclosed is true, and null, otherwise.
Example 1
This example opens another document, inserts a prompting message into a text field, sets the focus in the field, and then closes the current document.
var otherDoc = app.openDoc("/c/temp/myDoc.pdf"); otherDoc.getField("name").value="Enter your name here: " otherDoc.getField("name").setFocus();
JavaScript API
openDoc 135
this.closeDoc();
This example uses the Doc closeDoc method and the Field object setFocus method.
Example 2
Open an HTML document on the users hard drive and convert it to PDF.
try { app.openDoc("/c/myWeb/myHomePage.html"); } catch (e) {};
JavaScript API
openFDF 136
In versions previous to 8.0, this jump is not possible unless the document is disclosed. See the example following gotoNamedDest.
openFDF
6.0
Creates a new FDF object by opening the specified file. The FDF object has methods and properties that can be used on the data that this file contains. Note: This method is available only during batch, console and application initialization events. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Parameters
cDIPath
Returns
The FDF object for the FDF file that is opened.
Example
Create an FDF file with an embedded PDF file.
var fdf = app.newFDF(); fdf.addEmbeddedFile( "/c/myPDFs/myFile.pdf", 1); fdf.save( "/c/myFDFs/myFile.fdf" ); // save and close this FDF // Now open the FDF file and embed another PDF doc. var fdf = app.openFDF( "/c/myFDFs/myFile.fdf" ); fdf.addEmbeddedFile( "/c/myPDFs/myOtherFile.pdf", 1); fdf.save( "/c/myFDFs/myFile.fdf" ); // save and close this FDF
See the FDF object signatureSign method for another example of usage.
popUpMenu
5.0 Note: popUpMenuEx is preferred over this method. Creates a pop-up menu at the current mouse position, containing the specified items.
JavaScript API
popUpMenuEx 137
Parameters
cItem Array
(optional) If the argument is a string, it is listed in the menu as a menu item. The menu item name "-" is reserved to draw a separator line in the menu. (optional) If the argument is an array, it appears as a submenu where the first element in the array is the parent menu item. This array can contain further submenus.
Returns
The name of the menu item that was selected, or null if no item was selected.
Example
Create a pop-up menu consisting of chapter of a document.
var cChoice = app.popUpMenu("Introduction", "-", "Chapter 1", [ "Chapter 2", "Chapter 2 Start", "Chapter 2 Middle", ["Chapter 2 End", "The End"]]); app.alert("You chose the \"" + cChoice + "\" menu item");
popUpMenuEx
6.0 Creates a pop-up menu at the current mouse position. Each of the parameters is a MenuItem object that describes a menu item to be included in the pop-up menu. This method is preferred over the use of popUpMenu.
Parameters
One or more MenuItem objects (see below).
Returns
The cReturn value of the menu item that was selected, or its cName if cReturn was not specified for that item. The method returns null if no selection was made.
MenuItem Object
This generic JavaScript object represents a menu item. It has the following properties. Property
cName
Description The menu item name, which is the string to appear on the menu item. The value of "-" is reserved to draw a separator line in the menu. (optional) A Boolean value specifying whether the item is to be marked with a check. The default is false (not marked).
bMarked
JavaScript API
popUpMenuEx 138
Property
bEnabled
Description (optional) A Boolean value specifying whether the item is to appear enabled or grayed out. The default is true (enabled). (optional) A string to be returned when the menu item is selected. The default is the value of cName. (optional) A MenuItem object representing a submenu item or an array of submenu items, each represented by a MenuItem object.
cReturn
oSubMenu
Example 1
Show all the features of the popUpMenuEx method.
var cChoice = app.popUpMenuEx ( {cName: "Item 1", bMarked:true, bEnabled:false}, {cName: "-"}, {cName: "Item 2", oSubMenu: [ {cName: "Item 2, Submenu 1"}, { cName: "Item 2, Submenu 2", oSubMenu: {cName:"Item 2, Submenu 2, Subsubmenu 1", cReturn: "0"} } ] }, {cName: "Item 3"}, {cName: "Item 4", bMarked:true, cReturn: "1"} ) app.alert("You chose the \"" + cChoice + "\" menu item");
Example 2
Because the popupMenuEx method takes a list of MenuItem objects, its parameters cannot be passed to it as a JavaScript variable. As a workaround, you can create an array of menu items and use the Function object method apply from core JavaScript. This method allows arguments to be passed as an array.
// Declare pop-up menu properties as an array. var aParams = [ {cName: "Adobe Web Page", cReturn: "www.adobe.com"}, {cName: "-"}, {cName: "The Adobe Acrobat family", cReturn: "http://www.adobe.com/products/Acrobat/main.html"}, {cName: "Adobe Reader", cReturn: "http://www.adobe.com/products/Acrobat/readstep2.html"} ]; // Apply the function app.popUpMenuEx to the app object, with an array // of parameters aParams var cChoice = app.popUpMenuEx.apply( app, aParams ); if ( cChoice != null ) app.launchURL(cChoice);
JavaScript API
removeToolButton 139
removeToolButton
6.0 Removes a previously added button from the toolbar. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) To remove a toolbutton added by the addToolButton method, removeToolButton must be executed within the same context as when addToolButton was executed. If no document was open in Acrobat when the button was added, there must be no document open in Acrobat when the button is removed. See Example 2 below. Similarly, if a certain document was the active document when a toolbutton was added, that same document must be active for the button to be removed using removeToolButton. In the case of a document that is active when the toolbutton is added, the button is automatically removed when this document is closed. See also the notes following the description of addToolButton.
Parameters
cName
Example 1
See the example following addToolButton.
Example 2
This example shows the removal of a toolbutton with the same context as addToolButton. Initially, there is no document open in the Acrobat. Execute the following code from the console:
app.addToolButton({cName: "button1", cExec:"app.alert('pressed');", cTooltext:"Button1"});
Open a PDF document in Acrobat and execute the next line from the console:
app.removeToolButton({cName:"button1"});
An exception is thrown and the removal of the button fails. If you close the PDF document and execute the removeToolButton script again, the button is removed.
response
3.01 Displays a dialog box containing a question and an entry field for the user to reply to the question.
JavaScript API
setInterval 140
Parameters
cQuestion cTitle cDefault bPassword
The question to be posed to the user. (optional) The title of the dialog box. (optional) A default value for the answer to the question. If not specified, no default value is presented. (optional) If true, indicates that the users response should show as asterisks (*) or bullets () to mask the response, which might be sensitive information. The default is false. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) A short string to appear in front of and on the same line as the edit text field.
cLabel
Returns
A string containing the users response. If the user clicks the Cancel button, the response is the null object.
Example
Asks for a response from the user and report back the response.
var cResponse = app.response({ cQuestion: "How are you today?", cTitle: "Your Health Status", cDefault: "Fine", cLabel: "Response:" }); if (cResponse == null) app.alert("Thanks for trying anyway."); else app.alert("You responded, \""+cResponse+"\", to the health " + "question.",3);
setInterval
5.0 Specifies a JavaScript script and a time period. The script is executed every time the period elapses. The return value of this method must be held in a JavaScript variable. Otherwise, the interval object is subject to garbage-collection, which would cause the clock to stop. To terminate the periodic execution, pass the returned interval object to clearInterval. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 7.05, an interval is automatically terminated when the document whose script called setInterval is closed (assuming it was not previously terminated). Opening and closing the document JavaScripts dialog box causes the JavaScript interpreter to re-read the document JavaScripts and consequently to re-initialize any document-level variables. Resetting document-level variables in this way after JavaScript expressions have been registered to
JavaScript API
setTimeOut 141
be evaluated by setInterval or setTimeOut may cause JavaScript errors if those scripts use document-level variables. See also clearInterval, setTimeOut and clearTimeOut.
Parameters
cExpr nMilliseconds
Returns
An interval object
Example
Create a simple color animation on a field called Color that changes every second.
function DoIt() { var f = this.getField("Color"); var nColor = (timeout.count++ % 10 / 10); // Various shades of red. var aColor = new Array("RGB", nColor, 0, 0); f.fillColor = aColor; } // save return value as a variable timeout = app.setInterval("DoIt()", 1000); // Add a property to our timeout object so that DoIt() can keep // a count going. timeout.count = 0;
setTimeOut
5.0 Specifies a JavaScript script and a time period. The script is executed one time only, after the period elapses. The return value of this method must be held in a JavaScript variable. Otherwise, the timeout object is subject to garbage-collection, which would cause the clock to stop. To cancel the timeout event, pass the returned timeout object to clearTimeOut. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 7.05, an interval is automatically terminated when the document whose script called setInterval is closed (assuming it was not previously terminated). Opening and closing the document JavaScripts dialog box causes the JavaScript interpreter to re-read the document JavaScripts and consequently to re-initialize any document-level variables. Resetting document-level variables in this way after JavaScript expressions have been registered to
JavaScript API
setTimeOut 142
be evaluated by setInterval or setTimeOut may cause JavaScript errors if those scripts use document-level variables. See also clearTimeOut, setInterval, and clearInterval.
Parameters
cExpr nMilliseconds
Returns
A timeout object
Example
Create a simple running marquee. Assume there is a text field named marquee. The default value of this field is Adobe Acrobat version 8.0 will soon be here!.
// Document-level JavaScript function function runMarquee() { var f = this.getField("marquee"); var cStr = f.value; // get field value var aStr = cStr.split(""); // Convert to an array aStr.push(aStr.shift()); // Move first char to last cStr = aStr.join(""); // Back to string again f.value = cStr; // Put new value in field } // Insert a mouse-up action into a "Go" button run = app.setInterval("runMarquee()", 100); // stop after a minute stoprun=app.setTimeOut("app.clearInterval(run)",6000); // Insert a mouse-up action into a "Stop" button try { app.clearInterval(run); app.clearTimeOut(stoprun); } catch (e){}
The Stop button code is protected with a try/catch construct. If the user clicks the Stop button without having first clicked Go, run and stoprun will be undefined and the Stop code will throw an exception. When the exception is thrown, the catch code is executed. In this example, the code does nothing if the user clicks Stop first.
JavaScript API
trustedFunction 143
trustedFunction
7.0
Marks a function as trusted. Trusted functions can explicitly increase the current privilege level for their stack frame. Typically, the stack frame (which corresponds to the body of the function) contains security-restricted methods that require a privileged context in which to run. By increasing the privilege level, these restricted methods can be executed in non-privileged contexts. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32. Within the body of the function definition, calls to the app.beginPriv and app.endPriv methods must enclose any code that normally executes in a privileged context, as the examples below show. Note: This method is available only during batch, console and application initialization events
Parameters
oFunc
Returns
On success, returns the same function object that was passed in. After successful execution, the function object will be trusted. On error, throws NotAllowedError.
Syntax
This method can be called in two ways.
myTrustedFunction = app.trustedFunction( function() { <function body> } );
or
function myOtherTrustedFunction() { <function body> }; app.trustedFunction(myOtherTrustedFunction);
The following examples, along with the examples following the app.trustPropagatorFunction method, contain many comments that clarify the notion of trusted function and highlight some of the nuances of the topic.
Example 1
app.newDoc is a security-restricted method that needs a privileged context in which to run. For example, it cannot normally be executed from a mouse-up event. This example shows how this method can be executed from a mouse-up event by creating a trusted function.
JavaScript API
trustedFunction 144
Place the following script in a .js file in the User (or App) JavaScript folder.
trustedNewDoc = app.trustedFunction( function (nWidth, nHeight) { // Additional code may appear above app.beginPriv(); // Explicitly raise privilege app.newDoc( nWidth, nHeight ); app.endPriv(); // Additional code may appear below. })
After Acrobat is restarted, the trustedNewDoc function can be executed from anywhere. The following script for a mouse-up action of a button creates a new document that is 200 points by 200 points.
trustedNewDoc( 200, 200 );
Because of security restrictions, app.newDoc(200,200) cannot normally be executed from a mouse-up event. The trusted function permits the creation of a new document. Note: This example is simplified. The trusted function could be modified so that it also has the two optional arguments of the app.newDoc method. The trustedNewDoc function can also be executed as a menu item.
app.addMenuItem( { cName: "myTrustedNewDoc", cUser: "New Doc", cParent: "Tools", cExec: "trustedNewDoc(200,200)", nPos: 0 } );
Again, trustedNewDoc could be enhanced by having the user input the dimensions for the new document, either through a series of app.response dialog boxes, or a full dialog box, created by app.execDialog. Note: If app.newDoc is not enclosed in the app.beginPriv/app.endPriv pair, executing trustedNewDoc from a non-privileged context will fail and an exception will be thrown. You must explicitly raise the privilege level in the way shown.
Example 2
The app.activeDocs property behaves differently depending on the setting:
During a console or batch event, it returns an array of all active documents. In a non-privileged context, it returns an array of only those active documents that have their disclosed property set to true.
To overcome this limitation in non-privileged context, you can define a trusted function that raises the privilege level and calls activeDocs. This function would be defined in a .js file in the User (or App) JavaScript folder.
trustedActiveDocs = app.trustedFunction ( function() { app.beginPriv(); // Explicitly raise the privilege var d = app.activeDocs; app.endPriv(); return d;
JavaScript API
trustedFunction 145
} )
The following code can be executed from a mouse-up action of a form button.
var d = trustedActiveDocs(); console.println("There are d = " + d.length + " files open in the viewer.") for ( var i=0; i< d.length; i++) console.println((i+1) + ". " + d[i].documentFileName )
The console reports the number and file name of all documentsdisclosed or notopen in the viewer.
Example 3
A trusted function is capable of explicitly increasing the current privilege level only for its own stack frame. This example shows some related issues. The following code attempts to make a trusted function more modular:
function mySaveAs(doc, path) { doc.saveAs(doc, path); } myFunc = app.trustedFunction( function (doc, path) { // privileged and/or non-privileged code here app.beginPriv(); mySaveAs(doc, path); app.endPriv(); // privileged and/or non-privileged code here }
A problem occurs because when the privileged code doc.saveAs(doc, path) is executed, it is not within the stack frame (function body) of the calling trusted function myFunc but rather within the stack frame of mySaveAs, which is not a trusted function. Therefore, when myFunc is executed in a non-privileged context, it throws an exception. A possible solution is to make mySaveAs into a trusted function so that myFunc succeeds. However, this exposes the privileged doc.saveAs function to non-privileged execution by anyone that knows this function is on your system. You cannot simply enclose doc.saveAs(doc,path) in a beginPriv/endPriv pair. When myFunc is run from a non-privileged context, an exception will be thrown by the app.beginPriv within the body of the mySaveAs function. This is because mySaveAs is not trusted and therefore is not authorized to request an increased privilege level. To summarize the observations above, there is a need for a kind of function that has the following characteristics:
It can be called by a trusted function. It is not trusted itself and therefore cannot be directly called from a non-privileged context.
JavaScript API
trustPropagatorFunction 146
trustPropagatorFunction
7.0
Marks a function as a trust propagator. Such a function is not itself trusted but can inherit trust if called from a trusted function. A trust propagator function propagates trust, not privilege. Therefore, as with the method app.trustedFunction, an app.beginPriv/app.endPriv pair must enclose any code within the function body that normally executes in a privileged context. Trust propagator functions can play the role of utility functions. They can be called by a trusted function and by another trust propagator function, but they cannot successfully be called by a function that is not trusted in a non-privileged context. Note: Functions defined in .js files in the App JavaScript folder are implicitly trust propagator functions. Functions defined in .js files in the User JavaScript folder are not. This method is available only during batch, console, and application initialization.
Syntax
This method can be called in two ways.
myPropagatorFunction = app.trustPropagatorFunction( function() { <function body> } );
or
function myOtherPropagatorFunction() { <function body> }; app.trustPropagatorFunction(myOtherPropagatorFunction);
Parameters
oFunc
Returns
On success, returns the same function object that was passed in. After successful execution, the function object will be a trust propagator. On error, throws NotAllowedError.
Example 1
For background, see Example 3 on page 145.
JavaScript API
trustPropagatorFunction 147
This example defines a trust propagator function, mySaveAs, to save a file to a folder, and a trusted function, myTrustedSpecialTaskFunc, to perform various tasks involving privileged and non-privileged code. The mySaveAs function cannot be called directly in a non-privileged context.
mySaveAs = app.trustPropagatorFunction(function(doc,path) { app.beginPriv(); doc.saveAs(path); app.endPriv(); }) myTrustedSpecialTaskFunc = app.trustedFunction(function(doc,path) { // Privileged and/or non-privileged code above app.beginPriv(); mySaveAs(doc,path); app.endPriv(); // Privileged and/or non-privileged code below });
Executing the code from a mouse-up button, for example, saves the current document to the specified path.
myTrustedSpecialTaskFunc(this, "/c/temp/mySavedDoc.pdf");
Example 2
This example develops a simple dialog box using the app.execDialog method and executes privileged code. The dialog box asks for your name and asks you to browse for a document from your local hard drive (or a network drive). When you click the OK button, the selected file is loaded into the viewer and your name is placed in the author field of the document properties. (The insertion of the name only occurs if the author field is empty.) The dialog box also displays the value of identity.email, which is privileged information. Any privileged code is enclosed by a beginPriv/endPriv pair. Note the use of the ANTrustPropagateAll function, which is useful for creating dialog boxes that use privileged code. It takes a single object as its argument, turns every function in the object into a trust propagator function, then returns that object.
myDialog = app.trustedFunction(function() { app.beginPriv(); var dialog = ANTrustPropagateAll({ initialize:function(dialog) { this.data = {}; // An object to hold dialog data app.beginPriv(); dialog.load({ "emai": "Email: " + identity.email }); app.endPriv(); }, commit:function (dialog) { // Called when OK pressed var results = dialog.store(); console.println("Your name is " + results["name"] ); this.data.name = results["name"]; },
JavaScript API
trustPropagatorFunction 148
brws: function (dialog) { app.beginPriv(); var oRetn = app.browseForDoc(); if ( typeof oRetn != "undefined") this.data.oRetn = oRetn; app.endPriv(); }, doDialog:function() { app.beginPriv(); var retn = app.execDialog(this); app.endPriv(); return retn; }, description: { name: "Open File & Populate Info Field", align_children: "align_left", elements: [ { type: "view", align_children: "align_left", elements: [ { type: "view", align_children: "align_row", elements: [ { type: "static_text", name: "Name: " }, { item_id: "name", type: "edit_text", alignment: "align_fill", width: 300, height: 20 }, ] }, { type: "static_text", item_id: "emai", name: "Email: ", char_width: 25 }, { type: "gap", height: 10 }, { type: "view", align_children: "align_row", elements:
JavaScript API
trustPropagatorFunction 149
[ { type: "button", name: "Browse", item_id: "brws" }, { type: "ok_cancel", ok_name: "Ok", cancel_name: "Cancel" } ] } ] } ] } }); app.endPriv(); try { // Protect against user pressing the Esc key // After everything is set up, run the dialog box using the doDialog // function, defined in the object dialog. var retn = dialog.doDialog(); app.beginPriv(); // If the user clicked the Ok button and there is oRetn data we load // the requested file using app.openDoc(), a restricted method. if ( (retn == "ok") && dialog.data.oRetn ) { var oDoc = app.openDoc({ cPath: dialog.data.oRetn.cPath, cFS: dialog.data.oRetn.cFS }); if ( !oDoc.info.Author ) oDoc.info.Author = dialog.data.name; } app.endPriv(); } catch(e) {} })
This dialog box can be activated from a button or, more appropriately, from a menu item or a toolbar button. For example, place the following code in a User JavaScript file to add a menu item to the Tools menu.
app.addMenuItem( { cName: "myDialog", cUser: "My Cool Dialog", cParent: "Tools", cExec: "myDialog()", nPos: 0 } );
JavaScript API
app.media 150
app.media
This object defines properties and functions useful in multimedia JavaScript code. Several app.media properties are enumeration objects that list the values allowed in various properties. Future versions of Acrobat may add more such values, and JavaScript code should be prepared to encounter values other than the ones listed here. Similarly, JavaScript code may be run on an older version of Acrobat than it was designed for, in which case it must fall back to using the values available in that version.
app.media properties
align
6.0 Enumerates the values that may be found in the MediaSettings.floating.align property. The alignment is relative to the window specified by the MediaSettings.floating.over property. (See the values for app.media.over.) Valid values are listed in the table below. Value
app.media.align.topLeft app.media.align.topCenter app.media.align.topRight app.media.align.centerLeft app.media.align.center app.media.align.centerRight app.media.align.bottomLeft app.media.align.bottomCenter app.media.align.bottomRight
Position of floating window At the top left corner At the top center At the top right corner At the center left At the center At the center right At the bottom left corner At the bottom center At the bottom right corner
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
JavaScript API
canResize 151
canResize
6.0 Enumerates the values that may be found in the MediaSettings.floating.canResize property, which specifies whether a floating window may be resized by the user. These values are listed in the table below. Value
app.media.canResize.no app.media.canResize.keepRatio app.media.canResize.yes
Description May not be resized May be resized only if the aspect ratio is preserved May be resized without preserving the aspect ratio
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
closeReason
6.0 Enumerates the values that may be found in the event.reason property for a Close event. These values are:
app.media.closeReason.general app.media.closeReason.error app.media.closeReason.done app.media.closeReason.stop app.media.closeReason.play app.media.closeReason.uiGeneral app.media.closeReason.uiScreen app.media.closeReason.uiEdit app.media.closeReason.docClose app.media.closeReason.docSave app.media.closeReason.docChange
Type
Object (enumeration)
JavaScript API
defaultVisible 152
Access
R
defaultVisible
6.0 This property is defined as true, which is the default value for MediaSettings.visible.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
ifOffScreen
6.0 Enumerates the values allowed in a MediaSettings.floating.ifOffScreen property, which specifies what action should be taken if the floating window is positioned totally or partially offscreen. These values and their descriptions are given in the table below. Value
app.media.ifOffScreen.allow app.media.ifOffScreen.forceOnScreen
Description Take no action Move and/or resize the window so that it is on-screen Cancel playing the media clip
app.media.ifOffScreen.cancel
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
JavaScript API
layout 153
layout
6.0 Enumerates the values allowed in a MediaSettings.layout property. The table below contains the values and their descriptions. Value
app.media.layout.meet
Description Scale to fit all content, preserve aspect, no clipping, background fill Scale to fill the window, preserve aspect, and clip X or Y as needed Scale X and Y separately to fill the window Natural size with scrolling Natural size with clipping Use the players default settings
app.media.layout.slice
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
monitorType
6.0 Enumerates the values allowed in a MediaSettings.monitorType property. The table below contains the values and their descriptions: Value
app.media.monitorType.document
Description The monitor containing the largest section of the document window The monitor containing the smallest section of the document window Primary monitor Monitor with the greatest color depth
app.media.monitorType.nonDocument
app.media.monitorType.primary app.media.monitorType.bestColor
JavaScript API
openCode 154
Value
app.media.monitorType.largest app.media.monitorType.tallest app.media.monitorType.widest
Description Monitor with the greatest area (in pixels squared) Monitor with the greatest height (in pixels) Monitor with the greatest width (in pixels)
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
openCode
6.0 Enumerates the values that may be found in the code property of the return value from MediaPlayer.open. The values are:
app.media.openCode.success app.media.openCode.failGeneral app.media.openCode.failSecurityWindow app.media.openCode.failPlayerMixed app.media.openCode.failPlayerSecurityPrompt app.media.openCode.failPlayerNotFound app.media.openCode.failPlayerMimeType app.media.openCode.failPlayerSecurity app.media.openCode.failPlayerData
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
JavaScript API
over 155
over
6.0 Enumerates the values allowed in a MediaSettings.floating.over property, the value of which is used to align a floating window. See app.media.align. Value
app.media.over.pageWindow
Description Align the floating window relative to the document (page) window Align the floating window relative to the application window Align the floating window relative to the full virtual desktop Align the floating window relative to the (selected) monitor display screen
app.media.over.appWindow
app.media.over.desktop app.media.over.monitor
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
pageEventNames
6.0 Enumerates the values that may be found in the event.name property for a page-level action. Event names that represent direct user actions are not included here. This enumeration is used to distinguish page-level actions from user actions. The values are:
app.media.pageEventNames.Open app.media.pageEventNames.Close app.media.pageEventNames.InView app.media.pageEventNames.OutView
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
JavaScript API
raiseCode 156
Example
app.media.pageEventNames can be used to distinguish between a page-level action and a direct user action. The script below is folder-level or document-level JavaScript that can be called from anywhere in a document. function myMMfunction () { if ( app.media.pageEventNames[event.name] ) { console.println("Page Event: " + event.name); ... } else { console.println("User Generated Event: " + event.name); ... } }
raiseCode
6.0 Enumerates values that may be found in the error.raiseCode property when an exception is thrown. This property exists only when error.name is RaiseError. Other values may be encountered in addition to these.
app.media.raiseCode.fileNotFound app.media.raiseCode.fileOpenFailed
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
raiseSystem
6.0 Enumerates values that may be found in the error.raiseSystem property when an exception is thrown. This property exists only when error.name is RaiseError.
app.media.raiseSystem.fileError
Type
Object (enumeration)
JavaScript API
renditionType 157
Access
R
renditionType
6.0 Enumerates the values that may be found in Rendition.type. The values and their descriptions are given below. Value
app.media.renditionType.unknown app.media.renditionType.media app.media.renditionType.selector
Description A type not known by this version of Acrobat A media rendition A rendition selector
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
status
6.0 Enumerates the values that may be found in the event.media.code property for a Status event (see onStatus/afterStatus). Most of these values have additional information that is found in the event.text property. The values are: Value
app.media.status.clear app.media.status.message app.media.status.contacting app.media.status.buffering app.media.status.init app.media.status.seeking
Description Empty stringthis status event clears any message General message Hostname being contacted Progress message or nothing Name of the engine being initialized Empty string
Along with the event.media.status code, there is also the event.media.text, a string that reflects the current status, as described above.
JavaScript API
trace 158
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
trace
6.0 Set this property to true to print trace messages to the JavaScript console during player creation and event dispatching. Note: app.media.trace is for test purposes only. Do not use this property in a PDF file that you publish. It will change in future versions of Acrobat.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
version
6.0 The version number of the multimedia API, currently 7.0.
Type
Number
Access
R
JavaScript API
windowType 159
windowType
6.0 Enumerates the values allowed in a MediaSettings.windowType property. These values are given in the table below. Value
app.media.windowType.docked app.media.windowType.floating app.media.windowType.fullScreen
Description Docked to a PDF page Floating (pop-up) window Full screen mode
Type
Object (enumeration)
Access
R
app.media methods
addStockEvents
6.0 Adds stock EventListeners to a MediaPlayer object and sets player.stockEvents as a reference to these listeners for later removal. If the optional annot parameter is provided, a reference to the annotation is saved in MediaPlayer.annot. Later, when the player is opened with MediaPlayer.open, stock EventListeners will also be added to this annotation and annot.player will be set as a reference to the player.
Parameters
player annot
The stock EventListeners provide standard Acrobat behavior such as focus handling. If app.media.trace is true, debug trace listeners are also included with the stock EventListeners. Use the removeStockEvents method to remove EventListeners that were added with addStockEvents. The app.media.createPlayer and app.media.openPlayer methods call addStockEvents internally, so in most cases it is not necessary to call this method yourself.
JavaScript API
alertFileNotFound 160
alertFileNotFound
6.0 Displays the standard file not found alert, with an optional Dont Show Again check box.
Parameters
oDoc cFilename bCanSkipAlert oDoc is the Doc the alert is associated with cFilename is the name of the missing file
(optional) If bCanSkipAlert is true and the user checks the check box, returns true, otherwise returns false. The default is false.
Returns
If bCanSkipAlert is true, returns true if the check box is checked, otherwise returns false.
Example
if ( !doNotNotify ) { var bRetn = app.media.alertFileNotFound(this, cFileClip, true ); var doNotNotify = bRetn; }
alertSelectFailed
6.0 Displays the standard alert for a rendition.select failure.
Parameters
oDoc oRejects bCanSkipAlert bFromUser
The Doc the alert is associated with (optional) If provided, an array of MediaReject objects as returned by PlayerInfoList.select. (optional) If true and the user checks the check box, the method returns true; otherwise, the method returns false. The default is false. (optional) A Boolean value that affects the wording of the alert message. It should be true if a direct user action triggered this code, or false if some other action, such as selecting a bookmark, triggered it. The default is false.
JavaScript API
argsDWIM 161
Returns
If bCanSkipAlert is true, returns true if the check box is checked, otherwise returns false. Note: When rendition.select fails to find a usable player, and the select parameter bWantRejects is set to true, the returned MediaSelection object will contain an array of MediaReject objects, which can be passed to this method as the oRejects parameter. The alertSelectFailed method will, in turn, ask the user to go to the web to download an appropriate player.
Example
Displays Cannot Play Media Clip, with check box.
var bRetn = app.media.alertSelectFailed({ oDoc: this, bCanSkipAlert: true });
argsDWIM
6.0 This method is a do what I mean function that is used by app.media.createPlayer, app.media.openPlayer, and app.media.startPlayer. It fills in default values for properties that are not provided in the PlayerArgs object, picking them out of the event object, so that these functions may be used as rendition action event handlers with no arguments or in custom JavaScript with explicit arguments.
Parameters
args
Returns
PlayerArgs object
Example
See Example 1 on page 165 for an example of usage.
canPlayOrAlert
6.0 Determines whether any media playback is allowed and returns true if it is. If playback is not allowed, it alerts the user and returns false.
JavaScript API
computeFloatWinRect 162
Parameters
args
Returns
true if media playback is allowed, otherwise false.
Note: The createPlayer method calls this function before attempting to create a player. If you write your own code to substitute for createPlayer, you can call canPlayOrAlert to alert the user in situations where playback is not allowed, such as in multimedia authoring mode. The only property in the args object that is used is doc, so you can use the following code.
// There is a Doc in myDoc if( app.media.canPlayOrAlert({ doc: myDoc }) /* OK to create player here */ ;
The above code displays Cannot play media while in authoring mode, or other alerts, as appropriate.
computeFloatWinRect
6.0 Calculates and returns the rectangle in screen coordinates needed as specified by its parameters.
Parameters
doc floating monitorType uiSize
The Doc object for the document. The floating parameters from the object returned by MediaSettings.floating. A number indicating which monitor to use. See the app.media.monitorType property. (optional) The user interface size given as an array of four numbers [w, x, y, z] representing the size, as returned by MediaPlayer.uiSize.
Returns
The rectangle in screen coordinates.
Example
Get the calculated rectangle for a floating window.
var floating = { over: app.media.over.monitor, align: app.media.align.center, canResize: app.media.canResize.no,
JavaScript API
constrainRectToScreen 163
hasClose: false, hasTitle: true, width: 400, height: 400 } var rect = app.media.computeFloatWinRect (this, floating, app.media.monitorType.primary);
constrainRectToScreen
6.0 Returns a rectangle of screen coordinates, moved and resized if needed to place it entirely on some display monitor. If anchorPt is provided and rect must be shrunk to fit, it shrinks proportionally toward anchorPt (which is an array of two numbers representing a point as [x, y]).
Parameters
rect anchorPt
An array of four numbers representing the screen coordinates of the d rectangle. (optional) An array of two points [x, y] that is to be an anchor point.
Returns
A rectangle in screen coordinates.
createPlayer
6.0 Creates a MediaPlayer object without opening the player. Note: To open the player, call MediaPlayer.open. You can combine these two steps into one by calling app.media.openPlayer instead of createPlayer. If createPlayer is called inside a rendition action (for example, in custom JavaScript entered from the Actions tab in the Multimedia Properties panel), default values are taken from the actions event object. The args parameter is not required in this case unless you want to override the rendition actions values. createPlayer calls argsDWIM to process the event object and args (see PlayerArgs object object) parameter. Unless noStockEvents of the PlayerArgs object is set to true, the MediaPlayer object is equipped with stock EventListeners that provide the standard behavior required to interact properly with Acrobat. Additional EventListeners can be provided in the PlayerArgs object or may be added afterward with MediaPlayer.events.add. If args.annot.player is an open MediaPlayer, createPlayer closes that player, which triggers events.
JavaScript API
createPlayer 164
Parameters
args
A PlayerArgs object, whose required and optional properties are described below. If createPlayer is executed within a Rendition action with an associated rendition, this parameter is optional and its properties are populated by the defaults and by options selected in the UI. Otherwise, this parameter is required.
PlayerArgs object
Property
doc
Description The Doc object of the document. Required if both annot and rendition are omitted, for example, for URL playback. A ScreenAnnot object. Required for docked playback unless it is found in the event object or MediaSettings.page is provided. The new player is associated with the annotation. If a player was already associated with the annotation, it is stopped and closed. (optional) A Rendition object (either a MediaRendition or a RenditionList). Required unless rendition is found in the event object or URL is present. Either URL or rendition is required, with URL taking precedence. (optional) Ignored unless URL is present. If URL is present, either mimeType or settings.players, as returned by app.media.getPlayers, is required. (optional) A MediaSettings object. Overrides the rendition settings. (optional) An EventListener object. Optional if stock events are used, added after stock events. (optional) If true, do not use stock events. The default is false. (optional) It should be true if a direct user action will trigger this code, or false, otherwise. The default depends on the event object. (optional) If true, show alternate text (see Rendition.altText) if the media cannot be played. The default is true. (optional) If true and alternate text (see Rendition.altText) is empty, show the alternate text as an empty box; if false, respond with an alert. The default value is true if fromUser is false, and false if fromUser is true.
annot
rendition
Object
URL
String String
mimeType
settings
events
noStockEvents fromUser
showAltText
Boolean
showEmptyAltText
Boolean
JavaScript API
getAltTextData 165
Returns
MediaPlayer object
Example 1
The following code is the definition of openPlayer, which uses createPlayer in its definition.
app.media.openPlayer = function( args ) { var player = null; try { args = app.media.argsDWIM( args ); player = app.media.createPlayer( args ); if( player ) { var result = player.open(); if( result.code != app.media.openCode.success ) { player = null; app.media.alert ( "Open", args, { code: result.code } ); } else if( player.visible ) player.setFocus(); // triggers Focus event } } catch( e ) { player = null; app.media.alert( 'Exception', args, { error: e } ); } return player; }
Example 2
See the examples at the end of the description of openPlayer for examples of PlayerArgs usage.
getAltTextData
6.0 Returns a MediaData object (see MediaSettings.data) that represents alternate text data for the given text. This object can be used to create a player to display the alternate text.
Parameters
cAltText
JavaScript API
getAltTextSettings 166
Returns
MediaData object (see MediaSettings.data).
Example
See the embedded example following the getAltTextSettings method.
getAltTextSettings
6.0 Takes a PlayerArgs object containing at least settings, showAltText, and showEmptyAltText properties, along with a selection object as returned by rendition.select, and finds the first available alternate text rendition if there is one. It then creates and returns a new MediaSettings object suitable for playback of the alternate text. Otherwise it returns null.
Parameters
args selection
Returns
MediaSettings object or null
Example
This example plays back the alternate text of the rendition. The code plays back the alternate text in a screen annotation, but can be modified for playback in a floating window.
var rendition = this.media.getRendition("myClip"); var settings = rendition.getPlaySettings(); var args = { settings: settings, showAltText: true, showEmptyAltText: true }; var selection = rendition.select(); settings = app.media.getAltTextSettings( args, selection ); // You can also play custom alternate text by uncommenting the next line // settings.data = app.media.getAltTextData("A. C. Robat"); // Uncomment the code below to obtain a floating window to play back // the alternate text /* settings.windowType = app.media.windowType.floating settings.floating = { canResize: app.media.canResize.keepRatio,
JavaScript API
getAnnotStockEvents 167
hasClose: true, width: 400, height: 100 } */ // Now define an args parameter for use with openPlayer, which will // play the alternate text. args = { rendition: rendition, annot: this.media.getAnnot({nPage: 0, cAnnotTitle:"myScreen"}), settings: settings }; app.media.openPlayer(args);
getAnnotStockEvents
6.0 Returns an event object containing the stock EventListeners required in a screen annotation for normal playback in Acrobat. The stock EventListeners provide standard Acrobat behavior such as focus handling. If app.media.trace is true, debug trace listeners are also included with the stock EventListeners.
Parameters
settings
Returns
event object
getAnnotTraceEvents
6.0 Returns an Events object containing EventListeners that provide a debugging trace as events are dispatched.
Returns
Events object
getPlayers
6.0 Returns a PlayerInfoList object, which is an array of PlayerInfo objects representing the available media players.
JavaScript API
getPlayerStockEvents 168
The PlayerInfoList may be filtered using its select method, and it may be used in the settings.players property when creating a media player with createPlayer. See PlayerInfoList object and PlayerInfo object for more details.
Parameters
cMimeType
(optional) An optional MIME type such as audio/wav. If cMimeType is omitted, the list includes all available players. If cMimeType is specified, the list includes only players that can handle that MIME type.
Returns
PlayerInfoList object
Example 1
List MP3 players to the debug console.
var mp = app.media.getPlayers("audio/mp3") for ( var i = 0; i < mp.length; i++) { console.println("\nmp[" + i + "] Properties"); for ( var p in mp[i] ) console.println(p + ": " + mp[i][p]); }
Example 2
Choose any player that can play Flash media by matching the MIME type. The code assumes the code below is executed as a Rendition action with associated rendition (so no arguments for createPlayer are required).
var player = app.media.createPlayer(); player.settings.players = app.media.getPlayers( "application/x-shockwave-flash" ); player.open();
getPlayerStockEvents
6.0 Returns an Events object containing the stock EventListeners required in a media player for normal playback in Acrobat. The stock EventListeners provide standard Acrobat behavior such as focus handling. Use MediaPlayer.events.add to add these stock events to a media player. The app.media.createPlayer and app.media.openPlayer methods automatically call getPlayerStockEvents internally, so it is not necessary to call this method yourself unless you are writing code that sets up all EventListeners explicitly. If app.media.trace is true, debug trace listeners are also included with the stock EventListeners.
JavaScript API
getPlayerTraceEvents 169
Parameters
settings
A MediaSettings object.
Returns
Events object
getPlayerTraceEvents
6.0 Returns an Events object containing EventListeners that provide a debugging trace as events are dispatched.
Returns
An Events object
getRenditionSettings
6.0 Calls Rendition.select to get a MediaSelection object, then MediaSelection.rendition.getPlaySettings to get a MediaSettings object for playback. If either of these fails, it calls the getAltTextSettings method to get a MediaSettings object for alternate text playback. Finally, it returns the resulting MediaSettings object, or null if getAltTextSettings returned null (that is, alternate text was not specified or not allowed).
Parameters
args
A PlayerArgs object.
Returns
MediaSettings object or null
Example
See Example 3 on page 173.
getURLData
6.0 Returns a MediaData object (see MediaSettings.data) that represents data to be retrieved for a URL and optional MIME type. This MediaData object can be used to create a player that accesses data from that URL.
JavaScript API
getURLSettings 170
Parameters
cURL cMimeType
The URL from which media data is to be retrieved. (optional) The MIME type of the data.
Returns
MediaData object
Example
Retrieve a media clip from the Internet and plays it in a floating window.
var myURLClip = "http://www.example.com/myClip.mpg"; var args = { URL: myURLClip, mimeType: "video/x-mpg", doc: this, settings: { players: app.media.getPlayers("video/x-mpg"), windowType: app.media.windowType.floating, data: app.media.getURLData(myURLClip,"video/x-mpg"), floating: { height: 400, width: 600 } } } app.media.openPlayer(args);
getURLSettings
6.0 Takes a PlayerArgs object that contains a settings property and returns a MediaSettings object suitable for playback of a URL. The settings property must contain a URL property and may contain a mimeType property. It may also contain additional settings that are copied into the resulting settings object.
Parameters
args
A PlayerArgs object.
Returns
MediaSettings object
JavaScript API
getURLSettings 171
Example 1
Same example as above. getURLSettings calls getURLData and inserts the return MediaData object into the data property into the setting, which it then returns.
var myURLClip = "http://www.example.com/myClip.mpg"; args = { URL: myURLClip, mimeType: "video/x-mpg", doc: this, settings: { players: app.media.getPlayers("video/x-mpg"), windowType: app.media.windowType.floating, floating: { height: 400, width: 600 } } }; settings = app.media.getURLSettings(args) args.settings = settings; app.media.openPlayer(args);
Example 2
The example below is a custom keystroke action of a combo box. The combo box is a simple playlist of streamed audio and video websites. The export value of each element in the list has the form URL,mimeType, for example
http://www.example.com/streaming/radio.asx,video/x-ms-asx
The script below splits the export value into a 2-element array, where the first element is the URL and the second is the mimeType. Any video is shown in the screen annotation myScreen. Otherwise, only audio is heard.
if (!event.willCommit) { var aURLMime = event.changeEx.split(",") console.println("aURLMime[0] = " + aURLMime[0]); console.println("aURLMime[1] = " + aURLMime[1]); var args = { annot:this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0,cAnnotTitle: "myScreen" }), URL: aURLMime[0], mimeType: aURLMime[1], doc: this, settings: { players: app.media.getPlayers(aURLMime[1]), windowType: app.media.windowType.docked } }; settings = app.media.getURLSettings(args); args.settings = settings; var player = app.media.openPlayer(args); }
JavaScript API
getWindowBorderSize 172
getWindowBorderSize
6.0 Returns an array of four numbers representing the size in pixels of the left, top, right, and bottom borders that would be used for a floating window with the properties specified in the parameters. The hasTitle and hasClose parameters are Boolean values, and canResize may be any of the values in app.media.canResize. These parameters have the same names as properties of a MediaSettings.floating object, so you can simply pass in a floating object as a single parameter:
var size = doc.media.getWindowBorderSize( settings.floating );
Parameters
hasTitle hasClose canResize
(optional) The default is true. (optional) The default is true. (optional) The default is app.media.canResize.no.
Returns
An array of 4 numbers.
openPlayer
6.0 Calls app.media.createPlayer to create a MediaPlayer object and then calls MediaPlayer.open to open the player. This method triggers several events, which may include Ready (see onReady and afterReady), Play (see onPlay and afterPlay), and Focus (see onFocus and afterFocus). See the EventListener object for a general description of these events. The method alerts the user and returns null on failure. It does not throw exceptions.
Parameters
args
Returns
A MediaPlayer object, or null on failure
JavaScript API
openPlayer 173
Example 1
This minimal example is a custom JavaScript from the Actions tab in the Multimedia Properties panel of a screen annotation. To override the parameters specified by the UI of the screen annotation, the args parameter is passed.
app.media.openPlayer();
See the event object for an explanation of event.action.rendition. The above example also uses Rendition.getPlaySettings to access the settings associated with the rendition to be played (the one associated with the screen annotation).
Example 2
The following script is executed from a mouse-up action of a form button. It plays a docked media clip in a screen annotation.
app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: this.media.getRendition( "myClip" ), annot: this.media.getAnnot( {nPage:0,cAnnotTitle:"myScreen"} ), settings: { windowType: app.media.windowType.docked } });
Example 3
This example is a custom JavaScript from the Actions tab in the Multimedia Properties of a screen annotation. The user clicks the annotation and a randomly chosen movie clip is played.
// These are placed at the top level of the document JavaScript var myRenditions = new Array(); myRenditions[0] = "myClip1"; myRenditions[1] = "myClip2"; myRenditions[2] = "myClip3"; // This code is a custom JavaScript of a ScreenAnnot. All renditions // are docked and are played in the ScreenAnnot. var l = myRenditions.length; randomIndex = Math.floor( Math.random() * l ) % l; var rendition = this.media.getRendition(myRenditions[randomIndex]); var settings = app.media.getRenditionSettings({ rendition: rendition }); var args = { rendition: rendition, settings: settings } app.media.openPlayer(args);
JavaScript API
removeStockEvents 174
removeStockEvents
6.0 Removes any stock EventListeners from a MediaPlayer object and from any associated ScreenAnnot object and deletes the player.stockEvents, player.annot, annot.stockEvents, and annot.player properties. This undoes the effect of a previous addStockEvents call.
Parameters
player
A MediaPlayer object
startPlayer
6.0 Checks whether an annotation is provided in the PlayerArgs object and the annotation already has a player open. If so, it calls player.play on that player to start or resume playback. If not, it calls app.media.openPlayer to create and open a new MediaPlayer object. See openPlayer for more details. Note: app.media.startPlayer is the default mouse-up action when you use the Acrobat user interface to create a multimedia annotation and rendition and you do not specify any custom JavaScript.
Parameters
args
Returns
A MediaPlayer object or null on failure
Example
Start a screen annotation from a form button.
var args = { rendition: this.media.getRendition( "myClip" ), annot: this.media.getAnnot({ nPage: 0, cAnnotTitle: "myScreen" }), }; app.media.startPlayer(args);
JavaScript API
Bookmark 175
Bookmark
A Bookmark object represents a node in the bookmark tree that appears in the bookmarks navigational panel. Bookmarks are typically used as a table of contents allowing the user to navigate quickly to topics of interest.
Bookmark properties
children
5.0 An array of Bookmark objects that are the children of this bookmark in the bookmark tree. If there are no children of this bookmark, this property has a value of null. See also the parent and bookmarkRoot properties.
Type
Array | null
Access
R
Example
Dump all bookmarks in the document.
function DumpBookmark(bkm, nLevel) { var s = ""; for (var i = 0; i < nLevel; i++) s += " "; console.println(s + "+-" + bkm.name); if (bkm.children != null) for (var i = 0; i < bkm.children.length; i++) DumpBookmark(bkm.children[i], nLevel + 1); } console.clear(); console.show(); console.println("Dumping all bookmarks in the document."); DumpBookmark(this.bookmarkRoot, 0);
color
5.0
Specifies the color for a bookmark. Values are defined by using gray, RGB or CMYK color. See Color arrays on page 193 for information on defining color arrays and how values are used with this property. See also the style property.
JavaScript API
doc 176
Type
Array
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
Example
The following fun script colors the top-level bookmark red, green, and blue.
var bkm = this.bookmarkRoot.children[0]; bkm.color = color.black; var C = new Array(1, 0, 0); var run = app.setInterval( 'bkm.color = ["RGB",C[0],C[1],C[2]]; C.push(C.shift());', 1000); var stoprun=app.setTimeOut( "app.clearInterval(run); bkm.color=color.black",12000);
doc
5.0 The Doc that the bookmark resides in.
Type
Object
Access
R
name
5.0
The text string for the bookmark that the user sees in the navigational panel.
Type
String
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
JavaScript API
open 177
Example
Put the top-level bookmark in bold.
var bkm = this.bookmarkRoot.children[0]; console.println( "Top-level bookmark name: " + bkm.name );
The example that follows the children property also uses the name property.
open
5.0
Determines whether the bookmark shows its children in the navigation panel (open) or whether the children subtree is collapsed (closed).
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
parent
5.0 The parent bookmark of the bookmark or null if the bookmark is the root bookmark. See also the children and bookmarkRoot properties.
Type
Object | null
Access
R
style
5.0
Specifies the style for the bookmarks font: 0 is normal, 1 is italic, 2 is bold, and 3 is bold-italic. See also the color property.
JavaScript API
createChild 178
Type
Integer
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
Example
The following code puts the top-level bookmark in bold.
var bkm = this.bookmarkRoot.children[0]; bkm.style = 2;
Bookmark methods
createChild
5.0
Creates a new child bookmark at the specified location. See also the children property and the insertChild and remove methods.
Parameters
cName cExpr
The name of the bookmark that the user sees in the navigation panel. (optional) An expression to be evaluated whenever the user clicks the bookmark. It is equivalent to creating a bookmark with a JavaScript action, as described in the PDF Reference version 1.7. The default is no expression. (optional) The 0-based index into the children array of the bookmark at which to create the new child. The default is 0.
nIndex
Example
Create a bookmark at the top of the bookmark panel that takes you to the next page in the document.
this.bookmarkRoot.createChild("Next Page", "this.pageNum++");
execute
5.0 Executes the action associated with this bookmark. This can have a variety of behaviors. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for a list of common action types. See also the createChild method.
JavaScript API
insertChild 179
Example
Implement a simple search of the bookmarks. If successful, the action associated with the bookmark is executed.
// Document-level or folder-level JavaScript. function searchBookmarks(bkm, nLevel, bkmName) { if ( bkm.name == bkmName ) return bkm; if (bkm.children != null) { for (var i = 0; i < bkm.children.length; i++) { var bkMark = searchBookmarks( bkm.children[i], nLevel + 1, bkmName); if ( bkMark != null ) break; } return bkMark; } return null; } // Redefine this function for a more sophisticated compare. function bmkCompare( name1, name2 ) { return ( name1 == name2 ); }
The following code initiates the search. This code could be executed as field-level JavaScript or be executed as a menu action.
var bkmName = app.response({ cQuestion: "Enter the name of the bookmark to find", cTitle: "Bookmark Search and Execute" }); if ( bkmName != null ) { var bkm = searchBookmarks(this.bookmarkRoot, 0, bkmName ); if ( bkm != null ) bkm.execute(); else app.alert("Bookmark not found"); }
insertChild
5.0
Inserts the specified bookmark as a child of this bookmark. If the bookmark already exists in the bookmark tree, it is unlinked before inserting it back into the tree. In addition, the insertion is checked for circularities and disallowed if one exists. This prevents users from inserting a bookmark as a child or grandchild of itself. See also the children property and the createChild and remove methods.
JavaScript API
remove 180
Parameters
oBookmark nIndex
A bookmark object to add as the child of this bookmark. (optional) The 0-based index into the children array of the bookmark at which to insert the new child. The default is 0.
Example
Take the first child bookmark and move it to the end of the bookmarks.
var bm = bookmarkRoot.children[0]; bookmarkRoot.insertChild(bm, bookmarkRoot.children.length);
remove
5.0
Removes the bookmark and all its children from the bookmark tree. See also the children property and the createChild and insertChild methods.
Example
Remove all bookmarks from the document.
bookmarkRoot.remove();
setAction
6.0
Sets a JavaScript action for a bookmark. See also the Doc addRequirement and setPageAction methods and the Field object setAction method. Note: This method overwrites any action already defined for this bookmark.
Parameters
cScript
Defines the JavaScript expression that is to be executed whenever the user clicks the bookmark.
Example
Attach an action to the topmost bookmark.
var bm = bookmarkRoot.children[0] bm.setAction("app.beep(0);");
JavaScript API
catalog 181
catalog
A static object that accesses the functionality provided by the Acrobat Catalog plug-in. This plug-in must be installed to interface with the catalog object. Note: The Catalog plug-in (and the catalog object) is available only in Acrobat Professional. See also the Index object, which is used to invoke various indexing operations provided by the Catalog plug-in, and the CatalogJob object.
catalog properties
isIdle
6.0
Type
Boolean
Access
R
jobs
6.0
Gets information about the Catalog jobs. Catalog maintains a list of its pending, in-progress, and completed jobs for each Acrobat session. Returns an array of CatalogJob objects.
Type
Array
Access
R
JavaScript API
getIndex 182
catalog methods
getIndex
6.0
Uses a specified path of a Catalog index to get an Index object. The returned object can be used to perform various indexing operations such as building or deleting an index.
Parameters
cDIPath
Returns
The Index object.
remove
6.0
Removes the specified CatalogJob object from Catalog's job list. Catalog maintains a list of pending, in-progress, and completed jobs for each Acrobat session.
Parameters
oJob
The CatalogJob object to remove, as returned by the jobs property and various methods of the Index object.
Example
Delete all jobs that are pending and need complete rebuild.
if (typeof catalog != undefined) { for (var i=0; i<catalog.jobs.length; i++){ var job = catalog.jobs[i]; console.println("Index: ", job.path); if (job.status == "Pending" && job.type == "Rebuild") catalog.remove(job); } }
JavaScript API
CatalogJob 183
CatalogJob
This generic JavaScript object provides information about a job submitted to Catalog. It is returned by the build method of the Index object and the catalog.jobs property, and passed to
catalog.remove.
CatalogJob properties
path
Device-independent path of the index associated with the job
Type
String
Access
R
type
Type of indexing operation associated with the job. Possible values are:
Build Rebuild Delete
Type
String
Access
R
status
The status of the indexing operation. Possible values are:
Pending Processing Completed CompletedWithErrors
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
Certificate 184
Certificate
The Certificate object provides read-only access to the properties of an X.509 public key certificate. Related objects and methods are:
security object: importFromFile and getSecurityPolicies DirConnection object: search
Certificate properties
binary
5.0 The raw bytes of the certificate, as a hex encoded string.
Type
String
Access
R
issuerDN
5.0 The distinguished name of the issuer of the certificate, returned as an RDN object.
Type
RDN object
Access
R
JavaScript API
keyUsage 185
keyUsage
6.0 An array of strings indicating the value of the certificate key usage extension. Possible values are
kDigitalSignature kNonRepudiation kKeyEncipherment kDataEncipherment kKeyAgreement kKeyCertSign kCRLSign kEncipherOnly kDecipherOnly
Type
Array of Strings
Access
R
MD5Hash
5.0 The MD5 digest of the certificate, represented as a hex-encoded string. This provides a unique fingerprint for this certificate.
Type
String
Access
R
privateKeyValidityEnd
8.0 The date before which its legal to use the private key associated with this certificate. If the PKUP extension is not present or this property isnt present in the extension, this represents the validity end date of the certificate itself. Before a digital ID can be used for signing, Acrobat ensures that the signing time is prior to the privateKeyValidityEnd date.
Type
Date object
Access
R
JavaScript API
privateKeyValidityStart 186
privateKeyValidityStart
8.0 The date after which its legal to use the private key associated with this certificate. If the Private Key Usage Period (PKUP) certificate extension is not present, this represents the validity start date of the certificate itself. Before a digital ID can be used for signing, Acrobat ensures that the signing time is more recent than the privateKeyValidityStart date.
Type
Date object
Access
R
SHA1Hash
5.0 The SHA1 digest of the certificate, represented as a hex-encoded string. This provides a unique fingerprint for this certificate.
Type
String
Access
R
serialNumber
5.0 A unique identifier for this certificate, used in conjunction with issuerDN.
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
subjectCN 187
subjectCN
5.0 The common name of the signer.
Type
String
Access
R
subjectDN
5.0 The distinguished name of the signer, returned as an RDN object.
Type
RDN object
Access
R
ubRights
7.0 The application rights that can be enabled by this certificate, returned as a generic Rights object.
Type
Rights object
Access
R
JavaScript API
usage 188
Rights Object
A Rights object has the following properties.
d
Property
mode
Type String
Access R
Array of Strings
Array of strings indicating the application rights that can be enabled by this certificate. Possible values are: FormFillInAndSave The right to fill in forms, excluding signature fields, and to save the modified file. FormImportExport The right to import and export form data. FormAddDelete The right to add or delete a form field. SubmitStandalone The right to submit a document outside a browser. SpawnTemplate The right to spawn page templates. Signing The right to sign existing form fields in a document. AnnotModify The right to create, delete, and modify comments. AnnotImportExport The right to import and export annotations. BarcodePlaintext The right to encode the appearance of a form field as a plain text barcode. AnnotOnline Allow online commenting. Enables uploading of any annotations in the document to a server and downloading of annotations from a server. Does not enable the addition of these annotations into the document. FormOnline Enable forms-specific online mechanisms such as SOAP or Active Data Object. EFModify The right to create, delete, modify, and import named embedded files. Does not apply to file attachment annotations.
usage
6.0 The purposes for which this certificate may be used within the Acrobat environment returned as a Usage object.
JavaScript API
usage 189
Type
Usage object
Access
R
Usage Object
This generic JavaScript object represents a certificate usage value in the certificate.usage property. It has the following properties. Property
endUserSigning endUserEncryption
Access R R
Description
true if the certificate is usable for end-user signing. true if the certificate is usable for end-user
encryption.
Example
Encrypt the currently open document for everyone in the address book. Address book entries that contain sign-only certificates, CA certificates, no certificates, or are otherwise unsuitable for encryption, are not included in the final recipient list.
var eng = security.getHandler( "Adobe.AAB" ); var dc = eng.directories[0].connect(); var recipients = dc.search(); var filteredRecipients = new Array(); for( i = 0; i < recipients.length; ++i ) { if( recipients[i].defaultEncryptCert && recipients[i].defaultEncryptCert.usage.endUserEncryption ) { filteredRecipients[filteredRecipients.length] = recipients[i]; continue; } if(recipients[i].certificates) { for( j = 0; j < recipients[i].certificates.length; ++j ) if( recipients[i].certificates[j].usage.endUserEncryption ) { filteredRecipients[filteredRecipients.length] = recipients[i]; continue; } } } this.encryptForRecipients({ oGroups:[{userEntities: filteredRecipients}] });
JavaScript API
validityEnd 190
validityEnd
7.0.5 The validity end date of the certificate. Before a digital ID can be used for signing, Acrobat ensures that the signing time is prior to the validityEnd date.
Type
Date object
Access
R
validityStart
7.0.5 The validity start date of the certificate. Before a digital ID can be used for signing Acrobat, ensures that the signing time is more recent than the validityStart date.
Type
Date object
Access
R
JavaScript API
Collab 191
Collab
This static object represents the collaboration functionality.
Collab methods
addStateModel
6.0 Adds a new state model to Acrobat. A state model describes the valid states that an annotation using the model can have (see the Annotation object for details about getting and setting the state of an annotation). State models can be used to describe the workflow that a document review goes through and can be used for review management. See also removeStateModel, getStateInModel, and transitionToState.
Parameters
cName cUIName oStates cDefault bHidden bHistory
A unique, language-independent identifier for the State Model. The display name of the state model used in the user interface. The value should be a localized string. The states in the state model, described by a States object. (optional) One of the states in the model to be used as a default state if no other state is set. The default is for there to be no default state. (optional) Specifies whether the state model should be hidden in the state model user interface. The default is false (the State Model is shown). (optional) Specifies whether an audit history is maintained for the state model. Keeping an audit history requires more space in the file. The default is true.
States object
This generic object represents a set of states in a state model and is passed as the oStates parameter. The elements in the object literal are the unique state identifiers and the values are objects having the following properties: Property
cUIName oIcon
Description The UI (display name) for the state. (optional) An Icon Stream object that is displayed in the UI for the state.
Example
Add a new state model with a unique name of ReviewStates:
Collab.addStateModel({ cName: "ReviewStates", cUIName: "My Review",
JavaScript API
documentToStream 192
oStates: { "initial": {cUIName: "Haven't reviewed it"}, "approved": {cUIName: "I approve"}, "rejected": {cUIName: "Forget it"}, "resubmit": {cUIName: "Make some changes"} }, cDefault: "initial" });
documentToStream
7.0.5
Saves a copy of a Doc and returns the contents as a stream object. The document dirty property is preserved after this method is called and the original document is not modified.
Parameters
oDocument
The Doc.
Returns
A ReadStream object.
removeStateModel
6.0 Removes a state model that was previously added by calling addStateModel. Removing a state model does not remove the state information associated with individual annotations. If the model is removed and added again, all of the state information for the annotations is still available. See also addStateModel, getStateInModel, and transitionToState.
Parameters
cName
A unique, language-independent identifier for the state model that was used in addStateModel.
Example
Continuing the example in addStateModel, remove the state model ReviewStates:
// Remove the state model Collab.removeStateModel("ReviewStates");
JavaScript API
color 193
color
The color object is a convenience static object that defines the basic colors. Use this object to set a property or call a method that requires a color array.
Color arrays
A color is represented in JavaScript as an array containing 1, 2, 4, or 5 elements corresponding to a Transparent, Gray, RGB, or CMYK color space, respectively. The first element in the array is a string denoting the color space type. The subsequent elements are numbers that range between zero and one inclusive. For example, the color red can be represented as ["RGB", 1, 0, 0]. Invalid strings or insufficient elements in a color array cause the color to be interpreted as the color black. Number of additional elements 0
String T
Description A transparent color space indicates a complete absence of color and allows those portions of the document underlying the current field to show through. Colors are represented by a single valuethe intensity of achromatic light. In this color space, 0 is black, 1 is white, and intermediate values represent shades of gray. For example, .5 represents medium gray. Colors are represented by three values: the intensity of the red, green, and blue components in the output. RGB is commonly used for video displays, which are generally based on red, green, and blue phosphors. Colors are represented by four values, the amounts of the cyan, magenta, yellow, and black components in the output. This color space is commonly used for color printers, where they are the colors of the inks used in four-color printing. Only cyan, magenta, and yellow are necessary, but black is generally used in printing because black ink produces a better black than a mixture of cyan, magenta, and yellow inks and because black ink is less expensive than the other inks.
Gray
RGB
RGB
CMYK
CMYK
color properties
The color object defines the following colors. Color object Transparent Black Keyword
color.transparent color.black
Equivalent JavaScript
[ "T" ] [ "G", 0 ]
Version
JavaScript API
convert 194
Color object White Red Green Blue Cyan Magenta Yellow Dark Gray Gray Light Gray
Keyword
color.white color.red color.green color.blue color.cyan color.magenta color.yellow color.dkGray color.gray color.ltGray
Equivalent JavaScript
[ "G", 1 ] [ "RGB", 1,0,0 ] [ "RGB", 0,1,0 ] [ "RGB", 0, 0, 1 ] [ "CMYK", 1,0,0,0 ] [ "CMYK", 0,1 0,0 ] [ "CMYK", 0,0,1,0 ] [ "G", 0.25 ] [ "G", 0.5 ] [ "G", 0.75 ]
Version
Example
This example sets the text color of the field to red if the value of the field is negative, or to black if the field value is nonnegative.
var f = event.target; /* field that the event occurs at */ f.target.textColor = event.value < 0 ? color.red : color.black;
color methods
convert
5.0 Converts the color space and color values specified by the color object to the specified color space:
Conversion to the gray color space is lossy (in the same fashion that displaying a color TV signal on a black-and-white TV is lossy). The conversion of RGB to CMYK does not take into account any black generation or undercolor removal parameters.
Parameters
colorArray cColorspace
Array of color values. See Color arrays on page 193. The color space to which to convert.
JavaScript API
equal 195
Returns
A color array.
Example
The return value of the code line below is the array ["CMYK", 0, 1, 1, 0].
color.convert(["RGB",1,0,0], "CMYK");
equal
5.0 Compares two Color Arrays to see if they are the same. The routine performs conversions, if necessary, to determine if the two colors are indeed equal (for example, ["RGB",1,1,0] is equal to ["CMYK",0,0,1,0]).
Parameters
colorArray1 colorArray2
The first color array for comparison. The second color array for comparison.
Returns
true if the arrays represent the same color, false otherwise.
Example
var f = this.getField("foo"); if (color.equal(f.textColor, f.fillColor)) app.alert("Foreground and background color are the same!");
JavaScript API
colorConvertAction 196
colorConvertAction
This object describes a single color conversion action. You can obtain colorConvertAction object from the Doc object method getColorConvertAction, see page 299. The returned object can then be modified. A color conversion action is divided into a match section and an action section. The match section describes what sorts of objects can match this action. The Doc object method colorConvertPage, page 278, accepts an array of these actions, against which matches are attempted until a match is found.
colorConvertAction properties
action
8.0
Describes the action to perform if a match occurs. The value of action is accessed through the constants.actions object of the colorConvertAction object as the following constants:
constants.actions object
Name
Preserve Convert Decalibrate DownConvert
Description Do nothing but handle ink aliases. Convert to target space. Convert calibrated space to device. Downconvert NChannel to DeviceN.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
alias
8.0
If this action is an ink action then this describes the ink's alias.
JavaScript API
colorantName 197
Type
String
Access
R/W
colorantName
8.0
If this action is an ink action then this describes the colorant name. See the related property isProcessColor.
Type
String
Access
R/W
convertIntent
8.0
Defines the rendering intent used to color convert the object. For a detailed description of rendering intents, please see Table 4.20 of the PDF Reference version 1.7. The value of convertIntent is accessed through the constants.renderingIntents object of the colorConvertAction object. For the properties of the constants.renderingIntents object, see page 200.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
convertProfile 198
convertProfile
8.0
Describes the color profile to which matching objects should be converted if the action is Convert. A list of available color profiles can be obtained from the printColorProfiles property of the app object
Type
String
Access
R/W
embed
8.0
If the matched object is to be converted and embed is true, the resulting object will have a color profile embedded in the file. Otherwise, the object will be stored as the corresponding device color space for the profile to which the object was converted.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
isProcessColor
8.0
If this action is an ink action and if isProcessColor is true, the ink represents a process color, and the colorantName should be one of Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black, Red, Green or Blue.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
matchAttributesAll 199
matchAttributesAll
8.0
The value of the matchAttributesAll property is a bitmap containing object attributes (flags) to be matched. A match occurs if all flags match, i.e. if there is a complete match. The flags are accessed through the constants.objectFlags object of the colorConvertAction object and are defined as follows:
constants.objectFlags object
Flag name
ObjImage ObjJPEG ObjJPEG2000 ObjLossy ObjNonLossy ObjText ObjLineArt ObjShade ObjTransparent ObjOverprinting ObjOverprintMode
Description Object is an image. Object is a JPEG image. Object is a JPEG2000 Image. Image in a lossy space. Image in a non-lossy space. Object is text. Object is line-art (fill or stroke). Object is a smooth shade. Object is not opaque. Object overprints. OPM is set to 1.
Note: The value of matchAttributesAll can be set by using the bitwise operators with the bit flags of constants.objectFlags.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Example:
Match images that overprint.
var action = this.getColorConvertAction(); action.matchAttributesAll = action.constants.objFlags.ObjImage | action.constants.objFlags.ObjOverprinting;
JavaScript API
matchAttributesAny 200
matchAttributesAny
8.0
The value of the matchAttributesAny property is a bitmap containing object attributes to be matched. A match occurs if any of the flags match. The flags are accessed through the constants.objectFlags object of the colorConvertAction object. For the properties of the constants.objectFlags object, see page 199. Note: The value of matchAttributesAny can be set by using the bitwise operators with the bit flags of constants.objectFlags.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
matchIntent
8.0
Matches the rendering intent used for the object. For a detailed description of rendering intents, please see Table 4.20 of the PDF Reference version 1.7. The value of matchIntent is accessed through the constants.renderingIntents object of the colorConvertAction object and are defined as follows:
constants.renderingIntents object
Name
AbsoluteColorimetric RelativeColorimetric Saturation Perceptual Any Document
Description Absolute colorimetric rendering intent. Relative colorimetric rendering intent. Saturation rendering intent Perceptual rendering intent Match any of the above rendering intents Use the rendering intent specified by the current graphics state in which the matched object is rendered (used by convertIntent only).
Type
Integer
JavaScript API
matchSpaceTypeAll 201
Access
R/W
matchSpaceTypeAll
8.0
The value of the matchSpaceTypeAll property is a bitmap containing color space attributes (flags) to be matched. A match occurs if all flags match, i.e. if there is a complete match. These two fields are bitmaps containing color space attributes to be matched. The first field will only match if all flags match, i.e. if there is a complete match. The second field will match if any of the flags match. The flags are accessed through the constants.spaceFlags object of the colorConvertAction object and are defined as follows:
constants.spaceFlags object
Flag name
DeviceSpace CalibratedSpace AlternateSpace
Description Color space is one of DeviceRGB, DeviceCMYK, or DeviceGray. Color space is ICCBased, CalRGB, CalGray, or Lab. This color space is the alternate space of a DeviceN, Separation, or ICCBased. This color space is the base space of an Indexed space. This color space is an indexed space. This color space is a Separation color space. This color space is a DeviceN color space. This color space is a DeviceN color space with NChannel attributes. This space is RGB. This flag should only be used in combination with DeviceSpace or CalibratedSpace. This space is CMYK. This flag should only be used in combination with DeviceSpace or CalibratedSpace. This space is Grayscale. This flag should only be used in combination with DeviceSpace or CalibratedSpace. This space is CIELAB. This flag should only be used in combination with DeviceSpace or CalibratedSpace.
CMYKSpace
GraySpace
LabSpace
Note: The value of matchSpaceTypeAll can be set by using the bitwise operators with the bit flags of constants.spaceFlags.
JavaScript API
matchSpaceTypeAny 202
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
matchSpaceTypeAny
8.0
The value of the matchSpaceTypeAny property is a bitmap containing color space attributes (flags) to be matched. A match occurs if any of the flags match. The flags are accessed through the constants.spaceFlags object of the colorConvertAction object. For the properties of the constants.objectFlags object, see page 201. Note: The value of matchSpaceTypeAny can be set by using the bitwise operators with the bit flags of constants.spaceFlags.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
preserveBlack
8.0
If the matched object is to be converted and preserveBlack is true, the conversion will be done using a black-preserving transform, in which text or line art objects are handled specially. If a CMYK color is (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0), an RGB color is (0.0, 0.0, 0.0) or a gray color is (0.0), and preserveBlack is true, that color is considered special-case black, and is converted straight to black without using the conversion profile. The resulting color will be as described for the matching black color for the corresponding profile target color space, for example, if the convert profile is RGB, the resulting color will be (0.0, 0.0, 0.0) no matter what the color profile says.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
useBlackPointCompensation 203
useBlackPointCompensation
8.0
If useBlackPointCompensation is true, use black point compensation for all color conversions. The effect of this flag depends on the color management method (CMM) being used, but if the Adobe CMM is being used, colorimetric transforms are scaled such that black remains black no matter what the media black point of the source profile.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
Column 204
Column
This generic JavaScript object contains the data from every row in a column. A column object is returned by the getColumn and getColumnArray methods of the Statement object. See also the ColumnInfo object.
Column properties
columnNum
The number identifying the column.
Type
number
Access
R
name
The name of the column.
Type
string
Access
R
type
One of the SQL Types for the data in the column.
Type
number
Access
R
JavaScript API
typeName 205
typeName
The name of the type of data the column contains.
Type
string
Access
R
value
The value of the data in the column, in the format in which the data was originally retrieved.
Type
various
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
ColumnInfo 206
ColumnInfo
This generic JavaScript object contains basic information about a column of data. It is returned by the getColumnList method of the Connection object. See also the Column object.
ColumnInfo properties
name
A string that represents the identifying name of a column. This string can be used in a call to the getColumn method of the Statement object identify the associated column.
Type
string
Access
R
description
A string that contains database-dependent information about the column.
Type
string
Access
R
type
A numeric value identifying one of the ADBC SQL Types that applies to the data contained in the column associated with the ColumnInfo object.
Type
number
Access
R
JavaScript API
typeName 207
typeName
A string identifying the type of the data contained in the associated column. It is not one of the SQL Types (see type above), but a database-dependent string representing the data type. This property may give useful information about user-defined data types.
Type
string
Access
R
JavaScript API
Connection 208
Connection
5.0
This object encapsulates a session with a database. Connection objects are returned by ADBC.newConnection. See also the ADBC object, Statement object, Column object, ColumnInfo object, Row object, and TableInfo object.
Connection methods
close
6.0
Closes an active connection and invalidates all the objects created from the connection.
getColumnList
5.0
Parameters
cName
Returns
An array of ColumnInfo objects. This method never fails but may return a zero-length array.
Example
Given the Connection object con, get a list of all column names.
var con = ADBC.newConnection("q32000data"); var columnInfo = con.getColumnList("sales"); console.println("Column Information"); for (var i = 0; i < columnInfo.length; i++) { console.println(columnInfo[i].name); console.println("Description: "+ columnInfo[i].description); }
JavaScript API
getTableList 209
getTableList
5.0
Returns
It returns an array of TableInfo objects. This method never fails but may return a zero-length array.
Example
Assuming a Connection object con has been obtained (see getColumnList and newConnection), get the list of tables.
var tableInfo = con.getTableList(); console.println("A list of all tables in the database."); for (var i = 0; i < tableInfo.length; i++) { console.println("Table name: "+ tableInfo[i].name); console.println("Description: "+ tableInfo[i].description); }
newStatement
5.0
Returns
A Statement object on success or null on failure.
Example
Get a connection, and acquire a Statement object.
// Get a connection object var con = ADBC.newConnection("q32000data"); // Now get a statement object var statement = con.newStatement(); var msg = (statement == null) ? "Failed to obtain newStatement!" : "newStatement Object obtained!"; console.println(msg);
JavaScript API
console 210
console
The console object is a static object that enables access to the JavaScript console for executing JavaScript and displaying debug messages. This object does not function in Adobe Reader versions earlier than 7.0. Beginning with version 7.0, Adobe Reader has a console window. Its primary function is to report errors and messages. This capability is controlled by the JavaScript preference Show Console on Errors and Messages. Though the console is not interactive, the methods of the console object function as they do in Acrobat Professional and Acrobat Standard. The debugging capability of the JavaScript Debugging window can be made available for Adobe Reader for the Windows and Mac OS platforms. To debug within Adobe Reader, the JavaScript file debugger.js must be installed and the Windows registry must be edited appropriately. See Developing Acrobat Applications Using JavaScript for technical details. See also the dbg object.
console methods
clear
3.01 Clears the console windows buffer of any output.
hide
4.0 Closes the console window.
println
3.01 Prints a string value to the console window with an accompanying carriage return.
Parameters
cMessage
JavaScript API
show 211
Example 1
This example prints the value of a field to the console window. The script could be executed during a mouse-up event.
var f = this.getField("myText"); console.clear(); console.show(); console.println("Field value = " + f.value);
Example 2
The console can be used as a debugging tool. For example, you can write values of variables to the console. The following script is at the document level:
var debugIsOn = true; function myFunction ( n, m ) { if (debugIsOn) { console.println("Entering function: myFunction"); console.println(" Parameter 1: n = " + n); console.println(" Parameter 2: m = " + m); } .... .... if (debugIsOn) console.println(" Return value: rtn = " + rtn); return rtn; }
Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, debugging can also be accomplished with the JavaScript Debugger. See the dbg object.
show
3.01 Shows the console window.
Example
Clear and show the console window:
console.clear(); console.show();
JavaScript API
Data 212
Data
5.0 The Data object is the representation of an embedded file or data stream that is stored in the document. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for details. Using Data objects is a good way to associate and embed source files, metadata, and other associated data with a document. Data objects can be inserted from the external file system, queried, and extracted. See the following Doc properties and methods:
createDataObject, dataObjects, exportDataObject, getDataObject, importDataObject, removeDataObject, openDataObject, getDataObjectContents, and setDataObjectContents.
Note: The Data object methods were implemented in Acrobat 5.0. However, the ability to use them in Adobe Reader with additional usage rights only became available in Adobe Reader 6.0.
Data properties
creationDate
The creation date of the file that was embedded.
Type
Date
Access
R
description
7.0.5 The description associated with this data object.
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
MIMEType 213
MIMEType
The MIME type associated with this data object.
Type
String
Access
R
modDate
The modification date of the file that was embedded.
Type
Date
Access
R
name
The name associated with this data object.
Type
String
Access
R
Example
Display the names of file attachments to this document.
console.println("Dumping all data objects in the document."); var d = this.dataObjects; for (var i = 0; i < d.length; i++) console.println("DataObject[" + i + "]=" + d[i].name);
JavaScript API
path 214
path
The file name and extension of the file that was embedded.
Type
String
Access
R
size
The size, in bytes, of the uncompressed data object.
Type
Number
Access
R
JavaScript API
DataSourceInfo 215
DataSourceInfo
This generic JavaScript object contains basic information about a database. The ADBC.getDataSourceList method returns an array of these objects.
DataSourceInfo properties
name
A string that represents the identifying name of a database. This string can be passed to newConnection to establish a connection to the database that the DataSourceInfo object is associated with.
Type
String
Access
R
description
A string that contains database-dependent information about the database.
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
dbg 216
dbg
The dbg object is a static object that can be used to control the JavaScript Debugger from a command-line console. Its methods provide the same functionality as the buttons in the JavaScript Debugger dialog box toolbar. In addition, breakpoints can be created, deleted, and inspected using the dbg object. The dbg object and the JavaScript Debugger are only available in Acrobat Professional. Note: If the viewer locks up during a debugging session, pressing Esc may resolve the problem. Debugging is not possible with a modal dialog box open; for example, when debugging a batch sequence. Debugging a script with a running event initiated by either app.setInterval or app.setTimeOut may cause recurring alert boxes to appear. Use Esc after the modal dialog box is dismissed to resolve the problem. (Acrobat 7.0) While the Debugger is open and a debugging session is under way, the Acrobat application is unavailable.
dbg properties
bps
6.0
An array of breakpoint generic objects corresponding to breakpoints set in the debugger. This object contains the following properties and methods. Property
fileName condition
Access R R
Description A string that identifies the script in the debugger. A JavaScript expression evaluated by the debugger to decide to whether to stop at a breakpoint. Used to create conditional breakpoints. The default value for this property is the string true. The line number in the script for which the breakpoint is set.
lineNum
number
Method
toString
Parameters none
Returns String
Type
Array
JavaScript API
c 217
Access
R
Example
List all currently active breakpoints.
var db = dbg.bps for ( var i = 0; i < db.length; i++ ) { for ( var o in db[i] ) console.println(o + ": " + db[i][o]); console.println("------------------------------------"); }
dbg methods
c
6.0
The c (continue) method resumes execution of a program stopped in the debugger. The JavaScript program may either stop again, depending on where the breakpoints are set, or reach execution end.
cb
6.0
The cb (clear breakpoint) method clears a breakpoint in the debugger. The dbg.cb method dirties the document only if breakpoints are stored in the document, as set through the user preferences, Edit > Preferences > JavaScript.
Parameters
fileName lineNum
The name of the script from where the breakpoint is going to be deleted. The line number for the breakpoint that is going to be cleared in the script.
q
6.0
The q (quit) method quits debugging and executing the current JavaScript. It additionally dismisses the debugger dialog box.
JavaScript API
sb 218
sb
6.0
The sb (set breakpoint) method sets a new breakpoint in the debugger. The dbg.sb method dirties the document only if breakpoints are stored in the document, as set through the user preferences, Edit > Preferences > JavaScript.
Parameters
fileName lineNum condition
The name of the script where the breakpoint is to be set. The line number in the script to create the breakpoint. (optional) a JavaScript expression to be evaluated when the debugger reaches the breakpoint. If the expression evaluates to true, the debugger stops at the breakpoint. If the expression evaluates to false, the debugger continues executing the script and does not stop at the breakpoint. The default value is true.
Example 1
Some script is run and an exception is thrown due to some error. A breakpoint is programmatically set using the information given in the error message.
SyntaxError: missing ; before statement 213:Document-Level: myDLJS // now set a breakpoint using the console dbg.sb({ fileName: "Document-Level: myDLJS", lineNum: 213, condition: "true" });
Example 2
Simulate the functionality of the Store Breakpoints in PDF File check box in the JavaScript user preferences.
// Save breakpoints in PDF file this.addScript("myBreakpoints", "var myBPS = " + dbg.bps.toSource()); // Now reset the breakpoints for ( var i = 0; i < myBPS.length; i++ ) dbg.sb( myBPS[i] );
JavaScript API
si 219
Example 3
Set a conditional break. Consider the following code, which is a mouse-up action.
for (var i=0; i<100; i++) myFunction(i); // defined at document level
// In the console, set a conditional break. Here, we break when the // index of the loop is greater than 30. dbg.sb({ fileName:"AcroForm:Button1:Annot1:MouseUp:Action1", lineNum:2, condition:"i > 30" })
si
6.0
The si (step in) method advances the program pointer to the next instruction in the JavaScript program, entering each function call for which there is a script defined. (Native JavaScript calls cannot be stepped into.)
sn
6.0
The sn (step instruction) method advances the program pointer to the next bytecode in the JavaScript program. (Each JavaScript instruction is made up of several bytecodes as defined by the JavaScript interpreter.)
so
6.0
The so (step out) method executes the program until it exits the current function. Execution stops at the instruction immediately following the call to the current function. If the scope currently under debug is the top-level scope, the program either continues executing until it ends or stops again when it reaches a breakpoint.
sv
6.0
The sv (step over) method advances the program pointer to the next instruction in the JavaScript program. If a function call is encountered, the debugger does not step into the instructions defined inside that function.
JavaScript API
Dialog 220
Dialog
An instance of this object is passed as a parameter to dialog box handlers (see Dialog box handlers on page 108). These handlers include the initialize, validate, commit, destroy and ItemID methods of the dialog box descriptor object literal that is passed to app.execDialog. The Dialog object allows the current state of the Dialog to be queried and set.
Dialog methods
enable
7.0 Enables or disables various dialog box elements using the object literal passed in. Typically, enable is called in the initialize method (see Dialog box handlers on page 108) of the object literal passed to app.execDialog to preset whether various dialog box elements are enabled or not.
Parameters
object literal For each dialog box item to modify, there should be an entry in the object literal with the Dialog ItemID as the label and a Boolean value as the value indicating if it is enabled or not.
Example
See the examples following app.execDialog.
end
7.0 Terminates a currently executing dialog box (as if the Cancel button had been pressed). This method takes an optional parameter of the ItemID, a string, of the dialog box element that will be reported as dismissing the dialog. This ItemID will be the return value of the app.execDialog call that created the dialog.
Parameters
String (optional) The ItemID of the dialog box element that will be reported as dismissing the dialog.
Example
See the examples following app.execDialog.
JavaScript API
load 221
load
7.0 Sets the values of dialog box elements using the object literal passed in. Dialog box items are identified by an ItemID which is a unique 4-character string. Typically, load is called in the initialize method (see Dialog box handlers on page 108) of the object literal passed to app.execDialog to preset the value of various dialog box elements.
Parameters
object literal For each dialog box item to be modified, there should be an entry in the object literal with the ItemID as the label and the dialog box element setting as the contents. If the dialog box element takes multiple values (for example, a list_box or a popup), the value should be an object literal consisting of the displayed entry as the label and a numeric value as the contents. Similarly, if the dialog box element is hierarchical in nature (for example, a hier_list_box), the value should be a set of nested object literals. If the numeric value is greater than 0, the item is selected, otherwise it is not selected.
Example
See the examples following app.execDialog.
store
7.0 Gets the values of dialog box elements as an object literal returned. Dialog box items are identified by an ItemID, which is a unique 4-character string. For each dialog box element, there will be an entry in the object literal with the ItemID as the label and the dialog box element setting as the contents. If the dialog box element takes multiple values (for example, a list_box or a popup), the value should be an object literal consisting of the displayed entry as the label and a numeric value as the contents. If the numeric value is greater than 0, the item was selected, otherwise it was not selected. Typically, store is called in the commit method (see Dialog box handlers on page 108) of the object literal passed to app.execDialog to extract the value of various dialog box elements.
Returns
object literal
JavaScript API
DirConnection 222
DirConnection
6.0
This object represents an open connection to a directory: a repository of user information, including public-key certificates. Directory connections are opened using the Directory object connect method. A directory with a particular name can have more than one connection open at a time. All DirConnection objects must support all properties and methods listed here, unless otherwise specified. Note: This object can only be obtained from a Directory object and is thus governed by the security restrictions of the Directory object. The DirConnection object is therefore available only for batch, console and application initialization, including in Adobe Reader. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
DirConnection properties
canList
6.0
Indicates whether the directory connection is capable of listing all of its entries. Some directories may contain too many entries for this operation to be practical.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
The AAB directory allows listing of the local trusted identity list.
var sh = security.getHandler( "Adobe.AAB" ); var dc = sh.directories[0].connect(); console.println( "CanList = " + dc.canList );
canDoCustomSearch
6.0
Specifies whether the directory connection supports searching using directory-specific search parameter attributes. For example, directory-specific attributes for an LDAP directory include o (organization), c (country), cn (common name), givenname, sn (surname), uid, st, postalcode, mail, and telephonenumber.
JavaScript API
canDoCustomUISearch 223
Type
Boolean
Access
R
canDoCustomUISearch
6.0
Specifies whether the directory connection supports searching using its own custom user interface to collect the search parameters.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
canDoStandardSearch
6.0
Specifies whether the directory connection supports search using standard search parameter attributes. The standard attributes are
firstName lastName fullName email certificates
Some directory database implementations may not support these attributes, but directory handlers are free to translate these attributes to names understood by the directory.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
groups 224
groups
6.0
An array of language-dependent names for groups that are available through this connection.
Type
Array
Access
R
name
6.0
The language-independent name of the directory that this object is connected to. An example of this would be Adobe.PPKMS.ADSI.dir0. All DirConnection objects must support this property.
Type
String
Access
R
uiName
6.0
The language-dependent string of the directory this object is connected to. This string is suitable for user interfaces. All DirConnection objects must support this property.
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
search 225
DirConnection methods
search
6.0
Searches the directory and returns an array of UserEntity objects that match the search parameters. A UserEntity object is a generic object that contains properties for all attributes that were requested by the setOutputFields method. If the setOutputFields method is not called prior to a search, it would return a UserEntity object containing no entries.
Parameters
oParams
(optional) A generic object containing an array of key-value pairs consisting of search attribute names and their corresponding strings. If oParams is not provided and canList is true for this directory, all entries in the directory will be returned. If oParams is not provided and canList is false, an exception occurs. (optional) The name of a group (not to be confused with Group objects). If specified, the search will be restricted to this group. (optional) If false (the default), oParams contains standard search attributes. If true, oParams contains directory-specific search parameters. If the canDoCustomSearch property is not true, an exception occurs. (optional) If true, the handler displays the user interface to allow collection of search parameters. The results of the search are returned by this method. canDoCustomUISearch must also be true if bUI is true, or an exception will occur. If bUI is specified, bCustom must also be specified, though its value is ignored.
cGroupName bCustom
bUI
Returns
An array of UserEntity objects.
Example 1
Directory search.
var sh = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKMS" ); var dc= sh.directories[0].connect(); dc.setOutputFields( {oFields:["certificates","email"]} ) var retVal = dc.search({oParams:{lastName:"Smith"}}); if( retVal.length ) console.println( retVal[0].email );
JavaScript API
setOutputFields 226
Example 2
List all entries in a local Acrobat Address Book. The script searches the directory and returns an array of users, along with their certificate information.
var sh = security.getHandler( "Adobe.AAB" ); var dc = sh.directories[0].connect(); if( dc.canList ) { var x = dc.search(); for( j=0; j<x.length; ++j ) { console.println("Entry[" + j + "] = " + x[j].fullName + ":"); for(i in x[j]) console.println(" " + i + " = " + x[j][i]); } }
UserEntity object
A generic JavaScript object that describes a user in a directory and the users associated certificates. It contains standard properties that have a specific meaning for all directory handlers. Directory handlers translate these entries to the ones that are specific to them when required. An array of these objects is returned by the search method of the DirConnection object. It has the following properties Property
firstName lastName fullName certificates
Description The first name of the user. The last name of the user. The full name of the user. An array of certificates that belong to this user. To find a certificate that is to be used for a particular use, the caller should inspect the certificates keyUsage property. The preferred certificate to use when encrypting documents for this user entity. Routines that process user entity objects will look first to this property when choosing an encryption certificate. If this property is not set, the first valid match in the certificates property will be used.
objects
defaultEncryptCert
Array of
Certificate
R/W
objects
setOutputFields
6.0
Defines the list of attributes that should be returned when executing the search method. Note: This method is not supported by the Adobe.AAB directory handler. Custom options are not supported by the Adobe.PPKMS.ADSI directory handler.
JavaScript API
setOutputFields 227
Parameters
oFields
An array of strings containing the names of attributes that should be returned from the directory when calling the search method. The names in this array must either be names of standard attributes that can be used for all directory handlers or custom attributes that are defined for a particular directory. The standard attributes are the property names defined for the UserEntity object. Directory handlers can, when needed, translate standard attribute names to names that it understands. (optional) A Boolean value indicating that the names in oFields are standard output attribute names. If true, the names represent directory-specific attributes that are defined for a particular directory handler. The default is false.
bCustom
Returns
An array of strings, containing the names of attributes from oFields that are not supported by this directory. An empty array is returned if the oFields array is empty.
Example
In this example, dc.setOutputFields returns the array of strings ["x", "y"].
var sh = security.getHandler("Adobe.PPKMS"); var dc = sh.directories[0].connect(); var w = dc.setOutputFields( [ "certificates", "email", "x", "y"] ); console.println( w );
JavaScript API
Directory 228
Directory
6.0
Directories are a repository of user information, including public-key certificates. Directory objects provide directory access and are obtained using the directories property or the newDirectory method of the SecurityHandler object. Acrobat 6.0 and later provides several directories. The Adobe.AAB Security Handler has a single directory named Adobe.AAB.AAB. This directory provides access to the local Acrobat Address Book, also called the trusted identity store. On Windows, the Adobe.PPKMS Security Handler provides access through the Microsoft Active Directory Script Interface (ADSI) to as many directories as have been created by the user. These directories are created sequentially with names Adobe.PPKMS.ADSI.dir0, Adobe.PPKMS.ADSI.dir1, and so on. Note: This object can only be obtained from a SecurityHandler object and is thus governed by the security restrictions of the SecurityHandler object. The Directory object is therefore available only for batch, console and application initialization, including in Adobe Reader. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Directory properties
info
6.0
The value of this property is a DirectoryInformation object, a generic object used to set and get the properties for this Directory object.
Type
Object
Access
R/W
Example
// Create and activate a new directory var oDirInfo = { dirStdEntryID: "dir0", dirStdEntryName: "Employee LDAP Directory", dirStdEntryPrefDirHandlerID: "Adobe.PPKMS.ADSI", dirStdEntryDirType: "LDAP", server: "ldap0.example.com", port: 389 }; var sh = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKMS" ); var newDir = sh.newDirectory(); newDir.info = oDirInfo;
JavaScript API
info 229
DirectoryInformation object
A directory information object is a generic object representing the properties for a directory and has the following standard properties. Property
dirStdEntryID
Type String
Access R/W
Required Description Yes A unique, language-independent name for the directory. Must be alphanumeric and can include underscores, periods and hyphens. For new directory objects, it is suggested that the ID not be provided, in which case a new unique name will be automatically generated. A user-friendly name for the directory. The name of the directory handler to be used by this directory. Security handlers can support multiple directory handlers for multiple directory types (for example, local directories and LDAP directories). The type of directory. Examples of this are LDAP, ADSI, and WINNT. The version of the data. The default value is 0 if this is not set by the directory. The value for Acrobat 6.0 directories for the Adobe.AAB and Adobe.PPKMS.ADSI directory handlers is 0x00010000.
dirStdEntryName
String String
R/W R/W
Yes No
dirStdEntryPrefDirHandlerID
dirStdEntryDirType
String
R/W
No
dirStdEntryVersion
String
No
Directory information objects can include additional properties that are specific to a particular directory handler. The Adobe.PPKMS.ADSI directory handler includes the following additional properties: Property
server
Description The server that hosts the data. For example, addresses.employees.example.com. The port number for the server. The standard LDAP port number is 389.
port
JavaScript API
connect 230
Property
searchBase
Type String
Access R/W
Description Narrows the search to a particular section of the directory. An example of this is o=XYZ Systems,c=US.
maxNumEntries
Number Number
R/W R/W
The maximum number of entries to be retrieved in a single search. The maximum time allowed for a search.
timeout
Example 1
Create and activate a new directory.
var oDirInfo = { dirStdEntryID: "dir0", dirStdEntryName: "Employee LDAP Directory", dirStdEntryPrefDirHandlerID: "Adobe.PPKMS.ADSI", dirStdEntryDirType: "LDAP", server: "ldap0.example.com", port: 389 }; var sh = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKMS" ); var newDir = sh.newDirectory(); newDir.info = oDirInfo;
Example 2
Get information for an existing directory.
var sh = security.getHandler("Adobe.PPKMS"); var dir0 = sh.directories[0]; // Get directory info object just once for efficiency var dir0Info = dir0.info; console.println( "Directory " + dir0Info.dirStdEntryName ); console.println( "address " + dir0Info.server + ":" + dir0Info.port );
Directory methods
connect
6.0
Returns a DirConnection object that is a connection to the directory with the specified name. There can be more than one active connection for a directory. See also the DirConnection object and the SecurityHandler objects directories property.
JavaScript API
connect 231
Parameters
oParams
(optional) A generic object that can contain parameters that are necessary to create the connection. Properties of this object are dependent on the particular directory handler and can include userid and password. (optional) A Boolean value whose default is false. It specifies whether the directory handler can bring its UI, if required for establishing the connection.
bUI
Returns
A DirConnection object, or null if there is no directory with the specified name.
Example
Enumerate available directories and connect.
var sh = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKMS" ); var dirList = sh.directories; for ( var i=0; i< dirList.length; i++) for ( var o in dirList[i].info ) console.println( o + " = " + dirList[i].info[o]); var dirConnection = dirList[0].connect();
JavaScript API
Doc 232
Doc
This object provides the interface between a PDF document open in the viewer and the JavaScript interpreter. It provides methods and properties for accessing the PDF document. You can access the Doc object from JavaScript in a variety of ways:
The this object usually points to the Doc object of the underlying document. Some properties and methods, such as extractPages, app.activeDocs, and app. openDoc, return the Doc object. The Doc object can often be accessed through event objects, which are created for each event by which a JavaScript is executed:
For mouse, focus, blur, calculate, validate, and format events, event.target returns the Field object that initiated the event. You can then access the Doc object through the Doc method of the Field object. For all other events, event.target points to the Doc.
JavaScript API
alternatePresentations 233
Doc properties
alternatePresentations
6.0 References the document's AlternatePresentation object. If the functionality needed to display alternate presentations is not available, this property is undefined. The AlternatePresentation object provides access to the document's alternate presentations. The PDF language extension specifies that each document can potentially have many named alternate presentations. Each alternate presentation with a known type will have a corresponding alternatePresentations property in the document. This property should have the same name as its alternate presentation and should reference its alternate presentation's AlternatePresentation object. If there are no recognized alternate presentations in the document, this object is empty (does not have any properties). The PDF Reference, version 1.7 provides details on alternate presentations. Note: For compatibility with the current implementation, the alternate presentation name must be an ASCII string. The only alternate presentation type currently implemented is SlideShow. See the AlternatePresentation object for properties and methods that can be used to control an alternate presentation.
Type
Object | undefined
Access
R
Example 1
Test whether the AlternatePresentation object is present:
if( typeof this.alternatePresentations != "undefined" ) { // Assume AlternatePresentations are present // List the names of all alternate presentations in the doc for ( var ap in this.alternatePresentations ) console.println(ap); }
Example 2
Get the slide show named MySlideShow and start the show.
// oMySlideShow is an AlternatePresentation object oMySlideShow = this.alternatePresentations["MySlideShow"]; oMySlideShow.start();
JavaScript API
author 234
author
X D
Note: This property has been superseded by the info property. The author of the document.
Type
String
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
baseURL
5.0
The base URL for the document is used to resolve relative web links within the document. See also URL.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Example
Set the base URL and creates a link to go to a page relative to the base URL.
console.println("Base URL was " + this.baseURL); this.baseURL = "http://www.adobe.com/products/"; console.println("Base URL is " + this.baseURL); // Add a link to the first page var link = this.addLink(0, [200,200, 400, 300]) // Set an action that goes to the Acrobat page on the Adobe website. link.setAction("this.getURL('Acrobat',false)")
bookmarkRoot
5.0 The root bookmark for the bookmark tree. This bookmark is not displayed to the user but is a programmatic construct used to access the tree and the child bookmarks.
JavaScript API
calculate 235
Type
Object
Access
R
Example
See the Bookmark object for an example.
calculate
4.0 If true (the default value), calculations can be performed for this document. If false, calculations cannot be performed for this document. This property supersedes the app.calculate property, whose use is now discouraged.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
creationDate
X
Note: This property has been superseded by the info property. The documents creation date.
Type
Date
Access
R
JavaScript API
creator 236
creator
X
Note: This property has been superseded by the info property. The creator of the document (for example, Adobe FrameMaker or Adobe PageMaker).
Type
String
Access
R
dataObjects
5.0 An array containing all the named Data objects in the document. Related properties and methods are openDataObject, getDataObject, createDataObject, importDataObject, removeDataObject, getDataObjectContents, and setDataObjectContents.
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
List all embedded files in the document.
var d = this.dataObjects; for (var i = 0; i < d.length; i++) console.println("Data Object[" + i + "]=" + d[i].name);
JavaScript API
delay 237
delay
4.0 This property can delay the redrawing of any appearance changes to every field in the document. It is generally used to buffer a series of changes to fields before requesting that the fields regenerate their appearance. If true, all changes are queued until delay is reset to false, at which time all the fields on the page are redrawn. See also the Field object delay property.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
dirty
3.01
Specifies whether the document needs to be saved as the result of a changes to the document. It is useful to reset the dirty flag when performing changes that do not warrant saving, such as updating a status field. Note: If the document is temporary or newly created, setting dirty to false has no effect. That is, the user is still asked to save changes before closing the document. See requiresFullSave.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example 1
Reset a form and sets dirty to false. After the reset, the user can close the document without having to dismiss a Save dialog box.
var f = this.getField("MsgField"); f.value = "You have made too many mistakes, Im resetting the form. " + "Start over, this time follow the directions!"; this.resetForm(); this.dirty = false;
JavaScript API
disclosed 238
Example 2
Fill a text field to instruct the user to complete the form. The script is constructed so that populating the field does not change the save state of the document.
var f = this.getField("MsgField"); var b = this.dirty; f.value = "Please fill in the fields below."; this.dirty = b;
disclosed
5.05
Specifies whether the document should be accessible to JavaScript scripts in other documents. The app.openDoc and app.activeDocs methods check the disclosed property of the document before returning its Doc. Note: The disclosed property can only be set during batch, console, Page/Open and Doc/Open events. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example 1
A document can be disclosed to others by placing the code at the document level (or as a page open action) at the top level:
this.disclosed = true;
Example 2
The following code can be used in an Execute JavaScript Batch Sequence to disclose all selected documents.
this.addScript("Disclosed", "this.disclosed = true;");
JavaScript API
docID 239
docID
6.0 An array of two strings in hex-encoded binary format. The first string is a permanent identifier based on the contents of the file at the time it was originally created; it does not change when the file is incrementally updated. The second string is a changing identifier based on the files contents at the time it was last updated. These identifiers are defined by the optional ID entry in a PDF files trailer dictionary. (See the PDF Reference version 1.7.)
Type
Array
Access
R See Example 6 (Acrobat 7.0) on page 349 for an example of usage.
documentFileName
6.0 The base file name, with extension, of the document referenced by the Doc. The device-independent path is not returned. See also the path and URL properties. The file size of the document can be obtained from the filesize property.
Type
String
Access
R
Example
Get the document file name.
console.println('"The file name of this document is ' + this.documentFileName +'."');
Executing the script on this document, the JavaScript for Acrobat API Reference, yields the following statement:
"The file name of this document is js_api_reference.pdf"
JavaScript API
dynamicXFAForm 240
dynamicXFAForm
7.0 Returns true if the document is a dynamic XFA form and false otherwise. A dynamic XFA form is one in which some of the fields can grow or shrink in size to accommodate the values they contain.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
See the XFA object for an example of usage.
external
4.0 Specifies whether the current document is being viewed in the Acrobat application or in an external window (such as a web browser).
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
Detect whether this document is in a browser or not.
if ( this.external ) { // Viewing from a browser } else { // Viewing in the Acrobat application. }
JavaScript API
filesize 241
filesize
3.01 The file size of the document in bytes.
Type
Integer
Access
R
hidden
7.0 This property is true if the documents window is hidden. A window may be hidden, for example, because it is being operated on in batch mode or if it was explicitly opened hidden. The openDataObject and app.openDoc methods can be used to open a document with a hidden window.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
hostContainer 242
Example
Open a document and verify its hidden status.
oDoc = app.openDoc({ cPath:"/C/myDocs/myHidden.pdf", bHidden: true }); console.println("It is " + oDoc.hidden + " that this document hidden."); oDoc.closeDoc();
hostContainer
7.0.5 An instance of the HostContainer object if the PDF document is embedded in another container such as a web browser, otherwise undefined. Note: This property is not implemented on the Mac OS platform.
Type
Object
Access
R/W
icons
5.0 An array of named Icon objects that are present in the document-level named icons tree. If there are no named icons in the document, the property has a value of null. See also addIcon, getIcon, importIcon, removeIcon, the Field object properties buttonGetIcon, buttonImportIcon, buttonSetIcon, and the Icon object.
Type
Array | null
Access
R
JavaScript API
info 243
Example 1
Report the number of named icons in the current document.
if (this.icons == null) console.println("No named icons in this doc"); else console.println("There are " + this.icons.length + " named icons in this doc");
Example 2
List all named icons the current document.
for (var i = 0; i < this.icons.length; i++) { console.println("icon[" + i + "]=" + this.icons[i].name); }
info
5.0
Specifies an object with properties from the document information dictionary in the PDF file. (See the PDF Reference version 1.7.) Standard entries are:
Title Author Subject Keywords Creator Producer CreationDate ModDate Trapped
For Acrobat, properties of this object are writeable and setting a property dirties the document. Additional document information fields can be added by setting non-standard properties. In Adobe Reader, writing to any property in this object throws an exception. Note: Standard entries are case insensitive, that is, info.Keywords is the same as info.keywords.
Type
Object
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
Example 1
Get the title of the current document.
var docTitle = this.info.Title;
JavaScript API
innerAppWindowRect 244
Example 2
Get information about the document.
this.info.Title = "JavaScript, The Definitive Guide"; this.info.ISBN = "1-56592-234-4"; this.info.PublishDate = new Date(); for (var i in this.info) console.println(i + ": "+ this.info[i]);
innerAppWindowRect
6.0 This property returns an array of screen coordinates (a rectangle) for the Acrobat inner application window. This rectangle does not include items such as the title bar and resizing border, which are part of the outer rectangle of the application window.
Type
Array of Numbers
Access
R
Example
Read back to the console the Acrobat inner application window.
var coords = this.innerAppWindowRect; console.println(coords.toSource()) // Possible output: [115, 154, 1307, 990]
JavaScript API
innerDocWindowRect 245
innerDocWindowRect
6.0 This property returns an array of screen coordinates (a rectangle) for the Acrobat inner document window. This rectangle does not include items such as the title bar and resizing border, which are part of the outer rectangle of the document window. The document and application rectangles may differ on different platforms. For example, on Windows, the document window is always inside the application window; on Mac OS, they are the same.
Type
Array of Numbers
Access
R See also innerAppWindowRect, outerAppWindowRect, outerDocWindowRect, and pageWindowRect.
isModal
7.0.5 A Boolean value indicating whether the document is currently in a modal state (for example, displaying a modal dialog box using app.execDialog).
Type
Object
Access
R
keywords
X D
Note: This property has been superseded by the info property. The keywords that describe the document (for example, forms, taxes, government).
Type
Object
JavaScript API
layout 246
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
layout
5.0 Changes the page layout of the current document. Valid values are:
SinglePage OneColumn TwoColumnLeft TwoColumnRight
Type
String
Access
R/W
Example
Put the document into a continuous facing layout where the first page of the document appears in the left column:
this.layout = "TwoColumnLeft";
media
6.0 An object that contains multimedia properties and methods for the document. The properties and methods are described under the Doc.media object.
Type
Doc.media object
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
metadata 247
metadata
6.0
Allows you to access the XMP metadata embedded in a PDF document. Returns a string containing the metadata as XML. For information on embedded XMP metadata, see the PDF Reference, version 1.7.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Exceptions
RaiseError is thrown if setting metadata to a string not in XMP format.
Example 1
Try to create metadata not in XMP format.
this.metadata = "this is my metadata"; RaiseError: The given metadata was not in the XMP format Global.metadata:1:Console undefined:Exec ===> The given metadata was not in the XMP format
Example 2
Create a PDF report file with metadata from a document.
var r = new Report(); r.writeText(this.metadata); r.open("myMetadataReportFile");
Example 3
(Acrobat 8.0) This example illustrates how to use E4X to change the metadata of the document. The script sets the Copyright Status, the Copyright Notice and the Copyright Info URL fields. The script can be executed from the console or as a batch sequence.
var CopyrightStatus = "True"; var CopyrightNotice = "Copyright(C) 2006, Adobe Systems, Inc." var CopyrightInfoURL = "http://www.adobe.com" var meta = this.metadata; var myXMPData = new XML(meta); myx = new Namespace("adobe:ns:meta/"); myrdf = new Namespace("http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"); mypdf = new Namespace("http://ns.adobe.com/pdf/1.3/"); myxap = new Namespace("http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/"); mydc = new Namespace("http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/");
JavaScript API
modDate 248
myxapRights = new Namespace("http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/rights/"); var p = myXMPData.myrdf::RDF.myrdf::Description; /* We test whether this element has a value already, if no, we assign it a value, otherwise we assign it another value. */ if (p.mydc::rights.myrdf::Alt.myrdf::li.toString() == "") { p[0] += <rdf:Description rdf:about="" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"> <dc:rights> <rdf:Alt> <rdf:li xml:lang="x-default"> {CopyrightNotice} </rdf:li> </rdf:Alt> </dc:rights> </rdf:Description> } else p.mydc::rights.myrdf::Alt.myrdf::li = CopyrightNotice; /* Some elements are converted into attributes, so we need to first test whether the xapRights:Marked attribute is present, if not, we add it in as an element; otherwise, if the attribute is present, we update the attribute. Acrobat changes certain elements into attributes; the xapRights:Marked and xapRights:WebStatement are two such examples, but dc:rights above is one that is not changed into an attribute. */ if (p.@myxapRights::Marked.toString() == "" ) { p[0] += <rdf:Description rdf:about="" xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:xapRights="http://ns.adobe.com/xap/1.0/rights/"> <xapRights:Marked>{CopyrightStatus}</xapRights:Marked> <xapRights:WebStatement>{CopyrightInfoURL}</xapRights:WebStatement> </rdf:Description> } else { p.@myxapRights::Marked = CopyrightStatus; p.@myxapRights::WebStatement = CopyrightInfoURL; } // Convert myXMPData into a string myNewXMPStr=myXMPData.toXMLString(); // and assign it to the document metadata this.metadata = myNewXMPStr;
modDate
X
Note: This property has been superseded by the info property. The date the document was last modified.
JavaScript API
mouseX 249
Type
Date
Access
R
mouseX
7.0 Gets the x coordinate of the mouse coordinates in default user space in relation to the current page.
Type
Number
Access
R
Example
Get the coordinates of the mouse as the user moves it around the viewer.
function getMouseCoor() { console.println( "("+this.mouseX+","+ this.mouseY+")" ); } var ckMouse = app.setInterval("getMouseCoor()", 100); var timeout = app.setTimeOut( "app.clearInterval(ckMouse); app.clearTimeOut(timeout)",2000);
mouseY
7.0 Gets the y coordinate of the mouse coordinates in default user space in relation to the current page.
Type
Number
Access
R
JavaScript API
noautocomplete 250
noautocomplete
7.0 This property can be used to turn off the auto-complete feature of Acrobat forms, for this document only:
If true, no suggestions are made as the user enters data into a field. If false, auto-complete respects the user preference Forms > Auto-Complete.
Setting this property does not change the users auto-complete preferences. Initially, this property has a value of undefined.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
The following script could be executed from an open page action or as a top-level document JavaScript. It turns off the auto-complete feature:
this.noautocomplete = true;
nocache
7.0 This property is used to turn off forms data caching for this document only:
If true, Acrobat is prevented from retaining forms data in an Internet browser If false, Acrobat respects the Forms user preference Keep Forms Data Temporarily Available on Disk
Note: The value of the nocache property does not affect the check box item Keep Forms Data Temporarily Available on Disk. Before this property is set for the first time, it has a value of undefined.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
numFields 251
Example
The following script turns off caching of form data, so that sensitive data are not left on the local hard drive. It can be executed from an open page action or as a top-level document JavaScript.
this.nocache = true;
numFields
4.0 The total number of fields in the document. See also getNthFieldName.
Type
Integer
Access
R
Example 1
console.println("There are " + this.numFields + " in this document");
Example 2
This script uses the numFields property and getNthFieldName method to loop through all fields in the document. All button fields are changed so that they have a beveled appearance (other modifications to the buttons of the document can also be made).
for ( var i = 0; i < this.numFields; i++) { var fname = this.getNthFieldName(i); if ( fname.type = "button" ) f.borderStyle = border.b; }
numPages
3.01 The number of pages in the document.
Type
Integer
Access
R
JavaScript API
numTemplates 252
Example 1
console.println("There are " + this.numPages + " in this document");
Example 2
Delete the last page from the document. The (0-based) page number of the last page in the document is this.numPages - 1.
this.deletePages({ nStart: this.numPages - 1 });
numTemplates
X
Note: This property has been superseded by templates. The number of templates in the document.
Type
Integer
Access
R
path
3.01 The device-independent path of the document, for example:
/c/Program Files/Adobe/Acrobat 5.0/Help/AcroHelp.pdf
Type
String
Access
R The file name of the document can be acquired by the documentFileName property. See also the URL property.
JavaScript API
outerAppWindowRect 253
outerAppWindowRect
6.0 This property returns an array of screen coordinates (a rectangle) for the Acrobat outer application window. This rectangle includes items such as the title bar and resizing border, which are not part of the inner rectangle of the application window.
Type
Array of Numbers
Access
R See also innerAppWindowRect, outerDocWindowRect, outerDocWindowRect, and pageWindowRect.
outerDocWindowRect
6.0 This property returns an array of screen coordinates (a rectangle) for the Acrobat outer document window. This rectangle includes items such as the title bar and resizing border, which are not part of the inner rectangle of the document window. The application and document rectangles may differ on different platforms. For example, on Windows, the document window is always inside the application window. In Mac OS, the windows are the same.
Type
Array of Numbers
Access
R See also innerAppWindowRect, outerDocWindowRect, outerAppWindowRect, and pageWindowRect.
pageNum
3.01 Gets or sets the current page of the document. When setting pageNum to a specific page, remember that the values are 0-based.
JavaScript API
pageWindowRect 254
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Example
Go to the first page of the document.
this.pageNum = 0;
pageWindowRect
6.0 An array of screen coordinates (a rectangle) for the Acrobat page view window. The page view window is the area inside the inner document window in which the PDF content is displayed.
Type
Array of Numbers
Access
R See also innerAppWindowRect, outerDocWindowRect, outerAppWindowRect, and outerDocWindowRect.
permStatusReady
6.0 A Boolean value specifying whether the permissions for this document have been resolved. When downloading over a network connection, false can indicate that the document is not available, in the case where permissions must be determined based on an certification signature that covers the entire document.
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
producer 255
Access
R
producer
X
Note: This property has been superseded by the info property. The producer of the document (for example, Acrobat Distiller or PDFWriter).
Type
String
Access
R
requiresFullSave
7.0 This property is true if the document requires a full save because it is temporary or newly created. Otherwise, it is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
var oDoc = app.newDoc(); console.println("It is " + oDoc.requiresFullSave + " that this document requires a full save.");
securityHandler
5.0 The name of the security handler used to encrypt the document. Returns null if there is no security handler (for example, the document is not encrypted).
JavaScript API
selectedAnnots 256
Type
String
Access
R
Example
console.println(this.securityHandler != null ? "This document is encrypted with " + this.securityHandler + " security." : "This document is unencrypted.");
This script could print the following if the document was encrypted with the standard security handler.
This document is encrypted with Standard security.
selectedAnnots
5.0
An array of Annotation objects corresponding to all currently selected markup annotations. See also getAnnot and getAnnots.
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
Show all the comments of selected annotations in the console.
var aAnnots = this.selectedAnnots; for (var i=0; i < aAnnots.length; i++) console.println(aAnnots[i].contents);
sounds
5.0 An array containing all of the named Sound objects in the document. See also getSound, importSound, deleteSound, and the Sound object.
JavaScript API
spellDictionaryOrder 257
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
var s = this.sounds; for (i = 0; i < s.length; i++) console.println("Sound[" + i + "]=" + s[i].name);
spellDictionaryOrder
5.0 An array specifying the dictionary search order for this document. For example, the form designer of a medical form may want to specify a medical dictionary to be searched first before searching the users preferred order. The Spelling plug-in first searches for words in this array, then searches the dictionaries the user has selected on the Spelling Preference panel. The users preferred order is available from spell.dictionaryOrder. An array of the currently installed dictionaries can be obtained using spell.dictionaryNames. Note: When setting this property, an exception is thrown if any of the elements in the array is not a valid dictionary name.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
spellLanguageOrder
6.0
An array specifying the language array search order for this document. The Spelling plug-in first searches for words in this array, then it searches the languages the user has selected on the Spelling Preferences panel. The users preferred order is available from spell.languageOrder. An array of currently installed languages can be obtained using the spell.languages property.
JavaScript API
subject 258
Type
Array
Access
R/W
subject
X D
Note: This property has been superseded by the info property. The documents subject. This property is read-only in Adobe Reader.
Type
String
Access
R/W
templates
5.0 An array of all of the Template objects in the document. See also createTemplate, getTemplate, and removeTemplate.
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
List all templates in the document.
var t = this.templates for ( var i=0; i < t.length; i++) { var state = (t[i].hidden) ? "visible" : "hidden" console.println("Template: \"" + t[i].name + "\", current state: " + state); }
JavaScript API
title 259
title
X D X
Note: This property has been superseded by the info property. The title of the document.
Type
String
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
URL
5.0 The documents URL. If the document is local, it returns a URL with a file:/// scheme for Windows and UNIX and file://localhost/ for Mac OS. This may be different from the baseURL.
Type
String
Access
R See also the path and documentFileName properties.
viewState
7.0.5 An opaque object representing the current view state of the document. The state includes, at minimum, information about the current page number, scroll position, zoom level, and field focus. To set this value, you must use what was previously returned from a read of the value. It can be used to restore the view state of a document. Note: The object is only defined within an embedded PDF.
Type
Object
JavaScript API
viewState 260
Access
R/W
Example
This example gets the view state and sends it to the host application, which can store it and pass it back to the viewer later to restore the view to the original state. This code may be executed by a button in the PDF document. The first entry in the array signals the nature of the message to the host.
if(this.hostContainer) { cVState = this.viewState.toSource(); aMsg = new Array( "viewState", cVState ); this.hostContainer.postMessage(aMsg); }
In the host application, the message handler might have this form:
var cViewState=""; // Variable to save the viewState function onMessageFunc( stringArray ) { var PDFObject = document.getElementById( PDFObjectID ); if ( this != PDFObject.messageHandler ) alert( "Incorrect this value in onMessage handler" ); // The first entry in the encoming array is the signal var signal = stringArray[0]; switch ( signal ) { case "Msg": var msgStr = ""; for ( var i = 1; i < stringArray.length; i++ ) msgStr += (stringArray[ i ] + "<br>"); writeMsg( msgStr ); // A function to write to the document. break; case "viewState": // View state, let's save this cViewState = stringArray[1]; break; } }
You can post the value of cViewState back to the embedded PDF using a button. Within the document level JavaScript of the PDF, you might have,
if ( this.hostContainer ) { myHostContainer = this.hostContainer; myHostContainer.messageHandler = { onMessage: function(aMessage) { var f = this.doc.getField("msg4pdf"); var strValue = ""; var signal = aMessage[0]; switch ( signal ) { case "Msg":
JavaScript API
xfa 261
for(var i = 1; i < aMessage.length; i++) strValue += aMessage[i] + "\r"; f.value = strValue; break; case "viewState": var restoreViewState = eval( aMessage[1] ); // Reset the viewState, begin sure to acquire the correct // Doc as the doc property of this. this.doc.viewState = restoreViewState; break; } }, onError: function(error, aMessage) { console.println("error: "+ error.toString()) }, onDisclose: HostContainerDisclosurePolicy.SameOriginPolicy, allowDeliverWhileDocIsModel: true }; // The this object will be the messageHandler instance that the // method is being called on, so we save the Doc as a doc // property of the messageHandler instance. myHostContainer.messageHandler.doc = this; }
xfa
6.0.2 The property is defined only if the document is an XML form, that is, if the document was created in LiveCycle Designer. When defined, xfa is a static XFAObject, which is the root node of the underlying xfa model, and gives access to the xfa scripting object model (SOM). Refer to the document Adobe XML Form Object Model Reference for details on the xfa SOM. The document Converting Acrobat JavaScript for Use in LiveCycle Designer Forms has a comparison between the Acrobat and LiveCycle Designer scripting object models. Note: When executing this property from a folder level script, pass the Doc object from the document so that xfa will be executed in the proper context. See Example 2.
Type
XFAObject
Access
R
JavaScript API
XFAForeground 262
Example 1
Suppose this document is an XML form, and that there is a text field named EmployeeName. This example uses the xfa object to access and change the value of this field.
var eN = this.xfa.form.form1.EmployeeName; console.println("\nEmployeeName: " + eN.rawValue);
Example 2
Call a function, defined in a folder level script file, that uses the xfa property, by passing the Doc object.
function isXFA(doc) { var wasWasNot = (typeof doc.xfa == "undefined") ? "not" : ""; console.println("This document was "+wasWasNot+"created by Designer."); }
From within the document, or from the console, the function is called is by isXFA(this).
XFAForeground
8.0 Returns true if the document is an XFA Foreground type of form and false otherwise. Beginning with version 8.0, a PDF file can be imported as artwork into LiveCycle Designer. The possibly rich graphical content of the PDF is used as a background on which form fields can be placed using LiveCycle Designer. The XFAForeground property reports back whether the PDF was created in this way, a value of true means the PDF was imported into LiveCycle Designer as artwork, then saved by LiveCycle Designer.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
zoom 263
Example
This script determines whether the current document is an XFA Foreground type of form, that is, whether it was created by importing a PDF into LiveCycle Designer and saved.
if ( this.XFAForeground ) console.println("This is an XFA Foreground form.");
zoom
3.01 The current page zoom level. Allowed values are between 8.33% and 6400%, specified as a percentage number. For example, a zoom value of 100 specifies 100%.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Example
Zoom to twice the current zoom level.
this.zoom *= 2;
zoomType
3.01 The current zoom type of the document. The table below lists the valid zoom types. The convenience zoomtype object defines all the valid zoom types and is used to access all zoom types. Zoom type
NoVary FitPage FitWidth FitHeight FitVisibleWidth
Keyword
zoomtype.none zoomtype.fitP zoomtype.fitW zoomtype.fitH zoomtype.fitV
Version
JavaScript API
addAnnot 264
Zoom type
Preferred ReflowWidth
Keyword
zoomtype.pref zoomtype.refW
Version
6.0
Type
String
Access
R/W
Example
Set the zoom type of the document to fit the width.
this.zoomType = zoomtype.fitW;
Doc methods
addAnnot
5.0
Creates an Annotation object having the specified properties. Properties not specified are given their default values for the specified type of annotation. Note: (Acrobat 8.0) The behavior of addAnnot is changed in the case the author property is unspecified. If addAnnot is executed in an unprivileged context, the default value of author is the string undefined; if addAnnot is executed in an privileged context, the default value of the author property is the login name of the current user.
Parameters
object literal A generic object that specifies the properties of the Annotation object, such as type, rect, and page, to be created.
Returns
The new Annotation object.
Example 1
This minimal example creates a square annotation.
var sqannot = this.addAnnot({type: "Square", page: 0}); sqannot will be created as a square annotation on the first page (using 0-based page numbering).
JavaScript API
addAnnot 265
Example 2
Add a Text annotation with various properties.
var annot = this.addAnnot ({ page: 0, type: "Text", author: "A. C. Robat", point: [300,400], strokeColor: color.yellow, contents: "Need a little help with this paragraph.", noteIcon: "Help" });
Example 3
Add a Square annotation with various properties.
var annot = this.addAnnot({ page: 0, type: "Square", rect: [0, 0, 100, 100], name: "OnMarketShare", author: "A. C. Robat", contents: "This section needs revision." });
Example 4
A fancy ink annotation in the shape of a three-leaf rose.
var inch = 72, x0 = 2*inch, y0 = 4*inch; var scaledInch = .5*inch; var nNodes = 60; var theta = 2*Math.PI/nNodes; var points = new Array(); for (var i = 0; i <= nNodes; i++) { Theta = i*theta; points[i] = [x0 + 2*Math.cos(3*Theta)*Math.cos(Theta)*scaledInch, y0 + 2*Math.cos(3*Theta)*Math.sin(Theta)*scaledInch]; } var annot = this.addAnnot({ type: "Ink", page: 0, name: "myRose", author: "A. C. Robat", contents: "Three leaf rose", gestures: [points], strokeColor: color.red, width: 1 });
JavaScript API
addField 266
addField
5.0
Creates a new form field and returns it as a Field object. Note: (Acrobat 6.0): Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, this method can be used from within Adobe Reader for documents with forms usage rights enabled. Prior to 6.0, it was not available from Adobe Reader.
Parameters
cName
The name of the new field to create. This name can use the dot separator syntax to denote a hierarchy (for example, name.last creates a parent node, name, and a child node, last). The type of form field to create. Valid types are:
text button combobox listbox checkbox radiobutton signature
cFieldType
nPageNum oCoords
The 0-based index of the page to which to add the field. An array of four numbers in rotated user space that specifies the size and placement of the form field. These four numbers are the coordinates of the bounding rectangle, in the following order: upper-left x, upper-left y, lower-right x and lower-right y. See also the Field object rect property. Note: If you use the Info panel to obtain the coordinates of the bounding rectangle, you must transform them from info space to rotated user space. To do this, subtract the info space y coordinate from the on-screen page height.
Returns
The newly created Field object.
Example
The following code might be used in a batch sequence to create a navigational icon on every page of a document, for each document in a selected set of documents.
var inch = 72; for (var p = 0; p < this.numPages; p++) { // Position a rectangle (.5 inch, .5 inch) var aRect = this.getPageBox( {nPage: p} ); aRect[0] += .5*inch; // from upper left hand corner of page. aRect[2] = aRect[0]+.5*inch; // Make it .5 inch wide aRect[1] -= .5*inch; aRect[3] = aRect[1] - 24; // and 24 points high // Now construct a button field with a right arrow from ZapfDingbats
JavaScript API
addIcon 267
var f = this.addField("NextPage", "button", p, aRect ) f.setAction("MouseUp", "this.pageNum++"); f.delay = true; f.borderStyle = border.s; f.highlight = "push"; f.textSize = 0; // Auto-sized f.textColor = color.blue; f.fillColor = color.ltGray; f.textFont = font.ZapfD f.buttonSetCaption("\341") // A right arrow f.delay = false; }
addIcon
5.0
Adds a new named Icon object to the document-level icon tree, storing it under the specified name. See also icons, getIcon, importIcon, removeIcon, and the Field object methods buttonGetIcon, buttonImportIcon, and buttonSetIcon.
Parameters
cName icon
Example
This example takes an icon already attached to a form button field in the document and assigns a name to it. This name can be used to retrieve the icon object with getIcon for use in another button, for example.
var f = this.getField("myButton"); this.addIcon("myButtonIcon", f.buttonGetIcon());
addLink
6.0
Adds a new link to the specified page with the specified coordinates, if the user has permission to add links to the document. See also getLinks, removeLinks and the Link object.
Parameters
nPage oCoords
The page on which to add the new link. An array of four numbers in rotated user space specifying the size and placement of the link. The numbers are the coordinates of the bounding rectangle in the following order: upper-left x, upper-left y, lower-right x and lower-right y.
JavaScript API
addLink 268
Returns
The newly created Link object.
Example 1
Create simple navigational links in the lower left and right corners of each page of the current document. The link in lower left corner goes to the previous page; the one in the lower right corner goes to the next page.
var linkWidth = 36, linkHeight = 18; for ( var i=0; i < this.numPages; i++) { var cropBox = this.getPageBox("Crop", i); var linkRect1 = [0,linkHeight,linkWidth,0]; var offsetLink = cropBox[2] - cropBox[0] - linkWidth; var linkRect2 = [offsetLink,linkHeight,linkWidth + offsetLink,0] var lhLink = this.addLink(i, linkRect1); var rhLink = this.addLink(i, linkRect2); var nextPage = (i + 1) % this.numPages; var prevPage = (i - 1) % this.numPages; var prevPage = (prevPage>=0) ? prevPage : -prevPage; lhLink.setAction( "this.pageNum = " + prevPage); lhLink.borderColor = color.red; lhLink.borderWidth = 1; rhLink.setAction( "this.pageNum = " + nextPage); rhLink.borderColor = color.red; rhLink.borderWidth = 1; }
See the Link object for information on setting the properties and the action of a link.
Example 2
Search through the document for the word Acrobat and create a link around that word.
for (var p = 0; p < this.numPages; p++) { var numWords = this.getPageNumWords(p); for (var i=0; i<numWords; i++) { var ckWord = this.getPageNthWord(p, i, true); if ( ckWord == "Acrobat") { var q = this.getPageNthWordQuads(p, i); // Convert quads in default user space to rotated // User space used by Links. m = (new Matrix2D).fromRotated(this,p); mInv = m.invert() r = mInv.transform(q) r=r.toString() r = r.split(","); l = addLink(p, [r[4], r[5], r[2], r[3]]); l.borderColor = color.red
JavaScript API
addRecipientListCryptFilter 269
l.borderWidth = 1 l.setAction("this.getURL('http://www.adobe.com/');"); } } }
addRecipientListCryptFilter
6.0
Adds a crypt filter to the document. The crypt filter is used for encrypting Data objects. See also the cCryptFilter parameter of the importDataObject, createDataObject, and setDataObjectContents methods. Note: Can only be executed during a batch, application initialization or console event. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Parameters
cCryptFilter
The language-independent name of the crypt filter. This same name should be used as the value of the cCryptFilter parameter of the Doc methods importDataObject, createDataObject, and setDataObjectContents. Note: For Acrobat 7.0, the value of cCryptFilter must be DefEmbeddedFile; for other versions of Acrobat, the value of cCryptFilter can be any string.
oGroup
An array of Group objects that lists the recipients for whom the data is to be encrypted.
Example
This script encrypts the current document and embeds it into a PDF document.
var Note = "Select the list of people that you want to send this" + " document to. Each person must have both an email address" + " and a certificate that you can use when creating the" + "envelope."; var oOptions = { bAllowPermGroups: false, cNote: Note, bRequireEmail: true }; var oGroups = security.chooseRecipientsDialog( oOptions ); var env = app.openDoc( "/c/temp/ePaperMailEnvelope.pdf" ); env.addRecipientListCryptFilter( "MyFilter", oGroups ); env.importDataObject( "secureMail0", this.path, "MyFilter" ); var envPath = "/c/temp/outMail.pdf"; env.saveAs( envPath );
Note: This script was executed in the console but is best executed as a folder JavaScript as part of a larger script for sending PDF documents securely.
JavaScript API
addRequirement 270
addRequirement
7.0.5
Allows a PDF document to be authored so that a certain requirement is needed for the document to properly function in Acrobat. When Acrobat opens a document containing a requirement, it will try to satisfy the requirement before allowing the user to freely interact with the document. If the requirement is not fulfilled, the application may limit the functionality of the document. Note: This method can only be called from a console or batch event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
Parameters
cType oReq
The type of document requirement. The types are described by the Requirements Enumerator object. (Optional) A Requirement object.
Description Some documents may contain data validation scripts that may never run if the Enable JavaScript Execution user preference is disabled. This property allows a PDF document to enforce the execution of its scripts in Acrobat. The user will be prompted to either enable JavaScript execution for the particular document or to open the document in read-only mode.
Requirement object
This generic object contains properties that describe the nature of the requirement Property
aRH
ReqHandler object
This generic object contains information about a requirement handler that can be used when Acrobat finds an unrecognized requirement. The viewer should delegate requirement checking for the unrecognized requirement to the first handler in the array that supports the type. If no requirement
JavaScript API
addScript 271
handler can be found to deal with the unrecognized requirement, a generic message should be provided by the viewer. Property
cType cScriptName
Description A string specifying the type of the requirement handler (see the ReqHandlers Enumerator object for a lists of possible names). (Optional) A string specifying the name of a document-level JavaScript present in the document. It may be present if the value of cType is reqHandlers.JS. The named script will not be executed in case the requirement is satisfied.
Description This handler manages document-level scripts that deal with unrecognized requirements in the PDF document. This handler allows older viewers to ignore unrecognized requirements.
Example
Add a requirement to enable JavaScript in a document.
addRequirement(this.requirements.EnableJavaScripts, {[{cType: reqHandlers.JS, cScriptName: "requirement"}]});
addScript
6.0
Sets a document-level script for a document. See also setAction, setPageAction, the Bookmark object setAction method, and the Field object setAction method. Note: This method overwrites any script already defined for cName.
Parameters
cName cScript
The name of the script. If a script with this name already exists, the new script replaces the old one. A JavaScript expression to be executed when the document is opened.
Example
Create a beeping sound every time the document is opened.
this.addScript("My Code", "app.beep(0);");
JavaScript API
addThumbnails 272
addThumbnails
5.0
Creates thumbnails for the specified pages in the document. See also the removeThumbnails method.
Parameters
nStart
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, the range of pages is for all pages in the document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. If only nEnd is specified, the range of a pages is 0 to nEnd. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages. See nStart for details.
nEnd
addWatermarkFromFile
7.0
Adds a page as a watermark to the specified pages in the document and places the watermark in an optional content group (OCG). See also the OCG object. Note: Can only be executed during a batch or console event. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Parameters
cDIPath nSourcePage nStart
The device-independent path of the source file to use for the watermark. If the file at this location is not a PDF file, Acrobat attempts to convert the file to a PDF file. (optional) The 0-based index of the page in the source file to be used as the watermark. The default is 0. (optional) The 0-based index of the first page in the range of pages to which the watermark should be added. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, the range of pages is for all pages in the document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. If only nEnd is specified, the range of pages is 0 to nEnd. (optional) The last page in the range of pages to which the watermark should be added. See nStart for details. (optional) A Boolean value specifying the z-ordering of the watermark. If true (the default), the watermark is added above all other page content. If false, the watermark is added below all other page content. This parameter is ignored if bFixedPrint is true. (optional) A Boolean value to indicate whether the watermark should be displayed when viewing the document on screen. The default is true.
nEnd bOnTop
bOnScreen
JavaScript API
addWatermarkFromFile 273
bOnPrint nHorizAlign
(optional) A Boolean value to indicate whether the watermark should be displayed when printing the document. The default is true. (optional) A number indicating how the watermark should be aligned horizontally. See app.constants.align for possible values. The default is app.constants.align.center. (optional) A number indicating how the watermark should be aligned vertically. See app.constants.align for possible values. The default is app.constants.align.center. (optional) A number used to shift the horizontal position of the watermark on the page. If bPercentage is true, this number represents a percentage of the horizontal page size. If bPercentage is false, this number represents the number of points to be offset. The default is 0. (optional) A number used to shift the vertical position of the watermark on the page. If bPercentage is true, this number represents a percentage of the vertical page size. If bPercentage is false, this number represents the number of points to be offset. The default is 0. (optional) A Boolean value that indicates whether nHorizValue and nVertValue represent a percentage of the page size or an explicit number of points. The default is false. (optional) The scale to be used for the watermark, where 1.0 is 100%. A value of -1 specifies that the watermark should fit to the page while maintaining its proportions. The default is 1.0. (optional) A Boolean value that indicates that this watermark should be added as a FixedPrint Watermark annotation. This allows watermarks to be printed at a fixed size/position regardless of the size of the page being printed to. If true, bOnTop is ignored. The default is false. (optional) The number of degrees to rotate the watermark counterclockwise. The default is 0. (optional) The opacity to be used for the watermark, where 0 is transparent and 1.0 is opaque. The default is 1.0.
nVertAlign
nHorizValue
nVertValue
bPercentage
nScale
bFixedPrint
nRotation nOpacity
Example 1
Adds the first page of watermark.pdf as a watermark to the center of all pages of the current document.
this.addWatermarkFromFile("/C/temp/watermark.pdf");
Example 2
Adds the second page of watermark.pdf as a watermark to the first 10 pages of the current document. The watermark is rotated counterclockwise 45 degrees and positioned 1 inch down and 2 inches over from the upper-left corner of the page.
this.addWatermarkFromFile({ cDIPath: "/C/temp/watermark.pdf", nSourcePage: 4, nEnd: 9, nHorizAlign: app.constants.align.left,
JavaScript API
addWatermarkFromText 274
addWatermarkFromText
7.0
Adds the given text as a watermark to the specified pages in the document and places the watermark in an optional content group (OCG). See the OCG object.
Parameters
cText nTextAlign
The text to use as the watermark. Multiline text is allowed. A newline can be specified with the characters \r. (optional) The text alignment to use for cText within the watermark. See app.constants.align for possible values. This parameter has no effect if cText is only one line. (optional) The font to be used for this watermark. Valid fonts are defined as properties of the font object, as listed in the textFont property of the Field object. An arbitrary font can be used by passing a string that represents the PostScript name of the font. The default is font.Helv. (optional) The point size of the font to use for the watermark. The default is 24. (optional) The color to use for the watermark. See Color arrays on page 193. The default is color.black. (optional) The 0-based index of the first page in the range of pages to which the watermark should be added. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, the range of pages is for all pages in the document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) The last page in the range of pages to which the watermark should be added. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, the range of pages is for all pages in the document. If only nEnd is specified, the range of pages is 0 to nEnd. (optional) A Boolean value specifying the z-ordering of the watermark. A value of true will result in the watermark being added above all other page content. A value of false will result in the watermark being added below all other page content. This parameter is ignored if bFixedPrint is true. The default is true. (optional) A Boolean value to indicate whether the watermark should be displayed when viewing the document on screen. (optional) A Boolean value to indicate whether the watermark should be displayed when printing the document.
cFont
nEnd
bOnTop
bOnScreen bOnPrint
JavaScript API
addWatermarkFromText 275
nHorizAlign
(optional) A number indicating how the watermark should be aligned horizontally. See app.constants.align for possible values. The default is app.constants.align.center. (optional) A number indicating how the watermark should be aligned vertically. See app.constants.align for possible values. The default is app.constants.align.center. (optional) A number used to shift the horizontal position of the watermark on the page. If bPercentage is true, this number represents a percentage of the horizontal page size. If bPercentage is false, this number represents the number of points to be offset. The default is 0. (optional) A number used to shift the vertical position of the watermark on the page. If bPercentage is true, this number represents a percentage of the vertical page size. If bPercentage is false, this number represents the number of points to be offset. The default is 0. (optional) A Boolean value used to indicate whether nHorizValue and nVertValue represent a percentage of the page size or an explicit number of points. The default is false. (optional) The scale to be used for the watermark, where 1.0 is 100%. A value of -1 specifies that the watermark should fit to the page while maintaining its proportions. The default is 1.0. (optional) A Boolean value that indicates that the watermark should be added as a FixedPrint Watermark annotation. This prints the watermark at a fixed size and position regardless of the size of the page being printed to. If true, bOnTop is ignored. The default is false. (optional) The number of degrees to rotate the watermark counterclockwise. The default is 0. (optional) The opacity to be used for the watermark, where 0 is transparent and 1.0 is opaque. The default is 1.0.
nVertAlign
nHorizValue
nVertValue
bPercentage
nScale
bFixedPrint
nRotation nOpacity
Example 1
Adds Confidential as a watermark to the center of all pages of the current document.
this.addWatermarkFromText("Confidential", 0, font.Helv, 24, color.red);
Example 2
Adds a multiline watermark to each page of the current document 1 inch down and 1 inch over from the upper-right corner.
this.addWatermarkFromText({ cText: "Confidential Document\rA. C. Robat", nTextAlign: app.constants.align.right, nHorizAlign: app.constants.align.right, nVertAlign: app.constants.align.top, nHorizValue: -72, nVertValue: -72 });
JavaScript API
addWeblinks 276
addWeblinks
5.0
Scans the specified pages looking for instances of text with an http: scheme and converts them into links with URL actions. See also the removeWeblinks method
Parameters
nStart
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, the range of pages is for all pages in the document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, the range of pages is for all pages in the document. If only nEnd is specified, the range of a pages is 0 to nEnd.
nEnd
Returns
The number of web links added to the document.
Example
Search the entire document and convert all content that appears to be a web address into a web link. Report back the number of links created.
var numWeblinks = this.addWeblinks(); console.println("There were " + numWeblinks + " instances of text that looked like a web address," +" and converted as such.");
bringToFront
5.0 Brings an open document to the front.
Example
This example searches among the open documents for one with a title of Annual Report and brings it to the front.
var d = app.activeDocs; for (var i = 0; i < d.length; i++) if (d[i].info.Title == "Annual Report") d[i].bringToFront();
JavaScript API
calculateNow 277
calculateNow
3.01 Forces computation of all calculation fields in the current document. When a form contains many calculations, there can be a significant delay after the user inputs data into a field, even if it is not a calculation field. One strategy is to turn off calculations at some point and turn them back on later (see example).
Example
Turn off calculations
this.calculate = false; .....
Turn on calculations
this.calculate = true;
Unless the user committed data after this.calculate is set to true, automatic calculation does not occur. Calculation can be forced to occur by using the following code.
this.calculateNow();
closeDoc
5.0
Closes the document. For Adobe Reader 5.1 or later, the method is always allowed:
If the document was changed and no Document Save Rights are available, the document is closed without any warnings and changes are lost. If Document Save Rights are available, the user has the option of saving the changed file.
It is important to use this method carefully, because it is an abrupt change in the document state that can affect any JavaScript executing after the close. Triggering this method from a Page event or Document event could cause the application to behave strangely. In versions of Acrobat earlier than 7.0, a document that closes itself by executing this.closeDoc terminates any script that follows it. In Acrobat 7.0, the script is allowed to continue and to terminate naturally. However, if the Doc of the closed document is referenced, an exception will be thrown.
JavaScript API
colorConvertPage 278
Parameters
bNoSave
(optional) A Boolean value indicating whether to close the document without saving:
If false (the default), the user is prompted to save the document if it has been modified. If true, the document is closed without prompting the user and without saving, even if the document has been modified. Be careful in using this feature because it can cause data loss without user approval.
Example 1
From the console, close all open documents.
var d = app.activeDocs; for( var i in d ) d[i].closeDoc();
The following code can be executed as a mouse-up action from an open document. It closes all disclosed open documents. The code is designed to close the active document last so that the execution of the code will not be abruptly terminated.
var d = app.activeDocs; for( var i in d ) if( d[i] != this ) d[i].closeDoc(); if ( this.disclosed ) this.closeDoc();
Example 2
Create a series of three test files and save them to a directory. This code must be executed in the console, because saveAs has a security restriction.
var myDoc = app.newDoc(); for (var i=0; i < 3; i++) { myDoc.info.Title = "Test File " + i; myDoc.saveAs("/c/temp/test"+i+".pdf); } myDoc.closeDoc(true);
colorConvertPage
8.0
JavaScript API
createDataObject 279
Parameters
pageNum actions
A 0-based index that defines the page number of the document that should be converted. An array of colorConvertAction objects for this color conversion. The properties of the colorConvertAction object are listed beginning on page 196. For each object on the page, the actions are matched against the object's attributes and color spaces in the order in which they occur in the actions array, until a match is found and that action is executed. The list of actions is analogous to the list of filters in most email clients: each object is compared against the selection criteria for each of the actions, in order, until a matching action is found. The action is then executed on the object. Note that actions do not chain, except in the case of aliased ink definitions.
inkActions
An array of colorConvertAction objects which describes the ink actions for this color conversion. The list of inks defines the actions for individual separations, whether they occur in Separation or DeviceN. This allows one to define, among other things, ink aliases. If a DeviceN contains some inks to be aliased and some to be converted, the color is converted using OPP technology, so that the converted part ends up as process and the aliased part stays as spot. For ink actions, the match fields are ignored. There should be an underlying Separation or DeviceN defined in the action list describing what to do, and the aliases in the ink action list apply if the action in the action list for the underlying space is Preserve or Decalibrate.
Returns
A Boolean value, returns true if the page was changed, otherwise, returns false.
Example
See getColorConvertAction on page 299 for an example.
createDataObject
5.0
Creates a Data object. Data objects can be constructed ad hoc. This is useful if the data is being created in JavaScript from sources other than an external file (for example, ADBC database calls). Related objects, properties, and methods are dataObjects, getDataObject, openDataObject, importDataObject, removeDataObject, getDataObjectContents, and setDataObjectContents, and the Data object.
JavaScript API
createTemplate 280
Parameters
cName cValue cMIMEType cCryptFilter
The name to associate with the data object. A string containing the data to be embedded. (optional) The MIME type of the data. The default is text/plain. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) The language-independent name of a crypt filter to use when encrypting this data object. This crypt filter must have previously been added to the documents list of crypt filters, using the Doc addRecipientListCryptFilter method, otherwise an exception will be thrown. The predefined Identity crypt filter can be used so that this data object is not encrypted in a file that is otherwise encrypted by the Doc encryptForRecipients method.
Example
this.createDataObject("MyData.txt", "This is some data.");
createTemplate
5.0
Note: In Adobe Reader 5.1 and later, this method was allowed with Advanced Form Features rights. Beginning with version 7.0 of Adobe Reader, this method is not allowed and will throw a NotAllowedError exception. Creates a visible template from the specified page. See also the templates property, the getTemplate and removeTemplate methods, and the Template object. Note: This method can only be executed during a batch or console event. (See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.) The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
cName nPage
The name to be associated with this page. (optional) The 0-based index of the page to operate on. The default is 0, the first page in the document.
Returns
The newly created Template object.
JavaScript API
deletePages 281
Example
Convert all pages beginning with page 2 to hidden templates. As the templates are hidden, this.numPages is updated to reflect that change in the number of (visible) pages. Notice that in the loop below, only page 2 is made a template and then hidden. The next page will become the new page 2.
numNewTemplates = this.numPages - 2; for ( var i = 0; i < numNewTemplates; i++) { var t = this.createTemplate({cName:"myTemplate"+i, nPage:2 }); t.hidden = true; }
deletePages
5.0
Deletes pages from the document. If neither page of the range is specified, the first page (page 0) is deleted. See also insertPages, extractPages, and replacePages. Note: You cannot delete all pages in a document; there must be at least one page remaining. (Acrobat 6.0): Beginning with version 6.0, this method deletes spawned pages from within Adobe Reader for documents with forms usage rights enabled.
Parameters
nStart nEnd
(optional) The 0-based index of the first page in the range of pages to be deleted. The default is 0, the first page in the document. (optional) The last page in the range of pages to be deleted. If nEnd is not specified, only the page specified by nStart is deleted.
Example
Delete pages 1 through 3 (base 0), inclusive.
this.deletePages({nStart: 1, nEnd: 3});
deleteSound
5.0
Deletes the Sound object with the specified name from the document. See also sounds, getSound, importSound, and the Sound object.
Parameters
cName
JavaScript API
embedDocAsDataObject 282
Example
this.deleteSound("Moo");
embedDocAsDataObject
7.0
Embeds the specified document as a Data Object in the document. Note: For Adobe Reader 7.0 and later, this method is allowed if the document has file attachment rights, but the document to be embedded must have document Save rights in case it has changed.
Parameters
cName oDoc cCryptFilter
The name to associate with the data object. The document to embed as a data object. (optional) The language-independent name of a crypt filter to use when encrypting this data object. This crypt filter must have previously been added to the documents list of crypt filters, using the addRecipientListCryptFilter method, otherwise an exception will be thrown. The predefined Identity crypt filter can be used so that this data object is not encrypted in a file that is otherwise encrypted by the encryptForRecipients method. (optional) If true, an alert may be shown if oDoc requires saving and the permissions do not allow it to be saved. Default value is false.
bUI
Example
An envelope file that includes a myFilter crypt filter has been previously authored and has been included in the current document.
var authorEmail = "johndoe@example.com"; var envelopeDoc = this.openDataObject( "envelope" ); envelopeDoc.embedDocAsDataObject( "attachment", this, "myFilter" ); envelopeDoc.title.Author = authorEmail; envelopeDoc.mailDoc({ cTo: "support@example.com", cSubject: "Application from " + authorEmail });
embedOutputIntent
8.0
Embeds a color profile as a PDF/X Output Intent (see the PDF Reference, version 1.7).
JavaScript API
encryptForRecipients 283
Parameters
outputIntentColorSpace
A string containing the description of the profile to use for the output intent. A list of available color profiles can be obtained from the printColorProfiles property of the app object, page 93.
Example
Embed a color profile.
this.embedOutputIntent("U.S. Sheetfed Coated v2")
encryptForRecipients
6.0
Encrypts the document for the specified lists of recipients, using the public-key certificates of each recipient. Encryption does not take place until the document is saved. Recipients can be placed into groups and each group can have its own unique permission settings. This method throws an exception if it is unsuccessful. Note: This method is available from batch, console and app initialization events. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32. See also the createDataObject method, the security.chooseRecipientsDialog method, and the Data object.
Parameters
oGroups bMetaData bUI
An array of generic Group objects that list the recipients for which the document is to be encrypted. (optional) If true (the default), document metadata should be encrypted. Setting this value to false will produce a document that can only be viewed in Acrobat 6.0 or later. (optional) If true, the handler displays the user interface, in which the user can select the recipients for whom to encrypt the document. The default value is false.
Returns
true, if successful, otherwise an exception is thrown.
Group object
A generic JavaScript object that allows a set of permissions to be attached to a list of recipients for which a document or data is to be encrypted. This object is passed to encryptForRecipients and returned by security.chooseRecipientsDialog. It contains the following properties. Property
permissions userEntities
Description A Permissions object with the permissions for the group. An array of UserEntity objects, the users to whom the permissions apply.
JavaScript API
encryptForRecipients 284
Permissions object
A generic JavaScript object that contains a set of permissions, used in a Group object. It contains the following properties. The default value for all Boolean properties is false. Property
allowAll
Type Boolean
Access R/W
Description Specifies whether full, unrestricted access is permitted. If true, overrides all other properties. Specifies whether content access for the visually impaired is permitted. If true, allows content to be extracted for use by applications that, for example, read text aloud. Specifies whether content copying and extraction is permitted. What changes are allowed to be made to the document. Values are:
none documentAssembly fillAndSign editNotesFillAndSign all
allowAccessibility
Boolean
R/W
allowContentExtraction
Boolean String
R/W R/W
allowChanges
allowPrinting
String
R/W
What the allowed printing security level is for the document. Values are:
none lowQuality highQuality
Example
Encrypt all strings and streams in the document. This will produce a file that can be opened with Acrobat 5.0 and later:
var sh = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKMS" ); var dir = sh.directories[0]; var dc = dir.connect(); dc.setOutputFields({oFields:["certificates"]}); var importantUsers = dc.search({oParams:{lastName:"Smith"}}); var otherUsers = dc.search({oParams: {lastName:"Jones" }}); this.encryptForRecipients({ oGroups : [ {userEntities:importantUsers,permissions:{allowAll:true }}, {userEntities: otherUsers, permissions:{allowPrinting:"highQuality"}} ], bMetaData : true });
JavaScript API
encryptUsingPolicy 285
encryptUsingPolicy
7.0
Encrypts the document using a specified policy object and handler. This method may require user interaction and may result in a new security policy being created. Note: This method can be executed only during a batch, console or application initialization event. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Parameters
oPolicy
The policy object to use when encrypting the document. It may be a SecurityPolicy object returned from chooseSecurityPolicy or getSecurityPolicies. This parameter may also be a generic object with the policyId property defined. If a predefined policy ID is passed, the associated policy is retrieved and used. If the policy ID passed is unknown, an error is returned. There is a predefined policy ID that has a special behavior. If policyId is set to adobe_secure_for_recipients, a new policy will be created by the Adobe LiveCycle Policy Server. (A Policy Server must be configured for publishing.) Note: If this special policy ID is used and oGroups is null, an error will be returned.
oGroups
(optional) An array of Group objects that the handler should use when applying the policy. The exact behavior depends on the policy used and the handler involved. The Group object may have embedded permission information. Whether that information is used depends on the policy and associated security handler. The default value is null. (optional) The SecurityHandler object to be used for encryption. This will result in failure if this handler does not match the handler name specified in the oPolicy object. If not specified, the default object associated with this handler will be used. If you are using the APS security handler, you can create a new SecurityHandler ahead of time, authenticate to a server not configured in Acrobat through the login call, and then pass that SecurityHandler in oHandler. This would allow you to use policies that are not defined on the server Acrobat is configured to use. If you are using the PPKLite security handler, you could create a new SecurityHandler ahead of time, open a digital ID file not configured in Acrobat through the login call, and then pass that SecurityHandler in oHandler. This would allow you to use certificates contained in the digital ID file but not in Acrobat.
oHandler
bUI
(optional) If true, the user interface may be displayed (for example, for authentication). If false, the user interface will not be displayed. If user interaction is required but not allowed, an error is returned. The default value is false.
JavaScript API
encryptUsingPolicy 286
Returns
The value returned is a SecurityPolicyResults object, which has the following properties. Property
errorCode
Type Integer
Description The error code returned from the handler implementing the policy. There are three possible errors: 0 = Success.
errorText is not defined. unknownRecipients may be defined. policyApplied is defined.
1 = Failure.
errorText is defined. unknownRecipients may be defined. policyApplied is not defined.
String Object
The localized error description, if defined. See errorCode for when this is defined. The SecurityPolicy object applied, if defined. If the policy passed in was adobe_secure_for_recipients, a new policy was created by the call and the corresponding policy object will be returned here. See errorCode for when this is defined. Recipients passed in that could not be used when applying the policy, if defined. See errorCode for when this is defined.
policyApplied
unknownRecipients
Recipients object
Example 1
Encrypt a newly created document using a chosen policy.
var doc = app.newDoc(); var policy = security.chooseSecurityPolicy(); var results = doc.encryptUsingPolicy( { oPolicy: policy } ); if ( results.errorCode == 0) console.println("The policy applied was: " + results.policyApplied.name);
Example 2
Encrypt a newly created document using a template policy. (A LiveCycle Policy Server must be configured for publishing before running this example.)
var doc = app.newDoc(); var groups = [ { userEntities: [{email:"jdoe@example.com"}, {email:"bsmith@example.com"} ]} ];
JavaScript API
exportAsFDF 287
var policy = { policyId: "adobe_secure_for_recipients" }; var results = doc.encryptUsingPolicy({ oPolicy: policy, oGroups: groups, bUI: true }); if ( results.errorCode == 0) console.println("The policy applied was: " + results.policyApplied.name);
exportAsFDF
4.0
Exports form fields as an FDF file to the local hard drive. Note: If the cPath parameter is specified, this method can only be executed during batch and console events. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
bAllFields bNoPassword aFields
(optional) If true, all fields are exported, including those that have no value. If false (the default), excludes those fields that currently have no value. (optional) If true (the default), do not include text fields that have the password flag set in the exported FDF file. (optional) The array of field names to submit or a string containing a single field name:
If specified, only these fields are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword. If aFields is an empty array, no fields are exported. The FDF file might still contain data, depending on the bAnnotations parameter. If this parameter is omitted or is null, all fields in the form are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword.
Specify non-terminal field names to export an entire subtree of fields (see the example below).
bFlags cPath
(optional) If true, field flags are included in the exported FDF file. The default is false. (optional) A string specifying the device-independent path for the file. The path may be relative to the location of the current document. If the parameter is omitted, a dialog box is shown to let the user select the file. Note: The parameter cPath must have a safe path (see Safe path on page 31) and have a .fdf extension. This method will throw a NotAllowedError (see Error object) exception if these security conditions are not met, and the method will fail.
bAnnotations
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) If true, annotations are included in the exported FDF file. The default is false.
JavaScript API
exportAsFDFStr 288
Example 1
Export the entire form (including empty fields) with flags.
this.exportAsFDF(true, true, null, true);
Example 2
Export the name subtree with no flags.
this.exportAsFDF(false, true, "name");
This example shows a shortcut to exporting a whole subtree. By passing name as part of the aFields parameter, fields such as name.title, name.first, name.middle, and name.last are exported.
exportAsFDFStr
8.0 Computes the same results as calling the doc.exportAsFDF method, but returns the results as a string instead of saving to a file.
Parameters
bAllFields bNoPassword aFields
(optional) If true, all fields are exported, including those that have no value. If false (the default), excludes those fields that currently have no value. (optional) If true (the default), do not include text fields that have the password flag set in the exported FDF file. (optional) The array of field names to submit or a string containing a single field name:
If specified, only these fields are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword. If aFields is an empty array, no fields are exported. The FDF file might still contain data, depending on the bAnnotations parameter. If this parameter is omitted or is null, all fields in the form are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword.
Specify non-terminal field names to export an entire subtree of fields (see the example below).
bFlags bAnnotations cHRef
(optional) If true, field flags are included in the exported FDF file. The default is false. Must be false, which is the default. Annotations are not supported. When supplied, its value is inserted as the source or target file of the returned FDF expression (i.e., the value of the F key in the FDF dictionary).
JavaScript API
exportAsText 289
Returns
The contents of the file as would be produced by the doc.exportAsFDF method, returned as a string. If supplied, the cHRef parameter is inserted as the value of the F key in the FDF dictionary. If not supplied, the F key contains the value as doc.exportAsFDF would produce.
Example
Get form data for the fields FirstName, LastName and Address in FDF format as a string.
var cFDF = this.exportAsFDFStr({ aFields: ["FirstName", "LastName", "Address"], cHRef: "http://www.example.com/formcatalog/ThisFormName.pdf" });
exportAsText
6.0
Exports form fields as a tab-delimited text file to a local hard disk. The text file that is created follows the conventions specified by Microsoft Excel. In particular, exportAsText correctly handles quotes and multiline text fields. This method writes two lines to the text file, the first line is a tab-delimited list of the names of the fields specified by aFields, the second line is a tab-delimited list of the values of the fields. Note: If the cPath parameter is specified, this method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32. The event object includes a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
bNoPassword aFields
(optional) If true (the default), do not include text fields that have the password flag set in the exported text file. (optional) The array of field names to submit or a string containing a single field name:
If specified, only these fields are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword. If aFields is an empty array, no fields are exported. If this parameter is omitted or is null, all fields in the form are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword.
cPath
(optional) A string specifying the device-independent path for the file. The path may be relative to the location of the current document. If the parameter is omitted, a dialog box is shown to let the user select the file. Note: The parameter cPath is must have a safe path (see Safe path on page 31) and have a .txt extension. This method will throw a NotAllowedError (see Error object) exception if these security conditions are not met, and the method will fail.
JavaScript API
exportAsXFDF 290
Example
To export all fields to a tab-delimited file, execute the following script in the console:
this.exportAsText();
To create a tab-delimited file with more than just one data line, see the Example on page 300.
exportAsXFDF
5.0
Exports form fields as an XFDF file to the local hard drive. XFDF is an XML representation of Acrobat form data. See the document XML Form Data Format Specification (see Related documentation on page 28). There is an import version of this same method, importAnXFDF. Note: If the cPath parameter is specified, this method can only be executed during batch and console events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
bAllFields bNoPassword aFields
(optional) If true, all fields are exported, including those that have no value. If false (the default), excludes those fields that currently have no value. (optional) If true (the default), do not include text fields that have the password flag set in the exported XFDF. (optional) The array of field names to submit or a string containing a single field name:
If specified, only these fields are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword. If aFields is an empty array, no fields are exported. The XFDF file might still contain data, depending on the bAnnotations parameter. If this parameter is omitted or is null, all fields in the form are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword.
(optional) A string specifying the device-independent path for the file. The path may be relative to the location of the current document. If the parameter is omitted, a dialog box is shown to let the user select the file. Note: The parameter cPath must have a safe path (see Safe path on page 31) and have a .xfdf extension. This method will throw a NotAllowedError (see Error object) exception if these security conditions are not met, and the method will fail.
bAnnotations
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) If true, annotations are included in the exported XFDF file. The default is false.
JavaScript API
exportAsXFDFStr 291
exportAsXFDFStr
8.0 Computes the same results as calling the doc.exportAsXFDF method, but returns the results as a string instead of saving to a file.
Parameters
bAllFields bNoPassword aFields
(optional) If true, all fields are exported, including those that have no value. If false (the default), excludes those fields that currently have no value. (optional) If true (the default), do not include text fields that have the password flag set in the exported XFDF file. (optional) The array of field names to submit or a string containing a single field name:
If specified, only these fields are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword. If aFields is an empty array, no fields are exported. The XFDF file might still contain data, depending on the bAnnotations parameter. If this parameter is omitted or is null, all fields in the form are exported, except those excluded by bNoPassword.
Must be false, which is the default. Annotations are not supported. When supplied, its value is inserted as the source or target file of the returned XFDF expression (i.e., the value of the href attribute of the f element child of the xfdf element).
Returns
The contents of the file as would be produced by the doc.exportAsXFDF method, returned as a string. If supplied, the cHRef parameter is inserted as the value of the href attribute of the f element child of the xfdf element. If not supplied, the href attribute of the f element key contains the value as doc.exportAsXFDF would produce.
Example
Get the values of the form fields FirstName, LastName and Address in XFDF format as a string.
var cXFDF = this.exportAsXFDFStr({ aFields: ["FirstName", "LastName", "Address"], cHRef: "http://www.example.com/formcatalog/ThisFormName.pdf" });
JavaScript API
exportDataObject 292
exportDataObject
5.0
Extracts the specified data object to an external file. Related objects, properties, and methods are dataObjects, openDataObject, createDataObject, removeDataObject, importDataObject, getDataObjectContents, and setDataObjectContents, and the Data object. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, if the parameter cDIPath is non-null, a NotAllowedError (see Error object) exception is thrown and the method fails. If cDIPath is not passed to this method, a file selection dialog box opens to allow the user to select a save path for the embedded data object.
Parameters
cName cDIPath
The name of the data object to extract. (optional) A device-independent path to which to extract the data object. This path may be absolute or relative to the current document. If not specified, the user is prompted to specify a save location. Note: (Acrobat 6.0) The use of this parameter is no longer supported and should not be used. See the security notes above.
bAllowAuth
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) If true, a dialog box is used to obtain user authorization. Authorization may be required if the data object was encrypted using the encryptForRecipients method. Authorization dialog boxes are allowed if bAllowAuth is true. The default value is false. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) nLaunch controls whether the file is launched, or opened, after it is saved. Launching may involve opening an external application if the file is not a PDF file. The values of nLaunch are:
nLaunch
If the value is 0, the file will not be launched after it is saved. If the value is 1, the file will be saved and then launched. Launching will prompt the user with a security alert warning if the file is not a PDF file. The user will be prompted for a save path. If the value is 2, the file will be saved and then launched. Launching will prompt the user with a security alert warning if the file is not a PDF file. A temporary path is used, and the user will not be prompted for a save path. The temporary file that is created will be deleted by Acrobat upon application shutdown.
Example 1
Prompt the user for a file and location to extract to.
this.exportDataObject("MyData");
JavaScript API
exportXFAData 293
Example 3
When a file attachment is imported using the importDataObject method, the value of its Data.name property is assigned by that methods cName parameter. However, when a file is attached using the UI, its name is automatically assigned. The attachments are assigned the sequential names Untitled Object, Untitled Object 2, Untitled Object 3, and so on. To export a file attached through the UI, the name of the attachment must be found. For the code that follows, the last file attached by the UI, if any, is exported.
var d = this.dataObjects; if ( d == null ) console.println("No file attachments"); else { for ( var i = d.length - 1; i>=0; i--) if ( d[i].name.indexOf("Untitled Object") != -1 ) break; if ( i != -1 ) this.exportDataObject(d[i].name); else console.println("No attachment was embedded by UI"); }
exportXFAData
6.0
Exports the XFA data (if any) from the document and saves it as an XDP file. Note: When exporting XFA data from Adobe Reader, the document must have export form rights. If the cPath parameter is specified, this method can only be executed during batch, console or menu events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
cPath
(optional) A device-independent path for the file. The path may be relative to the document. If this parameter is omitted, a dialog box is shown to let the user select the file. The path must meet the following conditions:
It must be a safe path (see Safe path on page 31). If bXDP is true, the file name must have an .xdp extension. If bXDP is false, the file name must have an .xml extension.
This method throws a NotAllowedError (see Error object) exception if these conditions are not met.
JavaScript API
exportXFAData 294
bXDP aPackets
(optional) If true (the default), the data is exported in XDP format. Otherwise, it is exported in plain XML data format. (optional) An array of strings specifying the packets to include in the XDP export. This parameter is applicable only if bXDP is true. Possible strings are:
template datasets stylesheet xfdf sourceSet pdf config *
If pdf is specified, the PDF file is embedded. Otherwise, only a link to the PDF file is included in the XDP file. If xfdf is specified, annotations are included in the XDP file (since that packet uses XFDF format). If * is specified, all packets are included in the XDP file. However, the default for the pdf packet is to include it as a reference. To embed the PDF file in the XDP file, explicitly specify pdf as one of the packets. Note: (Save rights required) When exporting in the XDP format from Adobe Reader, the document must have document save rights only in the case where pdf is listed explicitly. The default for this parameter is: ["datasets", "xfdf"].
Example
Export XFA data. In the following example, all packets are included. However, the PDF document is referenced, not embedded:
this.exportXFAData({ cPath: "/c/temp/myData.xdp", bXDP: true, aPackets: ["*"] })
In this example, all packets are included, with the PDF document embedded in the XDP file.
this.exportXFAData({ cPath: "/c/temp/myData.xdp", bXDP: true, aPackets: ["*","pdf"] })
JavaScript API
extractPages 295
extractPages
5.0
Creates a new document consisting of pages extracted from the current document. If a page range is not specified, the method extracts all pages in the document. See also deletePages, insertPages, and replacePages. Note: If the cPath parameter is specified, this method can only be executed during a batch and console event, or through an external call (for example, OLE). See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
nStart
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of the range of pages to extract from the source document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of the range of pages to extract from the source document. If only nEnd is specified, the range of pages is 0 to nEnd. (optional) The device-independent path to save the new document. The path name may be relative to the location of the current document. Note: The parameter cPath must have a safe path (see Safe path on page 31) and have a .pdf extension. This method will throw a NotAllowedError (see Error object) exception if these security conditions are not met, and the method will fail.
nEnd cPath
Returns
If cPath is not specified, returns the Doc for the new document; otherwise, returns the null object.
Example
The following batch sequence takes each of the selected files, extracts each page, and saves the page in a folder with a unique name. It could be used, for example, when the clients one-page bills are produced by an application and placed in a single PDF file. The client wants to separate the pages for distribution or for separate printing jobs.
/* Extract pages to folder */ // Regular expression used to acquire the base name of file var re = /\.pdf$/i; // filename is the base name of the file Acrobat is working on var filename = this.documentFileName.replace(re,""); try {for (var i = 0; i < this.numPages; i++) this.extractPages({ nStart: i, cPath: "/F/temp/"+filename+"_" + i +".pdf" }); } catch (e) { console.println("Aborted: " + e) }
JavaScript API
flattenPages 296
flattenPages
5.0
Converts all annotations in a page range to page contents. If a page range is not specified, all annotations in the document are converted. Note: Great care must be used when using this method. All annotationsincluding form fields, comments, and linkson the specified range of pages are flattened. They may have appearances, but they will no longer be annotations.
Parameters
nStart
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages in the current document. If only nStart is specified, the page range is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages in the current document. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) This parameter determines how to handle non-printing annotations. Values are
0 (default) Non-printing annotations are flattened. 1 Non-printing annotations are left as is. 2 Non-printing annotations are removed from the document.
nEnd nNonPrint
Example
Flatten all pages in the document.
this.flattenPages();
getAnnot
5.0 Returns an Annotation object contained on a specific document page.
Parameters
nPage cName
The page that contains the Annotation object. The name of the Annotation object.
Returns
The Annotation object, or null if there is no such annotation.
JavaScript API
getAnnot3D 297
Example
Attempt to get a particular annotation.
var ann = this.getAnnot(0, "OnMarketShare"); if (ann == null) console.println("Not Found!") else console.println("Found it! type: " + ann.type);
getAnnot3D
7.0 Gets an Annot3D object with a given name from a given page.
Parameters
nPage cName
The 0-based page number that contains the Annot3D object. The name of the Annot3D object.
Returns
The Annot3D object, or undefined if there is no such annotation.
getAnnots
5.0 Gets an array of Annotation objects satisfying specified criteria. See also getAnnot and syncAnnotScan.
Parameters
nPage nSortBy
(optional) A 0-based page number. If specified, gets only annotations on the given page. If not specified, gets annotations that meet the search criteria from all pages. (optional) A sort method applied to the array. Values are:
ANSB_None (default) Do not sort; equivalent to not specifiying this parameter. ANSB_Page Use the page number as the primary sort criteria. ANSB_Author Use the author as the primary sort criteria. ANSB_ModDate Use the modification date as the primary sort criteria. ANSB_Type Use the annotation type as the primary sort criteria.
JavaScript API
getAnnots3D 298
bReverse nFilterBy
(optional) If true, causes the array to be reverse sorted with respect to nSortBy. (optional) Gets only annotations satisfying certain criteria. Values are:
ANFB_ShouldNone (default) Get all annotations. Equivalent of not specifying
this parameter.
ANFB_ShouldPrint Only include annotations that can be printed. ANFB_ShouldView Only include annotations that can be viewed. ANFB_ShouldEdit Only include annotations that can be edited. ANFB_ShouldAppearInPanel Only annotations that appear in the
annotations pane.
ANFB_ShouldSummarize Only include annotations that can be included in a
summary.
ANFB_ShouldExport Only include annotations that can be included in an
export.
Returns
An array of Annotation objects, or null if none are found.
Example
Acquire all annotations on the first page, and write information to the console.
this.syncAnnotScan(); var annots = this.getAnnots({ nPage:0, nSortBy: ANSB_Author, bReverse: true }); console.show(); console.println("Number of Annotations: " + annots.length); var msg = "%s in a %s annot said: \"%s\""; for (var i = 0; i < annots.length; i++) console.println(util.printf(msg, annots[i].author, annots[i].type, annots[i].contents));
getAnnots3D
7.0 Returns an array of Annot3D objects for a page.
Parameters
nPage
JavaScript API
getColorConvertAction 299
Returns
An array of Annot3D objects, or undefined if none is found.
getColorConvertAction
8.0
Gets a colorConvertAction object that reflects default color conversion settings. See colorConvertPage, which takes two arrays of colorConvertAction objects as parameters.
Returns
A colorConvertAction object
Example
Get a colorConvertAction object, set it up to convert everything to RGB. (Note that we do not convert any alternate spaces, hence the space type match is for anything but alternate spaces.)
// Get a color convert action var toRGB = this.getColorConvertAction(); // Set up the action for a conversion to RGB toRGB.matchAttributesAny = -1; toRGB.matchSpaceTypeAny = ~toRGB.constants.spaceFlags.AlternateSpace; toRGB.matchIntent = toRGB.constants.renderingIntents.Any; toRGB.convertProfile = "Apple RGB"; toRGB.convertIntent = toRGB.constants.renderingIntents.Document; toRGB.embed = true; toRGB.preserveBlack = false; toRGB.useBlackPointCompensation = true; toRGB.action = toRGB.constants.actions.Convert; // Convert the first page of the document var result = this.colorConvertPage(0,[toRGB],[]);
getDataObject
5.0 Obtains a specific Data object. See also dataObjects, createDataObject, exportDataObject, importDataObject, and removeDataObject.
Parameters
cName
JavaScript API
getDataObjectContents 300
Returns
The Data object corresponding to the specified name.
Example
Get a specific file attachment, and write various information to the console.
var MyData = this.getDataObject("MyData"); console.show(); console.clear(); for (var i in MyData) console.println("MyData." + i + "=" + MyData[i]);
getDataObjectContents
7.0 Allows access to the contents of the file attachment associated with a DataObject.
Parameters
cName bAllowAuth
The name associated with the Data object to get. (optional) The default value is false. If true, a dialog box is used to obtain user authorization. Authorization may be required if the data object was encrypted using encryptForRecipients. Authorization dialog boxes are allowed if bAllowAuth is true.
Returns
ReadStream object
Related objects, properties, and methods are dataObjects, getDataObject, openDataObject, createDataObject, importDataObject, setDataObjectContents, and removeDataObject, and the Data object.
Example
This code is part of a circulating memo. A PDF file is circulated among members on an email list. Each recipient enters a budget figure, then forwards the document to the next person on the list. Before the document is sent, the budget number is appended to an embedded tab-delimited document, budget.xls, an attachment to this document. The last recipient can open the attachment, budget.xls, in a spreadsheet application to view the various budget numbers.
// Get the name and department of the current recipient var firstName = this.getField("Name.First").value; var lastName = this.getField("Name.Last").value; var deptName = this.getField("Dept.Name").value; // Get the budget number var deptBudget = this.getField("Dept.Budget").value; if ( app.viewerVersion >= 7 ) { // Get the file stream object of the embedded file var oFile = this.getDataObjectContents("budget.xls");
JavaScript API
getField 301
// Convert to a string var myBudget = util.stringFromStream(oFile, "utf-8"); // Append current data to the end, using tabs to separate info var myBudget = myBudget + "\r\n" + firstName + "\t" + lastName + "\t" + deptName + "\t" + deptBudget; // Convert back to a file stream var oFile = util.streamFromString(myBudget, "uft-8"); // Now "overwrite" budget.xls this.setDataObjectContents("budget.xls", oFile); } else { app.alert("Acrobat 7.0 or later is required." + " Your budget data will not be included. " + "Will e-mail on to the next correspondent, sorry. " + "Send in your budget request using traditional methods."); }
The rest of the code, not shown, saves the document and sends it to the next person on the mailing list. This example uses getDataObjectContents, setDataObjectContents, util.stringFromStream, and util.streamFromString.
getField
3.01 Maps a Field object in the PDF document to a JavaScript variable. Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, this method can return the Field object of an individual widget. For more information, see Field object.
Parameters
cName
Returns
A Field object representing a form field in the PDF document.
Example 1
Make a text field multiline and triple its height
var f = this.getField("myText"); var aRect = f.rect; f.multiline = true; var height = aRect[1]-aRect[3]; aRect[3] -= 2* height; f.rect = aRect; // // // // // Get bounding rectangle Make it multiline Calculate height Triple the height of the text field and make it so
JavaScript API
getIcon 302
Example 3
List all properties of a field. This technique can be used to programmatically duplicate a field and its properties.
f = this.getField("myField"); for ( var i in f ) { try { if ( typeof f[i] != "function" ) // Do not list field methods console.println( i + ":" + f[i] ) } catch(e) {} // An exception occurs when we get a property that } // does not apply to this field type.
getIcon
5.0 Obtains a specific icon object. See also the icons property, the addIcon, importIcon, and removeIcon methods, and the Field object methods buttonGetIcon, buttonImportIcon, and buttonSetIcon.
Parameters
cName
Returns
An Icon object associated with the specified name in the document or null if no icon of that name exists.
Example
The following is a custom keystroke script from a combo box. The face names of the items in the combo box are the names of some of the icons that populate the document. As the user chooses different items from the combo box, the corresponding icon appears as the button face of the field myPictures.
if (!event.willCommit) { var b = this.getField("myPictures"); var i = this.getIcon(event.change); b.buttonSetIcon(i); }
See the Field object buttonSetIcon method or a more elaborate variation on this example.
JavaScript API
getLegalWarnings 303
getLegalWarnings
6.0 Returns the legal warnings for this document in the form of an object with entries for each warning that has been found in the document. Note: In versions of Acrobat previous to 8.0, Document.getLegalWarnings would dirty the document. The process that analyzes a file to determine this list of warnings is not available in Adobe Reader.
Parameters
bExecute
if true, will cause the file to be examined and all detected warnings will be returned. In Acrobat 8, this examination is done by running a PDF/SigQ conformance check. If false, the default value, the warnings that have been embedded in the file, along with the certifiers attestation (if any) will be returned. In Acrobat 6 and 7, legal warnings can be embedded in a file at the time of certifying (using cLegalAttest of the Field object method signatureSign). In Acrobat 8, the certifier may still embed an attestation, but not the warning themselves. To obtain this attestation, call this method with bExecute=false.
Returns
A DocLegalWarning object containing property names and values of legal warnings. The value of each entry is the number of occurrences of this warning in the document. If bExecute is false, refer to PDF Reference version 1.7 for a list of possible property names. If bExecute is true, the property names correspond to PDF/SigQ level A violations listed below. Note that the warnings listed in PDF Reference version 1.7 intersects but significantly differ from the list below.
DocLegalWarning object
The following properties describe the PDF/SigQ1-A Violations. Property
AlternateImages Annotations
Description Image XObject must not contain an alternate version. The document contains comments. The visual appearances of the comments may change based on external variables. The document contains hidden actions that may not be intended or known by the end user. Actions include JavaScript actions (document open, save, etc.), playing multimedia, executing a menu item, and so on. The document contains hidden actions that will be launched on open. These actions may not be intended or known by the end user. Actions include JavaScript actions (document open, save, etc.), playing multimedia, executing a menu item, and so on.
CatalogHasAA
CatalogHasOpenAction
JavaScript API
getLegalWarnings 304
Property
DevDepGS_FL
Description The extended graphic state of the document uses the FL key. The key is a number that indicates how much flatness tolerance should exist when drawing objects. Content may display differently from Acrobat to other applications. The document uses a PDF transfer function that interprets and replaces color. For example, it could replace black with white. Some or all of the content is encrypted and the encryption method is not available in standard Acrobat installations. For example, the document may be protected by LiveCycle Policy Server. The document contains streams encrypted using the crypt filter. The document contains non-signature form fields. The visual appearance of such fields may change based on external variables. Presentations are not allowed since a presentation may contain animations or other elements that may change document appearance or behavior. Visual elements may change based on external variables. For example, a logo may change color based on time or zoom level. No PostScript XObjects allowed. XFA-based (dynamic forms) documents are not allowed since such forms could alter the documents appearance or behavior. The document contains signed signature fields that may change their visual appearance based on external variables. The document links to images not in the PDF file that are used as alternates. For example, an alternate, high resolution image might be specified for printing. Images and form XObject must not contain an OPI alternate version. Document links to images not in the PDF file. No external XObjects allowed. Document contains external streams. The author has flagged some PDF bytes as a stream which may get data from an external source. The document contains Go To 3D View actions that may be used to change the documents visual appearance through manipulating 3D views without the users knowledge. The document links to external PDF documents on the Internet, file system, or network and it has no control over the nature of that linked content. Embedded Go To actions must not refer to external hierarchies. The document contains Go To actions that may link to external content. The PDF file contains extra bytes after the PDFs end of file marker.
DevDepGS_TR
DocHasCryptFilter
DocHasNonSigField
DocHasPresentation
DocHasPSXObj
DocHasXFA
DynamicSigAP
ExternalOPIdicts
ExternalRefXObjects
ExternalStreams
GoTo3DViewActions
GoToEHasF
GoToRemoteAction InvalidEOF
JavaScript API
getLegalWarnings 305
Property
DevDepGS_FL
Description The extended graphic state of the document uses the FL key. The key is a number that indicates how much flatness tolerance should exist when drawing objects. Content may display differently from Acrobat to other applications. The document uses a PDF transfer function that interprets and replaces color. For example, it could replace black with white. Some or all of the content is encrypted and the encryption method is not available in standard Acrobat installations. For example, the document may be protected by LiveCycle Policy Server. The document contains streams encrypted using the crypt filter. The document contains non-signature form fields. The visual appearance of such fields may change based on external variables. Presentations are not allowed since a presentation may contain animations or other elements that may change document appearance or behavior. Visual elements may change based on external variables. For example, a logo may change color based on time or zoom level. No PostScript XObjects allowed. XFA-based (dynamic forms) documents are not allowed since such forms could alter the documents appearance or behavior. The document contains signed signature fields that may change their visual appearance based on external variables. The document links to images not in the PDF file that are used as alternates. For example, an alternate, high resolution image might be specified for printing. Images and form XObject must not contain an OPI alternate version. Document links to images not in the PDF file. No external XObjects allowed. Document contains external streams. The author has flagged some PDF bytes as a stream which may get data from an external source. The document contains Go To 3D View actions that may be used to change the documents visual appearance through manipulating 3D views without the users knowledge. The document links to external PDF documents on the Internet, file system, or network and it has no control over the nature of that linked content. Embedded Go To actions must not refer to external hierarchies. The document contains Go To actions that may link to external content. The PDF file contains extra bytes after the PDFs end of file marker.
DevDepGS_TR
DocHasCryptFilter
DocHasNonSigField
DocHasPresentation
DocHasPSXObj
DocHasXFA
DynamicSigAP
ExternalOPIdicts
ExternalRefXObjects
ExternalStreams
GoTo3DViewActions
GoToEHasF
GoToRemoteAction InvalidEOF
JavaScript API
getLegalWarnings 306
Property
InvalidFileHeader JavaScriptActions
Description The PDF file contains extra bytes before the PDFs file header. The document contains JavaScript actions that may be launched without the users knowledge. The document contains Launch File Attachment actions. Malformed drawing instructions: Syntax error. The page content violates the grammar for page content definition. For example, the instruction might specify drawing a square but the syntax for doing it is incorrect. The document contains Launch Movie actions that may be launched without the users knowledge. Document contains non-embedded fonts. When the document opens on a system that does not have the requisite fonts, Acrobat will replace them with some other font. Users should always turn on font-related warnings. The content of the document is divided into layers that can be silently displayed or hidden on the fly. A page contains hidden actions that may not be intended or known by the end user. Actions include JavaScript actions (document open, save, etc.), playing multimedia, executing a menu item, and so on. The document contains rendition actions that may be used to launch movies without the users knowledge. The document contains SetOCState actions that may be used to change the documents visual appearance by modifying layers visibility without the users knowledge. A signature field contains actions that could be invoked by mouse over or other user interaction. Actions include JavaScript actions (document open, save, etc.), playing multimedia, executing a menu item, and so on. A signature field contains actions that could be invoked by clicking. Actions include JavaScript actions (document open, save, etc.), playing multimedia, executing a menu item, and so on. The document contains launch sound actions. This document uses TrueType fonts. TrueType and TrueType-based OpenType fonts are not allowed because they are programs and may change the document's appearance based on external variables. This restriction is not required by PDF/SigQ and is not reported unless the preference setting security\DigSig\bTrueTypeFontPDFSigQWarn is set to 1.
LaunchActions MalformedContentStm
MovieActions
NonEmbeddedFonts
OptionalContent
PageHasAA
RenditionActions
SetOCStateActions
SigFieldHasAA
SigFieldHasAction
SoundActions TrueTypeFonts
JavaScript API
getLinks 307
Property
UnknownNamedAction
Description The document contains named actions that may launch menu items without the user's knowledge. Unrecognized PDF content: The document contains PDF content or custom content not supported by the current version of Acrobat. The document may have been created by a later version of Acrobat (PDF 1.8 or above). Unrecognized drawing operator: The document contains PDF content or custom content not supported by the current version of Acrobat. The document may have been created by a later version of Acrobat. The document contains Launch URI actions that links to external content. The document author has enabled image interpolation. No image interpolation is allowed.
UnknownPDFContent
UnknownPDFContentStmOp
URIActions
XObjHasInterpolate
Example
Process a document and get legal PDF warnings.
var w = this.getLegalWarnings( true ); console.println( "Actual Legal PDF Warnings:" ); for(i in w) console.println( i + " = " + w[i] ); var w1 = this.getLegalWarnings( false ); console.println( "Declared Legal PDF Warnings:" ); for(i in w1) console.println( i + " = " + w1[i] ); // For a certification signature, note also if annotations are // allowed by MDP settings var f = this.getField( "AuthorSig" ); var s = f.signatureInfo(); if( s.mdp == "defaultAndComments" ) console.println( "Annotations are allowed" ); // What does the author have to say about all this? console.println( "Legal PDF Attestation:" ); console.println( w1.Attestation );
getLinks
6.0 Gets an array of Link objects that are enclosed within specified coordinates on a page. See also addLink and removeLinks.
JavaScript API
getNthFieldName 308
Parameters
nPage oCoords
The page that contains the Link objects. The first page is 0. An array of four numbers in rotated user space, the coordinates of a rectangle listed in the following order: upper-left x, upper-left y, lower-right x and lower-right y.
Returns
An array of Link objects.
Example
Count the number of links in a document and report to the console.
var numLinks=0; for ( var p = 0; p < this.numPages; p++) { var b = this.getPageBox("Crop", p); var l = this.getLinks(p, b); console.println("Number of Links on page " + p +" is " + l.length); numLinks += l.length; } console.println("Number of Links in Document is " + numLinks);
getNthFieldName
4.0 Gets the name of the nth field in the document. See also numFields.
Parameters
nIndex
Returns
The name of the field in the document.
Example
Enumerate through all of the fields in the document.
for (var i = 0; i < this.numFields; i++) console.println("Field[" + i + "] = " + this.getNthFieldName(i));
JavaScript API
getNthTemplate 309
getNthTemplate
X
Note: This method is superseded by the templates property, the getTemplate method, and the Template object. Gets the name of the nth template within the document.
Parameters
nIndex
Returns
The name of the specified template.
getOCGs
6.0 Gets an array of OCG objects found on a specified page. Related methods are getOCGOrder and setOCGOrder, and the OCG object.
Parameters
nPage
(optional) The 0-based page number. If not specified, all the OCGs found in the document are returned. If no argument is passed, returns all OCGs listed in alphabetical order, by name. If nPage is passed, this method returns the OCGs for that page, in the order they were created.
Returns
An array of OCG objects or null if no OCGs are present.
Example
Turn on all the OCGs on the given document and page.
function TurnOnOCGsForPage(doc, nPage) { var ocgArray = doc.getOCGs(nPage); for (var i=0; i < ocgArray.length; i++) ocgArray[i].state = true; }
JavaScript API
getOCGOrder 310
getOCGOrder
7.0 Returns this documents OCGOrder array. This array represents how layers are displayed in the UI. Related methods are getOCGs and setOCGOrder, and the OCG object.
Returns
An array containing OCG objects, strings, and similar subarrays, or null if no OCGs are present. See setOCGOrder for a description of the order array.
getPageBox
5.0 Gets a rectangle in rotated user space that encompasses the named box for the page. See also setPageBoxes.
Parameters
cBox
For definitions of these boxes see the PDF Reference version 1.7.
nPage
(optional) The 0-based index of the page. The default is 0, the first page in the document.
Returns
A rectangle in rotated user space that encompasses the named box for the page.
Example
Get the dimensions of the Media box.
var aRect = this.getPageBox("Media"); var width = aRect[2] - aRect[0]; var height = aRect[1] - aRect[3]; console.println("Page 1 has a width of " + width + " and a height of " + height);
JavaScript API
getPageLabel 311
getPageLabel
5.0 Gets page label information for the specified page.
Parameters
nPage
(optional) The 0-based index of the page. The default is 0, the first page in the document.
Returns
Page label information for the specified page.
Example
See setPageLabels for an example.
getPageNthWord
5.0
Gets the nth word on the page. See also getPageNumWords and selectPageNthWord. Note: This method throws an exception if the document security is set to prevent content extraction.
Parameters
nPage nWord bStrip
(optional) The 0-based index of the page. The default is 0, the first page in the document. (optional) The 0-based index of the word. The default is 0, the first word on the page. (optional) Specifies whether punctuation and white space should be removed from the word before returning. The default is true.
Returns
The nth word on the page.
Example
See Example 2 of spell.checkWord for an example.
JavaScript API
getPageNthWordQuads 312
getPageNthWordQuads
5.0
Gets the quads list for the nth word on the page. The quads property of the Annotation object can be used for constructing text markup, underline, strikeout, highlight and squiggly annotations. See also getPageNthWord, getPageNumWords, and selectPageNthWord. Note: This method throws an exception if the document security is set to prevent content extraction.
Parameters
nPage nWord
(optional) The 0-based index of the page. The default is 0, the first page in the document. (optional) The 0-based index of the word. The default is 0, the first word on the page.
Returns
The quads list for the nth word on the page.
Example
Underline the fifth word on the second page of a document.
var annot = this.addAnnot({ page: 1, type: "Underline", quads: this.getPageNthWordQuads(1, 4), author: "A. C. Robat", contents: "Fifth word on second page" });
getPageNumWords
5.0 Gets the number of words on the page. See also getPageNthWord, getPageNthWordQuads, and selectPageNthWord.
Parameters
nPage
(optional) The 0-based index of the page. The default is 0, the first page in the document.
JavaScript API
getPageRotation 313
Returns
The number of words on the page.
Example
Count the number of words in a document
var cnt=0; for (var p = 0; p < this.numPages; p++) cnt += getPageNumWords(p); console.println("There are " + cnt + " words in this doc.");
getPageRotation
5.0 Gets the rotation of the specified page. See also setPageRotations.
Parameters
nPage
(optional) The 0-based index of the page. The default is 0, the first page in the document.
Returns
The rotation value of 0, 90, 180, or 270.
getPageTransition
5.0 Gets the transition of the specified page. See also setPageTransitions.
Parameters
nPage
(optional) The 0-based index of the page. The default is 0, the first page in the document.
Returns
An array of three values: [ nDuration, cTransition, nTransDuration ].
nDuration is the maximum amount of time the page is displayed before the viewer automatically
turns to the next page. A duration of -1 indicates that there is no automatic page turning.
cTransition is the name of the transition to apply to the page. See the property app.fs.transitions for a list of valid transitions. cTransDuration is the duration (in seconds) of the transition effect.
JavaScript API
getPrintParams 314
getPrintParams
6.0 Gets a PrintParams object that reflects the default print settings. See the print method, which now takes the PrintParams object as its parameter.
Returns
A PrintParams object.
Example
Get the PrintParams object of the default printer.
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.colorOverride = pp.colorOverrides.mono; // Set some properties this.print(pp); // Print
getSound
5.0 Gets the sound object corresponding to the specified name. See also sounds, importSound, deleteSound, and the Sound object.
Parameters
cName
Returns
The Sound object corresponding to the specified name.
Example
Play a sound.
var s = this.getSound("Moo"); console.println("Playing the " + s.name + " sound."); s.play();
getTemplate
5.0 Gets the named template from the document. See also templates, createTemplate, removeTemplate, and the Template object.
JavaScript API
getURL 315
Parameters
cName
Returns
The Template object or null if the named template does not exist in the document.
Example
Try to get a particular template and determine if it is hidden or visible.
var t = this.getTemplate("myTemplate"); if ( t != null ) console.println( "myTemplate exists and is " + eval( '( t.hidden) ? "hidden" : "visible"' ) + "."); else console.println( "myTemplate is not present!");
getURL
4.0
Gets the specified URL over the Internet using a GET. If the current document is being viewed inside the browser or Acrobat Web Capture is not available, the method uses the Acrobat Weblink plug-in to retrieve the requested URL. If running inside Acrobat, the method gets the URL of the current document either from the baseURL, from the URL of the first page (page 0) if the document was obtained by Web Capture, or from the file system. Note: This method does not support URLs that begin with either scheme name javascript or file. Note: This method is not available for Adobe Reader when the bAppend parameter is set to true. This method roughly corresponds to the open a web page action. A related method is app.launchURL.
Parameters
cURL bAppend
A fully qualified URL or a relative URL. There can be a query string at the end of the URL. (optional) If true (the default), the resulting page or pages should be appended to the current document. This flag is considered to be false if the document is running inside the web browser, the Acrobat Web Capture plug-in is not available, or if the URL is of type "file:///". Note: Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, if bAppend is true, the getURL method can only be executed during a console or batch event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
Example
this.getURL("http://www.adobe.com/", false);
JavaScript API
gotoNamedDest 316
gotoNamedDest
3.01 Goes to a named destination within the PDF document. For details on named destinations and how to create them, see the PDF Reference version 1.7.
Parameters
cName
Example
Open a document, and go to a named destination within that document. The example assumes the document being opened by openDoc is disclosed.
// Open a new document var myNovelDoc = app.openDoc("/c/fiction/myNovel.pdf"); // Go to a destination in this new doc myNovelDoc.gotoNamedDest("chapter5"); // Close the old document this.closeDoc();
See Example 6 (Acrobat 8.0) following openDoc on page 133 for a more efficient way of performing this same task.
importAnFDF
4.0
Imports the specified FDF file. See also importAnXFDF and importTextData.
Parameters
cPath
(optional) The device-independent path to the FDF file. It should look like the value of the F entry in an FDF file exported with the submitForm method or with the Forms > Manage Form Data > Export Data From Form menu item. The path may be relative to the location of the current document. If this parameter is omitted, a dialog box is shown to let the user select the file.
Example
The following code, which is an action of a Page Open event, checks whether a certain function, ProcResponse, is already defined, if not, it installs a document-level JavaScript, which resides in an FDF file.
if(typeof ProcResponse == "undefined") this.importAnFDF("myDLJS.fdf");
Here, the path is a relative one. This technique may be useful for automatically installing document-level scripts for PDF files distilled from a PostScript file.
JavaScript API
importAnXFDF 317
importAnXFDF
5.0
Imports the specified XFDF file containing XML form data. XFDF is an XML representation of Acrobat form data. See the document XML Form Data Format (XFDF) Specification (see Related documentation on page 28). See also exportAsXFDF, importAnFDF and importTextData.
Parameters
cPath
(optional) The device-independent path to the XFDF file. The path may be relative to the location of the current document. If the parameter is omitted, a dialog box is shown to let the user select the file.
importDataObject
5.0
Imports an external file into the document and associates the specified name with the data object. Data objects can later be extracted or manipulated. Related objects, properties, and methods are dataObjects, getDataObject, openDataObject, createDataObject, exportDataObject, importDataObject, getDataObjectContents, and setDataObjectContents, and the Data object. Note: If the cDIPath parameter is specified, this method can only be executed during a batch or console event, or through an external call (for example, OLE). See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events. When a file attachment is imported using importDataObject, the value of its Data.name is assigned by the parameter cName. However, when a file is attached using the UI, its name is automatically assigned. The attachments are assigned the sequential names Untitled Object, Untitled Object 2, Untitled Object 3, and so on.
Parameters
cName cDIPath
The name to associate with the data object. (optional) A device-independent path to a data file on the users hard drive. This path may be absolute or relative to the current document. If not specified, the user is prompted to locate a data file. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) The language-independent name of a crypt filter to use when encrypting this data object. This crypt filter must have previously been added to the documents list of crypt filters, using the Doc addRecipientListCryptFilter method, otherwise an exception will be thrown. To leave this data object unencrypted in a file that is encrypted by the Doc encryptForRecipients method, the predefined Identity crypt filter can be used.
cCryptFilter
JavaScript API
importIcon 318
Returns
true on success. An exception is thrown on failure.
Example
Attach two files into current document, and write all Data object information to the console.
function DumpDataObjectInfo(dataobj) { for (var i in dataobj) console.println(dataobj.name + "[" + i + "]=" + dataobj[i]); } // Prompt the user for a data file to embed. this.importDataObject("MyData"); DumpDataObjectInfo(this.getDataObject("MyData")); // Embed Foo.xml (found in the parent directory for this doc). this.importDataObject("MyData2", "../Foo.xml"); DumpDataObjectInfo(this.getDataObject("MyData2"));
importIcon
5.0
Imports an icon into the document and associates it with the specified name. See also icons, addIcon, getIcon, removeIcon, the Field object methods buttonGetIcon, buttonImportIcon, buttonSetIcon, and the Icon object. Beginning with version 6.0, Acrobat will first attempt to open cDIPath as a PDF file. On failure, Acrobat will try to convert cDIPath to PDF from one of the known graphics formats (BMP, GIF, JPEG, PCX, PNG, TIFF) and then import the converted file as a button icon. Note: If cDIPath is specified, this method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of Acrobat JavaScript events.
Parameters
cName cDIPath
The name to associate with the icon. (optional) A device-independent path to a PDF file on the users hard drive. This path may be absolute or relative to the current document. cDIPath may only be specified in a batch environment or from the console. If not specified, the nPage parameter is ignored and the user is prompted to locate a PDF file and browse to a particular page. (optional) The 0-based index of the page in the PDF file to import as an icon. The default is 0.
nPage
JavaScript API
importSound 319
Returns
An integer code indicating whether it was successful or not:
0 No error 1 The user cancelled the dialog box -1 The selected file could not be opened -2 The selected page was invalid
Example
This function is useful to populate a document with a series of named icons for later retrieval. For example, an author may want a picture of a list box state to appear next to the list box when the user selects the state in a list box. Without this function, it could be done by using a number of fields that could be hidden and shown. However, this is difficult to author. Instead, the appropriate script might be something like this:
var f = this.getField("StateListBox"); var b = this.getField("StateButton"); b.buttonSetIcon(this.getIcon(f.value));
This uses a single field to perform the same effect. A simple user interface can be constructed to add named icons to a document. Assume the existence of two fields: a field called IconName that will contain the icon name and a field called IconAdd that will add the icon to the document. The mouse-up script for IconAdd would be:
var t = this.getField("IconName"); this.importIcon(t.value);
The same kind of script can be applied in a batch setting to populate a document with every selected icon file in a folder.
importSound
5.0
Imports a sound into the document and associates the specified name with the sound. Note: If cDIPath is specified, this method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
cName cDIPath
The name to associate with the sound object. (optional) A device-independent path to a sound file on the users hard drive. This path may be absolute or relative to the current document. If not specified, the user is prompted to locate a sound file.
JavaScript API
importTextData 320
Example
Import two sounds and play them.
this.importSound("Moo"); this.getSound("Moo").play(); this.importSound("Moof", "./moof.wav"); this.getSound("Moof").play();
importTextData
5.0
Imports a row of data from a text file. Each row must be tab delimited. The entries in the first row of the text file are the column names of the tab delimited data. These names are also field names for text fields present in the PDF file. The data row numbers are 0-based; that is, the first row of data is row zero (this does not include the column name row). When a row of data is imported, each column datum becomes the field value of the field that corresponds to the column to which the data belongs. See also the export version of this method, exportAsText. Note: (Acrobat 8.0) If cPath is specified, this method can only be executed during batch and console events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
cPath nRow
(optional) A relative device-independent path to the text file. If not specified, the user is prompted to locate the text data file. (optional) The 0-based index of the row of the data to import, not counting the header row. If not specified, the user is prompted to select the row to import.
Returns
An integer return code. Return code -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 Description Warning: Missing Data Warning: User Cancelled Row Select Warning: User Cancelled File Select No Error Error: Cannot Open File Error: Cannot Load Data Error: Invalid Row
JavaScript API
importXFAData 321
Example 1
In this example, there are text fields named First, Middle, and Last, and a data file whose first row consists of the three strings, First, Middle, and Last, separated by tabs, along with four additional rows of tab-separated name data.
First Middle Last A. C. Robat T. A. Croba A. T. Acrob B. A. Tacro // Import the first row of data from "myData.txt". this.importTextData("/c/data/myData.txt", 0)
Example (continued)
The following code is a mouse-up action for a button. Clicking on the button cycles through the text file and populates the three fields First, Middle, and Last with the name data.
if (typeof cnt == "undefined") cnt = 0; this.importTextData("/c/data/textdata.txt", cnt++ % 4)
The same functionality can be obtained using the ADBC object and associated properties and methods. The data file can be a spreadsheet or a database.
importXFAData
6.0
Imports the specified XFA file. See also importAnXFDF and importTextData. Note: This method is only allowed in batch and console events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
Parameters
cPath
(optional) The device-independent path of the XFA file. The path may be relative to the location of the current document. If this parameter is omitted, a dialog box is shown to let the user select the file.
insertPages
5.0
Inserts pages from the source document into the current document. If a page range is not specified, the method gets all pages in the source document. See also deletePages and replacePages. Note: This method can only be executed during batch and console events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
JavaScript API
mailDoc 322
Parameters
nPage cPath nStart
(optional) The 0-based index of the page after which to insert the source document pages. Use -1 to insert pages before the first page of the document. The device-independent path to the PDF file that will provide the inserted pages. The path may be relative to the location of the current document. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages in the source document to insert. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages in the source document to insert. If only nEnd is specified, the range of pages is 0 to nEnd.
nEnd
Example
Insert a cover page to the current document.
this.insertPages ({ nPage: -1, cPath: "/c/temp/myCoverPage.pdf", nStart: 0 });
mailDoc
4.0
Saves the current PDF document and mails it as an attachment to all recipients, with or without user interaction. See also mailForm, app.mailGetAddrs, app.mailMsg, the FDF object mail method and the Report object mail method. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) When this method is executed in a non-privileged context, the bUI parameter is not honored and defaults to true. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. (Save Rights) For Adobe Reader 5.1 and later, this method is allowed, but document Save rights are required in case the document is changed. On Windows, the client computer must have its default mail program configured to be MAPI enabled to use this method.
JavaScript API
mailForm 323
Parameters
bUI
(optional) If true (the default), the rest of the parameters are used in a compose-new-message window that is displayed to the user. If false, the cTo parameter is required and all others are optional. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) When this method is executed in a non-privileged context, the bUI parameter is not honored and defaults to true. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
(optional) The semicolon-delimited list of recipients for the message. (optional) The semicolon-delimited list of CC recipients for the message. (optional) The semicolon-delimited list of BCC recipients for the message. (optional) The subject of the message. The length limit is 64 KB. (optional) The content of the message. The length limit is 64 KB.
Example
Open the compose message window.
this.mailDoc(true);
Send email with the attached PDF file to apstory@example.com and dpsmith@example.com. Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, the code below would have to be executed in a privileged context if the bUI parameter (set to false) is to be honored.
this.mailDoc({ bUI: false, cTo: "apstory@example.com", cCC: "dpsmith@example.com", cSubject: "The Latest News", cMsg: "A.P., attached is my latest news story in PDF." });
mailForm
4.0
Exports the form data and mails the resulting FDF file as an attachment to all recipients, with or without user interaction. The method does not support signed signature fields. See also mailDoc, app.mailGetAddrs, app.mailMsg, the FDF object mail method and the Report object mail method. Note: On Windows, the client machine must have its default mail program configured to be MAPI enabled to use this method.
JavaScript API
movePage 324
Parameters
bUI
If true, the rest of the parameters are used in a compose-new-message window that is displayed to the user. If false, the cTo parameter is required and all others are optional. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) When this method is executed in a non-privileged context, the bUI parameter is not honored and defaults to true. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
(required if bUI is true) A semicolon-delimited list of recipients for the message. (optional) A semicolon-delimited list of CC recipients for the message. (optional) A semicolon-delimited list of BCC recipients for the message. (optional) The subject of the message. The length limit is 64 KB. (optional) The content of the message. The length limit is 64 KB.
Example
Open the compose message window.
this.mailForm(true);
Send the mail with the attached FDF file to fun1@example.com and fun2@example.com.
this.mailForm(false, "fun1@example.com; fun2@example.com", "", "", "This is the subject", "This is the body of the mail.");
movePage
5.0
Parameters
nPage nAfter
(optional) The 0-based index of the page to move. The default is 0. (optional) The 0-based index of the page after which to move the specified page. Use -1 to move the page before the first page of the document. The default is the last page in the document.
Example
Reverse the pages in the document.
for (i = this.numPages - 1; i >= 0; i--) this.movePage(i);
JavaScript API
newPage 325
newPage
6.0
Adds a new page to the active document. Note: This method can only be executed during batch and console events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
Parameters
nPage
(optional) The page after which to add the new page in a 1-based page numbering system. The default is the last page of the document. Use 0 to add a page before the first page. An invalid page range is truncated to the valid range of pages. (optional) The width of the page in points. The default value is 612. (optional) The height of the page in points. The default value is 792.
nWidth nHeight
Example
Add a new page to match the page size of the doc.
var Rect = this.getPageBox("Crop"); this.newPage(0, Rect[2], Rect[1]);
openDataObject
7.0 Returns the Doc of a PDF document that is an embedded data object (an attachment) within the document that this method is being called for. The method can throw an exception instead of returning a Doc if any of the following conditions are true:
The document that this method is being called for does not contain the requested embedded data object. The data object is not a PDF document. Permissions forbid opening attachments by means of JavaScript.
Parameters
cName
The name of a data object is a property of the Data object. A name is given to the object when it is embedded, automatically by the Acrobat UI, or programmatically by the JavaScript methods createDataObject or importDataObject.
JavaScript API
print 326
Returns
Doc or an exception is thrown. Related objects, properties, and methods are dataObjects, getDataObjectContents, setDataObjectContents, createDataObject, and importDataObject, and the Data object.
Example
Open a PDF attachment and extract form data from it.
var oDoc = this.openDataObject("myAttachment"); try { var myField = this.getField("myTextField"); // Get the value of "yourTextField" in PDF attachment var yourField = oDoc.getField("yourTextField"); // View this value in "myTextField" myField.value = yourField.value; oDoc.closeDoc(); } catch(e) { app.alert("Operation failed");}
See also Example 5 (Acrobat 7.0) on page 349 following the submitForm method.
print
3.01
Prints all or a specific number of pages of the document. Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, the method can print the document using the settings contained in a PrintParams object, rather than through the other parameters. The permanent print settings are not altered. Note: (Acrobat 6.0) When printing to a file, the path must be a safe path (see Safe path on page 31). The print method will not overwrite an existing file. (Acrobat 7.0) Non-interactive printing can only be executed during batch, console, and menu events. Printing is made non-interactive by setting bUI to false or by setting the interactive property to silent, for example:
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.interactive = pp.constants.interactionLevel.silent;
Outside of batch, console, and menu events, the values of bUI and of interactive are ignored and a print dialog box will always be presented. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32. Note: On a Windows platform, the file name must include an extension of .ps or .prn (case insensitive). Additionally, the print method will not create a file directly in the root directory, the windows directory, or the windows system directory. An InvalidArgsError (see Error object) exception will be thrown and print will fail if any of the above security restrictions are not met.
JavaScript API
print 327
Parameters
bUI nStart
(optional) If true (the default), will cause a UI to be presented to the user to obtain printing information and confirm the action. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, all pages in the document are printed. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. If nStart and nEnd parameters are used, bUI must be false.
nEnd
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive page range. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, all pages in the document are printed. If only nEnd is specified, the range of a pages is 0 to nEnd. If nStart and nEnd parameters are used, bUI must be false.
bSilent bShrinkToFit
(optional) If true, suppresses the cancel dialog box while the document is printing. The default is false. (optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, the page is shrunk (if necessary) to fit within the imageable area of the printed page. If false, it is not. The default is false.
bPrintAsImage (optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, print pages as an image. The default is false. bReverse bAnnotations printParams
(optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, print from nEnd to nStart. The default is false. (optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true (the default), annotations are printed. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) The PrintParams object containing the settings to use for printing. If this parameter is passed, any other parameters are ignored.
Example 1
Print the current page.
this.print(false, this.pageNum, this.pageNum); // Print a file silently this.print({bUI: false, bSilent: true, bShrinkToFit: true});
Note: If printerName is an empty string and fileName is nonempty, the current document is saved to disk as a PostScript file.
JavaScript API
removeDataObject 328
removeDataObject
5.0
Deletes the data object corresponding to the specified name from the document. Related objects, properties, and methods are dataObjects, getDataObject, openDataObject, createDataObject, removeDataObject, importDataObject, getDataObjectContents, and setDataObjectContents, and the Data object.
Parameters
cName
The name of a data object is a property of the Data object. A name is given to the object when it is embedded, either automatically by the Acrobat UI or programmatically by the JavaScript methods createDataObject or importDataObject.
Example
this.removeDataObject("MyData");
removeField
5.0
Removes the specified field from the document. If the field appears on more than one page, all representations are removed. Note: (Acrobat 6.0): Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, removeField can be used from within Adobe Reader for documents with forms usage rights.
Parameters
cName
Example
this.removeField("myBadField");
JavaScript API
removeIcon 329
removeIcon
5.0
Removes the specified named icon from the document. See also icons, addIcon, getIcon, and importIcon, the Field object methods buttonGetIcon, buttonImportIcon, and buttonSetIcon, and the Icon object.
Parameters
cName
The name of the icon is a property of the Icon object. A name is given to the object either by importIcon, when the icon file is imported into the document, or by addIcon, which names an icon that is not in the document-level named icons tree.
Example
Remove all named icons from the document.
for ( var i = 0; i < this.icons.length; i++) this.removeIcon(this.icons[i].name);
removeLinks
6.0
If the user has permission to remove links from the document, removes all the links on the specified page within the specified coordinates See also addLink, getLinks, and the Link object.
Parameters
nPage oCoords
The 0-based index of the page from which to remove links. An array of four numbers in rotated user space, the coordinates of a rectangle listed in the following order: upper-left x, upper-left y, lower-right x, and lower-right y.
Example
Remove all links from the document.
// Remove all links from the document for ( var p = 0; p < this.numPages; p++) { var b = this.getPageBox("Crop", p); this.removeLinks(p, b); }
JavaScript API
removeRequirement 330
removeRequirement
7.0.5
Removes an existing requirement present in a PDF document. Removing a requirement frees Acrobat from having to fulfill it to open the document. The document may not function properly if a requirement is removed. Note: This method can only be called from a console or batch event.
Parameters
cType
The type of requirement to be removed. The types are described by the Requirements Enumerator object.
removeScript
7.0
Parameters
cName
Returns
The value undefined on success. The method throws an exception if the script is not found.
Example
Add a document-level script, then remove it.
this.addScript("myScript", "app.alert('A.C. Robat welcomes you!')");
removeTemplate
5.0
Removes the named template from the document. See also templates, createTemplate, getTemplate, and the Template object. Note: This method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events.
JavaScript API
removeThumbnails 331
Parameters
cName
The template name is a property of the Template object. A name is given to a template when it is created, either by the Acrobat UI or by the JavaScript method getTemplate.
removeThumbnails
5.0
Deletes thumbnails for the specified pages in the document. See also addThumbnails.
Parameters
nStart
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. If only nEnd is specified, the range of pages is 0 to nEnd.
nEnd
removeWeblinks
5.0
Scans the specified pages looking for links with actions to go to a particular URL on the web and deletes them. See also addWeblinks. Note: This method only removes weblinks authored in the application using the UI. Web links that are executed through JavaScript (for example, using getURL) are not removed.
Parameters
nStart
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. If only nEnd is specified, the range of pages is 0 to nEnd.
nEnd
Returns
The number of web links removed from the document.
JavaScript API
replacePages 332
Example
Remove all web links from the document and report results to the console window.
var numWeblinks = this.removeWeblinks(); console.println("There were " + numWeblinks + " web links removed from the document.");
replacePages
5.0
Replaces pages in the current document with pages from the source document. See also deletePages, extractPages, and insertPages. Note: This method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. See the event object for a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
nPage cPath nStart
(optional) The 0-based index of the page at which to start replacement. The default is 0. The device-independent path to the PDF file that will provide the replacement pages. The path may be relative to the location of the current document. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages in the source document to be used for replacement. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, gets all pages in the source document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart.
nEnd
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages in the source document to be used for replacement. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, gets all pages in the source document. If only nEnd is specified, the range of pages is 0 to nEnd.
resetForm
3.01
Resets the field values within a document. Resetting a field causes it to take on its default value (which, in the case of text fields, is usually blank). Note: If the form contains signature fields, signature rights are required to use the method in Adobe Reader.
JavaScript API
saveAs 333
Parameters
aFields
(optional) An array specifying the fields to reset. If not present or null, all fields in the form are reset. You can include non-terminal fields in the array.
Example 1
Select fields to be reset and reset them.
var fields = new Array(); fields[0] = "P1.OrderForm.Description"; fields[1] = "P1.OrderForm.Qty"; this.resetForm(fields);
The same fields can be reset using only one line of code:
this.resetForm(["P1.OrderForm.Description","P1.OrderForm.Qty"]);
Example 2
This example shows how to reset a whole subtree. For example, if you pass name as part of the fields array, all name fields, such as name.first and name.last, are reset.
this.resetForm(["name"]);
saveAs
5.0
Saves the file to the device-independent path specified by the required parameter, cPath. The file is not saved optimized for the web. Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, the document can be converted to another file type (other than PDF) and saved as specified by the value of the cConvID parameter. Note: This method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events. (Adobe Reader S): This method is available in Adobe Reader for documents that have Save usage rights.
Parameters
cPath
The device-independent path in which to save the file. Note: The parameter cPath must have a safe path (see Safe path on page 31) and an extension appropriate to the value of cConvID. See the Values of cConvID and Valid Extensions table below. This method will throw a NotAllowedError (see Error object) exception if these security conditions are not met, and the method will fail.
cConvID
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) A conversion ID string that specifies the conversion file type. Currently supported values for cConvID are listed by the app.fromPDFConverters. If cConvID is not specified, PDF is assumed.
JavaScript API
saveAs 334
cFS
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) A string that specifies the source file system name. Two values are supported: (the empty string) representing the default file system and CHTTP. The default is the default file system. This parameter is only relevant if the web server supports WebDAV. (optional, Acrobat 7.0) A Boolean value which, if true, saves the PDF file as a copy. The default is false. (optional, Acrobat 7.0) A Boolean value which, if true, prompts the user if the destination file already exists. The default is false.
bCopy bPromptToOverwrite
Returns
The value undefined is returned on success. An exception is thrown if an error occurs. For example, this method will throw a NotAllowedError (see Error object) if the user disallows an overwrite. Note: Prior to Acrobat 7.0, this method had no return value.
Valid extensions
eps html, htm html, htm jpeg ,jpg, jpe jpf,jpx,jp2,j2k,j2c,jpc doc pdf pdf png ps rft txt txt tiff, tif xml
Note: When the conversion ID corresponds to jpeg, jp2k, png, or tiff, this method saves each page individually under a file name obtained by appending "_Page_#" to the basename of the file name provided. For example, if the value of the cPath is "/C/temp/mySaveAsDocs/myJPGs.jpg", the names of the files generated will be myJPGs_Page_1.jpg, myJPGs_Page_2.jpg, and so on.
JavaScript API
scroll 335
Example 1
The following code, which could appear as a batch sequence, is an outline of a script. It assumes a PDF file containing form fields is open. The fields must be populated from a database and the document saved.
// code lines to read from a database and populate the form with data // now save file to a folder; use customerID from database record // as name var row = statement.getRow(); ....... this.saveAs("/c/customer/invoices/" + row.customerID + ".pdf");
Example 2
You can use newDoc and addField to dynamically lay out a form, then populate it from a database and save.
var myDoc = app.newDoc() // layout some dynamic form fields // connect to database, populate with data, perhaps from a database .......... // save the doc and/or print it; print it silently this time // to default printer myDoc.saveAs("/c/customer/invoices/" + row.customerID + ".pdf"); myDoc.closeDoc(true); // close the doc, no notification
scroll
3.01 Scrolls the specified point on the current page into the middle of the current view. These coordinates must be defined in rotated user space. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for details.
JavaScript API
selectPageNthWord 336
Parameters
nX nY
The x coordinate for the point to scroll. The y coordinate for the point to scroll.
selectPageNthWord
5.0 Changes the current page number and selects the specified word on the page. See also getPageNthWord, getPageNthWordQuads, and getPageNumWords.
Parameters
nPage nWord bScroll
(optional) The 0-based index of the page to operate on. The default is 0, the first page in the document. (optional) The 0-based index of the word to obtain. The default is 0, the first word on the page. (optional) Specifies whether to scroll the selected word into the view if it is not already viewable. The default is true.
Example
Get and select a particular word.
// Get the 20th word on page 2 (page 1, 0-based) var cWord = this.getPageNthWord(1, 20); // Select that word (highlight) for the user to see, and change the page if // necessary. this.selectPageNthWord(1, 20);
setAction
6.0
Sets the JavaScript action of the document for a given trigger. See also addScript, setPageAction, the Bookmark object setAction method, and the Field object setAction method. Note: This method will overwrite any action already defined for the selected trigger.
JavaScript API
setDataObjectContents 337
Parameters
cTrigger
The name of the trigger point to which to attach the action. Values are:
WillClose WillSave DidSave WillPrint DidPrint
cScript
Example
Insert WillSave and DidSave actions. The code gets the file size before saving and after saving, and compares the two.
// WillSave script var myWillSave = 'var filesizeBeforeSave = this.filesize;\r' + 'console.println("File size before saving is " + ' + ' filesizeBeforeSave );'; // DidSave script var myDidSave = 'var filesizeAfterSave = this.filesize;\r' + 'console.println("File size after saving is "' + 'filesizeAfterSave);\r' + 'var difference = filesizeAfterSave - filesizeBeforeSave;\r' + 'console.println("The difference is " + difference );\r' + 'if ( difference < 0 )\r\t' + 'console.println("Reduced filesize!");\r' + 'else\r\t' + 'console.println("Increased filesize!");' // Set document actions... this.setAction("WillSave", myWillSave); this.setAction("DidSave", myDidSave);
setDataObjectContents
7.0
Replaces the file attachment specified by the parameter cName with the contents of the oStream parameter.
JavaScript API
setDataObjectContents 338
Parameters
cName oStream cCryptFilter
The name associated with the Data object that is to be replaced with oStream. A ReadStream object representing the contents of the file attachment. (optional) The language-independent name of a crypt filter to use when encrypting this data object. This crypt filter must have previously been added to the documents list of crypt filters, using the addRecipientListCryptFilter method, otherwise, an exception will be thrown. The predefined Identity crypt filter can be used so that this data object is not encrypted in a file that is otherwise encrypted by the encryptForRecipients method.
Example 1
See the Example on page 300.
Example 2
This document has a file attachment named Acrobat.xml. The attachment is opened, the XML data is updated, then the new XML document is saved back to the attachment. It is possible to submit this XML file attachment. See Example 5 (Acrobat 7.0) on page 349, following the submitForm method. This example uses the XML data defined in the Example following XMLData.applyXPath.
// Get the file stream object of the attachment var Acrobat = this.getDataObjectContents("Acrobat.xml"); // Convert to a string var cAcrobat = util.stringFromStream(Acrobat, "utf-8"); // Parse this and get XFAObject var myXML = XMLData.parse(cAcrobat,false); // Change the value of grandad's income myXML.family.grandad.personal.income.value = "300000"; // Save the XML document as a string, cAcrobat var cAcrobat = myXML.saveXML('pretty'); // Convert to a file stream var Acrobat = util.streamFromString(cAcrobat, "utf-8"); // Now "update" the attachment Acrobat.xml with this file stream this.setDataObjectContents("Acrobat.xml", Acrobat);
Related objects, properties, and methods are dataObjects, getDataObject, openDataObject, createDataObject, importDataObject, getDataObjectContents, and removeDataObject, and the Data object.
JavaScript API
setOCGOrder 339
setOCGOrder
7.0
Sets this documents OCGOrder array. This array represents how layers are displayed in the UI. The simplest order array is a flat array of OCG objects. In this case, the listed OCGs are displayed in the UI as a flat list in the same order. If a subarray is present in the order array and the first element of the array is a string, the string will be listed with the rest of the array nested underneath it. If the first element of the array is not a string, the entire array will appear nested underneath the OCG preceding the subarray. Related methods are getOCGs and getOCGOrder, and the OCG object.
Parameters
oOrderArray
Example
Reverse the order of OCGs as listed in the UI.
var ocgOrder = this.getOCGOrder(); var newOrder = new Array(); for (var j=0; j < ocgOrder.length; j++) newOrder[j] = ocgOrder[ocgOrder.length-j-1]; this.setOCGOrder(newOrder);
setPageAction
6.0
Sets the action of a page in a document for a given trigger. See also setAction, addScript, the Bookmark object setAction method, and the Field object setAction method. Note: This method will overwrite any action already defined for the chosen page and trigger.
Parameters
nPage cTrigger
The 0-based index of the page in the document to which an action is added. The trigger for the action. Values are:
Open Close
cScript
JavaScript API
setPageBoxes 340
Example
This example causes the application to beep when the first page is opened.
this.setPageAction(0, "Open", "app.beep(0);");
setPageBoxes
5.0
Sets a rectangle that encompasses the named box for the specified pages. See also getPageBox.
Parameters
cBox
Note that the BBox box type is read-only and only supported in getPageBox. For definitions of these boxes, see the PDF Reference version 1.7.
nStart
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages in the document to be operated on. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages in the document to be operated on. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. (optional) An array of four numbers in rotated user space to which to set the specified box. If not provided, the specified box is removed.
nEnd
rBox
setPageLabels
5.0
Establishes the numbering scheme for the specified page and all pages following it until the next page with an attached label is encountered. See also getPageLabel.
JavaScript API
setPageRotations 341
Parameters
nPage aLabel
(optional) The 0-based index for the page to be labeled. (optional) An array of three required items [cStyle, cPrefix, nStart ]:
cStyle is the style of page numbering. It can be: D decimal numbering R or r roman numbering, upper or lower case A or a alphabetic numbering, upper or lower case
See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for the exact definitions of these styles.
cPrefix is a string to prefix the numeric portion of the page label. nStart is the ordinal with which to start numbering the pages.
If not supplied, any page numbering is removed for the specified page and any others up to the next specified label. The value of aLabel cannot be null.
Example 1
For the ten pages in the document, label the first three with small roman numerals, the next five with numbers (starting at 1) and the last two with an Appendix- prefix and alphabetics.
this.setPageLabels(0, [ "r", "", 1]); this.setPageLabels(3, [ "D", "", 1]); this.setPageLabels(8, [ "A", "Appendix-", 1]); var s = this.getPageLabel(0); for (var i = 1; i < this.numPages; i++) s += ", " + this.getPageLabel(i); console.println(s);
Example 2
Remove all page labels from a document.
for (var i = 0; i < this.numPages; i++) { if (i + 1 != this.getPageLabel(i)) { // Page label does not match ordinal page number. this.setPageLabels(i); } }
setPageRotations
5.0
Rotates the specified pages in the current document. See also getPageRotation.
JavaScript API
setPageTabOrder 342
Parameters
nStart
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages in the document to be operated on. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages in the document to be operated on. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. If only nEnd is specified, the range of pages is 0 to nEnd. (optional) The amount of rotation that should be applied to the target pages. Can be 0, 90, 180, or 270. The default is 0.
nEnd
nRotate
Example
Rotate pages 0 through 10 of the current document.
this.setPageRotations(0, 10, 90);
setPageTabOrder
6.0
Sets the tab order of the form fields on a page. The tab order can be set by row, by column, or by structure. If a PDF 1.4 document is viewed in Acrobat 6.0, tabbing between fields is in the same order as it is in Acrobat 5.0. Similarly, if a PDF 1.5 document is opened in Acrobat 5.0, the tabbing order for fields is the same as it is in Acrobat 6.0.
Parameters
nPage cOrder
The 0-based index of the page number on which the tabbing order is to be set. The order to be used. Values are:
rows columns structure
Example
Set the page tab order for all pages to rows.
for (var i = 0; i < this.numPages; i++) this.setPageTabOrder(i, "rows");
JavaScript API
setPageTransitions 343
setPageTransitions
5.0
Sets the page transition for a specific range of pages. See also getPageTransition.
Parameters
nStart
(optional) A 0-based index that defines the start of an inclusive range of pages in the document to be operated on. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. If only nStart is specified, the range of pages is the single page specified by nStart. (optional) A 0-based index that defines the end of an inclusive range of pages in the document to be operated on. If nStart and nEnd are not specified, operates on all pages in the document. If only nEnd is specified, the range of pages is 0 to nEnd. (optional) The page transition array consists of three values: [nDuration, cTransition, nTransDuration].
nEnd
aTrans
nDuration is the maximum amount of time the page is displayed before the viewer automatically turns to the next page. Set to -1 to turn off automatic page turning. cTransition is the name of the transition to apply to the page. See fullScreen.transitions for a list of valid transitions. nTransDuration is the duration (in seconds) of the transition effect.
If aTrans is not present, any page transitions for the pages are removed.
Example
Put the document into full screen mode and apply some transitions:
this.setPageTransitions({ aTrans: [-1, "Random", 1] } ); app.fs.isFullScreen=true;
spawnPageFromTemplate
X D F
Note: This method has been superseded by templates, createTemplate, and the Template object spawn method. Spawns a page in the document using the given template, as returned by getNthTemplate. The template feature does not work in Adobe Reader.
JavaScript API
spawnPageFromTemplate 344
Parameters
cTemplate nPage
The template name. (optional) The 0-based page number before which or into which the template is spawned, depending on the value of bOverlay. If nPage is omitted, a new page is created at the end of the document. (optional) Specifies whether fields should be renamed. The default is true. (optional, Acrobat 4.0) If false, the template is inserted before the page specified by nPage. If true (the default) it is overlaid on top of that page. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) The value of this parameter is the return value of an earlier call to spawnPageFromTemplate.
Returns
Prior to Acrobat 6.0, this method returned nothing. Now, this method returns an object representing the page contents of the page spawned. This return object can then be used as the value of the optional parameter oXObject for subsequent calls to spawnPageFromTemplate. Note: Repeatedly spawning the same page can cause a large increase in file size. To avoid this problem, spawnPageFromTemplate now returns an object that represents the page contents of the spawned page. This return value can be used as the value of the oXObject parameter in subsequent calls to the spawnPageFromTemplate method to spawn the same page.
Example 1
Spawn each template page in the current document.
var n = this.numTemplates; var cTempl; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { cTempl = this.getNthTemplate(i); this.spawnPageFromTemplate(cTempl); }
JavaScript API
submitForm 345
submitForm
3.01 Submits the form to a specified URL. To call this method, you must be running inside a web browser or have the Acrobat Web Capture plug-in installed. (If the URL uses the mailto scheme, it will be honored even if not running inside a web browser, as long as the SendMail plug-in is present.) Beginning with Adobe Reader 6.0, you need not be inside a web browser to call this method. Note: (Acrobat 6.0) Depending on the parameters passed, there are restrictions on the use of this method. See the notes embedded in the description of the parameters. The https protocol is supported for secure connections.
Parameters
cURL
The URL to submit to. This string must end in #FDF if the result from the submission is FDF or XFDF (that is, the value of cSubmitAs is FDF or XFDF) and the document is being viewed inside a browser window. (optional) If true (the default) form data is submitted as FDF. If false, it is submitted as URL-encoded HTML. Note: This option has been deprecated; use cSubmitAs instead.
bFDF
bEmpty
(optional) If true, submit all fields, including those that have no value. If false (the default), exclude fields that currently have no value. Note: If data is submitted as XDP, XML, or XFD (see the cSubmitAs parameter, below), this parameter is ignored. All fields are submitted, even fields that are empty. See aFields.
aFields
(optional) An array of field names to submit or a string containing a single field name: If supplied, only the fields indicated are submitted, except those excluded by bEmpty. If omitted or null, all fields are submitted, except those excluded by bEmpty. If an empty array, no fields are submitted. A submitted FDF file might still contain data if bAnnotations is true. You can specify non-terminal field names to export an entire subtree of fields. Note: If data is submitted as XDP, XML, or XFD (see the cSubmitAs parameter), this parameter is ignored. All fields are submitted, even fields that are empty. See bEmpty.
bGet
(optional, Acrobat 4.0) If true, submit using the HTTP GET method. If false (the default), use a POST. GET is only allowed if using Acrobat Web Capture to submit (the browser interface only supports POST) and only if the data is sent as HTML (that is, cSubmitAs is HTML). (optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, annotations are included in the submitted FDF or XML file. The default is false. Only applicable if cSubmitAs is FDF or XFDF.
bAnnotations
JavaScript API
submitForm 346
bXML
(optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, submit as XML. The default is false. Note: This option has been deprecated; use cSubmitAs instead.
bIncrChanges
(optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, include the incremental changes to the PDF document in the submitted FDF file. The default is false. Only applicable if cSubmitAs is FDF. Not available in Adobe Reader. (optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, submit the complete PDF document. The default is false. If true, all other parameters except cURL are ignored. Not available in Adobe Reader. Note: This option has been deprecated; use cSubmitAs instead.
bPDF
bCanonical
(optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, convert any dates being submitted to standard format (that is, D:YYYYMMDDHHmmSSOHHmm; see the PDF Reference version 1.7). The default is false. (optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, exclude any annotations that are not owned by the current user. The default is false. (optional, Acrobat 5.0) If true, exclude the F entry. The default is false. (optional, Acrobat 5.0) The password to use to generate the encryption key, if the FDF file needs to be encrypted before being submitted. Pass the value true (no quotes) to use the password that the user has previously entered (within this Acrobat session) for submitting or receiving an encrypted FDF file. If no password has been entered, the user is prompted to enter a password. Regardless of whether the password is passed in or requested from the user, this new password is remembered within this Acrobat session for future outgoing or incoming encrypted FDF files. Only applicable if cSubmitAs is FDF. Caution: As of Acrobat 8.0, you cannot create password-encrypted FDF files. If this parameter is used, a form trying to submit a password-encrypted FDF will throw an ESErrorInvalidArgs exception and the form submission will not occur.
bEmbedForm
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) If true, the call embeds the entire form from which the data is being submitted in the FDF file. Only applicable if cSubmitAs is FDF.
oJavaScript
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) Can be used to include Before, After, and Doc scripts in a submitted FDF file. If present, the value is converted directly to an analogous CosObj and used as the JavaScript attribute in the FDF file. For example:
oJavaScript: { Before: 'app.alert("before!")', After: 'app.alert("after")', Doc: [ "MyDocScript1", "myFunc1()", "MyDocScript2", "myFunc2()" ] }
JavaScript API
submitForm 347
cSubmitAs
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) This parameter indicates the format for submission. Values are
FDF (default): Submit as FDF XFDF Submit as XFDF HTML Submit as HTML XDP Submit as XDP XML submit as XML. In Acrobat 7.0, form data is submitted in XML format unless the parameter oXML (new to Acrobat 7.0) contains a valid XMLData object, in which case that is what gets submitted instead. XFD Submit as Adobe Form Client Data File PDF Submit the complete PDF document; all other parameters except cURL are ignored.
Note: (Save rights required) The choice of PDF is not available in Adobe Reader, unless the document has save rights. This parameter supersedes the individual format parameters. However, they are considered in the following priority order, from high to low: cSubmitAs, bPDF, bXML, bFDF.
bInclNMKey aPackets
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) If true, include the NM entry of any annotations. The default is false. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) An array of strings, specifying which packets to include in an XDP submission. This parameter is only applicable if cSubmitAs is XDP. Possible strings are:
config datasets sourceSet stylesheet template pdf The PDF should be embedded; if pdf is not included, only a
link to the PDF is included in the XDP. xfdf Include annotations in the XDP (since that packet uses XFDF format) * All packets should be included in the XDP. The default for pdf is to include it as a reference. To embed the PDF file in the XDP, explicitly specify pdf as one of the packets.
Note: (Save rights required) When submitting a document as XDP from Adobe Reader with pdf explicitly listed, the document must have document save rights. The default is: ["datasets", "xfdf"].
cCharset
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) The encoding for the values submitted. String values are utf-8, utf-16, Shift-JIS, BigFive, GBK, and UHC. If not passed, the current Acrobat behavior applies. For XML-based formats, utf-8 is used. For other formats, Acrobat tries to find the best host encoding for the values being submitted. XFDF submission ignores this value and always uses utf-8.
JavaScript API
submitForm 348
oXML cPermID
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) This parameter is only applicable if cSubmitAs equals XML. It should be an XMLData object, which will get submitted. (optional, Acrobat 7.0) Specifies a permanent ID to assign to the PDF that is submitted if either the value of cSubmitAs is PDF or bEmbedForm is true. This permanent ID is the first entry in the docID array (docID[0]). Does not affect the current document.
cInstID
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) Specifies an instance ID to assign to the PDF that is submitted if either the value of cSubmitAs is PDF or bEmbedForm is true. This instance ID is the second entry in the docID array (docID[1]). Does not affect the current document.
cUsageRights
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) Specifies the additional usage rights to be applied to the PDF that is submitted if either the value of cSubmitAs is PDF or bEmbedForm is true. The only valid value is submitFormUsageRights.RMA. Does not affect the current document.
Example 1
Submit the form to the server.
this.submitForm("http://www.example.com/cgi-bin/myscript.cgi#FDF");
Example 2
Submit selected form fields to a server-side script as FDF.
var aSubmitFields = new Array( "name", "id", "score" ); this.submitForm({ cURL: "http://www.example.com/cgi-bin/myscript.cgi#FDF", aFields: aSubmitFields, cSubmitAs: "FDF" // the default, not needed here });
Example 3
This example shows a shortcut to submitting a whole subtree. Passing name as part of the field parameter, submits "name.title", "name.first", "name.middle" and "name.last".
this.submitForm("http://www.example.com/cgi-bin/myscript.cgi#FDF", true, false, "name");
Example 4
Submit form as XFDF to a server-side script.
this.submitForm({ cURL: "http://www.example.com/cgi-bin/myscript.cgi#FDF", cSubmitAs: "XFDF" });
JavaScript API
syncAnnotScan 349
This example uses dataObjects, openDataObject and properties and methods of the XFA object.
syncAnnotScan
5.0 Guarantees that all annotations will be scanned by the time this method returns. To show or process annotations for the entire document, all annotations must have been detected. Normally, a background task runs that examines every page and looks for annotations during idle time, as this scan is a time-consuming task. Much of the annotation behavior works gracefully even when the full list of annotations is not yet acquired by background scanning. In general, you should call this method if you want the entire list of annotations. See also getAnnots.
JavaScript API
syncAnnotScan 350
Example
Wait for all annotations to be scanned, then get the array of annotations in the document and sort by author. The second line of code is not executed until syncAnnotScan returns, which does not occur until the annotation scan of the document is completed.
this.syncAnnotScan(); annots = this.getAnnots({nSortBy:ANSB_Author}); // Now, do something with the annotations.
JavaScript API
Doc.media 351
Doc.media
The media property of each document specifies an object that contains multimedia properties and methods that apply to the document.
Doc.media properties
canPlay
6.0 Indicates whether multimedia playback is allowed for a document. Playback depends on the users Trust Manager preferences and other factors. For example, playback is not allowed in authoring mode.
doc.media.canPlay returns an object that contains both a yes/no indication and a reason why playback is not allowed, if that is the case.
Type
Object
Access
R If playback is allowed, canPlay.yes exists to indicate this. (It is an empty object, but it may contain other information in the future.) You can make a simple test like this:
if( doc.media.canPlay.yes ) { // We can play back multimedia for this document }
If playback is not allowed, the canPlay.no object exists instead. As with canPlay.yes, you can simply test for the existence of canPlay.no or you can look inside it for information about why playback is not allowed. At least one of these properties or other properties that may be added in the future will exist within canPlay.no: Property
authoring closing saving security other
Description Cannot play when in authoring mode. Cannot play because the document is closing. Cannot play because the document is saving. Cannot play because of security settings. Cannot play for some other reason.
In addition, canPlay.canShowUI indicates whether any alert boxes or other user interface are allowed in response to this particular playback rejection.
JavaScript API
deleteRendition 352
Example
Get canPlay object and analyze the case we cant play the media in the document.
var canPlay = doc.media.canPlay; if( canPlay.no ) { // We cant play, why not? if( canPlay.no.security ) { // The users security settings prohibit playback, // are we allowed to put up alerts right now? if( canPlay.canShowUI ) app.alert( "Security prohibits playback" ); else console.println( "Security prohibits playback" ); } else { // Cant play for some other reason, handle it here } }
Doc.media methods
deleteRendition
6.0 Deletes the named Rendition from the document. The Rendition is no longer accessible with JavaScript. It does nothing if the Rendition is not present.
Parameters
cName
Example
Delete a particular rendition, and report back if we are successful.
this.media.deleteRendition("myMedia"); if ( this.media.getRendition("myMedia") == null) console.println( "Rendition successfully deleted" );
getAnnot
6.0 Looks for and returns a ScreenAnnot object in the document by page number and either name or title, or returns null if there is no matching screen annotation. If both name and title are specified, both must match.
JavaScript API
getAnnots 353
Parameters
args
An object containing the properties to be passed to this method. The properties are described below.
The page number (base 0) on which the annotation resides. (optional) The name of the screen annotation. Note: cAnnotName is never used in PDF files generated by Acrobat.
cAnnotTitle
Note: The parameters for this method must be passed as an object literal and not as an ordered listing of parameters.
Returns
ScreenAnnot object
Example
The Acrobat user interface allows you to specify the title for a screen annotation but not its name, so a typical use of getAnnot would be:
var annot= myDoc.media.getAnnot ({ nPage: 0,cAnnotTitle: "My Annot Title" });
getAnnots
6.0 The doc.media.getAnnots method returns an array of all the ScreenAnnot objects on the specified page of the document, or all the ScreenAnnot objects on all pages of the document if nPage is omitted. The array is empty if there are no such ScreenAnnots.
Parameters
nPage
Returns
Array of ScreenAnnot objects
JavaScript API
getOpenPlayers 354
Example
Get a listing of the ScreenAnnots on page 0, then play a media clip in a screen annotation randomly chosen from the list.
var annots = this.media.getAnnots({ nPage: 0 }); var rendition = this.media.getRendition("myClip"); var settings = { windowType: app.media.windowType.docked } var l = annots.length var i = Math.floor( Math.random() * l ) % l var args = { rendition:rendition, annot:annots[i], settings:settings }; app.media.openPlayer( args );
getOpenPlayers
7.0 Returns an array of MediaPlayer objects, one for each currently open media player. The players in the array are listed in the order in which they were opened. Using this array, some or all of the open players can be manipulated. For example, you can stop or close all players that the document has opened, without having to keep a list of them yourself. Each time getOpenPlayers is called, it returns a new copy of the array, listing the players open at that time. New players that are subsequently opened do not show up in an array already returned. If a player in the array is closed, the player object remains in the array and player.isOpen becomes false. The doc.media.getOpenPlayers method can be called again to get a new, up-to-date player array. Do not write code that iterates directly over doc.media.getOpenPlayers:
for( var i in doc.media.getOpenPlayers() ) // Wrong!
Instead, get a copy of the player array and iterate over that:
var players = doc.media.getOpenPlayers(); for( var i in players ) { .... }
This insures that the loop works correctly even if players are opened or closed during the loop.
Returns
Array of MediaPlayer objects.
Example
The following two functions take a Doc as a parameter and operate on the running players associated with that Doc.
// Stop all running players. function stopAllPlayers( doc ) { var players = doc.media.getOpenPlayers(); for( var i in players ) players[i].stop(); } // Close all running players. Closing a player does not remove it from
JavaScript API
getRendition 355
// the array. function closeAllPlayers( doc ) { var players = doc.media.getOpenPlayers(); for( var i in players ) players[i].close( app.media.closeReason.general ); }
getRendition
6.0 Looks up a Rendition in the document by name and returns it, or returns null if there is no Rendition with that name.
Parameters
cName cName, a string, is the name of the Rendition.
Returns
Rendition object
Example
The following script is executed from a mouse-up action of a form button. It plays a docked media clip in a screen annotation.
app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: this.media.getRendition( "myClip" ), annot: this.media.getAnnot( {nPage:0,cAnnotTitle:"myScreen"} ), settings: { windowType: app.media.windowType.docked } });
newPlayer
6.0 This method creates and returns a MediaPlayer object. The args parameter must contain a settings property and optionally can contain an events property. It can also contain additional user-defined properties. The properties of args are copied into the new MediaPlayer object. This is a shallow copy, which means that if any of the copied properties are objects themselves, those objects are shared between args and the new player. The newPlayer method creates a bare-bones player that does not have any of the standard EventListeners required for standard Acrobat media player behavior. Use app.media.addStockEvents to add the necessary EventListeners. In most cases, it is better to use app.media.createPlayer instead of doc.media.newPlayer to create a media player. The createPlayer method sets up the standard EventListeners and other player properties automatically.
JavaScript API
newPlayer 356
Parameters
args
A PlayerArgs object.
Returns
MediaPlayer object.
Example
See Events.dispatch for an example.
JavaScript API
Embedded PDF 357
Embedded PDF
This object describes an API exposed to the object model of a container application that allows sending and receiving messages from an embedded PDF document. For example, when a PDF document is embedded in an HTML document using the <OBJECT> tag, the PDF object is scripted in the browser scripting context. The HostContainer object provides the corresponding interface in the PDF scripting model. Both the container and PDF document must explicitly allow this communication to occur for security reasons.
Description If present, this method will be called in response to the Doc hostContainer.postMessage method. The message is delivered asynchronously. The method is passed a single array parameter containing the array passed to the postMessage method. If present, this method will be called in response to an error. It is passed an Error object and an array of strings corresponding to the message that caused the error. If an error occurs and this property is undefined, the error will not be delivered (unlike messages, errors are not queued). The name property of the Error object will be set to one of the following strings:
onError
MessageGeneralError: A general error occurred. MessageNotAllowedError: The operation failed for security reasons. MessageDocNotDisclosedError: The document has not been configured for disclosure to the host container. The hostContainer.messageHandler.onDisclose property of the Doc must be initialized correctly. MessageDocRefusedDisclosureError: The document has refused to disclose itself to the host container based on the URL because the hostContainer.messageHandler.onDisclose method returned false.
When the methods are invoked, the this object will be the messageHandler instance that the method is being called on. Properties on the messageHandler property that begin with on are reserved for future use as notification methods.
JavaScript API
postMessage 358
If the PDF document has had the postMessage method called on it prior to this method being registered, all of the queued messages will subsequently be passed to the messageHandler object once it is set. Messages are guaranteed to be delivered in the order in which they are posted and errors are guaranteed to be delivered in the order in which they occurred. However, there is no correspondence between the delivery order of messages and errors. Exceptions thrown from within the handler methods will be discarded. Messages and errors will not be delivered while inside an onMessage / onError handler. Note: This property is not implemented on the Mac OS platform.
Type
Object
Access
R/W
Parameters
aMessage
JavaScript API
Error 359
Error
Error objects are dynamically created whenever an exception is thrown from methods or properties implemented in JavaScript. Several subclasses of the Error object can be thrown by core JavaScript (EvalError, RangeError, SyntaxError, TypeError, ReferenceError, URLError). They all have the Error object as prototype. JavaScript can throw some of these exceptions, or implement subclasses of the Error object at its convenience. If your scripts are using the mechanism of try/catch error handling, the object thrown should be one of the types listed in the following table. Error object
RangeError TypeError ReferenceError MissingArgError NumberOfArgsError InvalidSetError InvalidGetError OutOfMemoryError NotSupportedError
Brief description Argument value is out of valid range. Wrong type of argument value. Reading a variable that does not exist. Missing required argument. Invalid number of arguments to a method. A property set is not valid or possible. A property get is not valid or possible. Out of memory condition occurred. Functionality not supported in this configuration (for example, Adobe Reader). HFT is not available (a plug-in may be missing). Method or property is not allowed for security reasons. Unspecified error cause. Acrobat internal error. Object is dead. User requested for help with a method.
Error object types implemented by JavaScript inherit properties and methods from the core Error object. Some JavaScript objects may implement their own specific types of exception. A description of the Error subclass (with added methods and properties, if any) should be provided in the documentation for the particular object.
Example
Print all properties of the Error object to the console.
try { app.alert(); // one argument is required for alert } catch(e) { for (var i in e) console.println( i + ": " + e[i]) }
JavaScript API
fileName 360
Error properties
fileName
6.0 The name of the script that caused the exception to be thrown.
Type
String
Access
R
lineNumber
6.0 The offending line number from where an exception was thrown in the JavaScript code.
Type
Integer
Access
R
extMessage
7.0 A message providing additional details about the exception.
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
message 361
message
6.0 The error message providing details about the exception.
Type
String
Access
R
name
6.0 The name of the Error object subclass, indicating the type of the Error object instance.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Error methods
toString
6.0 Gets the error message that provides details about the exception.
Returns
The error message string. (See the message property.)
JavaScript API
event 362
event
All JavaScript scripts are executed as the result of a particular event. For each of these events, JavaScript creates an event object. During the occurrence of each event, you can access this object to get and possibly manipulate information about the current state of the event. Each event has a type and a name property that uniquely identify the event. This section describes all the events, listed as type/name pairs, and indicates which additional properties, if any, they define. The rc property of an event is its return code. The description for each event describes whether it listens to (is affected by) the return code. It is important for JavaScript writers to know when these events occur and in what order they are processed. Some methods or properties can only be accessed during certain events.
Batch/Exec
5.0 This event occurs during the processing of each document of a batch sequence. Scripts authored as part of a batch sequence can access the event object upon execution. The target for this event is the Doc. This event listens to the rc return code. If rc is set to false, the batch sequence is stopped.
Bookmark/Mouse Up
5.0 This event occurs whenever a user clicks a bookmark that executes a JavaScript. The target for this event is the bookmark object that was clicked. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
JavaScript API
event 363
Console/Exec
5.0 This event occurs whenever a user evaluates a JavaScript in the console. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Doc/DidPrint
5.0 This event is triggered after a document has printed. The target for this event is the Doc. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Doc/DidSave
5.0 This event is triggered after a document has been saved. The target for this event is the Doc. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Doc/Open
4.0 This event is triggered whenever a document is opened. When a document is opened, the document-level script functions are scanned and any exposed scripts are executed. The target for this event is the Doc. This event also defines the targetName property. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Doc/WillClose
5.0 This event is triggered before a document is closed. The target for this event is the Doc. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
JavaScript API
event 364
Doc/WillPrint
5.0 This event is triggered before a document is printed. The target for this event is the Doc. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Doc/WillSave
5.0 This event is triggered before a document is saved. The target for this event is the Doc. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
External/Exec
5.0 This event is the result of an external access, for example, through OLE, AppleScript, or loading an FDF. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Field/Blur
4.05 This event occurs after all other events just as a field loses focus. This event is generated regardless of whether a mouse click is used to deactivate the field (for example, a tab key could be used instead). Additional properties defined:
target: The field whose validation script is being executed. modifier, shift, targetName, and value .
Field/Calculate
3.01 This event is defined when a change in a form requires that all fields that have a calculation script attached to them be executed. All fields that depend on the value of the changed field will now be recalculated.
JavaScript API
event 365
These fields may in turn generate additional Field/Validate, Field/Blur, and Field/Focus events. Calculated fields may have dependencies on other calculated fields whose values must be determined beforehand. The calculation order array contains an ordered list of all the fields in a document that have a calculation script attached. When a full calculation is needed, each of the fields in the array is calculated in turn starting with the zeroth index of the array and continuing in sequence to the end of the array. To change the calculation order of fields, use the Forms > Edit Fields > Set Field Calculation Order menu item while in Edit Form mode. The target for this event is the field whose calculation script is being executed. This event also defines the source and targetName properties. This event listens to the rc return code. If the return code is set to false, the fields value is not changed. If true, the field takes on the value found in the value property.
Field/Focus
4.05 This event occurs after the mouse-down event but before the mouse-up event after the field gains the focus. It occurs regardless of whether a mouse click is used to activate the field (or, for example, the tab key) and is the best place to perform processing that must be done before the user can interact with the field. The target for this event is the field whose validation script is being executed. This event also defines the modifier, shift, and targetName properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Field/Format
3.01 This event is triggered once all dependent calculations have been performed. It allows the attached JavaScript to change the way that the data value appears to a user (also known as its presentation or appearance). For example, if a data value is a number and the context in which it should be displayed is currency, the formatting script can add a dollar sign ($) to the front of the value and limit it to two decimal places past the decimal point. The target for this event is the field whose format script is being executed. This event also defines the commitKey, targetName, and willCommit properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code. However, the resulting value is used as the fields formatted appearance.
JavaScript API
event 366
Field/Keystroke
3.01 This event occurs whenever a user types a keystroke into a text box or combo box (including cut and paste operations) or selects an item in a combo box list or list box field. A keystroke script may limit the type of keys allowed. For example, a numeric field might only allow numeric characters. The Acrobat user interface allows the author to specify a Selection Change script for list boxes. The script is triggered every time an item is selected. This is implemented as the keystroke event where the keystroke value is equivalent to the user selection. This behavior is also implemented for the combo box the keystroke could be thought to be a paste into the text field of the value selected from the drop-down list. There is a final call to the keystroke script before the validate event is triggered. This call sets the willCommit to true for the event. With keystroke processing, it is sometimes useful to make a final check on the field value (pre-commit) before it is committed. This allows the script writer to gracefully handle particularly complex formats that can only be partially checked on a keystroke-by-keystroke basis. The keystroke event of text fields is called in situations other than when the user is entering text with the keyboard or committing the field value. It is also called to validate the default value of a field when set through the UI or by JavaScript and to validate entries provided by autofill. In these situations not all properties of the event are defined. Specifically event.target will be undefined when validating default values and event.richChange and event.richValue will be undefined when validating autofill entries. The target for this event is the field whose keystroke script is being executed. This event also defines the commitKey, change, changeEx, keyDown, modifier, selEnd, selStart, shift, targetName, value, and willCommit properties. This event listens to the rc return code. If set to false, the keystroke is ignored. The resulting change is used as the keystroke if the script wants to replace the keystroke code. The resultant selEnd and selStart properties can change the current text selection in the field.
Field/Mouse Down
3.01 This event is triggered when a user starts to click a form field and the mouse button is still down. A mouse-down event does not occur unless a mouse enter event has already occurred. It is advised that you perform very little processing during this event (for example, play a short sound). The target for this event is the field whose validation script is being executed. This event also defines the modifier, shift, and targetName properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
JavaScript API
event 367
Field/Mouse Enter
3.01 This event is triggered when a user moves the pointer inside the rectangle of a field. This is the typical place to open a text field to display help text, for example. The target for this event is the field whose validation script is being executed. This event also defines the modifier, shift, and targetName properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Field/Mouse Exit
3.01 This event occurs when a user moves the mouse pointer outside of the rectangle of a field. A mouse exit event will not occur unless a mouse enter event has already occurred. The target for this event is the field whose validation script is being executed. This event also defines the modifier, shift, and targetName properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Field/Mouse Up
3.01 This event is triggered when the user clicks a form field and releases the mouse button. This is the typical place to attach routines such as the submit action of a form. A mouse-up event will not occur unless a mouse-down event has already occurred. The target for this event is the field whose validation script is being executed. This event also defines the modifier, shift, and targetName properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Field/Validate
3.01 Regardless of the field type, user interaction with a field may produce a new value for that field. After the user has either clicked outside a field, tabbed to another field, or pressed the enter key, the user is said to have committed the new data value. This event is the first event generated for a field after the value has been committed so that a JavaScript can verify that the value entered was correct. If the validate event is successful, the next event triggered is the calculate event.
JavaScript API
event 368
The target for this event is the field whose validation script is being executed. This event also defines the change, changeEx, keyDown, modifier, shift, targetName, and value properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code. If the return code is set to false, the field value is considered to be invalid and the value of the field is unchanged.
Link/Mouse Up
5.0 This event is triggered when a link containing a JavaScript action is activated by the user. The target for this event is the Doc. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Menu/Exec
5.0 This event occurs whenever JavaScript that has been attached to a menu item is executed. The user can add a menu item and associate JavaScript actions with it. For example,
app.addMenuItem({ cName: "Hello", cParent: "File", cExec: "app.alert('Hello',3);", nPos: 0});
The script app.alert('Hello',3) will execute during a menu event. There are two ways for this to occur:
The user can select the menu item in the user interface. Programmatically, when app.execMenuItem("Hello") is executed (perhaps, during a mouse-up event of a button field).
The target for this event is the currently active document, if one is open. This event also defines the targetName property. This event listens to the rc return code in the case of the enable and marked proc for menu items. (See the cEnabled and cMarked parameters of app.addMenuItem.) A return code of false will disable or unmark a menu item. A return code of true will enable or mark a menu item.
Page/Open
4.05 This event occurs whenever a new page is viewed by the user and after page drawing for the page has occurred. The target for this event is the Doc. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
JavaScript API
event 369
Page/Close
4.05 This event occurs whenever the page being viewed is no longer the current page; that is, the user switched to a new page or closed the document. The target for this event is the Doc. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Screen/Blur
6.0 This event occurs after all other events, just as the screen annotation loses focus. This event is generated regardless of whether a mouse click is used to deactivate the screen annotation (for example, the tab key might be used). The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier and shift properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Screen/Close
6.0 This event occurs whenever the page being viewed is no longer the current page; that is, the user switched to a new page or closed the document. The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier, shift, and target properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Screen/Focus
6.0 This event occurs after the mouse-down event but before the mouse-up after the field gains the focus. This routine is called regardless of whether a mouse click is used to activate the screen annotation (for example, the tab key might be used). It is the best place to perform processing that must be done before the user can interact with the field. The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier and shift properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
JavaScript API
event 370
Screen/InView
6.0 This event occurs whenever a new page first comes into view by the user. When the page layout is set to Continuous or Continuous - Facing, this event occurs before the Screen/Open event. The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier and shift properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Screen/Mouse Down
6.0 This event is triggered when a user starts to click a screen annotation and the mouse button is still down. It is advised that you perform very little processing (that is, play a short sound) during this event. A mouse-down event will not occur unless a mouse enter event has already occurred. The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier and shift properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Screen/Mouse Enter
6.0 This event is triggered when a user moves the mouse pointer inside the rectangle of an screen annotation. The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier and shift properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Screen/Mouse Exit
6.0 This event is the opposite of the Mouse Enter event and occurs when a user moves the mouse pointer outside of the rectangle of a screen annotation. A Mouse Exit event will not occur unless a Mouse Enter event has already occurred. The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier and shift properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
JavaScript API
event 371
Screen/Mouse Up
6.0 This event is triggered when the user clicks a screen annotation and releases the mouse button. This is the typical place to attach routines such as starting a multimedia clip. A mouse-up event will not occur unless a mouse-down event has already occurred. The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier and shift properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Screen/Open
6.0 This event occurs whenever a new page is viewed by the user and after page drawing for the page has occurred. The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier and shift properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
Screen/OutView
6.0 This event occurs whenever a page first goes out of view from the user. When the page layout is set to Continuous or Continuous - Facing, this event occurs after the Screen/Close event. The target for this event is the ScreenAnnot object that initiated this event. targetName is the title of the screen annotation. This event also defines the modifier and shift properties. This event does not listen to the rc return code.
JavaScript API
event 372
Mouse Exit
Mouse Enter
Mouse Down
Focus
Mouse Up
Blur
Validate
Calculate
The ScreenAnnot object for this event. The Rendition object for this event.
Multimedia event objects that have been dispatched by the standard multimedia event dispatcher also include these properties. These are not present if you provide your own events.dispatch method.
media.doc media.events media.id
The document, same as target.doc. The events object, same as target.events. A copy of event.name with spaces removed.
JavaScript API
change 373
Individual events may have additional properties. See the description of each EventListener object method for details. An event method called by the standard event dispatcher may set either of these properties to stop further event dispatching:
stopDispatch stopAllDispatch
To stop the current event from being dispatched to any remaining EventListeners, an event method can set event.stopDispatch to true. If this is done in an on event method, no more on methods will be called for the event, but after methods will still be called. If you set event.stopAllDispatch, no more event methods of either type will be called. See the EventListener object for a description of the on and after EventListeners.
event properties
change
3.01 A string specifying the change in value that the user has just typed. A JavaScript may replace part or all of this string with different characters. The change may take the form of an individual keystroke or a string of characters (for example, if a paste into the field is performed).
Type
String
Access
R/W
Example
Change all keystrokes to upper case.
// Custom Keystroke for text field event.change = event.change.toUpperCase();
changeEx
5.0 Contains the export value of the change and is available only during a Field/Keystroke event for list boxes and combo boxes. For the list box, the keystroke script, if any, is entered under the Selection Change tab in the properties dialog box.
JavaScript API
changeEx 374
For the combo box, changeEx is only available if the pop-up list is usedthat is, a selection (with the mouse or the keyboard) is being made from the list. If the combo is editable and the user types in an entry, the Field/Keystroke event behaves as for a text field (that is, there are no changeEx or keyDown event properties). Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, event.changeEx is defined for text fields. When event.fieldFull is true, changeEx is set to the entire text string the user attempted to enter and event.change is the text string cropped to what fits within the field. Use event.richChangeEx (and event.richChange) to handle rich text fields.
Type
Various
Access
R
Example 1
This example implements a simple HTML online help file system. Here is a combo box, which is described programmatically.
var c = this.addField({ cName: "myHelp", cFieldType: "combobox", nPageNum: 0, oCoords: [72,12+3*72, 3*72, 0+3*72] })
Example 2
For an example of the use of changeEx with text fields, see the example following fieldFull.
JavaScript API
commitKey 375
commitKey
4.0 Determines how a form field will lose focus. Values are:
0 Value was not committed (for example, escape key was pressed). 1 Value was committed because of a click outside the field using the mouse. 2 Value was committed because of pressing the Enter key. 3 Value was committed by tabbing to a new field.
Type
Number
Access
R
Example
To automatically display an alert dialog box after a field has been committed, add the following to the fields format script:
if (event.commitKey != 0) app.alert("Thank you for your new field value.");
fieldFull
6.0 Set to true when the user attempts to enter text that does not fit in the field due to either a space limitation (the Field object property doNotScroll is set to true) or the maximum character limit (the Field object property charLimit is set to a positive value). When fieldFull is true, event.changeEx is set to the entire text string the user attempted to enter and event.change is the text string cropped to what fits within the field. Only available in keystroke events for text fields.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
keyDown 376
Events
Keystroke
Example 1
This is a custom keystroke script for a text field that has a character limit. When the field gets filled, or if the user commits the data entered, the focus moves to another field.
if ( event.fieldFull || event.willCommit ) this.getField("NextTabField").setFocus();
Example 2
Test whether the user has overfilled the text field. A custom keystroke script for a text field. Initially, the field is set so that text does not scroll.
if ( event.fieldFull ) { app.alert("You've filled the given space with text," + " and as a result, you've lost some text. I'll set the field to" + " scroll horizontally, and paste in the rest of your" + " missing text."); this.resetForm([event.target.name]); // Reset field to lose focus event.target.doNotScroll = false; // Make changes event.change = event.changeEx; }
Field properties generally cannot be changed during a keystroke event, so it is necessary for the field to lose focus as a way to commit the data. The user then has to reset the focus and continue entering data.
keyDown
5.0 Available only during a keystroke event for list box and combo box. For a list box or the pop-up part of a combo box, the value is true if the arrow keys were used to make a selection, false otherwise. For the combo box, keyDown is only available if the pop-up part of it is used, that is, a selection (with the mouse or the keyboard) is being made from the pop-up. If the combo is editable and the user types in an entry, the Field/Keystroke event behaves as for a text field (that is, there are no changeEx or keyDown event properties).
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
modifier 377
modifier
3.01 Specifies whether the modifier key is down during a particular event. The modifier key on the Microsoft Windows platform is Control and on the Mac OS platform is Option or Command. This property is not supported on UNIX.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
name
4.05 The name of the current event as a text string. The type and name together uniquely identify the event. Valid names are:
Keystroke Validate Focus Blur Format Calculate Mouse Up Mouse Down Mouse Enter Mouse Exit WillPrint DidPrint WillSave DidSave Init Exec Open Close
Type
String
Access
R
Events
All
JavaScript API
rc 378
rc
3.01 Used for validation. Indicates whether a particular event in the event chain should succeed. Set to false to prevent a change from occurring or a value from committing. The default is true.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Events
Keystroke, Validate, Menu
richChange
6.0 Specifies the change in value that the user has just typed. The richChange property is only defined for rich text fields and mirrors the behavior of the event.change property. The value of richChange is an array of Span objects that specify both the text entered into the field and the formatting. Keystrokes are represented as single member arrays, while rich text pasted into a field is represented as an array of arbitrary length. When event.fieldFull is true, richChangeEx is set to the entire rich formatted text string the user attempted to enter and event.richChange is the rich formatted text string cropped to what fits within the field. Use event.changeEx (and event.change) to handle (plain) text fields. Related objects and properties are event.richValue, the Span object, the Field object defaultStyle, richText, and richValue properties, and the Annotation object richContents property.
Type
Array of Span objects
Access
R/W
Events
Keystroke
JavaScript API
richChangeEx 379
Example
This example changes the keystroke to upper case, alternately colors the text blue and red, and switches underlining off and on.
// Custom Keystroke event for a rich text field. var span = event.richChange; for ( var i=0; i<span.length; i++) { span[i].text = span[i].text.toUpperCase(); span[i].underline = !span[i].underline; span[i].textColor = (span[i].underline) ? color.blue : color.red; } event.richChange = span;
richChangeEx
6.0 This property is only defined for rich text fields. It mirrors the behavior of the event.changeEx property for text fields. Its value is an array of Span objects that specify both the text entered into the field and the formatting. Keystrokes are represented as single member arrays, while rich text pasted into a field is represented as an array of arbitrary length. If event.fieldFull is true, richChangeEx is set to the entire rich formatted text string the user attempted to enter and event.richChange is the rich formatted text string cropped to what fits within the field. Use event.changeEx (and event.change) to handle (plain) text fields. Related objects and properties include event.richChange, event.richValue, the Span object, the Field object defaultStyle, richText, and richValue properties, and the Annotation object richContents property.
Type
Array of Span objects
Access
R/W
Events
Keystroke
Example
If the text field is filled up by the user, allow additional text by setting the field to scroll.
if ( event.fieldFull ) { app.alert("You've filled the given space with text," + " and as a result, you've lost some text. I'll set the field to"
JavaScript API
richValue 380
+ " scroll horizontally, and paste in the rest of your" + " missing text."); this.resetForm([event.target.name]); // Reset field to lose focus event.target.doNotScroll = false; // Make changes if ( event.target.richText ) event.richChange = event.richChangeEx else event.change = event.changeEx; }
richValue
6.0 This property mirrors the richValue property of the Field object and the event.value property for each event. Related objects and properties include the Span object, the Field object properties defaultStyle, richText, richValue, event.richChange, event.richChangeEx, and the Annotation object richContents property.
Type
Array of Span objects
Access
R/W
Events
Keystroke
Example
Turn all bold text into red underlined text.
// Custom format event for a rich text field. var spans = event.richValue; for ( var i = 0; i < spans.length; i++ ) { if( spans[i].fontWeight >= 700 ) { spans[i].textColor = color.red; spans[i].fontWeight = 400; // change to default weight spans[i].underline = true; } } event.richValue = spans;
JavaScript API
selEnd 381
selEnd
3.01 The ending position of the current text selection during a keystroke event.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Example
Merge the last change (of a text field) with the uncommitted change. The function uses both selEnd and selStart.
function AFMergeChange(event) { var prefix, postfix; var value = event.value; if(event.willCommit) return event.value; if(event.selStart >= 0) prefix = value.substring(0, event.selStart); else prefix = ""; if(event.selEnd >= 0 && event.selEnd <= value.length) postfix = value.substring(event.selEnd, value.length); else postfix = ""; return prefix + event.change + postfix; }
selStart
3.01 The starting position of the current text selection during a keystroke event.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
shift 382
Example
See the example following selEnd.
shift
3.01
true if the shift key is down during a particular event, false otherwise.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
The following is a mouse-up button action:
if (event.shift) this.gotoNamedDest("dest2"); else this.gotoNamedDest("dest1");
source
5.0 The Field object that triggered the calculation event. This object is usually different from the target of the event, which is the field that is being calculated.
Type
Object
Access
R
JavaScript API
target 383
target
3.01 The target object that triggered the event. In all mouse, focus, blur, calculate, validate, and format events, it is the Field object that triggered the event. In other events, such as page open and close, it is the Doc or this object.
Type
Object
Access
R
targetName
5.0 Tries to return the name of the JavaScript being executed. Can be used for debugging purposes to help identify the code causing exceptions to be thrown. Common values of targetName include:
The folder-level script file name for App/Init events The document-level script name forDoc/Open events The PDF file name being processed for Batch/Exec events The field name for Field events The menu item name for Menu/Exec events The screen annotation name for Screen events (multimedia events)
Type
String
Access
R
Example
The first line of the folder-level JavaScript file conserve.js has an error in it. When the viewer starts, an exception is thrown and the message reveals the source of the problem.
MissingArgError: Missing required argument. App.alert:1:Folder-Level:App:conserve.js ===> Parameter cMsg.
JavaScript API
type 384
type
5.0 The type of the current event. The type and name together uniquely identify the event. Valid types are:
Batch Console App Doc Page External Bookmark Link Field Menu
Type
String
Access
R
value
3.01 This property has different meanings for different field events:
For the Field/Validate event, it is the value that the field contains when it is committed. For a combo box, it is the face value, not the export value (see changeEx). For example, the following JavaScript verifies that the field value is between zero and 100:
if (event.value < 0 || event.value > 100) { app.beep(0); app.alert("Invalid value for field " + event.target.name); event.rc = false; }
For a Field/Calculate event, JavaScript should set this property. It is the value that the field should take upon completion of the event. For example, the following JavaScript sets the calculated value of the field to the value of the SubTotal field plus tax.
var f = this.getField("SubTotal"); event.value = f.value * 1.0725;
For a Field/Format event, JavaScript should set this property. It is the value used when generating the appearance for the field. By default, it contains the value that the user has committed. For a combo box, this is the face value, not the export value (see changeEx for the export value). For example, the following JavaScript formats the field as a currency type of field.
event.value = util.printf("$%.2f", event.value);
JavaScript API
willCommit 385
For a Field/Keystroke event, it is the current value of the field. If modifying a text field, for example, this is the text in the text field before the keystroke is applied. For Field/Blur and Field/Focus events, it is the current value of the field. During these two events, event.value is read only. That is, the field value cannot be changed by setting event.value. Beginning with Acrobat 5.0, for a list box that allows multiple selections (see field.multipleSelection), the following behavior occurs. If the field value is an array (that is, multiple items are selected), event.value returns an empty string when getting, and does not accept setting.
Type
Various
Access
R/W
willCommit
3.01 Verifies the current keystroke event before the data is committed. It can be used to check target form field values to verify, for example, whether character data was entered instead of numeric data. JavaScript sets this property to true after the last keystroke event and before the field is validated.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
This example shows the structure of a keystroke event.
var value = event.value if (event.willCommit) // Final value checking. else // Keystroke-level checking.
JavaScript API
EventListener 386
EventListener
This object is a collection of multimedia event methods with optional local data. Event method names begin with on or after, followed by the event name, for example, onPause or afterPause. When an event is dispatched, matching on event methods are called immediately and matching after event methods are called a short while later, at the next idle time.
on event methods have certain restrictions:
An on event method for a MediaPlayer object cannot call any of that MediaPlayers methods, nor can it call any other Acrobat methods that may indirectly cause a method of the MediaPlayer to be called. For example, an on method must not close the document, save it, change the active page, change the focus, or anything else that may eventually call a method of the MediaPlayer.
on event methods cannot be reentered.
after event methods do not have these restrictions and therefore are more versatile for most purposes. Use an on event method only when the event must be processed synchronously, such as an onGetRect
method. Inside an event method, this is the EventListener object. The document is available in event.media.doc and the event target (MediaPlayer or ScreenAnnot) is in event.target.
Events.add installs EventListener objects for dispatching, Events.dispatch dispatches an event to the matching event methods, and Events.remove removes EventListener objects from the dispatch
table.
Example
Install onPlay and afterPlay event listeners using two techniques. These listeners report back to the console when there are executed.
// Create a simple MediaEvents object var events = new app.media.Events ({ // Called immediately during a Play event: onPlay: function() { console.println( "onPlay" ); }, // Called during idle time after the Play event: afterPlay: function() { console.println( "afterPlay" ); }, }); var player = app.media.createPlayer({events: events}); player.events.add({ afterPlay: function( e ) { app.alert("Playback started, doc.URL = " + e.media.doc.URL ); } }); player.open();
JavaScript API
afterBlur 387
EventListener methods
The events listed here are specific to multimedia. In addition to these events, a screen annotation may receive the standard events used elsewhere in Acrobat (Destroy, Mouse Up, Mouse Down, Mouse Enter, Mouse Exit, Page Open, Page Close, Page Visible, Page Invisible, Focus, and Blur). See the event object for details on those events.
afterBlur
6.0 The Blur event is triggered when a MediaPlayer or screen annotation loses the keyboard focus after having it. See also onBlur (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
Example
The following script is executed as a Rendition action. The user clicks the screen annotation to open but not play the movie clip. Clicking outside the screen annotation (a Blur event) plays the movie. Clicking the screen annotation (a Focus event) while the movie is playing pauses the movie. To continue, the user clicks outside the screen annotation again.
var playerEvents = new app.media.Events ({ afterBlur: function () { player.play(); }, afterFocus: function () { player.pause(); } }); var settings = { autoPlay: false }; var args = { settings: settings, events: playerEvents}; var player = app.media.openPlayer(args);
afterClose
6.0 The Close event is triggered when a media player is closed for any reason. See also onClose (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386). To start another media player from the Close event, be sure to test doc.media.canPlay first to make sure playback is allowed. For example, playback may not be allowed because the document is closing.
JavaScript API
afterDestroy 388
The event object for a Close event includes these properties in addition to the standard event properties:
media.closeReason media.hadFocus
Why the player was closed, from app.media.closeReason. Did the player have the focus when it was closed?
When a player closes while it has the focus, it first receives a Blur event and then the Close event. In the Close event, media.hadFocus indicates whether the player had the focus before closing. When the afterClose event method is called, the MediaPlayer has already been deleted and its JavaScript object is dead.
Parameters
oMediaEvent
Example
See onClose for a representative example.
afterDestroy
6.0 The Destroy event is triggered when a screen annotation is destroyed. When the afterDestroy event method is called, the screen annotation has already been deleted from the document and its JavaScript object is dead. See also onDestroy (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
afterDone
6.0 The Done event is triggered when media playback reaches the end of media. See also onDone (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
JavaScript API
afterError 389
afterError
6.0 The Error event is triggered when an error occurs in a MediaPlayer. See also onError (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386). The event object for an Error event includes these properties in addition to the standard event properties:
media.code
Parameters
oMediaEvent
afterEscape
6.0 The Escape event is triggered when the user presses the Escape key while a MediaPlayer is open and has the keyboard focus. A MediaPlayer may receive an Escape event before it receives the Ready event. See also onEscape (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
afterEveryEvent
6.0 If an Events object contains an onEveryEvent or afterEveryEvent property, its EventListener methods are called for every event, not just a specific one. (The difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386). The EventListener functions in an onEveryEvent or afterEveryEvent property are called before any listener functions that name the specific event.
Parameters
oMediaEvent
JavaScript API
afterFocus 390
Example
Have onEveryEvent, afterEveryEvent, onPlay and afterPlay report back to the console.
var events = new app.media.Events( { // This is called immediately at the start of every event: onEveryEvent: function( e ) { console.println( 'onEveryEvent, event = ' + e.name ); }, // This is called during a Play event, after onEveryEvent is // called: onPlay: function() { console.println( "onPlay" ); }, // This is called for every event, but later during idle time: afterEveryEvent: function( e ) { console.println( "afterEveryEvent, event = " + e.name ); }, // This is called during idle time after a Play event, // and after afterEveryEvent is called: afterPlay: function() { console.println( "afterPlay" ); }, });
afterFocus
6.0 The Focus event is triggered when a MediaPlayer or screen annotation gets the keyboard focus. See also onFocus (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
Example
See afterBlur for an example of usage.
afterPause
6.0 The Pause event is triggered when media playback pauses, either because of user interaction or when the pause method is called. See also onPause (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
JavaScript API
afterPlay 391
afterPlay
6.0 The Play event is triggered when media playback starts or resumes, either because of user interaction or when the play method is called. See also onPlay (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
afterReady
6.0 The Ready event is triggered when a newly-created MediaPlayer is ready for use. See also onReady (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386). Most methods of a MediaPlayer object cannot be called until the Ready event is triggered.
Parameters
oMediaEvent
Example
This (document-level) script plays multiple media clips. For each screen annotation, a media (OpenPlayer) player is opened. When it is ready, the afterReady script signals this fact to Multiplayer.
// Parameters: doc, page, rendition/annot name, mulitPlayer instance function OnePlayer( doc, page, name, multiPlayer ) { var player = app.media.openPlayer({ annot: doc.media.getAnnot( { nPage: page, cAnnotTitle: name }), rendition: doc.media.getRendition( name ), settings: { autoPlay: false }, events: { afterReady: function( e ) { multiPlayer.afterReady( player ); }, } }); return player; }
JavaScript API
afterScript 392
// Parameters: doc, page, list of rendition/annot names function MultiPlayer( doc, page ) { var nPlayersCueing = 0; // number of players cueing up var players = []; // the SinglePlayers this.afterReady = function( player ) { if( ! player.didAfterReady ) { player.didAfterReady = true; nPlayersCueing--; if( nPlayersCueing == 0 ) this.play(); } } this.play = function() { for( var i = 0; i < players.length; i++ ) players[i].play(); } for( var i = 2; i < arguments.length; i++ ) { players[i-2] = new OnePlayer(doc,page,arguments[i],this ); nPlayersCueing++; } }
Playing multiple media clips is accomplished by executing the following code from, for example, a mouse-up action of a form button.
var myMultiPlayer = new MultiPlayer( this, 0, "Clip1", "Clip2" );
afterScript
6.0 The Script event is triggered when a script trigger is encountered in the media during playback. See also onScript (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386). The event object for a Script event includes these properties in addition to the standard event properties:
media.command media.param
These two strings can contain any values that the media clip provides. They do not necessarily contain executable JavaScript code and it is up to the onScript or afterScript EventListener to interpret them.
Parameters
oMediaEvent
JavaScript API
afterSeek 393
Example
The following is part of a complete example presented after MediaPlayer.seek. The media is an audio clip (.wma) of famous quotations, which supports markers and scripts. The afterReady listener counts the number of markers, one at the beginning of each quotation. At the end of each quotation, there is also an embedded command script. The afterScript listener watches for these commands and if it is a pause command, it pauses the player.
var nMarkers=0; var events = new app.media.Events; events.add({ // Count the number of quotes in this audio clip, save as nMarkers afterReady: function() { var g = player.markers; while ( (index = g.get( { index: nMarkers } ) ) != null ) nMarkers++; }, // Each quote should be followed by a script, if the command is to // pause, then pause the player. afterScript: function( e ) { if ( e.media.command == "pause" ) player.pause(); } }); var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: this.media.getRendition( "myQuotes" ), settings: { autoPlay: false }, events: events });
afterSeek
6.0 The Seek event is triggered when a MediaPlayer is finished seeking to a playback offset as a result of a seek call. See also onSeek (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386). Not all media players trigger Seek events.
Parameters
oMediaEvent
JavaScript API
afterStatus 394
afterStatus
6.0 The Status event is triggered on various changes of status that a MediaPlayer reports. See also onStatus (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386). The event object for a Status event includes these properties in addition to the standard event properties:
media.code media.text
The following values are used only by some media players and only when media.code == app.media.status.buffering. They are zero otherwise.
media.progress media.total
Parameters
oMediaEvent
Example
Monitor the status of the player, as executed from a Rendition event associated with a screen annotation.
var events = new app.media.Events events.add({ afterStatus: function ( e ) { console.println( "Status code " + e.media.code + ", description: " + e.media.text); } }); app.media.openPlayer({ events: events });
afterStop
6.0 The Stop event is triggered when media playback stops, either because of user interaction or when the stop method is called. See also onStop (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
JavaScript API
onBlur 395
onBlur
6.0 The Blur event is triggered when a MediaPlayer or screen annotation loses the keyboard focus after having it. See also afterBlur (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onClose
6.0 The Close event is triggered when a MediaPlayer is closed for any reason. See also afterClose (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386). To start another media player from the Close event, be sure to test doc.media.canPlay first to make sure playback is allowed. For example, playback may not be allowed because the document is closing. The event object for a Close event includes these properties in addition to the standard event properties:
media.closeReason media.hadFocus
Why the player was closed, from app.media.closeReason Did the player have the focus when it was closed?
When a player closes while it has the focus, it first receives a Blur event and then the Close event. In the Close event, media.hadFocus indicates whether the player had the focus before closing. When the afterClose event method is called, the MediaPlayer has already been deleted and its JavaScript object is dead.
Parameters
oMediaEvent
Example
This script gets information about why the media clip closed, executed from a Rendition action. See app.media.closeReason.
var playerEvents = new app.media.Events({ onClose: function (e) { var eReason, r = app.media.closeReason; switch ( e.media.closeReason ) { case r.general: eReason = "general"; break;
JavaScript API
onDestroy 396
case case case case case case case case case case
r.error: eReason = "error"; break; r.done: eReason = "done"; break; r.stop: eReason = "stop"; break; r.play: eReason = "play"; break; r.uiGeneral: eReason = "uiGeneral"; break; r.uiScreen: eReason = "uiScreen"; break; r.uiEdit: eReason = "uiEdit"; break; r.docClose: eReason = "Close"; break; r.docSave: eReason = "docSave"; break; r.docChange: eReason = "docChange"; break;
} console.println("Closing...The reason is
onDestroy
6.0 The Destroy event is triggered when a screen annotation is destroyed. See also afterDestroy (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onDone
6.0 The Done event is triggered when media playback reaches the end of media. See also afterDone (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onError
6.0 The Error event is triggered when an error occurs in a MediaPlayer. See also afterError (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
JavaScript API
onEscape 397
The event object for an Error event includes these properties in addition to the standard event properties:
media.code media.serious media.text
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onEscape
6.0 The Escape event is triggered when the user presses the Escape key while a MediaPlayer is open and has the keyboard focus. A MediaPlayer may receive an Escape event before it receives the Ready event. See also afterEscape (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onEveryEvent
6.0 If an Events object contains an onEveryEvent or afterEveryEvent property, its EventListener methods are called for every event, not just a specific one. The EventListener methods in an onEveryEvent or afterEveryEvent property are called before any listener functions that name the specific event. (The difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
JavaScript API
onFocus 398
onFocus
6.0 The Focus event is triggered when a MediaPlayer or screen annotation gets the keyboard focus. See also afterFocus (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onGetRect
6.0 The GetRect event is triggered whenever the multimedia plug-in needs to get the display rectangle for a docked MediaPlayer. The event object for a GetRect event includes this property in addition to the standard event properties:
media.rect
The onGetRect method must set this property in the oMediaEvent before returning. Note: Although you can write an afterGetRect listener, there is no useful purpose for it. If it returns a rect property, it will be ignored. The onGetRect listener is where the rect property must be set.
Parameters
oMediaEvent
Example
Page 0 has a series of (thumbnail-size) ScreenAnnots and page 1 is a blank page. Put the viewer into continuous facing mode so that both pages are seen side-by-side. Below is a typical Rendition action or mouse-up button JavaScript action.
var rendition = this.media.getRendition("Clip1"); var settings = rendition.getPlaySettings(); var annot = this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0,cAnnotTitle:"ScreenClip1" }); var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: rendition, annot: annot, settings: { windowType: app.media.windowType.docked }, events: { onGetRect: function (e) { var width = e.media.rect[2] - e.media.rect[0]; var height = e.media.rect[3] - e.media.rect[1]; width *= 3; // Triple width and height
JavaScript API
onPause 399
height *= 3; e.media.rect[0] = 36; // Move left,upper to e.media.rect[1] = 36; // upper left-hand corner e.media.rect[2] = e.media.rect[0]+width; e.media.rect[3] = e.media.rect[1]+height; return e.media.rect; // Return this } } }); player.page = 1; // show on page 1, this triggers an onGetRect event.
onPause
6.0 The Pause event is triggered when media playback pauses, either because of user interaction or when the play method is called. See also afterPause (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onPlay
6.0 The Play event is triggered when media playback starts or resumes, either because of user interaction or when the pause method is called. See also afterPlay (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onReady
6.0 The Ready event is triggered when a newly-created MediaPlayer is ready for use. Most methods of a MediaPlayer object cannot be called until the Ready event is triggered. See also afterReady (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
JavaScript API
onScript 400
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onScript
6.0 The Script event is triggered when a script trigger is encountered in the media during playback. See also afterScript (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386). The event object for a Script event includes these properties in addition to the standard event properties:
media.command media.param
These two strings can contain any values that the media clip provides. They do not necessarily contain executable JavaScript code and it is up to the onScript or afterScript EventListener to interpret them.
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onSeek
6.0 The Seek event is triggered when a MediaPlayer is finished seeking to a playback offset as a result of a seek call. Not all media players trigger Seek events. See also afterSeek (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onStatus
6.0 The Status event is triggered on various changes of status that a MediaPlayer reports. See also afterStatus (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
JavaScript API
onStop 401
The event object for a Status event includes these properties in addition to the standard event properties:
media.code media.text
The following values are used only by some media players, and only when media.code == app.media.status.buffering. They are zero otherwise.
media.progress media.total
Parameters
oMediaEvent
onStop
6.0 The Stop event is triggered when media playback stops, either because of user interaction or when the stop method is called. See also afterStop (the difference between on and after event methods are explained on page 386).
Parameters
oMediaEvent
JavaScript API
Events 402
Events
A multimedia Events object is a collection of EventListener objects. The events property of a MediaPlayer object or a ScreenAnnot object is an Events object. The constructor for an Events object is app.media.Events.
Example
This following is executed as a rendition action.
console.println("Ready to play \"" + event.action.rendition.uiName +"\" from screen annot \"" + event.targetName + "\"."); // Create a simple app.media.Events object var events = new app.media.Events({ // The Event object is passed as a parameter to all event // listeners, this is a the parameter "e" below/ // Called immediately during a Play event: onPlay: function( e ) { console.println( "onPlay: media.id = " + e.media.id ); }, // Called during idle time after the Play event: afterPlay: function() { console.println( "afterPlay" ); }, }); var player = app.media.openPlayer({ events: events });
Events methods
add
6.0 Adds any number of EventListener objects to the dispatch table for this Events object. Any previous listeners are preserved and when an event is triggered, all matching listener methods are called. The standard event dispatcher first calls any onEveryEvent methods in the order they were added, then calls any on events for the specific event being dispatched, also in the order they were added. Finally, it sets a very short timer (one millisecond) to call any after events. When that timer is triggered, the after events are called in the same order described for on events. See the description of on and after events in the introductory paragraphs to EventListener object. Note: If you try to add the same EventListener twice, the second attempt is ignored. If you add an EventListener from inside an event method, the new listeners methods will be called as part of the dispatching for the current event.
Parameters
Any number of parameters, each one an EventListener object.
JavaScript API
dispatch 403
Example
Add an EventListener for the onPlay event. The player is a MediaPlayer object.
player.events.add ({ onPlay: function() { console.println( "onPlay" ); } });
dispatch
6.0 When a MediaPlayer triggers an event, the Multimedia plug-in creates an event object and calls MediaPlayer.events.dispatch(event). Similarly, a ScreenAnnot calls ScreenAnnot.events.dispatch(event). The dispatch method is the only part of the event dispatching system that the Acrobat Multimedia plug-in calls directly. You can substitute your own, entirely different event dispatching system by providing your own MediaPlayer.events object with its own dispatch method. The dispatch method is responsible for calling each of the EventListeners associated with the event, as identified by oMediaEvent.name. In most cases, a PDF file will not provide its own dispatch method but will use the standard event dispatching system.
Parameters
oMediaEvent
An event object.
If you write your own dispatch method, note that oMediaEvent.name may contain spaces. The standard dispatch method makes a copy of oMediaEvent.name in oMediaEvent.media.id with the spaces removed, to allow the name to be used directly as part of a JavaScript event method name. Also, if you write your own dispatch method, it will be called synchronously when each event occurs, and any processing you do will be subject to the same limitations as described for on event methods (see EventListener object). In particular, the method cannot make any calls to a MediaPlayer object nor do anything that can indirectly cause a MediaPlayer method to be called. The dispatch method is not usually called directly from JavaScript code, although it can be.
Example
Create a new media player with a custom event dispatcher. This is an advanced technique that would rarely be used in a typical PDF JavaScript.
var player = doc.media.newPlayer( { events: { dispatch: function( e ) {
JavaScript API
remove 404
console.println( 'events.dispatch' + e.toSource() ); } } }); // Synthesize and dispatch a Script event, as if one had been // encountered while the media was playing. With the standard event // dispatcher, this will call any and all event listeners that have been // added for this event. With the custom dispatcher above, it will log a // message to the console. var event = new Event; event.name = "Script"; event.media = { command: "test", param: "value" }; player.events.dispatch( event );
remove
6.0 The method removes one or more EventListeners that were previously added with Events.add. If you use an object literal directly in Events.add, you will not be able to remove that listener using Media.remove because there is no way to pass a reference to the same object. To be able to remove an EventListener, you must pass it to the add method in a variable instead of as an object literal, so that you can pass the same variable to remove, as in the example below. The remove method can be called from inside an event method to remove any EventListener, even the listener that the current event method is part of. The current event method continues executing, but no other event methods in the same EventListener object will be called.
Parameters
Any number of EventListener objects.
Example
Assume player is a MediaPlayer object.
var listener = { afterStop: function() { app.alert("Stopped!"); } } player.events.add( listener ); // Add listener ..... player.events.remove( listener ); // Later, remove it
JavaScript API
FDF 405
FDF
6.0
This object corresponds to a PDF-encoded data exchange file. Typically, FDF files contain forms data that is exported from a PDF file. However, FDF files can also be used as general purpose data files and it is for this latter purpose that the FDF object exists. All methods and properties marked with S in their quick bar are available only during batch, console, and application initialization events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
FDF properties
deleteOption
6.0
Indicates whether the FDF file should be automatically deleted after it is processed. This value may or may not be used, depending on the content of the FDF file and how it is processed. It is used for embedded files beginning in Acrobat 6.0. Allowed values are
0 (default) Acrobat will automatically delete the FDF file after processing 1 Acrobat will not delete the FDF file after processing (however, a web or email browser may still delete the file). 2 Acrobat will prompt the user to determine whether to delete the FDF file after processing
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
isSigned
6.0
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
numEmbeddedFiles 406
Access
R
Example
See if the fdf is signed.
var fdf = app.openFDF("/C/temp/myDoc.fdf"); console.println( "It is "+ fdf.isSigned + " that this FDF is signed"); fdf.close();
numEmbeddedFiles
6.0
The number of files embedded in the FDF file. If the FDF object is a valid FDF file, no exceptions will be thrown. A file may be embedded in an FDF file with the addEmbeddedFile method.
Type
Integer
Access
R
Example
Create a new FDF object, embed a PDF doc, save the FDF, open the FDF again, and count the number of embedded files.
var fdf = app.newFDF(); fdf.addEmbeddedFile("/C/myPDFs/myDoc.pdf"); fdf.save("/c/temp/myDocWrapper.fdf"); fdf = app.openFDF("/c/temp/myDocWrapper.fdf"); console.println("The number of embedded files = " + fdf.numEmbeddedFiles); fdf.close();
FDF methods
addContact
6.0
JavaScript API
addEmbeddedFile 407
Parameters
oUserEntity
An UserEntity object that list the contact to be added to the FDF file.
Returns
Throws an exception on failure.
Example
var oEntity={firstName:"Fred", lastName:"Smith", fullName:"Fred Smith"}; var f = app.newFDF(); f.addContact( oEntity ); f.save( "/c/temp/FredCert.fdf" );
addEmbeddedFile
6.0
Add the specified file to the end of the array of embedded files in the FDF file. Anyone opening the FDF file will be instructed to save the embedded file or files according to nSaveOption. If the embedded file is a PDF file, it is opened and displayed. If the embedded file is an FDF file, the file is opened for processing. FDF files containing embedded files have been supported beginning with Acrobat 4.05. An example use for embedding PDF files is when these files are hosted on an HTTP server and the user should click to download and save the PDF file, rather than viewing the file in the browser. There is no relationship between these embedded files and files that are associated with forms data that is stored in an FDF file.
Parameters
cDIPath nSaveOption
(optional) A device-independent absolute path to a file on the users hard drive. If not specified, the user is prompted to locate a file. (optional) Specifies how the embedded file will be presented to the user opening this FDF file, where the file will be saved, and whether the file will be deleted after it is saved. Values are: 0 The file will be saved to the Acrobat document folder. In Acrobat 8, the user will see a confirmation dialog which must be agreed to before the file will be saved to the disk 1 (the default) The user will be prompted for a file name to which to save the embedded file. 2 Should not be used. 3 The file will be automatically saved as a temporary file and deleted during cleanup (when Acrobat is closed). In Acrobat 4.05 through 5.05, for values of 0 and 3, the user is prompted for the location of the save folder if they have not already set this value. For all values of nSaveOption, if the file is a PDF or FDF file, it is automatically opened by Acrobat after it is saved.
JavaScript API
addRequest 408
Returns
Throws an exception if this operation could not be completed, otherwise returns the number of embedded files that are now in the FDF file.
Example
Create a new FDF, embed a PDF doc, then save.
var fdf = app.newFDF(); fdf.addEmbeddedFile("/C/myPDFs/myDoc.pdf"); fdf.save("/c/temp/myDocs.fdf");
addRequest
6.0
Adds a request to the FDF file. There can be only one request in an FDF file. If the FDF file already contains a request, it is replaced with this new request.
Parameters
cType cReturnAddress
What is being requested. Currently the only valid value is the string CMS, which is a request for contact information. The return address string for the request. This must begin with mailto:, http: or https: and be of the form "http://www.example.com/cgi.pl" or "mailto:jdoe@example.com". (optional) The name of the person or organization that has generated the request.
cName
Returns
Throws an exception if there is an error.
Example
var f = app.newFDF(); f.addRequest( "CMS", "http://www.example.com/cgi.pl", "Acme Corp" ); f.save( "/c/tmp/request.fdf" );
close
6.0
JavaScript API
mail 409
Returns
Throws an exception if there is an error. See the FDF object save method, which also closes an FDF file.
Example
See example following the addEmbeddedFile method.
mail
6.0
Saves the FDF object as a temporary FDF file and mails this file as an attachment to all recipients, with or without user interaction. The temporary file is deleted after it is no longer needed. See also app.mailGetAddrs, app.mailMsg, the Doc methods mailDoc and mailForm, and the Report object method mail. Note: On Windows, the client computer must have its default mail program configured to be MAPI enabled to use this method.
Parameters
bUI
(optional) Specifies whether to display a user interface. If true (the default), the rest of the parameters are used to seed a compose-new-message window that is displayed to the user. If false, the cTo parameter is required and all others are optional. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) When this method is executed in a non-privileged context, the bUI parameter is not honored and defaults to true. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
(optional) A semicolon-separated list of recipients for the message. (optional) A semicolon-separated list of CC recipients for the message. (optional) A semicolon-separated list of BCC recipients for the message. (optional) The subject of the message. The length limit is 64 KB. (optional) The content of the message. The length limit is 64 KB.
Returns
Throws an exception if there is an error.
JavaScript API
save 410
Example
var fdf = app.openFDF( "/c/temp/myDoc.fdf" ); /* This opens the compose new message window */ fdf.mail(); /* This will send out the mail with the attached FDF file to fun1@example.com and fun2@example.com */ fdf.mail( false, "fun1@example.com", "fun2@example.com", "", "This is the subject", "This is the body.");
save
6.0
Save the FDF object as a file. A save will always occur. The file is closed when it is saved and the FDF object no longer contains a valid object reference. See the close method, which also closes a FDF file.
Parameters
cDIPath
The device-independent path of the file to be saved. Note: cDIPath must be a safe path (see Safe path on page 31) and must have an extension of .fdf.
Returns
Throws an exception if there is an error.
Example
Create a new FDF, embed a PDF doc, then save.
var fdf = app.newFDF() fdf.addEmbeddedFile("/C/myPDFs/myDoc.pdf"); fdf.save("/c/temp/myDocs.fdf");
signatureClear
6.0
If the FDF object is signed, clears the signature and returns true if successful. Does nothing if the FDF object is not signed. Does not save the file.
Returns
true on success.
JavaScript API
signatureSign 411
signatureSign
6.0
Sign the FDF object with the specified security object. FDF objects can be signed only once. The FDF object is signed in memory and is not automatically saved as a file to disk. Call save to save the FDF object after it is signed. Call signatureClear to clear FDF signatures.
Parameters
oSig
The SecurityHandler object that is to be used to sign. Security objects normally require initialization before they can be used for signing. Check the documentation for your security handler to see if it is able to sign FDF files. The signFDF property of the SecurityHandler object will indicate whether a particular security object is capable of signing FDF files. (optional) A SignatureInfo object containing the writable properties of the signature. (optional) The type of dialog box to show when signing. Values are: 0 Show no dialog box. 1 Show a simplified dialog box with no editable fields (fields can be provided in oInfo). 2 Show a more elaborate dialog box that includes editable fields for reason, location, and contact information. The default is 0. (optional) The title to use for the sign dialog box. It is used only if nUI is non-zero. (optional) A message to display when a user must select a resource for signing, such as selecting a credential. It is used only when nUI is non-zero.
oInfo nUI
cUISignTitle cUISelectMsg
Returns
true if the signature was applied successfully, false otherwise.
Example
Open an existing FDF data file and sign.
var eng = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKLite" ); eng.login("myPassword" ,"/c/test/Acme.pfx"); var myFDF = app.openFDF( "/c/temp/myData.fdf" ); if( !myFDF.isSigned ) { myFDF.signatureSign({ oSig: eng, nUI: 1, cUISignTitle: "Sign Embedded File FDF", cUISelectMsg: "Please select a Digital ID to use to " + "sign your embedded file FDF." }); myFDF.save( "/c/temp/myData.fdf" ); };
JavaScript API
signatureValidate 412
signatureValidate
6.0
Validate the signature of an FDF object and return a SignatureInfo object specifying the properties of the signature.
Parameters
oSig
(optional) The security handler to be used to validate the signature. Can be either a SecurityHandler object or a generic object with the following properties:
oSecHdlr The SecurityHandler object to use to validate this signature. bAltSecHdlr A Boolean value . If true, an alternate security handler, selected based on user preference settings, may be used to validate the signature. The default is false, meaning that the security handler returned by the signatures handlerName property is used to validate the signature. This parameter is not used if oSecHdlr is provided.
If oSig is not supplied, the security handler returned by the signatures handlerName property is used to validate the signature.
bUI
(optional) If true, allow the UI to be shown, if necessary, when validating the data file. The UI may be used to select a validation handler, if none is specified.
Returns
A SignatureInfo object. The signature status is described in status property.
Example
Open an FDF file, if signed, validate it the signature and return information to the console.
fdf = app.openFDF("/c/temp/myDoc.fdf"); eng = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKLite" ); if (fdf.isSigned) { var oSigInfo = fdf.signatureValidate({ oSig: eng, bUI: true }); console.println("Signature Status: " + oSigInfo.status); console.println("Description: " + oSigInfo.statusText); } else { console.println("FDF not signed"); }
JavaScript API
Field 413
Field
This object represents an Acrobat form field (that is, a field created using the Acrobat form tool or the Doc addField method). In the same manner that a form author can modify an existing fields properties, such as the border color or font, the JavaScript user can use the Field object to perform the same modifications. Before a field can be accessed, it must be bound to a JavaScript variable through a method provided by the Doc. More than one variable may be bound to a field by modifying the fields object properties or accessing its methods. This affects all variables bound to that field.
var f = this.getField("Total");
This example allows the script to manipulate the form field Total by means of the variable f. Fields can be arranged hierarchically within a document. For example, form fields with names like FirstName and LastName are called flat names and there is no association between them. By changing the field names, a hierarchy of fields within the document can be created. For example, Name.First and Name.Last forms a tree of fields. The period (.) separator in Acrobat forms denotes a hierarchy shift. Name in these fields is the parent; First and Last are the children. Also, the field Name is an internal field because it has no visible appearance. First and Last are terminal fields that appear on the page. Acrobat form fields that share the same name also share the same value. Terminal fields can have different presentations of that data. For example, they can appear on different pages, be rotated differently, or have a different font or background color, but they have the same value. Therefore, if the value of one presentation of a terminal field is modified, all others with the same name are updated automatically. Each presentation of a terminal field is referred to as a widget. An individual widget does not have a name but is identified by index (0-based) within its terminal field. The index is determined by the order in which the individual widgets of this field were created (and is unaffected by tab-order). You can determine the index for a specific widget by using the Fields navigation tab in Acrobat. The index is the number that follows the # sign in the field name shown. (In Acrobat 6.0 or later, the widget index is displayed only if the field has more than one widget.) You can double-click an entry in the Fields panel to go to the corresponding widget in the document. Alternatively, if you select a field in the document, the corresponding entry in the Fields panel is highlighted. Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, getField can be used to retrieve the Field object of one individual widget of a field. This notation consists of appending a . (period) followed by the widget index to the field name passed. When this approach is used, the Field object returned by getField encapsulates only one individual widget. You can use the Field objects returned this way anywhere you would use a Field object returned by passing the unaltered field name. However, the set of nodes that are affected may vary, as shown in the following table. Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, the LiveCycle Reader Extensions Field right is checked for Field objects only if the JavaScript code is executed outside the PDF file (from the JavaScript console, through batch execution, or through JSObject). Field object that represents all widgets Gets the property of widget # 0. Field object that represents one specific widget Gets the property of the widget.
JavaScript API
Field 414
Field object that represents all widgets Sets the property of all widgets that are children of that field. (The rect property and the setFocus method are exceptions that apply to widget # 0. See example below.) Gets the property of the field. Sets the property of the field.
Field object that represents one specific widget Sets the property of the widget.
Gets the property of the parent field. Sets the property of the parent field.
The following example changes the rect property of the second radio button (the first would have index 0) of the field my radio.
var f = this.getField("my radio.1"); f.rect = [360, 677, 392, 646];
Note: The setAction method can apply at the field or widget level, depending on the event. The Keystroke, Validate, Calculate, and Format events apply to fields. The MouseUp, MouseDown, MouseEnter, MouseExit, OnFocus, and OnBlur events apply to widgets. The checkThisBox, defaultIsChecked, isBoxChecked, and isDefaultChecked methods take a widget index, nWidget, as a parameter. If you invoke these methods on a Field object f that represents one specific widget, the nWidget parameter is optional (and is ignored if passed) and the method acts on the specific widget encapsulated by f.
JavaScript API
alignment 415
Field properties
In general, field properties correspond to those stored in field and annotation dictionaries in the PDF document (see the PDF Reference version 1.7). Some property values are stored in the PDF document as names, while others are stored as strings (see the PDF Reference version 1.7). For a property that is stored as a name, there is a 127-character limit on the length of the string. Examples of properties that have a 127-character limit include value and defaultValue for check boxes and radio buttons. The PDF Reference version 1.7 documents all Annotation properties as well as how they are stored.
alignment
3.01
Controls how the text is laid out within the text field. Values are
left center right
Type
String
Access
R/W
Fields
text
Example
var f = this.getField("MyText"); f.alignment = "center";
borderStyle
3.01
JavaScript API
buttonAlignX 416
The border style determines how the border for the rectangle is drawn. The border object is a static convenience constant that defines all the border styles of a field, as shown in the following table: Type
solid beveled
Keyword
border.s border.b
Description Strokes the entire perimeter of the rectangle with a solid line.
Equivalent to the solid style with an additional beveled (pushed-out appearance) border applied inside the solid border.
Strokes the perimeter with a dashed line.
dashed inset
border.d border.i
Equivalent to the solid style with an additional inset (pushed-in appearance) border applied inside the solid border.
Strokes the bottom portion of the rectangles perimeter.
underline
border.u
Type
String
Access
R/W
Fields
All
Example
The following example shows how to set the border style of a field to solid:
var f = this.getField("MyField"); f.borderStyle = border.s; /* border.s evaluates to "solid" */
buttonAlignX
5.0
Controls how space is distributed from the left of the button face with respect to the icon. It is expressed as a percentage between 0 and 100, inclusive. The default value is 50. If the icon is scaled anamorphically (which results in no space differences), this property is not used.
Type
Integer
JavaScript API
buttonAlignY 417
Access
R/W
Fields
button
buttonAlignY
5.0
Controls how unused space is distributed from the bottom of the button face with respect to the icon. It is expressed as a percentage between 0 and 100, inclusive. The default value is 50. If the icon is scaled anamorphically (which results in no space differences), this property is not used.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Fields
button
Example
This example is an elevator animation. The field myElevator is a button form field that has small width and large height. An icon is imported as the appearance face.
function MoveIt() { if ( f.buttonAlignY == 0 ) { f.buttonAlignY++; run.dir = true; return; } if ( f.buttonAlignY == 100 ) { f.buttonAlignY--; run.dir = false; return; } if (run.dir) f.buttonAlignY++; else f.buttonAlignY--; } var f = this.getField("myElevator"); f.buttonAlignY=0; run = app.setInterval("MoveIt()", 100);
JavaScript API
buttonFitBounds 418
buttonFitBounds
6.0
If true, the extent to which the icon may be scaled is set to the bounds of the button field. The additional icon placement properties are still used to scale and position the icon within the button face. In previous versions of Acrobat, the width of the field border was always taken into consideration when scaling an icon to fit a button face, even when no border color was specified. Setting this property to true when a border color has been specified for the button will cause an exception to be raised.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
button
buttonPosition
5.0
Controls how the text and the icon of the button are positioned with respect to each other within the button face. The convenience position object defines all of the valid alternatives. Icon/text placement Text Only Icon Only Icon top, Text bottom Text top, Icon bottom Icon left, Text right Text left, Icon right Text in Icon (overlaid) Keyword
position.textOnly position.iconOnly position.iconTextV position.textIconV position.iconTextH position.textIconH position.overlay
JavaScript API
buttonScaleHow 419
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Fields
button
buttonScaleHow
5.0
Controls how the icon is scaled (if necessary) to fit inside the button face. The convenience scaleHow object defines all of the valid alternatives: How is icon scaled Proportionally Non-proportionally Keyword
scaleHow.proportional scaleHow.anamorphic
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Fields
button
buttonScaleWhen
5.0
Controls when an icon is scaled to fit inside the button face. The convenience scaleWhen object defines all of the valid alternatives: When is icon scaled Always Never Keyword
scaleWhen.always scaleWhen.never
JavaScript API
calcOrderIndex 420
Keyword
scaleWhen.tooBig scaleWhen.tooSmall
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Fields
button
calcOrderIndex
3.01
Changes the calculation order of fields in the document. When a computable text or combo box field is added to a document, the fields name is appended to the calculation order array. The calculation order array determines in what order the fields are calculated. The calcOrderIndex property works similarly to the Calculate tab used by the Acrobat Form tool.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Fields
combobox, text
Example
var a = this.getField("newItem"); var b = this.getField("oldItem"); a.calcOrderIndex = b.calcOrderIndex + 1;
In this example, the newItem field was added after the oldItem field. The script changes the calcOrderIndex property of the newItem field so that it is calculated before the oldItem field.
JavaScript API
charLimit 421
charLimit
3.01
Limits the number of characters that a user can type into a text field. See event.fieldFull to detect when the maximum number of characters is reached.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Fields
text
Example
Set a limit on the number of characters that can be typed into a field.
var f = this.getField("myText"); f.charLimit = 20;
comb
6.0
If set to true, the field background is drawn as series of boxes (one for each character in the value of the field) and each character of the content is drawn within those boxes. The number of boxes drawn is determined from the charLimit property. It applies only to text fields. The setter will also raise if any of the following field properties are also set multiline, password, and fileSelect. A side-effect of setting this property is that the doNotScroll property is also set.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
text
JavaScript API
commitOnSelChange 422
Example
Create a comb field in the upper left corner of a newly created document.
var myDoc = app.newDoc(); var Bbox = myDoc.getPageBox("Crop"); var inch = 72; // Create a blank doc // Get crop box
// Add a text field at the top of the document var f = myDoc.addField("Name.Last", "text", 0, [ inch, Bbox[1]-inch, 3*inch, Bbox[1]- inch - 14 ] ); // Add some attributes to this text field f.strokeColor = color.black; f.textColor = color.blue; f.fillColor = ["RGB",1,0.66,0.75]; f.comb = true; f.charLimit = 10; // Declare this is a comb field // Max number of characters
commitOnSelChange
6.0
If true, the field value is committed immediately when the selection is made. If false, the user can change the selection multiple times without committing the field value. The value is committed only when the field loses focus, that is, when the user clicks outside the field.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
combobox, listbox
currentValueIndices
5.0
Reads and writes single or multiple values of a list box or combo box.
JavaScript API
currentValueIndices 423
Read
Returns the options-array indices of the strings that are the value of a list box or combo box field. These indices are 0-based. If the value of the field is a single string, it returns an integer. Otherwise, it returns an array of integers sorted in ascending order. If the current value of the field is not a member of the set of offered choices (as could happen in the case of an editable combo box) it returns -1.
Write
Sets the value of a list box or combo box. It accepts a single integer or array of integers as an argument. To set a single string as the value, pass an integer that is the 0-based index of that string in the options array. Note that in the case of an editable combo box, if the desired value is not a member of the set of offered choices, you must set the value instead. Except for this case, currentValueIndices is the preferred way to set the value of a list box or combo box. To set a multiple selection for a list box that allows it, pass an array as argument to this property, containing the indices (sorted in ascending order) of those strings in the options array. This is the only way to invoke multiple selections for a list box from JavaScript. The ability for a list box to support multiple selections can be set through multipleSelection. Related methods and properties include numItems, getItemAt, insertItemAt, deleteItemAt and setItems.
Type
Integer | Array
Access
R/W
Fields
combobox, listbox
Example (Read)
A mouse-up action of a button. The script gets the current value of a list box.
var f = this.getField("myList"); var a = f.currentValueIndices; if (typeof a == "number") // A single selection console.println("Selection: " + f.getItemAt(a, false)); else { // Multiple selections console.println("Selection:"); for (var i = 0; i < a.length; i ++) console.println(" " + f.getItemAt(a[i], false)); }
Example (Write)
The following code, selects the second and fourth (0-based index values, 1 and 3, respectively) in a list box.
var f = this.getField("myList"); f.currentValueIndices = [1,3];
JavaScript API
defaultStyle 424
defaultStyle
6.0
This property defines the default style attributes for the form field. If the user clicks an empty field and begins entering text without changing properties using the property toolbar, these are the properties that will be used. This property is a single Span object without a text property. Some of the properties in the default style span mirror the properties of the Field object. Changing these properties also modifies the defaultStyle property for the field and vice versa. The following table details the properties of the Field object that are also in the default style and any differences between their values. defaultStyle (Span properties)
alignment
Field properties
alignment
Description The alignment property has the same values for both the default style and the Field object. The value of this field property is a complete font name that represents the font family, weight, and style. In the default style property, each property is represented separately. If an exact match for the font properties specified in the default style cannot be found, a similar font will be used or synthesized. The textColor property has the same values for both the default style and the Field object. The textSize property has the same values for both the default style and the Field object.
textFont
textColor
textColor
textSize
textSize
Note: When a field is empty, defaultStyle is the style used for newly entered text. If a field already contains text when defaultStyle is changed, the text will not pick up any changes to defaultStyle. Newly entered text uses the attributes of the text it is inserted into (or specified with the toolbar). When pasting rich text into a field, unspecified attributes in the pasted rich text are filled with those from defaultStyle. Superscript and Subscript are ignored in defaultStyle.
Type
Span object
Access
R/W
Fields
rich text
JavaScript API
defaultValue 425
Example
Change the default style for a text field.
var style = this.getField("Text1").defaultStyle; style.textColor = color.red; style.textSize = 18; // if Courier Std is not found, use a monospace font style.fontFamily = ["Courier Std", "monospace" ]; this.getField("Text1").defaultStyle = style;
defaultValue
3.01
The default value of a fieldthat is, the value that the field is set to when the form is reset. For combo boxes and list boxes, either an export or a user value can be used to set the default. A conflict can occur, for example, when the field has an export value and a user value with the same value but these apply to different items in the list. In such cases, the export value is matched against first.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Fields
all except button, signature
Example
var f = this.getField("Name"); f.defaultValue = "Enter your name here.";
doNotScroll
5.0
If true, the text field does not scroll and the user, therefore, is limited by the rectangular region designed for the field. Setting this property to true or false corresponds to checking or unchecking the Scroll Long Text field in the Options tab of the field.
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
doNotSpellCheck 426
Access
R/W
Fields
text
doNotSpellCheck
5.0
If true, spell checking is not performed on this editable text field. Setting this property to true or false corresponds to unchecking or checking the Check Spelling attribute in the Options tab of the Field Properties dialog box.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
combobox (editable), text
delay
3.01
Delays the redrawing of a fields appearance. It is generally used to buffer a series of changes to the properties of the field before requesting that the field regenerate its appearance. Setting the property to true forces the field to wait until delay is set to false. The update of its appearance then takes place, redrawing the field with its latest settings. There is a corresponding Doc delay flag if changes are being made to many fields at once.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
display 427
Fields
all
Example
Change the appearance of a check box. Set delay to true, makes changes, and sets delay to false.
// Get the myCheckBox field var f = this.getField("myCheckBox"); // Set the delay and change the fields properties // to beveled edge and medium thickness line. f.delay = true; f.borderStyle = border.b; ... // A number of other changes f.strokeWidth = 2; f.delay = false; // Force the changes now
display
4.0
Controls whether the field is hidden or visible on screen and in print. Values are: Effect Field is visible on screen and in print Field is hidden on screen and in print Field is visible on screen but does not print Field is hidden on screen but prints Keyword
display.visible display.hidden display.noPrint display.noView
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Fields
all
JavaScript API
doc 428
Example
// Set the display property var f = getField("myField"); f.display = display.noPrint; // Test whether field is hidden on screen and in print if (f.display == display.hidden) console.println("hidden");
doc
3.01 Returns the Doc of the document to which the field belongs.
Type
object
Access
R
Fields
all
editable
3.01
Controls whether a combo box is editable. If true, the user can type in a selection. If false, the user must choose one of the provided selections.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
combobox
Example
var f = this.getField("myComboBox"); f.editable = true;
JavaScript API
exportValues 429
exportValues
5.0
An array of strings representing the export values for the field. The array has as many elements as there are annotations in the field. The elements are mapped to the annotations in the order of creation (unaffected by tab-order). For radio button fields, this property is required to make the field work properly as a group. The button that is checked at any time gives its value to the field as a whole. For check box fields, unless an export value is specified, Yes (or the corresponding localized string) is the default when the field is checked. Off is the default when the field is unchecked (the same as for a radio button field when none of its buttons are checked).
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Fields
checkbox, radiobutton
Example
Create a radio button field and sets its export values.
var d = 40; var f = this.addField("myRadio","radiobutton",0, [200, 510, 210, 500]); this.addField("myRadio","radiobutton",0, [200+d, 510-d, 210+d, 500-d]); this.addField("myRadio","radiobutton",0,[200, 510-2*d, 210, 500-2*d]); this.addField("myRadio","radiobutton",0,[200-d, 510-d, 210-d, 500-d]); f.strokeColor = color.black; // Now give each radio field an export value f.exportValues = ["North", "East", "South", "West"];
fileSelect
5.0
If true, sets the file-select flag in the Options tab of the text field (Field is Used for File Selection). This indicates that the value of the field represents a path of a file whose contents may be submitted with the form.
JavaScript API
fillColor 430
The path may be entered directly into the field by the user, or the user can browse for the file. (See the browseForFileToSubmit method.) Note: The file select flag is mutually exclusive with the multiline, charLimit, password, and defaultValue properties. Also, on the Mac OS platform, when setting the file select flag, the field gets treated as read-only. Therefore, the user must browse for the file to enter into the field. (See browseForFileToSubmit.) This property can only be set during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
text
fillColor
4.0
Specifies the background color for a field. The background color is used to fill the rectangle of the field. Values are defined by using transparent, gray, RGB or CMYK color. See Color arrays on page 193 for information on defining color arrays and how values are used with this property. In older versions of this specification, this property was named bgColor. The use of bgColor is now discouraged, although it is still valid for backward compatibility.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Fields
all
JavaScript API
hidden 431
Example
Change the background color of a text field. If the current color is red, it changes to blue, otherwise it changes to yellow.
var f = this.getField("myField"); if (color.equal(f.fillColor, color.red)) f.fillColor = color.blue; else f.fillColor = color.yellow;
hidden
X D F
Note: This property has been superseded by the display property and its use is discouraged. If the value is false, the field is visible to the user; if true, the field is invisible. The default value is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
all
highlight
3.01
Defines how a button reacts when a user clicks it. The four highlight modes supported are:
none No visual indication that the button has been clicked. invert The region encompassing the buttons rectangle inverts momentarily. push The down face for the button (if any) is displayed momentarily. outline The border of the rectangleinverts momentarily.
Keyword
highlight.n highlight.i highlight.p highlight.o
JavaScript API
lineWidth 432
Type
String
Access
R/W
Fields
button
Example
Set the highlight property of a button to invert.
var f = this.getField("myButton"); f.highlight = highlight.i;
lineWidth
4.0
Specifies the thickness of the border when stroking the perimeter of a fields rectangle. If the stroke color is transparent, this parameter has no effect except in the case of a beveled border. Values are:
0 none 1 thin 2 medium 3 thick
In older versions of this specification, this property was borderWidth. The use of borderWidth is now discouraged, although it is still valid for backward compatibility. The default value for lineWidth is 1 (thin). Any integer value can be used; however, values beyond 5 may distort the fields appearance.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Fields
all
JavaScript API
multiline 433
Example
Change the border width of the Text Box to medium thickness
f.lineWidth = 2
multiline
3.01
Controls how text is wrapped within the field. If false (the default), the text field can be a single line only. If true, multiple lines are allowed and they wrap to field boundaries.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
text
Example
See Example 1 following the Doc getField method.
multipleSelection
5.0
If true, indicates that a list box allows a multiple selection of items. See also type, value, and currentValueIndices.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
listbox
JavaScript API
name 434
name
3.01 This property returns the fully qualified field name of the field as a string object. Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, if the Field object represents one individual widget, the returned name includes an appended '.' followed by the widget index.
Type
String
Access
R
Fields
all
Example
Get a Field object and write the name of the field to the console.
var f = this.getField("myField"); // Displays "myField" in the console window console.println(f.name);
numItems
3.01 The number of items in a combo box or list box.
Type
Integer
Access
R
Fields
combobox, listbox
JavaScript API
page 435
Example
Get the number of items in a list box.
var f = this.getField("myList"); console.println("There are " + f.numItems + " in this list box");
Face names and values of a combo box or list box can be accessed through the getItemAt method. See that method for an additional example of numItems.
page
5.0 The page number or an array of page numbers of a field. If the field has only one appearance in the document, the page property returns an integer representing the 0-based page number of the page on which the field appears. If the field has multiple appearances, it returns an array of integers, each member of which is a 0-based page number of an appearance of the field. The order in which the page numbers appear in the array is determined by the order in which the individual widgets of this field were created (and is unaffected by tab-order). If an appearance of the field is on a hidden template page, page returns a value of -1 for that appearance.
Type
Integer | Array
Access
R
Fields
all
Example 1
Determine whether a particular field appears on one page, or more than one page.
var f = this.getField("myField"); if (typeof f.page == "number") console.println("This field only occurs once on page " + f.page); else console.println("This field occurs " + f.page.length + " times);
JavaScript API
password 436
password
3.01
Specifies whether the field should display asterisks when data is entered in the field. (Upon submission, the actual data entered is sent.) If this property is true, data in the field is not saved when the document is saved to disk.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
text
print
X D F
Note: This property has been superseded by the display property and its use is discouraged. If true, the field appears when the user prints the document. If false, the field does not appear when printing. This property can be used to hide control buttons and other fields that are not useful on the printed page.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
all
radiosInUnison
6.0
If false, even if a group of radio buttons have the same name and export value, they behave in a mutually exclusive fashion, like HTML radio buttons. The default for new radio buttons is false. If true, if a group of radio buttons have the same name and export value, they turn on and off in unison, as in Acrobat 4.0.
JavaScript API
readonly 437
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
radiobutton
readonly
3.01
The read-only characteristic of a field. If a field is read-only, the user can see the field but cannot change it.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
all
Example
Get a field and make it read-only.
var f = this.getField("myTextField"); f.value = "You cant change this message!"; f.readonly = true;
rect
5.0
An array of four numbers in rotated user space that specify the size and placement of the form field. These four numbers are the coordinates of the bounding rectangle and are listed in the following order: upper-left x, upper-left y, lower-right x and lower-right y. Note: The Annotation object also has a rect property. However, the coordinates are not in rotated user space and they are in a different order than in the Field object rect property.
JavaScript API
required 438
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Fields
all
Example 1
Lay out a 2-inch-wide text field just to the right of the field myText.
var f = this.getField("myText"); // Get the Field object var myRect = f.rect; // and get its rectangle myRect[0] = f.rect[2]; // The ulx for new = lrx for old myRect[2] += 2 * 72; // Move two inches for lry f = this.addField("myNextText", "text", this.pageNum, myRect); f.strokeColor = color.black;
Example 2
Move an existing button field 10 points to the right.
var b = this.getField("myButton"); var aRect = b.rect; // Make a copy of b.rect aRect[0] += 10; // Increment first x coordinate by 10 aRect[2] += 10; // Increment second x coordinate by 10 b.rect = aRect; // Update the value of b.rect
required
3.01
Specifies whether a field requires a value. If true, the fields value must be non-null when the user clicks a submit button that causes the value of the field to be posted. If the field value is null, the user receives a warning message and the submit does not occur.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
richText 439
Fields
all except button
Example
Make myField into a required field.
var f = this.getField("myField"); f.required = true;
richText
6.0
If true, the field allows rich text formatting. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Fields
text
Related objects and properties are richValue, defaultStyle, event.richValue, event.richChange, event.richChangeEx, the Annotation object richContents property, and the Span object.
Example 1
Get a Field object and set it for rich text formatting.
var f = this.getField("Text1"); f.richText = true;
Example 2
Count the number of rich text fields in the document.
var count = 0; for ( var i = 0; i < this.numFields; i++) { var fname = this.getNthFieldName(i); var f = this.getField(fname); if ( f.type == "text" && f.richText ) count++ } console.println("There are a total of "+ count + " rich text fields.");
JavaScript API
richValue 440
richValue
6.0
This property specifies the text contents and formatting of a rich text field. For field types other than rich text, this property is undefined. The rich text contents are represented as an array of Span objects containing the text contents and formatting of the field.
Type
Array of Span objects
Access
R/W
Fields
rich text Related objects and properties are richText, defaultStyle, event.richValue, event.richChange, event.richChangeEx, the Annotation object richContents property, and the Span object.
Example 1
Turn all bold text into red underlined text.
var f = this.getField("Text1"); var spans = f.richValue; for ( var i = 0; i < spans.length; i++ ) { if( spans[i].fontWeight >= 700 ) { spans[i].textColor = color.red; spans[i].underline = true; } } f.richValue = spans;
Example 2
Create a text field, marks it for rich text formatting, and inserts rich text.
var myDoc = app.newDoc(); var Bbox = myDoc.getPageBox("Crop"); var inch = 72; // Create a blank doc // Get crop box
// Add a text field at the top of the document var f = myDoc.addField("Text1", "text", 0, [72, Bbox[1]-inch, Bbox[2]-inch, Bbox[1]-2*inch ] ); // Add some attributes to this text field f.strokeColor = color.black;
JavaScript API
rotation 441
f.richText = true; f.multiline = true; // Now build up an array of Span objects var spans = new Array(); spans[0] = new Object(); spans[0].text = "Attention:\r"; spans[0].textColor = color.blue; spans[0].textSize = 18; spans[1] = new Object(); spans[1].text = "Adobe Acrobat 6.0\r"; spans[1].textColor = color.red; spans[1].textSize = 20; spans[1].alignment = "center"; spans[2] = new Object(); spans[2].text = "will soon be here!"; spans[2].textColor = color.green; spans[2].fontStyle = "italic"; spans[2].underline = true; spans[2].alignment = "right"; // Now give the rich field a rich value f.richValue = spans;
rotation
6.0
The rotation of a widget in counterclockwise increments. Valid values are 0, 90, 180, and 270.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Fields
all
Example
Create a rotated text field on each page and fill it with text.
for ( var i=0; i < this.numPages; i++) { var f = this.addField("myRotatedText"+i,"text",i,[6, 6+72, 18, 6]); f.rotation = 90; f.value = "Confidential"; f.textColor = color.red; f.readonly = true; }
JavaScript API
strokeColor 442
strokeColor
4.0
Specifies the stroke color for a field that is used to stroke the rectangle of the field with a line as large as the line width. Values are defined by using transparent, gray, RGB or CMYK color. See Color arrays on page 193 for information on defining color arrays and how values are used with this property. In older versions of this specification, this property was borderColor. The use of borderColor is now discouraged, although it is still valid for backward compatibility.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Fields
all
Example
Change the stroke color of each text field in the document to red.
for ( var i=0; i < this.numFields; i++) { var fname = this.getNthFieldName(i); var f = this.getField(fname); if ( f.type == "text" ) f.strokeColor = color.red; }
style
3.01
Allows the user to set the glyph style of a check box or radio button. The glyph style is the graphic used to indicate that the item has been selected. The style values are associated with keywords as follows. Style check cross diamond Keyword
style.ch style.cr style.di
JavaScript API
submitName 443
Keyword
style.ci style.st style.sq
Type
String
Access
R/W
Fields
checkbox, radiobutton
Example
This example sets the glyph style to circle.
var f = this.getField("myCheckbox"); f.style = style.ci;
submitName
5.0
If nonempty, used during form submission instead of name. Only applicable if submitting in HTML format (that is, URL-encoded).
Type
String
Access
R/W
Fields
all
JavaScript API
textColor 444
textColor
4.0
The foreground color of a field. It represents the text color for text, button, or list box fields and the check color for check box or radio button fields. Values are defined the same as the fillColor. See Color arrays on page 193 for information on defining color arrays and how values are set and used with this property. In older versions of this specification, this property was fgColor. The use of fgColor is now discouraged, although it is still valid for backward compatibility. Note: An exception is thrown if a transparent color space is used to set textColor.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Fields
all
Example
This example sets the foreground color to red.
var f = this.getField("myField"); f.textColor = color.red;
textFont
3.01
The font that is used when laying out text in a text field, combo box, list box or button. Valid fonts are defined as properties of the font object. Beginning with Acrobat 5.0, arbitrary fonts can also be used. See Use of arbitrary fonts on page 445.
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
textFont 445
Fields
button, combobox, listbox, text
font Object
Text font Times-Roman Times-Bold Times-Italic Times-BoldItalic Helvetica Helvetica-Bold Helvetica-Oblique Helvetica-BoldOblique Courier Courier-Bold Courier-Oblique Courier-BoldOblique Symbol ZapfDingbats Keyword
font.Times font.TimesB font.TimesI font.TimesBI font.Helv font.HelvB font.HelvI font.HelvBI font.Cour font.CourB font.CourI font.CourBI font.Symbol font.ZapfD
1. Create a text field in a PDF document. Using the UI, set the text font for this field to the desired font. 2. Open the JavaScript Debugger Console and execute the script
this.getField("Text1").textFont
The above code assumes the name of the field is Text1. 3. The string returned to the console is the font name needed to programmatically set the text font.
JavaScript API
textSize 446
Example
Set the font to Helvetica.
var f = this.getField("myField"); f.textFont = font.Helv;
textSize
3.01
Specifies the text size (in points) to be used in all controls. In check box and radio button fields, the text size determines the size of the check. Valid text sizes range from 0 to 32767, inclusive. A value of zero means the largest point size that allows all text data to fit in the fields rectangle.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Fields
all
Example
Set the text size of myField to 28 points.
this.getField("myField").textSize = 28;
type
3.01 Returns the type of the field as a string. Valid types are:
button checkbox combobox listbox radiobutton signature text
JavaScript API
userName 447
Type
String
Access
R
Fields
all
Example
Count the number of text fields in the document.
var count = 0; for ( var i=0; i<this.numFields; i++) { var fname = this.getNthFieldName(i); if ( this.getField(fname).type == "text" ) count++; } console.println("There are " + count + " text fields.");
userName
3.01
The user name (short description string) of the field. It is intended to be used as tooltip text whenever the cursor enters a field. It can also be used as a user-friendly name, instead of the field name, when generating error messages.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Fields
all
Example
Add a tooltip to a button field.
var f = this.getField("mySubmit"); f.userName = "Press this button to submit your data.";
JavaScript API
value 448
value
3.01
The value of the field data that the user has entered. Depending on the type of the field, may be a String, Date, or Number. Typically, the value is used to create calculated fields. Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, if a field contains rich text formatting, modifying this property will discard the formatting and regenerate the field value and appearance using the defaultStyle and plain text value. To modify the field value and maintain formatting use the richValue property. Note: For signature fields, if the field has been signed, a non-null string is returned as the value. For Acrobat 5.0 or later, if the field is a list box that accepts multiple selections (see multipleSelection), you can pass an array to set the value of the field, and value returns an array for a list box with multiple values currently selected. The currentValueIndices of a list box that has multiple selections is the preferred and most efficient way to get and set the value of this type of field. See also valueAsString and event.type.
Type
various
Access
R/W
Fields
all except button
Example
In this example, the value of the field being calculated is set to the sum of the Oil and Filter fields and multiplied by the state sales tax.
var oil = this.getField("Oil"); var filter = this.getField("Filter"); event.value = (oil.value + filter.value) * 1.0825;
valueAsString
5.0
Returns the value of a field as a JavaScript string. It differs from value, which attempts to convert the contents of a field contents to an accepted format. For example, for a field with a value of 020, value returns the integer 20, while valueAsString returns the string 020.
JavaScript API
browseForFileToSubmit 449
Type
String
Access
R
Fields
all except button
Field methods
browseForFileToSubmit
5.0
If invoked on a text field for which the fileSelect flag is set (checked), opens a standard file-selection dialog box. The path entered through the dialog box is automatically assigned as the value of the text field. If invoked on a text field in which the fileSelect flag is clear (unchecked), an exception is thrown.
Example
The following code references a text field with the file select flag checked. It is a mouse-up action of a button field.
var f = this.getField("resumeField"); f.browseForFileToSubmit();
buttonGetCaption
5.0 Gets the caption associated with a button. Use buttonSetCaption to set the caption.
Parameters
nFace
JavaScript API
buttonGetIcon 450
Returns
The caption string associated with the button.
Example
This example places pointing arrows to the left and right of the caption on a button field with icon and text.
// A mouse enter event event.target.buttonSetCaption("=> "+ event.target.buttonGetCaption() +" <="); // A mouse exit event var str = event.target.buttonGetCaption(); str = str.replace(/=> | <=/g, ""); event.target.buttonSetCaption(str);
The same effect can be created by having the same icon for rollover and the same text, with the arrows inserted, for the rollover caption. This approach would be slower and cause the icon to flicker. The above code gives a very fast and smooth rollover effect because only the caption is changed, not the icon.
buttonGetIcon
5.0 Gets the Icon object of a specified type associated with a button. See also the buttonSetIcon method for assigning an icon to a button.
Parameters
nFace
Returns
The Icon object.
Example
// Swap two button icons. var f = this.getField("Button1"); var g = this.getField("Button2"); var temp = f.buttonGetIcon(); f.buttonSetIcon(g.buttonGetIcon()); g.buttonSetIcon(temp);
JavaScript API
buttonImportIcon 451
buttonImportIcon
3.01
Imports the appearance of a button from another PDF file. If neither optional parameter is passed, the user is prompted to select a file. See also buttonGetIcon, buttonSetIcon, addIcon, getIcon, importIcon, and removeIcon. Note: (Acrobat 8.0) If cPath is specified, this method can only be executed during batch and console events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Parameters
cPath
(optional, Acrobat 5.0) The device-independent path for the file. Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, Acrobat first attempts to open cPath as a PDF file. On failure, Acrobat tries to convert the file to PDF from one of the known graphics formats (BMP, GIF, JPEG, PCX, PNG, TIFF) and then import the converted file as a button icon.
nPage
(optional, Acrobat 5.0) The 0-based page number from the file to turn into an icon. The default is 0.
Returns
An integer, as follows:
1 The user cancelled the dialog 0 No error -1 The selected file could not be opened -2 The selected page was invalid
The button field myPicture has been set to display both icon and caption. The employees first and last names are concatenated to form the caption for the picture. Note that if there is an error in retrieving the icon, a substitute icon can be imported.
JavaScript API
buttonSetCaption 452
buttonSetCaption
5.0
Sets the caption associated with a button. Use buttonGetCaption to get the current caption. See buttonAlignX, buttonAlignY, buttonFitBounds, buttonPosition, buttonScaleHow, and buttonScaleWhen for details on how the icon and caption are placed on the button face.
Parameters
cCaption nFace
The caption associated with the button. (optional) If specified, sets a caption of the given type:
0 (default) normal caption 1 down caption 2 rollover caption
Example
var f = this.getField("myButton"); f.buttonSetCaption("Hello");
buttonSetIcon
5.0
Sets the icon associated with a button. See buttonAlignX, buttonAlignY, buttonFitBounds, buttonPosition, buttonScaleHow, and buttonScaleWhen for details on how the icon and caption are placed on the button face. Use either buttonGetIcon or doc.getIcon to get an Icon object that can be used for the oIcon parameter of this method. Note: This method must be executed from script embedded within the document. Executing script containing buttonSetIcon in the console of the Adobe Reader, for example, will throw a NotAllowedError exception.
JavaScript API
checkThisBox 453
Parameters
oIcon nFace
The Icon object associated with the button. (optional) If specified, sets an icon of the given type:
0 (default) normal icon 1 down icon 2 rollover icon
Example
This example takes every named icon in the document and creates a list box using the names. Selecting an item in the list box sets the icon with that name as the button face of the field myPictures. What follows is the mouse-up action of the button field myButton.
var f = this.getField("myButton") var aRect = f.rect; aRect[0] = f.rect[2]; // Place list box relative to the aRect[2] = f.rect[2] + 144; // position of "myButton" var myIcons = new Array(); var l = addField("myIconList", "combobox", 0, aRect); l.textSize = 14; l.strokeColor = color.black; for (var i = 0; i < this.icons.length; i++) myIcons[i] = this.icons[i].name; l.setItems(myIcons); l.setAction("Keystroke", 'if (!event.willCommit) {\r\t' + 'var f = this.getField("myPictures");\r\t' + 'var i = this.getIcon(event.change);\r\t' + 'f.buttonSetIcon(i);\r' + '}');
The named icons themselves can be imported into the document through an interactive scheme, such as the example given in addIcon or through a batch sequence. See also buttonGetCaption for a more extensive example.
checkThisBox
5.0
Checks or unchecks the specified widget. Only check boxes can be unchecked. A radio button cannot be unchecked using this method, but if its default state is unchecked (see defaultIsChecked) it can be reset to the unchecked state using the resetForm. method of the Doc. Note: For a set of radio buttons that do not have duplicate export values, you can set the value to the export value of the individual widget that should be checked (or pass an empty string if none should be).
JavaScript API
clearItems 454
Parameters
nWidget
The 0-based index of an individual check box or radio button widget for this field. The index is determined by the order in which the individual widgets of this field were created (and is unaffected by tab-order). Every entry in the Fields panel has a suffix giving this index; for example, MyField #0.
bCheckIt
(optional) Specifies whether the widget should be checked. The default is true.
Example
Check a check box.
var f = this.getField("ChkBox"); f.checkThisBox(0,true);
clearItems
4.0
Clears all the values in a list box or combo box. Related methods and properties include numItems, getItemAt, deleteItemAt, currentValueIndices, insertItemAt and setItems.
Example
Clear the field myList of all items.
this.getField("myList").clearItems();
defaultIsChecked
5.0
Sets the specified widget to be checked or unchecked by default. Note: For a set of radio buttons that do not have duplicate export values, you can set the defaultValue to the export value of the individual widget that should be checked by default (or pass an empty string if none should be checked).
JavaScript API
deleteItemAt 455
Parameters
nWidget
The 0-based index of an individual radio button or check box widget for this field. The index is determined by the order in which the individual widgets of this field were created (and is unaffected by tab-order). Every entry in the Fields panel has a suffix giving this index (for example, MyField #0).
bIsDefaultChecked
(optional) If true (the default), the widget should be checked by default (for example, when the field gets reset). If false, it should be unchecked by default.
Returns
true on success.
Example
Change the default of ChkBox to checked, then reset the field to reflect the default value.
var f = this.getField("ChkBox"); f.defaultIsChecked(0,true); this.resetForm(["ChkBox"]);
deleteItemAt
4.0
Deletes an item in a combo box or a list box. For a list box, if the current selection is deleted, the field no longer has a current selection. If this method is invoked again on the same field and no parameter is specified, unexpected behavior can result because there is no current selection to delete. Therefore, it is important to make a new selection (such as by using the currentValueIndices method) for the method to behave as documented.
Parameters
nIdx
(optional) The 0-based index of the item in the list to delete. If not specified, the currently selected item is deleted.
Example
Delete the current item in the list, then select the top item in the list.
var a = this.getField("MyListBox"); a.deleteItemAt(); // Delete current item, and... a.currentValueIndices = 0; // select top item in list
JavaScript API
getArray 456
getArray
3.01 Gets the array of terminal child fields (that is, fields that can have a value) for this Field object, the parent field.
Returns
An array of Field objects
Example
Make a calculation of the values of the child fields of the parent field.
// f has 3 children: f.v1, f.v2, f.v3 var f = this.getField("f"); var a = f.getArray(); var v = 0.0; for (j =0; j < a.length; j++) v += a[j].value; // v contains the sum of all the children of field "f"
getItemAt
3.01 Gets the internal value of an item in a combo box or a list box. The number of items in a list can be obtained from numItems. See also insertItemAt, deleteItemAt, clearItems, currentValueIndices and setItems.
Parameters
nIdx bExportValue
The 0-based index of the item in the list or -1 for the last item in the list. (optional, Acrobat 5.0) Specifies whether to return an export value:
If true (the default), if the item has an export value, it is returned. If there is no export value, the item name is returned. If false, the method returns the item name.
Returns
The export value or name of the specified item.
JavaScript API
getLock 457
Example
In the two examples that follow, assume there are three items on myList: First, with an export value of 1; Second, with an export value of 2; and Third, with no export value.
// Returns value of first item in list, which is 1 var f = this.getField("myList"); var v = f.getItemAt(0);
The following example shows the use of the second optional parameter. By setting it to false, the item name (face value) can be obtained, even if there is an export value.
for (var i=0; i < f.numItems; i++) console.println(f.getItemAt(i,true) + ": " + f.getItemAt(i,false));
getLock
6.0 Gets a Lock object, a generic object that contains the lock properties of a signature field. See also setLock.
Returns
The Lock object for the field.
insertItemAt
3.01
Inserts a new item into a combo box or a list box. Related methods and properties include numItems, getItemAt, deleteItemAt, clearItems, currentValueIndices and setItems.
Parameters
cName cExport nIdx
The item name that will appear in the form. (optional) The export value of the field when this item is selected. If not provided, the cName is used as the export value. (optional) The index in the list at which to insert the item. If 0 (the default), the new item is inserted at the top of the list. If 1, the new item is inserted at the end of the list.
JavaScript API
isBoxChecked 458
Example
var l = this.getField("myList"); l.insertItemAt("sam", "s", 0); /* inserts sam to top of list l */
isBoxChecked
5.0 Determines whether the specified widget is checked. Note: For a set of radio buttons that do not have duplicate export values, you can get the value, which is equal to the export value of the individual widget that is currently checked (or returns an empty string, if none is).
Parameters
nWidget
The 0-based index of an individual radio button or check box widget for this field. The index is determined by the order in which the individual widgets of this field were created (and is unaffected by tab-order). Every entry in the Fields panel has a suffix giving this index, for example, MyField #0.
Returns
true if the specified widget is currently checked, false otherwise.
Example
Determine the state of the check box and report back with an alert box.
var f = this.getField("ChkBox"); var cbStatus = (f.isBoxChecked(0)) ? " " : " not "; app.alert("The box is" + cbStatus + "checked");
isDefaultChecked
5.0 Determines whether the specified widget is checked by default (for example, when the field gets reset). Note: For a set of radio buttons that do not have duplicate export values, you can get the defaultValue, which is equal to the export value of the individual widget that is checked by default (or returns an empty string, if none is).
JavaScript API
setAction 459
Parameters
nWidget
The 0-based index of an individual radio button or check box widget for this field. The index is determined by the order in which the individual widgets of this field were created (and is unaffected by tab-order). Every entry in the Fields panel has a suffix giving this index, for example, MyField #0.
Returns
true if the specified widget is checked by default, false otherwise.
Example
Determine if the specified check box is checked by default.
var f = this.getField("ChkBox"); var cbStatus = (f.isDefaultChecked(0)) ? "Checked" : "Unchecked"; app.alert("The Default: " + cbStatus);
setAction
5.0
Sets the JavaScript action of the field for a given trigger. Related methods are the Bookmark object setAction method and the Doc methods setAction, addScript, and setPageAction. Note: This method will overwrite any action already defined for the chosen trigger.
Parameters
cTrigger
A string that sets the trigger for the action. Values are:
MouseUp MouseDown MouseEnter MouseExit OnFocus OnBlur Keystroke Validate Calculate Format
For a list box, use the Keystroke trigger for the Selection Change event.
cScript
JavaScript API
setFocus 460
Example
Set up a button field with addField, add some properties, and a mouse-up action using setAction.
var f = this.addField("actionField", "button", 0 , [20, 100, 100, 20]); f.setAction("MouseUp", "app.beep(0);"); f.delay = true; f.fillColor = color.ltGray; f.buttonSetCaption("Beep"); f.borderStyle = border.b; f.lineWidth = 3; f.strokeColor = color.red; f.highlight = highlight.p; f.delay = false;
setFocus
4.05 Sets the keyboard focus to this field. This can involve changing the page that the user is currently on or causing the view to scroll to a new position in the document. This method brings the document in which the field resides to the front, if it is not already there. See also bringToFront.
Example
Search for a certain open document, then focus on the field of interest. This script uses app.activeDocs, which requires the disclosed property of the documents to be true, or the script to be run during console, batch or menu events.
var d = app.activeDocs; for (var i = 0; i < d.length; i++) { if (d[i].info.Title == "Response Document") { d[i].getField("name").value="Enter your name here: " // also brings the doc to front. d[i].getField("name").setFocus(); break; } }
setItems
4.0
Sets the list of items for a combo box or a list box. Related methods and properties include numItems, getItemAt, deleteItemAt, currentValueIndices and clearItems.
JavaScript API
setLock 461
Parameters
oArray
An array in which each element is either an object convertible to a string or another array:
For an element that can be converted to a string, the user and export values for the list item are equal to the string. For an element that is an array, the array must have two subelements convertible to strings, where the first is the user value and the second is the export value.
Examples
Get various fields (combo or list) and set items in the list using various techniques.
var l = this.getField("ListBox"); l.setItems(["One", "Two", "Three"]); var c = this.getField("StateBox"); c.setItems([["California", "CA"],["Massachusetts", "MA"], ["Arizona", "AZ"]]); var c = this.getField("NumberBox"); c.setItems(["1", 2, 3, ["PI", Math.PI]]);
setLock
6.0
Controls which fields are to be locked when a signature is applied to this signature field. No modifications can be made to locked fields. If the signature is cleared, all fields that were locked become unlocked. The property settings can be obtained using getLock. Note: The method can be executed during a batch, application initialization, or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. This method cannot be applied to a field that is in a document that is already signed.
Parameters
oLock
Returns
true if successful, otherwise false or throws an exception.
JavaScript API
signatureGetModifications 462
Lock Object
A generic JavaScript object containing lock properties. This object is passed to setLock and returned by getLock for a signature field. It contains the following properties. Property
action
Type String
Access R/W
locked.
Exclude All fields except those specified in fields are
to be locked.
fields
Array of Strings
R/W
An array of strings containing the field names. Required if the value of action is Include or Exclude.
signatureGetModifications
7.0 Returns an object containing information on modifications that have been made to the document after the signature field was signed. The information includes only the difference between the current and signed state of the document. Transient objects, such as objects added after the signature but then subsequently deleted, are not reported.
Returns
An object containing modification information. The object has the following properties: Property
formFieldsCreated formFieldsDeleted
Description Array of form fields created after signing. Array of form fields deleted after signing. Each generic object in the array is a string of the form name : type. Array of form fields filled in after signing. Array of form fields modified after signing. In this context, form field fill-in does not constitute modification. Array of annotations created after signing. If the annotation is transient (for example, a dynamically created pop-up), the corresponding element of the array is a string of the form author : name : type.
formFieldsFilledIn formFieldsModified
annotsCreated
JavaScript API
signatureGetModifications 463
Property
annotsDeleted
Description Array of annotations deleted after signing. Each generic object in the array is of the form author : name : type. Array of annotations modified after signing. If the annotation is transient (for example, a dynamically created pop-up), the corresponding element of the array is a string of the form author : name : type. Number of pages added after signing. Number of pages deleted after signing. Number of pages whose content has been modified after signing (add/delete/modify of annotations/form fields are not considered as page modification for this purpose). List of pages spawned after signing. For each spawned page, the name of the source template is provided. List of spawned pages deleted after signing. For each spawned page, the name of the source template is provided. List of spawned pages modified after signing. For each spawned page, the name of the source template is provided.
annotsModified
spawnedPagesCreated
Array of Strings
spawnedPagesDeleted
Array of Strings
spawnedPagesModified
Array of Strings
Example
Write modification information back to the console.
var sigField = this.getField( "mySignature" ); var sigMods = sigField.signatureGetModifications(); var formFieldsCreated = sigMods.formFieldsCreated; for( var i = 0; i < formFieldsCreated.length; i++ ) console.println( formFieldsCreated[i].name ); var formFieldsDeleted = sigMods.formFieldsDeleted; for( var i = 0; i < formFieldsDeleted.length; i++ ) console.println( formFieldsDeleted[i].name ); var formFieldsFilledIn = sigMods.formFieldsFilledIn; for( var i = 0; i < formFieldsFilledIn.length; i++ ) console.println( formFieldsFilledIn[i].name );
JavaScript API
signatureGetSeedValue 464
var formFieldsModified = sigMods.formFieldsModified; for( var i = 0; i < formFieldsModified.length; i++ ) console.println( formFieldsModified[i].name ); var spawnedPages = sigMods.spawnedPagesCreated; for( var i = 0; i < spawnedPages.length; i++ ) console.println( spawnedPages[i] ); console.println( sigMods.numPagesDeleted );
signatureGetSeedValue
6.0 Returns a SeedValue object that contains the seed value properties of a signature field. Seed values are used to control properties of the signature, including the signature appearance, reasons for signing, and the person. See signatureSetSeedValue.
Returns
A SeedValue object.
Example
Access the seed value for a signature field.
var f = this.getField( "sig0" ); var seedValue = f.signatureGetSeedValue(); // displays the seed value filter and flags console.println( "Filter name:" + seedValue.filter); console.println( "Flags:" + seedValue.flags); // displays the certificate seed value constraints var certSpec = seedValue.certspec; console.println( "Issuer:" + certspec.issuer);
signatureInfo
5.0 Returns a SignatureInfo object that contains the properties of the signature. The object is a snapshot of the signature at the time that this method is called. A security handler may specify additional properties that are specific to the security handler. Note: There are no restrictions on when this method can be called. However, the specified security handler, oSig, may not always be available. See the security.getHandler method for details. Some properties of a signature handler, for example, certificates (a property of the SignatureInfo object), may return a null value until the signature is validated. Therefore, signatureInfo should be called again after signatureValidate.
JavaScript API
signatureSetSeedValue 465
Parameters
oSig
(optional) The SecurityHandler object to use to retrieve the signature properties. If not specified, the security handler is determined by the user preferences. (It is usually the handler that was used to create the signature.)
Returns
A SignatureInfo object that contains the properties of the signature. This type of object is also used when signing signature fields, signing FDF objects, or with the FDF object signatureValidate method.
Example
Access SignatureInfo object properties.
// Get all info var f = getField( "Signature1" ); f.signatureValidate(); var s = f.signatureInfo(); console.println( "Signature Attributes:" ); for(i in s) console.println( i + " = " + s[i] ); // Get particular info var f = this.getField("Signature1"); // uses the ppklite sig handler var Info = f.signatureInfo(); // Some standard signatureInfo properties console.println("name = " + Info.name); console.println("reason = " + Info.reason); console.println("date = " + Info.date); // Additional signatureInfo properties from PPKLite console.println("contact info = " + Info.contactInfo); // Get the certificate; first (and only) one var certificate = Info.certificates[0]; // Common name of the signer console.println("subjectCN = " + certificate.subjectCN); console.println("serialNumber = " + certificate.serialNumber); // Display some information about the distinguished name of signer console.println("subjectDN.cn = " + certificate.subjectDN.cn); console.println("subjectDN.o = " + certificate.subjectDN.o);
signatureSetSeedValue
6.0
Sets properties that are used when signing signature fields. The properties are stored in the signature field and are not altered when the field is signed, the signature is cleared, or when resetForm is called. Use signatureGetSeedValue to obtain the property settings.
JavaScript API
signatureSetSeedValue 466
Seed values should not be set on signed documents and cannot be set on certified documents. They are primarily used to configure fields on documents that are not yet signed. Setting a seed value often causes Acrobat not to display or not to use its default settings. For example, preset reasons are stored in the registry and specifying a signing reason causes the application to ignore the registry list so that only the custom reasons are displayed.
Note: The method can be executed during a batch, application initialization or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. Certifying signatures are signatures with a SignatureInfo object mdp property value of allowNone, default, or defaultAndComments. Not allowed in Adobe Reader. Refer to the Acrobat 8.0 Security Feature User Reference to obtain a deeper understanding of the use of signature seed values.
Parameters
oSigSeedValue
SeedValue Object
A generic JavaScript object, passed to signatureSetSeedValue and returned by signatureGetSeedValue, which represents a signature seed value. It has the following properties: Property
certspec
Access Description R/W R/W A seed value CertificateSpecifier object, see page 469 for a listing of the properties of this object. (Acrobat 8) An array of acceptable digest methods to use while signing. The valid string values are SHA1, SHA256, SHA384, SHA512, MD5, and RIPEMD160. Note: This is only applicable if the DigitalID contains RSA public/private keys. If they contain DSA public/private keys, then the value is always SHA1. The flags property indicates whether this is a required constraint.
digestMethod
filter
String
R/W
The language-independent name of the security handler to be used when signing. If filter is specified and the flags property indicates this entry is a required constraint, then the signature handler specified by this entry must be used when signing; otherwise, signing must not take place. If flags indicates that this is an optional constraint, then this handler should be used if it is available. If it is not available, a different handler can be used instead.
JavaScript API
signatureSetSeedValue 467
Property
flags
Type
Access Description A set of bit flags controlling which of the following properties of this object are required. The value is the logical OR of the following values, which are set if the corresponding property is required:
1: filter 2: subFilter 4: version 8: reasons 16: legalAttestations 32: shouldAddRevInfo 64: digestMethod
Number R/W
Usage: 1 specifies filter, 3 specifies filter and sub-filter, and 11 specifies filter, sub-filter, and reasons. If this field is not present, all properties are optional.
legalAttestations
Array of Strings
R/W
(Acrobat 7.0) A list of legal attestations that the user can use when creating an Modification Detection and Prevention (MDP) (certified) signature. The value of the corresponding flag in the flags property indicates whether this is a required or optional constraint.
mdp
String
R/W
(Acrobat 7.0) The MDP setting to use when signing the field. Values are
allowNone default defaultAndComments
While allowAll is a legal value, it cancels out the effect of MDP and no certification signature can be used for this field, resulting in the signature being an approval signature, not an certification signature. Values are unique identifiers and are described in the table titled Modification Detection and Prevention (MDP) Values on page 656.
reasons
Array of Strings
R/W
A list of reasons that the user is allowed to use when signing. (Acrobat 8.0) If this array has a single element and that element is a single period '.' and if the reasons are marked as required by the flags property, then Acrobat 8 will suppress the UI for specifying a reason during signing. This overrides the users preference. If this array is empty and reasons are marked as required, an exception will be thrown.
JavaScript API
signatureSetSeedValue 468
Property
shouldAddRevInfo
Type
Access Description (Acrobat 8) If set to true, instructs the application to carry out revocation checking of the certificate (and the corresponding chains) used to sign, and include all the revocation information within the signature. Only relevant if subFilter is adbe.pkcs7.detached or adbe.pkcs7.sha1, and it is not applicable for adbe.x509.rsa_sha1. Hence, if the subFilter is adbe.x509.rsa_sha1 and its required that revocation information be added, then the signing operation fails. If shouldAddRevInfo is true and the flags property indicates this is a required constraint, then the tasks described above must be performed. If they cannot be performed, then signing must fail. The default value is false.
Boolean R/W
subFilter
Array of Strings
R/W
An array of acceptable formats to use for the signature. Refer to the Signature Info objects subFilter property for a list of known formats. The first name in the array that matches an encoding supported by the signature handler should be the encoding that is actually used for signing. If subFilter is specified and the flags property indicates that this entry is a required constraint, then the first matching encodings must be used when signing; otherwise, signing must not take place. If the flags property indicates that this is an optional constraint, then the first matching encoding should be used if it is available. If it is not available, a different encoding can be used.
timeStampspec
Object
R/W
(Acrobat 7.0) A Seed Value timeStamp Specifier object. It uses the url and flags properties to specify a timestamp server, see page 472. The minimum required version number of the signature handler to be used to sign the signature field. Valid values are 1 and 2. A value of 1 specifies that the parser must be able to recognize all seed value dictionary entries specified in PDF 1.5. A value of 2 specifies that it must be able to recognize all seed value dictionary entries specified in PDF 1.7 and earlier. The flags property indicates whether this is a required constraint. Note: The PDF Reference version 1.6 and earlier, erroneously indicates that the V entry (the key that corresponds to the version parameter) is of type integer. This entry is of type real.
version
Number R/W
JavaScript API
signatureSetSeedValue 469
CertificateSpecifier Object
This generic JavaScript object contains the certificate specifier properties of a signature seed value. Used in the certSpec property of the SeedValue object. This object contains the following properties: Property
flags
Type Number
Access R/W
Description A set of bit flags controlling which of the following properties of this object are required. The value is the logical OR of the following values, which are set if the corresponding property is required:
1: 2: 4: 8: 16: 32: 64: subject issuer oid subjectDN
Reserved
keyUsage url
Array of
Certificate
R/W
An array of Certificate objects that are acceptable for signing. Note: If specified, the signing certificate must be issued by a certificate that is an exact match with one of the certificates in this array. The value of the corresponding flag in the flags property indicates whether this is a required or optional constraint.
objects
JavaScript API
signatureSetSeedValue 470
Property
keyUsage
Type Object
Access R/W
Description (Acrobat 8.0) Array of integers, where each integer specifies the acceptable key-usage extension that must be present in the signing certificate. Each integer is constructed as follows: There are two bits used for each key-usage type (defined in RFC 3280) starting from the least significant bit: digitalSignature(bits 2,1), nonRepudiation(4,3) keyEncipherment(6,5) dataEncipherment(8,7) keyAgreement(10,9) keyCertSign(12,11) cRLSign(14,13) encipherOnly(16,15) decipherOnly(18,17) The value of the two bits have the following semantics: 00: the corresponding keyUsage must not be set 01: the corresponding keyUsage must be set 10 and 11: the state of the corresponding keyUsage doesnt matter. For example, if it is required that the key-usage type digitalSignature be set and the state of all other key-usage types do not matter, then the corresponding integer would be 0x7FFFFFFD. That is, to represent digitalSignature, set 01 for bits 2 and 1 respectively, and set 11 for all other key-usage types. The value of the corresponding flag in the flags property indicates whether this is a required constraint.
oid
Array of Strings
R/W
An array of strings that contain Policy OIDs that must be present in the signing certificate. This property is only applicable if the issuer property is present. The value of the corresponding flag in the flags property indicates whether this is a required or optional constraint.
JavaScript API
signatureSetSeedValue 471
Property
subject
Type Array of
Certificate
Access R/W
Description An array of Certificate objects that are acceptable for signing. Note: If specified, the signing certificate must be an exact match with one of the certificates in this array. The value of the corresponding flag in the flags property indicates whether this is a required or optional constraint.
objects
subjectDN
Array of objects
R/W
(Acrobat 8.0) Array of objects, where each object specifies a Subject Distinguished Name (DN) that is acceptable for signing. A signing certificate satisfies a DN requirement if it at least contains all the attributes specified in the DN (it can therefore contain additional DN attributes). If this entry is specified, the signing certificate must satisfy at least one of the DNs in the array. DN attribute restrictions are specified in this object by adding them as properties. The properties key names can either be the corresponding attributes friendly names or OIDs (as defined in RFC 3280). The properties value must be of type string. The value of the corresponding flag in the flags property indicates whether this is a required or optional constraint. Example 1: {cn:"Alice", ou:"Engineering", o:"Acme Inc"}. The friendly names for the DN attributes (cn, o, ou, and so on) are the ones defined in RDN (see the RDN object, page 590). Example 2: {cn:"Joe Smith", ou:
"Engineering", 2.5.4.43:"JS"}, where OID 2.5.4.43 is used to carry out matching for the
Initials attribute. The following is sample code to define the above DN:
var subjectDN = {cn:"Joe Smith", ou:"Engineering"}; subjectDN["2.4.5.43"] = "JS";
Attributes whose value is of type DirectoryString or IA5String can be specified as shown in the example above, whereas for all other value types, for example, dateOfBirth whose value is of type GeneralizedTime, the values need to be specified as a hex-encoded binary string. For more information about the various attributes and their types, refer to RFC 3280.
JavaScript API
signatureSetSeedValue 472
Property
url
Type String
Access R/W
Description A URL that can be used to enroll for a new credential if a matching credential is not found. A degenerate use of this property is when the URL points to a web service that is a DigitalID store (such as a signature web service that can be used for server-based signing). In that case, the URL indicates that as long as the signer has a DigitalID from that web service, it is acceptable for signing. The value of the corresponding flag in the flags property indicates whether this is a required or optional constraint.
urlType
String
R/W
(Acrobat 8.0) String indicating the type of URL specified by the url property. These are the valid values for Acrobat 8.0:
"HTML": The URL points to an HTML website and Acrobat will use the web browser to display its contents. The the value of the url bit of the flags property is ignored. "ASSP": The URL references a signature web service that can be used for server-based signing. If the url bit of the flags property indicates that this is a required constraint, this implies that the credential used when signing must come from this server.
If this attribute isnt present, its assumed that the URL points to a HTML site.
Description URL of the timeStamp server providing an RFC 3161 compliant timeStamp. A bit flag controlling whether the time stamp is required (1) or not required (0). The default is 0.
flags
Example 1
Seed the signature field, which has yet to be signed, with MDP, legal attestations, and permitted reasons for signing.
// Obtain the signature Field object: var f = this.getField("mySigField"); f.signatureSetSeedValue({
JavaScript API
signatureSign 473
mdp: "defaultAndComments", legalAttestations: ["Trust me and be at ease.", "You can surely trust the author."], reasons: ["This is a reason", "This is a better reason"], flags: 8 })
Example 2
Sets the signing handler as PPKMS and the format as adbe.pkcs7.sha1.
var f = this.getField( "mySigField" ); f.signatureSetSeedValue({ filter: "Adobe.PPKMS", subFilter: ["adbe.pkcs7.sha1"], flags: 3 });
Example 3
Sets the signing handler as PPKLite and the issuer of the signers certificate as caCert. Both are mandatory seed values and signing will fail if either constraint is not met.
var caCert = security.importFromFile("Certificate", "/C/temp/CA.cer"); f.signatureSetSeedValue({ filter: "Adobe.PPKLite", certspec: { issuer: [caCert], url: "http://www.example.com/enroll.html", flags : 2 }, flags: 1 });
signatureSign
5.0
Signs the field with the specified security handler. See also security.getHandler and securityHandler.login. Note: This method can only be executed during a batch, console, or application initialization event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events. Signature fields cannot be signed if they are already signed. Use resetForm to clear signature fields.
JavaScript API
signatureSign 474
Parameters
oSig
Specifies the SecurityHandler object to be used for signing. Throws an exception if the specified handler does not support signing operations. Some security handlers require that the user be logged in before signing can occur. If oSig is not specified, this method selects a handler based on user preferences or by prompting the user if bUI is true. (optional) A SignatureInfo object specifying the writable properties of the signature. See also signatureInfo. (optional) The device-independent path to the file to save to following the application of the signature. If not specified, the file is saved back to its original location. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) A Boolean value specifying whether the security handler should show the user interface when signing. If true, oInfo and cDIPath are used as default values in the signing dialog boxes. If false (the default), the signing occurs without a user interface. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) A string that can be provided when creating an certification signature. Certification signatures are signatures where the mdp property of the SignatureInfo object has a value other than allowAll. When creating an certification signature, the document is scanned for legal warnings and these warnings are embedded in the document. A caller can determine what legal warnings are found by first calling the Doc getLegalWarnings method. If warnings are to be embedded, an author may provide an attestation as to why these warnings are being applied to a document.
oInfo cDIPath
bUI
cLegalAttest
Returns
true if the signature was applied successfully, false otherwise.
Example 1
Sign the Signature field with the PPKLite signature handler:
var myEngine = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKLite" ); myEngine.login( "dps017", "/c/profile/dps.pfx" ); var f = this.getField("Signature"); // Sign the field f.signatureSign( myEngine, { password: "dps017", // provide password location: "San Jose, CA", // ... see note below reason: "I am approving this document", contactInfo: "dpsmith@example.com", appearance: "Fancy"});
Note: In the above example, a password was provided. This may or may not have been necessary depending whether the Password Timeout had expired. The Password Timeout can be set programmatically by securityHandler.setPasswordTimeout.
JavaScript API
signatureValidate 475
Example 2
Sign an certification signature field.
var myEngine = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKLite" ); myEngine.login( "dps017", "/c/profile/dps.pfx" ); var f = this.getField( "AuthorSigFieldName" ); var s = { reason: "I am the author of this document", mdp: "allowNone" }; f.signatureSign({ oSig: myEngine, oInfo: s, bUI: false, cLegalAttest: "To reduce file size, fonts are not embedded." });
signatureValidate
5.0 Validates and returns the validity status of the signature in a signature field. This routine can be computationally expensive and take a significant amount of time depending on the signature handler used to sign the signature. Note: There are no restrictions on when this method can be called. However, the parameter oSig is not always available. See security.getHandler for details.
Parameters
oSig
(optional) The security handler to be used to validate the signature. Its value is either a SecurityHandler object or a SignatureParameters object. If this handler is not specified, the method uses the security handler returned by the signatures handlerName property. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) If true, allows the UI to be shown when validating, if necessary. The UI may be used to select a validation handler if none is specified. The default is false.
bUI
Returns
The validity status of the signature. Validity values are:
-1 Not a signature field 0 Signature is blank 1 Unknown status 2 Signature is invalid 3 Signature of document is valid, identity of signer could not be verified 4 Signature of document is valid and identity of signer is valid.
JavaScript API
signatureValidate 476
SignatureParameters object
A generic object with the following properties that specify which security handlers are to be used for validation by signatureValidate:
oSecHdlr bAltSecHdlr
The security handler object to use to validate this signature. If true, an alternate security handler, selected based on user preference settings, may be used to validate the signature. The default is false, which means that the security handler returned by the signatures handlerName property is used to validate the signature. This parameter is not used if oSecHdlr is provided.
Example
Validate a signature, then report to the console.
var f = this.getField("Signature1") // Get signature field var status = f.signatureValidate(); var sigInfo = f.signatureInfo(); if ( status < 3 ) var msg = "Signature not valid! " + sigInfo.statusText; else var msg = "Signature valid! " + sigInfo.statusText; app.alert(msg);
JavaScript API
FullScreen 477
FullScreen
The interface to fullscreen (presentation mode) preferences and properties. To acquire a fullScreen object, use app.fs.
FullScreen properties
backgroundColor
5.0
The background color of the screen in full screen mode. See Color arrays on page 193 for details.
Type
Color Array
Access
R/W
Example
app.fs.backgroundColor = color.ltGray;
clickAdvances
5.0
Specifies whether a mouse click anywhere on the page causes the page to advance.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
cursor 478
cursor
5.0
Determines the behavior of the pointer in full screen mode. The convenience cursor object defines all the valid cursor behaviors: Cursor Behavior Always hidden Hidden after delay Visible Keyword
cursor.hidden cursor.delay cursor.visible
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Example
app.fs.cursor = cursor.visible;
defaultTransition
5.0
The default transition to use when advancing pages in full screen mode. Use transitions to obtain list of valid transition names supported by the viewer. No Transition is equivalent to app.fs.defaultTransition = "";
Type
String
Access
R/W
Example
Put the document into presentation mode.
app.fs.defaultTransition = "WipeDown"; app.fs.isFullScreen = true;
JavaScript API
escapeExits 479
escapeExits
5.0
A Boolean value specifying the escape key can be used to exit full screen mode. Note: (Version 8.0) This property can only set to false during batch and console events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
isFullScreen
5.0 If true, the viewer is in full screen mode rather than regular viewing mode, which is possible only if one or more documents are open for viewing. Note: A PDF document being viewed from within a web browser cannot be put into full screen mode.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
app.fs.isFullScreen = true;
In the above example, the viewer is set to full screen mode. If isFullScreen was previously false, the default viewing mode would be set. (The default viewing mode is defined as the original mode the Acrobat application was in before full screen mode was initiated.)
loop
5.0
Specifies whether the document will loop around to the beginning of the document in response to a page advance (whether generated by mouse click, keyboard, or timer) in full screen mode.
JavaScript API
timeDelay 480
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
timeDelay
5.0
The default number of seconds before the page automatically advances in full screen mode. See useTimer to activate or deactivate automatic page turning.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Example
Set full screen properties, then go into full screen mode.
app.fs.timeDelay = 5; app.fs.useTimer = true; app.fs.usePageTiming = true; app.fs.isFullScreen = true; // // // // Delay 5 seconds Activate automatic page turning Allow page override Go into full screen
transitions
5.0 An array of strings representing valid transition names implemented in the viewer. No Transition is equivalent to setting defaultTransition to the empty string:
app.fs.defaultTransition = "";
Type
Array
Access
R
JavaScript API
usePageTiming 481
Example
Produce a listing of the currently supported transition names.
console.println("[" + app.fs.transitions + "]");
usePageTiming
5.0
Specifies whether automatic page turning will respect the values specified for individual pages in full screen mode. Set transition properties of individual pages using setPageTransitions.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
useTimer
5.0
Specifies whether automatic page turning is enabled in full screen mode. Use timeDelay to set the default time interval before proceeding to the next page.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
global 482
global
This is a static JavaScript object that allows you to share data between documents and to have data be persistent across sessions. Such data is called persistent global data. Global data-sharing and notification across documents is done through a subscription mechanism, which allows you to monitor global data variables and report their value changes across documents. Note: Beginning with version 8.0, the access to global variables has changed somewhat, the details are described below: The JavaScript category in the Preferences dialog box (Ctrl + K) has a new security check box: Enable Global Object Security Policy.
When checked, the default, each time a global variable is written to, the origin which set it is remembered. Only origins that match can then access the variable.
For files, this means only the file that set it, having the same path it had when the variable was set, can access the variable. For documents from URLs it means only the host which set it can access the variable.
There is an important exception to the restrictions described above, global variables can be defined and accessed in a privileged context, in the console, in a batch sequence and in folder JavaScript. For more information on privileged contexts, see Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
When not checked, documents from different origins are permitted to access the variable; this is the behavior previous to version 8.0.
For examples, see section Global object security policy on page 483.
The global variable radius is now known across documents throughout the current viewer session. Suppose two files, A.pdf and B.pdf, are open and the global declaration is made in A.pdf. From within either file (A.pdf or B.pdf ), you can calculate the volume of a sphere using global.radius.
var V = (4/3) * Math.PI * Math.pow(global.radius, 3);
In either file, you obtain the same result, 2144.66058. If the value of global.radius changes and the script is executed again, the value of V changes accordingly.
JavaScript API
global 483
The path for docA.pdf is the origin saved with the global.x variable; consequently, docA.pdf can access this variable:
console.println("global.x = " + global.x);
To set this global from docA.pdf, we execute global.x = 3, for example, in any context. To have a document with a different path get and set this global variable, the getting and setting must occur in a trusted context, with a raised level of privilege. The following scripts are folder JavaScript.
myTrustedGetGlobal = app.trustedFunction ( function() { app.beginPriv(); var y = global.x; return y app.endPriv(); }); myTrustedSetGlobal = app.trustedFunction ( function(value) { app.beginPriv(); global.x=value; app.endPriv(); });
Another document, docB.pdf can access the global.x variable through the above trusted functions:
// Mouse up button action from doc B console.println("The value of global.x is " + myTrustedGetGlobal());
Once global.x has been set from docB.pdf, the origin is changed; docA.pdf cannot access global.x directly unless it is through a trusted function:
// Execute a mouse up button action from docA.pdf console.println("The value of global.x is " + myTrustedGetGlobal());
JavaScript API
setPersistent 484
global methods
setPersistent
3.01 Controls whether a specified variable is persistent across invocations of Acrobat. Persistent global data only applies to variables of type Boolean, Number, or String. Upon application exit, persistent global variables are stored in the glob.js file located in the users folder for folder-level scripts and re-loaded at application start. For Acrobat 6.0 or later, there is a 2-4 KB limit on the size of this file. Any data added to the string after this limit is dropped. When specifying persistent global variables, you should use a naming convention. For example, you can give your variables the form myCompany_variableName. This prevents collisions with other persistent global variable names throughout the documents.
Parameters
cVariable bPersist
The variable (global property) for which to set persistence. If true, the property will exist across Acrobat viewer sessions. If false (the default) the property will be accessible across documents but not across the Acrobat viewer sessions.
Example
Make the radius property persistent and accessible for other documents.
global.radius = 8; global.setPersistent("radius", true); // Declare radius to be global // Now say its persistent
The volume calculation, defined above, will now yield the same result across viewer sessions, or until the value of global.radius is changed.
subscribe
5.0 Allows you to automatically update fields when the value of a global variable changes. If the specified property cVariable is changed, even in another document, the specified function fCallback is called. Multiple subscribers are allowed for a published property.
Parameters
cVariable fCallback
The global property. The function to call when the property is changed.
JavaScript API
subscribe 485
The callback will be terminated when the document from which the script was originally registered is closed, or the (global) property deleted.
Example
In this example, it is assumed that Enable Global Object Security Policy is not checked. There are two files, setRadius.pdf and calcVolume.pdf, open in Acrobat or Adobe Reader:
setRadius.pdf has a single button with the code global.radius = 2;
With both files open, clicking on the button in setRadius.pdf immediately gives an update in the text field MyVolume in calcVolume.pdf of 33.51032 (as determined by global.radius = 2).
JavaScript API
HostContainer 486
HostContainer
This object manages communication between a PDF document and a corresponding host container that the document is contained within, such as an HTML page. The host container for a document is specified by the Doc hostContainer property. The Embedded PDF object provides the corresponding API for the object model of the container application.
HostContainer properties
messageHandler
7.0.5 A notification object that is called if a script in the host container calls the postMessage method. This object may expose the following methods and properties: Method/Property
onMessage
Description (Optional) A method that is called in response to postMessage. The message is delivered asynchronously. The method is passed a single array parameter containing the array that was passed to postMessage. (Optional) A method that is called in response to an error. The method is passed an Error object and an array of strings corresponding to the message that caused the error. The name property of the Error object is set to one of these:
"MessageGeneralError": A general error occurred. "MessageNotAllowedError": The operation failed for security reasons.
onError
If an error occurs and this property is undefined, the error will not be delivered (unlike messages, errors are not queued).
onDisclose
A required method that is called to determine whether the host application is permitted to send messages to the document. This allows the PDF document author to control the conditions under which messaging can occur for security reasons. The method should be set during the Doc/Open event. The method is passed two parameters:
cURL The URL indicating the location of the host container (for
checked for. If the method returns true, the host container is permitted to post messages to the message handler.
JavaScript API
messageHandler 487
Method/Property
allowDeliver WhileDocIsModal
Description A Boolean value indicating whether messages and errors will be delivered while the document is in a modal state. By default (false), messages and errors are queued and not delivered to the onMessage and onError handlers if the application is currently displaying a modal dialog. The app.isModal property can be used to detect this case.
Note: Instead of specifying a method, onDisclose may specify the value HostContainerDisclosurePolicy.SameOriginPolicy, which means that the document will be disclosed to the host container if they both originate from the same location. In this case, the origination is determined by the scheme, server, and port. The scheme must be http, https, or ftp for the document to be disclosed. When these methods are invoked, the this object will be the messageHandler instance that the method is being called on. Other methods and properties can be added to messageHandler provided that they do not begin with on. If messageHandler is set to null or an object without an onMessage method, messages sent by postMessage are queued until the property is set to a valid messageHandler instance. Messages are guaranteed to be delivered in the order in which they are posted and errors are guaranteed to be delivered in the order in which they occurred. However, there is no correspondence between the delivery order of messages and errors. Exceptions thrown from within the handler methods will be discarded. If an exception is thrown from within onDisclose, the function will be treated as a failure. Messages and errors will not be delivered while inside an onMessage / onError / onDisclose handler.
Type
Object
Access
R/W
Example
A generic host container message handler.
this.hostContainer.messageHandler = { onMessage: function(aMessage) { for(var i = 0; i < aMessage.length; i++) console.println("Recvd Msg[ " + i + "]: " + aMessage[i]); }, onError: function(error, aMessage){ }, onDisclose: HostContainerDisclosurePolicy.SameOriginPolicy };
JavaScript API
postMessage 488
HostContainer methods
postMessage
7.0.5 Sends a message asynchronously to the message handler for the host container of the PDF document. For this message to be delivered, the host container (for example, an <OBJECT> element in an HTML page) must have registered for notification by setting its messageHandler property. The message is passed to the onMessage method of the messageHandler. The messages are submitted to a queue until they are delivered. If the queue exceeds a maximum number of messages, a parameter error is thrown until some of the messages in the queue have been delivered.
Parameters
aMessage
An array of one or more strings that are passed to the onMessage method of the messageHandler property.
Example
var aMessage = [MyMessageName, Message Body]; this.hostContainer.postMessage(aMessage);
JavaScript API
Icon 489
Icon
This generic JavaScript object is an opaque representation of a Form XObject appearance stored in the Doc icons property. It is used with Field objects of type button. The icon object contains the following property: Property
name
Type string
Access R
Description The name of the icon. An icon has a name if it exists in the document-level named icons tree.
JavaScript API
Icon Stream 490
Icon Stream
This generic JavaScript object represents an icon stream. It is used by app.addToolButton and collab.addStateModel. It has the following properties: Property
read(nBytes)
Description A function that takes the number of bytes to read and returns a hex-encoded string. The data should be the icon representation as 32 bits per pixel with 4 channels (ARGB) or 8 bits per channel with the channels interleaved. If the icon has multiple layers, the function may return the pixels for the topmost layer, followed by the next layer behind it, and so on. The icon width in pixels. The icon height in pixels.
width height
The util.iconStreamFromIcon method can be used to convert an Icon object to an Icon Stream object.
JavaScript API
identity 491
identity
5.0
This is a static object that identifies the current user of the application. Note: The identity object properties are only accessible during batch, console and application initialization events to protect the privacy of the user. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
identity properties
corporation
The corporation name that the user has entered in the Identity preferences panel.
Type
String
Access
R/W
email
The email address that the user has entered in the Identity preferences panel.
Type
String
Access
R/W
loginName
The login name as registered by the operating system.
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
name 492
name
The user name that the user entered in the Identity preferences panel.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Example
The following can be executed in the console, or, perhaps, a folder-level JavaScript.
console.println("Your name is " + identity.name); console.println("Your e-mail is " + identity.email);
JavaScript API
Index 493
Index
5.0 An object that represents a Catalog-generated index. It is non-creatable and returned by various methods of the search object and catalog object. You use this object to perform various indexing operations using Catalog. You can find the status of the index with a search.
Index properties
available
Specifies whether the index is available for selection and searching. An index may be unavailable if a network connection is down or a CD-ROM is not inserted, or if the index administrator has brought the index down for maintenance purposes.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
name
The name of the index as specified by the index administrator at indexing time. See search.indexes, which returns an array of the Index objects currently accessed by the search engine.
Type
String
Access
R
Example
This example enumerates all of the indexes and writes their names to the console.
for (var i = 0; i < search.indexes.length; i++) { console.println("Index[" + i + "] = " + search.indexes[i].name); }
JavaScript API
path 494
path
The device-dependent path where the index resides. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for exact syntax of the path.
Type
String
Access
R
selected
Specifies whether the index participates in the search. If true, the index is searched as part of the query. If false it is not searched. Setting or unsetting this property is equivalent to checking the selection status in the index list dialog box.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Index methods
build
6.0
Builds the index associated with the Index object using the Catalog plug-in. This method does not build a new index. The index is built at the same location as the index file. If the index already exists, the included directories are scanned again for changes and the index is updated. If the index does not exist, a new index can be defined and built through the user interface. If Catalog is idle, the index build is started immediately; otherwise, it gets queued with Catalog. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) This method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
JavaScript API
build 495
Parameters
cExpr
(optional) An expression to be evaluated after the build operation on the index is complete. The default is no expression. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for more details. (optional) If true, a clean build is performed. The index is first deleted and then built. The default is false.
bRebuildAll
Returns
A CatalogJob object that can be used to check the job parameters and status.
Example
/* Building an index */ if (typeof catalog != "undefined") { var idx = catalog.getIndex("/c/mydocuments/index.pdx"); var job = idx.build("Done()", true); console.println("Status : ", job.status); }
JavaScript API
Link 496
Link
This object is used to set and get the properties and to set the JavaScript action of a link. Link objects can be obtained from the Doc methods addLink or getLinks. (See also removeLinks.)
Link properties
borderColor
6.0
The border color of a Link object. See Color arrays on page 193 for information on defining color arrays and how colors are used with this property.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
borderWidth
6.0
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
highlightMode
6.0
The visual effect to be used when the mouse button is pressed or held down inside an active area of a link. The valid values are:
None Invert (the default) Outline Push
JavaScript API
rect 497
Type
String
Access
R/W
rect
6.0
The rectangle in which the link is located on the page. Contains an array of four numbers, the coordinates in rotated user space of the bounding rectangle, listed in the following order: upper-left x, upper-left y, lower-right x and lower-right y.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
Link methods
setAction
6.0
Sets the specified JavaScript action for the MouseUp trigger for the Link object. Note: This method will overwrite any action already defined for this link.
Parameters
cScript
JavaScript API
Marker 498
Marker
A Marker object represents a named location in a media clip that identifies a particular time or frame number, similar to a track on an audio CD or a chapter on a DVD. Markers are defined by the media clip itself. A Marker object can be obtained from the Markers.get method.
Marker properties
frame
6.0 A frame number, where 0 represents the beginning of media. For most players, markers have either a frame or a time value, but not both.
Type
Number
Access
R
index
6.0 An index number assigned to this marker. Markers have sequential index numbers beginning with 0, but the numbers may not be in the same order that the markers appear in the media.
Type
Number
Access
R
name
6.0 The name of this marker. Each marker in a media clip has a unique name.
JavaScript API
time 499
Type
String
Access
R
Example
Get a marker by its index, then print the name of the marker to the console.
// Assume player is a MediaPlayer object var markers = player.markers; // Get marker with index of 2 var markers = g.get( { index: 2 } ); console.println( "The marker with index of " + markers.index +", has a name of " + index.name );
time
6.0 A time in seconds, where 0 represents the beginning of media. For most players, markers have either a frame or a time value, but not both.
Type
Number
Access
R
Example
Get a named marker, then print the time in seconds from the beginning of the media, of that marker.
// Assume player is a MediaPlayer object var markers = player.markers; // Get marker with name of "Chapter 1" var markers = g.get( { name: "Chapter 1" } ); console.println( "The named marker \"Chapter 1\, occurs at time " + markers.time);
JavaScript API
Markers 500
Markers
The markers property of a MediaPlayer is a Markers object that represents all of the markers found in the media clip currently loaded into the player. A marker is a named location in a media clip that identifies a particular time or frame number, similar to a track on an audio CD or a chapter on a DVD. Markers are defined by the media clip. The constructor is app.media.Markers.
Markers properties
player
6.0 The MediaPlayer object that this Markers object belongs to.
Type
MediaPlayer object
Access
R
Markers methods
get
6.0 Looks up a marker by name, index number, time in seconds, or frame number and returns the Marker object representing the requested marker. The object parameter should contain either a name, index, time, or frame property. A marker name can also be passed in directly as a string. If a time or frame is passed in, the nearest marker at or before that time or frame is returned. If the time or frame is before any markers in the media, null is returned.
Parameters
An object or string representing the name, index number, time in seconds, or the frame number of the marker. The object parameter should contain either a name, index, time, or frame property. A marker name can also be passed in directly as a string.
JavaScript API
get 501
Returns
Marker object or null
Marker index numbers are assigned sequentially starting with 0. They are not necessarily in order by time or frame. In particular, note that these are not the same values that Windows Media Player uses for marker numbers. To find all of the available markers in a media clip, call MediaPlayer.markers.get in a loop starting with {index: 0} and incrementing the number until get returns null.
Example 1
Count the number of markers on the media clip.
var index, i = 0; // assume player is a MediaPlayer object. var m = player.markers; while ( (index = m.get( { index: i } ) ) != null ) i++; console.println("There are " + i + " markers.");
Example 2
Get markers by name, index, time and frame.
// Get a marker by name, two different ways var marker = player.markers.get( "My Marker" ); var marker = player.markers.get({ name: "My Marker" }); // Get a marker by index var marker = player.markers.get({ index: 1 }); // Get a marker by time var marker = player.markers.get({ time: 17.5 }); // Get a marker by frame var marker = player.markers.get({ frame: 43 });
JavaScript API
MediaOffset 502
MediaOffset
A MediaOffset represents a position in a MediaClip, specified by time or frame count. The position can be absolute (that is, relative to the beginning of the media) or relative to a named marker. The MediaOffset object can have the properties specified below, or it can simply be a number, which is interpreted as {time: number}. Some media formats (such as QuickTime) are time-based and others (such as Flash) are frame-based. A MediaOffset that specifies a time or frame must match the media format in use. If both time and frame are specified, the results are undefined. The incorrect one may be ignored, or a JavaScript exception may be thrown. The MediaOffset object is used by MediaPlayer.seek, MediaPlayer.where, MediaSettings.endAt, and MediaSettings.startAt.
MediaOffset properties
frame
6.0 A frame number. If the marker property is also present, this frame number is relative to the specified marker and may be positive, negative, or zero. Otherwise, it is relative to the beginning of media and may not be negative. Note that {frame: 0} represents the beginning of media.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
marker
6.0 The name of a specific marker in the media.
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
time 503
time
6.0 A time in seconds, or Infinity. If the marker property is also present, this time is relative to the specified marker and is a nonnegative value, but not Infinity. Otherwise, the time is relative to the beginning of media and must not be negative. Note that the offset { time: 0 } represents the beginning of media.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Example
These are examples of absolute and relative offsets.
{ time: 5.4 } // offset 5.4 seconds from the beginning of media { marker: "Chapter 1", time: 17 } // 17 seconds after "Chapter 1"
JavaScript API
MediaPlayer 504
MediaPlayer
A MediaPlayer object represents an instance of a multimedia player such as QuickTime, Windows Media Player, or others. Its settings and events properties let you manipulate the player from JavaScript code and handle events that the player triggers. MediaPlayer is not part of a PDF file; it is a transient object created in memory when needed.
MediaPlayer properties
annot
6.0 A reference to the screen annotation associated with a MediaPlayer. This property exists only for a MediaPlayer object that is connected to a screen annotation. The property is set by app.media.addStockEvents or by methods that call addStockEvents indirectly, such as app.media.openPlayer.
Type
ScreenAnnot object
Access
R/W
defaultSize
6.0 A read-only object containing the width and height of the MediaPlayers MediaClip:
{ width: number, height: number }
Type
Object
Access
R
JavaScript API
doc 505
doc
6.0 A reference to the Doc that owns the MediaPlayer.
Type
Object
Access
R
events
6.0 An Events object containing the EventListeners that are attached to a MediaPlayer. See Events object for details.
Type
Events object
Access
R/W
Example
Create a media player, then modify the events of that player. The script is executed as a Rendition action with an associated rendition.
var events = new app.media.Events; var player = app.media.createPlayer(); player.events.add({ onReady: function() { console.println("The player is ready"); } }); player.open();
hasFocus
6.0 A Boolean value that is true if the media player is open and has the keyboard focus.
JavaScript API
id 506
Type
Boolean
Access
R
id
6.0 The player ID for the player software that this player is using. It is undefined if the player has not been opened. This player ID is the same value that is found in PlayerInfo.id for the media player software that implements this player.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
Print the player ID to the console.
// Assume args has been defined var player = app.media.openPlayer( args ) console.println("player.id = " + player.id); // In the console, this script could possibly print... player.id = vnd.adobe.swname:ADBE_MCI
innerRect
6.0 A rectangle array representing the players inner rectangle. As with other such arrays in JavaScript, the coordinates are in the order [left, top, right, bottom]. The rectangle does not include a window title or other such gadgets around the edges of the player, but it does include the player controller, if present. It is undefined if the player is not open. For a docked media player, this rectangle is in device space and is read-only (it throws an exception if you try to set it). Instead, use triggerGetRect to cause a docked player to be resized. For a floating media player, the rectangle is in screen coordinates and is writable, but the users security settings may override a value you set here. For example, if you try to move a floating media player offscreen, it may be forced back on-screen. This will not throw an exception. You can read this property after writing it to see if your value was overridden. See also outerRect.
JavaScript API
isOpen 507
Type
Array
Access
R/W
isOpen
6.0 A Boolean value that is true if the media player is currently open. Use MediaPlayer.open and MediaPlayer.close to open or close a player.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
isPlaying
6.0 A Boolean value that is true if the media is currently playing. It is false if the player is not open, or if the media is paused, stopped, fast forwarding or rewinding, or in any other state.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
markers
6.0 A collection of all the markers available for the current media. See Markers object for details of this property.
JavaScript API
outerRect 508
Type
Markers Object
Access
R
Example
See Example 2 on page 513 on for an illustration of usage.
outerRect
6.0 A rectangle array representing the players outer rectangle. As with other such arrays in JavaScript for Acrobat, the coordinates are in the order [ left, top, right, bottom ]. This rectangle includes any player controller, window title, and other such gadgets around the edges of the player. It is undefined if the player is not open. For a docked media player, this rectangle is in device space and is read-only. It will throw an exception if you try to set it. Instead, use MediaPlayer.triggerGetRect to cause a docked player to be resized. For a floating media player, the rectangle is in screen coordinates and is writable, but the users security settings may override a value you set here. For example, if you try to move a floating media player offscreen, it may be forced back on-screen. This will not throw an exception. You can read this property after writing it to see if your value was overridden. See also innerRect.
Type
Array
Access
R/W
page
6.0 The page number in which a docked media player appears. It is undefined for players that are not docked. A docked media player can be moved to another page by changing its page property, which triggers a GetRect (see onGetRect) event.
Type
Number
JavaScript API
settings 509
Access
R/W
Example
Play a media clip on page 1 (base zero). The placement of the media player on page 1 is the same as the screen annotation on page 0.
var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: this.media.getRendition( "myClip" ), annot: this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0, cAnnotTitle:"myScreen" }), settings: { windowType: app.media.windowType.docked } }); player.page = 1;
settings
6.0 Includes all of the settings that are used to create a MediaPlayer. See MediaSettings object for a complete list. Note: In Acrobat 6.0, changing a property in MediaPlayer.settings after the player has been created has no effect. This may be changed in a future release to make these settings live. For compatibility with current and future releases, avoid changing any settings properties while a player is open.
Type
MediaSettings object
Access
R/W
uiSize
6.0 An array containing the size of the controller of the player for each edge of the player, in the same order as a window rectangle: [ left, top, right, bottom ]. Each of these values is normally a positive value or zero. These values do not include window gadgets such as title bars. This property is not available until the Ready event is triggered (see onReady and afterReady). Unlike most MediaPlayer properties, it is permissible to read it during an on event method such as onReady.
JavaScript API
visible 510
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
Get the uiSize of the player. This code is executed as a Rendition action event.
var args = { events: { onReady: function () { console.println("uiSize = " + player.uiSize ); } } }; var player = app.media.openPlayer(args);
visible
6.0 A Boolean value controlling whether the player is visible. Unlike MediaPlayer.settings.visible, this property takes effect immediately. If the player is not open, reading this property returns undefined and setting it throws an exception. Setting this property may trigger events. For example, if the player is visible and has the focus, making it invisible triggers a Blur event.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
Play the audio only of a video clip
// Assume a definition of args var player = app.media.openPlayer(args); player.visible = false;
JavaScript API
close 511
MediaPlayer methods
close
6.0 Closes the media player if it is open. Does nothing (and is not an error) if the player is closed. The eReason parameter should be a value from the app.media.closeReason enumeration. This value is passed through to the event.media.closeReason property for the Close event (see onClose and afterClose) that the close method is triggered. If the player has the keyboard focus, a Blur event (onBlur/afterBlur) is triggered before the Close event. Other events, such as Status (onStatus/afterStatus) and Stop (onStop/afterStop), may also be triggered depending on the particular media player.
Parameters
eReason eReason is a value from the app.media.closeReason enumeration.
open
6.0 Attempts to open the media player as specified by MediaPlayer.settings. If the player is already open, an exception is thrown. If the player was previously opened and then closed, open may be called to open the player again. This uses the same JavaScript object as before but opens a new instance of the actual media player. In this case, for example, the new player does not remember the playback position from the old player. For a docked player, a GetRect event (onGetRect) is triggered when the player is opened. If MediaPlayer.settings.autoPlay is true (the default), playback begins and a Play event (onPlay/afterPlay) is triggered. The open method may result in a security prompt dialog box, depending on the users settings. It may also result in events being triggered in objects such as other media players and screen annotations. For example, if another media player has the keyboard focus, it will receive a Blur event (onBlur/afterBlur). If bAllowSecurityUI is false, the open method never displays a security prompt, but returns a failure code instead. For a media player in a floating window, additional security checks are made against the users settings. For example, the user may specify that title bars are required on all floating player windows. If MediaPlayer.settings.floating contains options that the user does not allow, bAllowFloatOptionsFallback controls what happens. If it is false, playback is disallowed and an error code is returned. If it is true, the options in MediaPlayer.settings.floating are changed as needed to conform to the users security settings and open proceeds with those changed settings.
JavaScript API
pause 512
The return value is an object that currently contains one property, code, which is a result code from the app.media.openCode enumeration. If your PDF is opened in a future version of Acrobat, there may be additional properties in this object, or a code value added in that future version. Be sure to handle any such values gracefully.
Parameters
bAllowSecurityUI bAllowFloatOptionsFallback
(optional) The default is true. See the description of this parameter given above. (optional) The default is true. See the description of this parameter given above.
Returns
An object with a code property
Example
See Example 1 on page 165 for an example of usage.
pause
6.0 Pauses playback of the current media and triggers a Pause event (onPause/afterPause). The Pause event may occur during the pause call or afterward, depending on the player. The pause method has no effect if the media is already paused or stopped, or if playback has not yet started or has completed. Not every media player and media format supports pause. In particular, most streaming formats do not support pause. Players may either throw an exception or silently ignore pause in these cases.
Example
See Example 2 on page 513 for an example of usage.
play
6.0 Starts playback of the current media and triggers a Play event (onPlay/afterPlay). The Play event may occur during the play call or afterward, depending on the player. If the media is already playing, it continues playing and no event is triggered. If it is paused, rewinding, or fast forwarding, it resumes playback at the current position. If it is stopped, either at the beginning or end of media, playback starts from the beginning.
JavaScript API
seek 513
Example
See Example 2 on page 513 for an example of usage.
seek
6.0 Sets the current medias playback location to the position described by the MediaOffset object contained in oMediaOffset. If the media is playing, it continues playing at the new location. If the media is paused, it moves to the new location and remains paused there. If the media is stopped, the result will vary depending on the player. Media players handle seek errors in different ways. Some ignore the error and others throw a JavaScript exception. Most, but not all, media players trigger a Seek event (onSeek/afterSeek) when a seek is completed. The seek operation may take place during the execution of the seek method or later, depending on the player. If seek returns before the seek operation is completed and you call another player method before the seek is completed, the results will vary depending on the player.
Parameters
oMediaOffset
A MediaOffset object, the properties of which indicate the playback location to be set.
Example 1
// Rewind the media clip player.seek({ time: 0 }); // Play starting from marker "First" player.seek({ marker: "First" }); // Play starting five seconds after marker "One" player.seek({ marker: "One", time: 5 });
Example 2
The following script randomly plays (famous) quotations. The media is an audio clip (.wma) of famous quotations, which supports markers and scripts. The afterReady listener counts the number of markers, one at the beginning of each quotation. At the end of each quotation, there is also an embedded command script. The afterScript listener watches for these commands and if it is a pause command, it pauses the player.
var nMarkers=0; var events = new app.media.Events; events.add({
JavaScript API
setFocus 514
// Count the number of quotes in this audio clip, save as nMarkers afterReady: function() { var g = player.markers; while ( (index = g.get( { index: nMarkers } ) ) != null ) nMarkers++; }, // Each quote should be followed by a script, if the command is to // pause, then pause the player. afterScript: function( e ) { if ( e.media.command == "pause" ) player.pause(); } }); var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: this.media.getRendition( "myQuotes" ), settings: { autoPlay: false }, events: events }); // Randomly choose a quotation function randomQuote() { var randomMarker, randomMarkerName; console.println("nMarkers = " + nMarkers); // Randomly choose an integer between 1 and nMarkers, inclusive randomMarker = Math.floor(Math.random() * 100) % ( nMarkers ) + 1; // Indicate what quotation we are playing this.getField("Quote").value = "Playing quote " + randomMarker; // The marker names are "quote 1", "quote 2", "quote 3", etc. randomMarkerName = "quote " + randomMarker; // See the marker with the name randomMarkerName player.seek( { marker: randomMarkerName } ); player.play(); }
setFocus
6.0 Sets the keyboard focus to the media player and triggers a Focus event (onFocus/afterFocus). If another player or PDF object has the focus, that object receives a Blur event (onBlur/afterBlur). If the media player already has the focus, nothing happens. If the player is not open or not visible, an exception is thrown.
Example
See Example 1 on page 165 for an example of usage.
JavaScript API
stop 515
stop
6.0 Stops playback of the current media, if it is playing or paused, and triggers a Stop event (onStop/afterStop). The Stop event may occur during execution of the stop method or afterward, depending on the player. Does nothing if the media is not playing or paused. Throws an exception if the player is not open. After playback stops, the player sets the media position to either the beginning or end of media, depending on the player. If MediaPlayer.play is called after this, playback starts at the beginning of media.
triggerGetRect
6.0 Triggers a GetRect event (see onGetRect) to cause a docked media player to be resized.
Example
This example is similar to the one that follows onGetRect. Page 0 has a series of (thumbnail-size) ScreenAnnots. Below is a typical Rendition action or mouse-up button JavaScript action, when the action is executed, the media clip is resized and played.
var rendition = this.media.getRendition("Clip1"); var annot = this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0,cAnnotTitle:"ScreenClip1" }); var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: rendition, annot: annot, settings: { windowType: app.media.windowType.docked }, events: { onGetRect: function (e) { var width = e.media.rect[2] - e.media.rect[0]; var height = e.media.rect[3] - e.media.rect[1]; width *= 3; // Triple width and height height *= 3; e.media.rect[0] = 36; // Move left,upper to e.media.rect[1] = 36; // upper left-hand corner e.media.rect[2] = e.media.rect[0]+width; e.media.rect[3] = e.media.rect[1]+height; return e.media.rect; // Return this } } }); player.triggerGetRect(); // trigger the onGetRec event
JavaScript API
where 516
where
6.0 Reports the current medias playback location in a MediaOffset object. This object contains either a time or frame property, depending on the media player and media type. Throws an exception if the player is not open or if the player does not support where.
Returns
MediaOffset object
Example
Obtain the playback location in seconds.
// This code assumes that the player supports where() using time. var where = player.where(); var seconds = where.time;
JavaScript API
MediaReject 517
MediaReject
A MediaReject provides information about a Rendition that was rejected by a Rendition.select call. It includes a reference to the original Rendition along with the reason why it was rejected. In a MediaSelection object returned by select, MediaSelection.rejects is an array of MediaReject objects.
MediaReject properties
rendition
6.0 A reference to the Rendition that was rejected in a select call.
Type
Rendition object
Access
R
Example
Get a list of rejected renditions. The script is executed as a Rendition action.
selection = event.action.rendition.select(true); for ( var i=0; i<selection.rejects.length; i++) console.println("Rejected Renditions: " + selection.rejects[i].rendition.uiName); // Now play the first available rendition. console.println( "Preparing to play " + selection.rendition.uiName); var settings = selection.rendition.getPlaySettings(); var args = { rendition: selection.rendition, annot: this.media.getAnnot({ nPage: 0, cAnnotTitle: "myScreen" }), settings: settings }; app.media.openPlayer(args);
JavaScript API
MediaSelection 518
MediaSelection
The Rendition.select method returns a MediaSelection object that can be used to create a MediaSettings object for playback.
MediaSelection properties
selectContext
6.0 A value that can be used to write a loop that calls Rendition.select repeatedly to do a customized selection based on any criteria that you can test in JavaScript code.
Type
Object
Access
R
Example
Generic script for using selectContext.
function MyTestSelection( selection ) { // This function should test the selection as you wish and return // true to use it or false to reject it and try another one. } function MyGetSelection( rendition ) { var selection; for( selection = rendition.select(); selection; selection = rendition.select ({ oContext: selection.selectContext })) { if( MyTestSelection( selection ) ) break; } return selection; }
JavaScript API
players 519
players
6.0 An array of strings identifying the media players that may be used to play MediaSelection.rendition. Both the players and rendition properties are null if no playable rendition is found.
Type
Array of String
Access
R
Example
Get a list of the players that will play the selected rendition. The code below assumes execution as a Rendition action.
var selection = event.action.rendition.select(); for ( var o in selection.players ) console.println( selection.players[o].id );
rejects
6.0 An array of MediaReject objects. These are the Renditions that were rejected by the Rendition.select call that returned this MediaSelection. See MediaReject object for details.
Type
Array of MediaReject objects
Access
R
Example
See the Example on page 517.
JavaScript API
rendition 520
rendition
6.0 The selected rendition, or null if none was playable.
Type
Rendition object
Access
R
Example
Get the name of the selected rendition. This script is executed from a Rendition action event.
var selection = event.action.rendition.select(); console.println( "Preparing to play " + selection.rendition.uiName);
JavaScript API
MediaSettings 521
MediaSettings
A MediaSettings object contains settings required to create and open a MediaPlayer. It is the value of the settings property of the MediaPlayer object. Many of these settings have default values, but some are required depending on the type of player being opened and depending on other settings. See the notes for each MediaSettings property for details. Acrobat and the various media players will attempt to use these settings, but there is no guarantee that they will all be honored. (For example, very few players honor the palindrome setting.)
MediaSettings properties
autoPlay
6.0 Specifies whether the media clip should begin playing automatically after the player is opened. If you set autoPlay to false, use MediaPlayer.play to begin playback. The default value is true.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
See the examples following afterReady and players.
baseURL
6.0 The base URL to be used to resolve any relative URLs used in the media clip, for example, if the media opens a web page. There is no default value; if baseURL is not specified, the interpretation of a relative URL will vary depending the media player, but in most cases will not work.
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
bgColor 522
bgColor
6.0 The background color for the media player window. The array may be in any of the color array formats supported by JavaScript for Acrobat. If bgColor is not specified, the default value depends on the window type:
Docked White Floating The window background color specified in the operating system control panel Full Screen The full screen background color specified in the users Acrobat preferences
Type
Color Array
Access
R/W
Example
// Red background settings.bgColor = [ "RGB", 1, 0, 0 ];
bgOpacity
6.0 The background opacity for the media player window. The value may range from 0.0 (fully transparent) to 1.0 (fully opaque). The default value is 1.0.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
data 523
data
6.0 An object, often referred to as a MediaData object, that a media player can use to read its media clip data, whether from an external file or embedded in the PDF. The contents of this object are not directly usable from JavaScript. This object can be obtained from app.media.getAltTextData, app.media.getURLData, or indirectly by Rendition.getPlaySettings. The data object may be bound to the renditions document, so it may become unavailable if the document is closed.
Type
Object
Access
R/W
Example
See the examples that follow app.media.getURLData
duration
6.0 The amount of time in seconds that playback will take. If not specified, the default is to play the entire media, or the amount of time between the startAt and endAt points if either of those is specified. Note that the duration may be longer than the entire media length or the difference between the startAt and endAt points. In that case, playback continues to the end of media or to the endAt point and then playback pauses at that location until the duration elapses.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
endAt 524
Example
Play a floating window with infinite duration. The playback location (from the UI) of the rendition is a floating window. The code below is executed from a form button. The floating window remains open after the player has reached the end of the media. To avoid stacked floating windows, the player is closed before reopening it. If this script is executed from a Rendition action, the rendition can be specified through the UI and closing the player would not be necessary.
var rendition = this.media.getRendition("Clip"); if ( player && player.isOpen ) try { player.close(app.media.closeReason.done); } catch(e) {}; var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: rendition, settings: { duration: Infinity } });
endAt
6.0 The ending time or frame for playback. This may be an absolute time or frame value, or a marker name, or a marker plus a time or frame, as described under MediaOffset object. Playback ends at the specified time or frame, or as close to that point as the media player is able to stop. If endAt is not specified, the default value is the end of media. See also startAt.
Type
MediaOffset object
Access
R/W
Example
The following script plays an audio clip beginning 3 seconds into the media to 8 seconds into the media.
var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: this.media.getRendition( "myAudio" ), doc: this, settings: { startAt: 3, endAt: 8 } });
JavaScript API
floating 525
floating
6.0 An object containing properties (listed below) that define the location and style of a floating window. This object is ignored unless MediaSettings.windowType has a value of app.media.windowType.floating. Defaults are used for all the floating settings if they are not specified. Property
align
Type Number
Description Specifies how the floating window is to be positioned relative to the window specified by the over property. The value of align is one of the values of app.media.align. Specifies the window to which the floating window is to be aligned. The value of over is one of the values of app.media.over. Specifies whether the floating window may be resized by the user. The value of canResize is one of the values of app.media.canResize. If true, the floating window should have a close window control button. If true, a title should be displayed in the title bar. This title to be displayed if hasTitle is true. Specifies what action should be taken if the floating window is positioned totally or partially offscreen. The value of ifOffScreen is one of the values of app.media.ifOffScreen. An array of screen coordinates specifying the location and size of the floating window. Required if width and height are not given. The width of the floating window. Required if rect is not given. The height of the floating window. Required if rect is not given.
over
Number Number
canResize
hasClose
rect
width height
Type
Object
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
layout 526
Example
Play a media clip in a floating window.
var rendition = this.media.getRendition( "myClip" ); var floating = { align: app.media.align.topCenter, over: app.media.over.appWindow, canResize: app.media.canResize.no, hasClose: true, hasTitle: true, title: rendition.altText, ifOffScreen: app.media.ifOffScreen.forceOnScreen, width: 400, height: 300 }; var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: rendition, settings: { windowType: app.media.windowType.floating, floating: floating } });
layout
6.0 A value chosen from the app.media.layout enumeration, which defines whether and how the content should be resized to fit the window. The default value varies with different media players.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
monitor
6.0 For a full screen media player, this property determines which display monitor will be used for playback. This may be either a Monitor object or a Monitors object. If it is an array, the first element (which is a Monitor object) is used.
JavaScript API
monitorType 527
Type
Monitor or Monitors object Note: Only the rect property MediaSettings.monitor.rect (in the case of a Monitor object) or MediaSettings.monitor[0].rect (for a Monitors object) is used for playback. See monitorType (below) for a discussion of the relationship between the monitor and monitorType properties.
Access
R/W
Example
Play a media clip in full screen from a form button.
var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: this.media.getRendition("Clip"), settings: { monitor: app.monitors.primary(), windowType: app.media.windowType.fullScreen, } });
Note: The user trust manager settings must allow full screen play back.
monitorType
6.0 An app.media.monitorType value that represents the type of monitor to be selected for playback for a floating or full screen window. Note the difference between the monitor and monitorType properties:
monitor specifies a specific monitor on the current system by defining its rectangle. monitorType specifies a general category of monitor based on attributes such as primary, secondary,
and best color depth. A PDF file that does not use JavaScript cannot specify a particular monitor, but it can specify a monitor type. When monitorType is specified in a call to app.media.createPlayer or app.media.openPlayer, JavaScript code gets the list of monitors available on the system and uses monitorType to select one of the monitors for playback. The monitor rectangle is then used when MediaPlayer.open is called to select the monitor.
Type
Number
JavaScript API
page 528
Access
R/W
Example
Play a media clip in full screen on a monitor with the best color depth.
var player = app.media.openPlayer({ rendition: this.media.getRendition("Clip"), settings: { monitorType: app.media.monitorType.bestColor, windowType: app.media.windowType.fullScreen, } });
page
6.0 For a docked media player, this property is the number of the page on which the player should be docked. For other types of media players, this property is ignored. See also MediaPlayer.page.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
palindrome
6.0 If this property is true, the media plays once normally and then plays in reverse back to the beginning. If repeat is specified, this forward-and-reverse playback repeats that many times. Each complete forward and reverse playback counts as one repeat. The default value is false.
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
players 529
Access
R/W Note: Most media players do not support palindrome and ignore this setting.
Example
Use QuickTime, which supports palindrome, to view the media clip.
var playerList = app.media.getPlayers().select({ id: /quicktime/i }); var settings = { players: playerList, palindrome: true }; var player = app.media.openPlayer({ settings: settings });
The above code should be run within a Rendition action event with an associated rendition.
players
6.0 An array of objects that represent the media players that can be used to play this rendition. JavaScript code does not usually access this array directly but passes it through from Rendition.select to the settings object for app.media.createPlayer.
Type
Players or Array of String
Access
R/W
Example
List the available players that can play this rendition. This script is run as a Rendition action with associated rendition.
var player = app.media.openPlayer({ settings: {autoPlay: false} }); console.println("players: " + player.settings.players.toSource() ); // Sample output to the console: players: [{id:"vnd.adobe.swname:ADBE_MCI", rank:0}, {id:"vnd.adobe.swname:AAPL_QuickTime", rank:0}, {id:"vnd.adobe.swname:RNWK_RealPlayer", rank:0}, {id:"vnd.adobe.swname:MSFT_WindowsMediaPlayer", rank:0}]
JavaScript API
rate 530
rate
6.0 A number that specifies the playback rate. The default value is 1, which means normal playback. Other values are relative to normal speed. For example, .5 is half speed, 2 is double speed, and -1 is normal speed in reverse. Many players and media types are limited in the values they support for rate and will choose the closest playback rate that they support.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Example
Play a media clip at double speed. This script is executed as a Rendition action.
var player = app.media.createPlayer(); player.settings.rate = 2; player.open();
repeat
6.0 The number of times the media playback should automatically repeat. The default value of 1 causes the media to be played once. Many players support only integer values for repeat, but some allow non-integer values such as 1.5. A value of Infinity plays the media clip continuously. The default value is 1.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
showUI 531
Example
Play a media clip from a Rendition action continuously.
var player = app.media.openPlayer({settings: { repeat: Infinity } });
showUI
6.0 A Boolean value that specifies whether the controls of the media player should be visible or not. The default value is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
Show the controls of the media player. This script is executed as a Rendition action.
var player = app.media.createPlayer(); player.settings.showUI = true; player.open();
or
app.media.openPlayer( {settings: {showUI: true} });
startAt
6.0 Defines the starting time or frame for playback. This may be an absolute time or frame value, or a marker name, or a marker plus a time or frame, as described under MediaOffset. Playback starts at the specified time or frame, or as close to that point as the media player is able to stop. If startAt is not specified, the default value is the beginning of media. See also endAt.
Type
MediaOffset object
JavaScript API
visible 532
Access
R/W
Example
See the example that follows endAt.
visible
6.0 A Boolean value that specifies whether the player should be visible. The default value is true.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
Set a docked media clip to play audio only. The script is executed as a Rendition action.
var args = { settings: { visible: false, windowType: app.media.windowType.docked } }; app.media.openPlayer( args );
JavaScript API
volume 533
volume
6.0 Specifies the playback volume. A value of 0 is muted, a value of 100 is normal (full) volume; values in between are intermediate volumes. Future media players may allow values greater than 100 to indicate louder than normal volume, but none currently do. The default value is 100.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
windowType
6.0 A value, chosen from the app.media.windowType enumeration, that defines what type of window the MediaPlayer should be created in. If you use the low-level function doc.media.newPlayer, the default value for windowType is app.media.windowType.docked. If you use the higher-level createPlayer or openPlayer functions of the app.media object, the default value is determined as follows:
If an annot is provided (see the description of the PlayerArgs object), the default is app.media.windowType.docked. If a settings.floating object is provided (see the description of the PlayerArgs object), the default is app.media.windowType.floating. Otherwise, the default is undefined.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
windowType 534
Example
Create media players with different window types. Script is executed as a Rendition action, so the selection of the specification of the rendition is not needed.
// Docked player that will be played in the associated ScreenAnnot app.media.openPlayer({ settings: { windowType: app.media.windowType.docked } }); // Play in full screen mode, see also monitor and monitorType app.media.openPlayer({ settings: { windowType: app.media.windowType.fullScreen } }); // Show the media clip in a floating window, also, see the floating property var args = { settings: { windowType: app.media.windowType.floating, floating: { title: "A. C. Robat", width: 352, height: 240, } } }; app.media.openPlayer( args );
JavaScript API
Monitor 535
Monitor
A Monitor object represents an individual display monitor. A Monitor object can be obtained from app.monitors, which returns an array of all monitors connected to the system. app.monitors is a Monitors object so the methods of the Monitors object can be used to select or filter out monitors from a multiple monitor system based on different criteria. See the Monitors object for details. The Monitor object and the Monitors object are used in the MediaSettings monitor property.
Monitor properties
colorDepth
6.0 The color depth of the monitor; that is, the number of bits per pixel.
Type
Number
Access
R
Example
Get the primary monitor and check its color depth. The Monitors.primary method is use to select the primary monitor.
var monitors = app.monitors.primary(); console.println( "Color depth of primary monitor is " + monitors[0].colorDepth );
isPrimary
6.0 A Boolean value that is true for the primary monitor, false for all other monitors.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
Example 536
Example
Get the widest monitor and determine if it is the primary monitor.
var monitors = app.monitors.widest(); var isIsNot = (monitors[0].isPrimary) ? "is" : "is not"; console.println("The widest monitor "+isIsNot+" the primary monitor.");
rect
6.0 A rectangle specifying the boundaries of the monitor in virtual desktop coordinates:
The origin of the virtual desktop is the top left corner of the primary monitor. Therefore, the primary monitors bounds are always in the form [ 0, 0, right, bottom ]. Secondary monitors may have positive or negative values in their bounds arrays, depending on where they are positioned relative to the primary monitor.
Type
Rectangle
Access
R
workRect
6.0 A rectangle representing a monitors workspace boundaries in virtual desktop coordinates. See rect for information about these coordinates. The workspace is the area of a monitor that is normally used for applications, omitting any items such as docked toolbars or taskbars. For example, running Windows on a single 800x600 display, rect is [ 0, 0, 800, 600 ]. With a standard Windows taskbar 30 pixels high and always visible at the bottom of the screen, workRect is [ 0, 0, 800, 570 ].
Type
Rectangle
Access
R
JavaScript API
Monitors 537
Monitors
A Monitors object is equivalent to a read-only array of Monitor objects, each one representing a single monitor. Elements can be accessed using the usual array notation and the length property. The app.monitors property returns a Monitors object that includes every monitor connected to the users system. JavaScript code can loop through this array to get information about the available monitors and select one for a full screen or pop-up media player. Note: The Monitors object returned by app.monitors is unsorted (the monitors are not listed in any particular order). The Monitors object has a number of filter methods that select one or more monitors based on various criteria. All of the monitor selection options provided in the PDF file format are implemented as calls to these filter methods. None of the filter methods modify the original Monitors object. They each return a new Monitors object, which normally contains one or more Monitor objects. If a single monitor matches the filtering criterion better than any other, the result Monitors object contains that monitor. If more than one monitor satisfies the filtering criterion equally (for example, for the bestColor method, if more than one monitor has the same greatest color depth), the result contains all of those monitors. Several of the filter methods have an optional minimum or required parameter. If this parameter is specified and no monitor meets that minimum requirement, the result Monitors object is empty. Otherwise, if the original Monitors object was not empty, the result always contains at least one monitor. Wherever a filter method refers to height, width, or area, the dimensions are in pixels.
Example
var monitors = app.monitors; for ( var i = 0; i< monitors.length; i++) console.println("monitors["+i+"].colorDepth = "+monitors[i].colorDepth); Monitors.length contains the number of elements in the Monitors object. For the Monitors object returned by app.monitors, this is the number of monitors in the users system. For a Monitors object
Monitors methods
bestColor
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered to include the monitor or monitors with the greatest color depth. If nMinColor is specified, returns an empty Monitors array if the best color depth is less than nMinColor.
JavaScript API
bestFit 538
Parameters
nMinColor
Returns
A Monitors object
Example
var monitors = app.monitors.bestColor(32); if (monitors.length == 0 ) console.println("Cannot find the required monitor.); else console.println("Found at least one monitor.");
bestFit
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered to include only the smallest monitor or monitors with at least the specified nWidth and nHeight in pixels.
Parameters
nWidth nHeight bRequire
Minimum width of the best fit monitor. Minimum height of the best fit monitor. (optional) Specifies what to return if no monitors have at least the specified width and height. If true, the method returns an empty Monitors array. If false or omitted, a Monitors array containing the largest monitor or monitors is returned.
Returns
A Monitors object
desktop
6.0 Creates a new Monitors object containing one Monitor object that represents the entire virtual desktop. The rect property is the union of every rect in the original Monitors object, the workRect property is the union of every workRect in the original Monitors object, and colorDepth is the minimum colorDepth value found in the original Monitors object.
JavaScript API
document 539
Returns
A Monitors object Note: The desktop method is normally called directly on a Monitors object returned by app.monitors. If that Monitors object is first filtered by any of its other methods, the desktop method does the same calculations listed above with that subset of the monitors.
document
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered to include the monitor or monitors that display the greatest amount of the document, as specified by the Doc parameter doc. If the document does not appear on any of the monitors in the original Monitors object, the method returns an empty Monitors array if bRequire is true or a Monitors array containing at least one arbitrarily chosen monitor from the original array if bRequire is false or omitted.
Parameters
doc bRequire
The Doc of the document (optional) A Boolean value. See the description above.
Returns
A Monitors object
filter
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered by calling a ranker function for each monitor in the list. The ranker function takes a Monitor parameter and returns a numeric rank. The return value from filter is a Monitors array containing the monitors that had the highest rank (either a single monitor, or more than one if there was a tie).
Parameters
fnRanker nMinRank
A (ranker) function that takes a Monitor parameter and returns a numeric rank (optional) If nMinRank is undefined, filter always includes at least one monitor from the original list (unless the original list was empty). If nMinRank is specified, filter returns an empty Monitors array if no monitors had at least that rank according to the ranker function.
JavaScript API
largest 540
Returns
A Monitors object Note: Most of the other Monitors filtering functions are implemented as filter calls.
Example
This script implements Monitors.bestColor( minColor). It returns a Monitors object containing the monitor or monitors that have the greatest color depth. If minColor is specified, returns an empty Monitors array if the best color depth is less than minColor.
bestColor: function( minColor ) { return this.filter( function( m ) { return m.colorDepth; }, minColor ); }
largest
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered to include the monitor or monitors with the greatest area in pixels.
Parameters
nMinArea
(optional) If the optional parameter nMinArea, a number, is specified, largest() returns an empty Monitors array if that greatest area is less than that value.
Returns
A Monitors object
leastOverlap
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered to include the monitor or monitors that contain the smallest amount of the rectangle, as specified by the rect parameter.
Parameters
rect maxOverlapArea
A rectangle, an array of four numbers in screen coordinates. (optional) If maxOverlapArea is specified, the result Monitors array contains only those monitors that contain at least that much area of the rectangle, or an empty Monitors array if no monitors contain that much area of the rectangle.
JavaScript API
mostOverlap 541
Returns
A Monitors object
mostOverlap
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered to include the monitor or monitors that contain the largest amount of the rectangle, as specified by the rect parameter. If there is no monitor with at least that much overlapping area, the method returns an empty Monitors array if minOverlapArea is specified, or a Monitors array containing at least one arbitrarily chosen monitor from the original array if minOverlapArea is omitted.
Parameters
rect minOverlapArea
A rectangle, an array of four numbers in screen coordinates. (optional) A Boolean value; see description above.
Returns
A Monitors object
nonDocument
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered to include the monitor or monitors that display none of, or the least amount of, the document.
Parameters
doc bRequire
The Doc of the target document (optional) bRequire is a Boolean value that determines the return value when there is no monitor that is completely clear of the document. If true, nonDocument returns an empty, or if false or omitted, nonDocument returns a Monitors array containing at least one arbitrarily chosen monitor from the original Monitors array.
Returns
A Monitors object
JavaScript API
primary 542
primary
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered by removing all secondary monitors, leaving only the primary monitor if it was present in the original list. If the primary monitor was not present in the original list, returns a Monitors array containing at least one arbitrarily chosen monitor from the original list.
Returns
A Monitors object
Example
Get the primary monitor and check its color depth.
var monitors = app.monitors.primary(); // Recall that each element in a monitors object is a monitor object // This code uses monitor.colorDepth console.println( "Color depth of primary monitor is " + monitors[0].colorDepth );
secondary
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered by removing the primary monitor, returning only secondary monitors. If the original Monitors object contained only the primary monitor and no secondary monitors, returns the original list.
Returns
A Monitors object
select
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered according nMonitor, a monitor selection value as used in PDF and enumerated in app.media.monitorType. The doc is required when nMonitor is app.media.monitorType.document or app.media.monitorType.nonDocument and ignored for all other nMonitor values.
JavaScript API
tallest 543
These selection values correspond directly to the various Monitors filter methods. select calls the corresponding filter method and then, in most cases, also filters with primary as a tie-breaker in case more than one monitor matches the main filter.
Parameters
nMonitor doc
The monitor type, a number from app.media.monitorType. A Doc. The parameter is required if nMonitor is either app.media.monitorType.document or app.media.monitorType.nonDocument, ignored otherwise.
Returns
A Monitors object.
Example
These two equivalent methods are for filtering monitors.
settings.monitor = app.monitors().select( app.media.monitorType.document, doc ); settings.monitor = app.monitors().document(doc).primary();
tallest
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered to include only the monitor or monitors with the greatest height in pixels.
Parameters
nMinHeight
(optional) If nMinHeight is specified and no monitor has at least that height, the return value is an empty Monitors array.
Returns
A Monitors object
widest
6.0 Returns a copy of the Monitors object, filtered to include only the monitor or monitors with the greatest width in pixels.
JavaScript API
widest 544
Parameters
nMinWidth
(optional) If nMinWidth is specified and no monitor has at least that width, the return value is an empty Monitors array.
Returns
A Monitors object
JavaScript API
Net 545
Net
The Net object allows for the discovery and access to networking services through a variety of protocols. The Net object forms a namespace for the networking services that currently exist in the global namespace (SOAP). The existing objects will be maintained for backwards-compatibility however any new services should use the new namespace.
Net properties
SOAP
8.0 The Net.SOAP object allows for communication with network services that use the SOAP Messaging Protocol. The Net.SOAP object has one property and three methods, full documentation is found on the referenced pages. Name Net.SOAP properties
wireDump
Short Description
Page
If true, synchronous SOAP requests will cause the XML Request and Response to be dumped to the JavaScript Console. This is useful for debugging SOAP problems.
page 657
Net.SOAP methods
connect
Converts the URL of a WSDL document to a JavaScript object with callable methods corresponding to the web service. Initiates a remote procedure call (RPC) or sends an XML message to a SOAP HTTP endpoint. The method either waits for the endpoint to reply (synchronous processing) or calls a method on the notification object (asynchronous processing). Initiates a remote procedure call (RPC) or sends an XML message to a SOAP HTTP endpoint without waiting for a reply.
page 657
request
page 664
response
page 672
Type
Object
Access
R
JavaScript API
Discovery 546
Discovery
8.0 The Discovery object allows for the dynamic discovery of network services. The Net.Discovery object has two methods, full documentation is found on the referenced pages. Net.Discovery method
queryServices resolveService
Short Description Locates network services that have published themselves using DNS Service Discovery (DNS-SD). Allows a service name to be bound to a network address and port in order for a connection to be made.
Type
Object
Access
R
HTTP
8.0 The Net.HTTP object allows access to web services that use HTTP. These methods allow communication with a wider variety of services than the Net.SOAP object. The HTTP object can be used to implement any messaging protocol that utilizes HTTP, for example, WebDAV or the ATOM Publishing Protocol. See Net.HTTP, page 548, full documentation of the methods of the HTTP object.
Type
Object
Access
R
JavaScript API
HTTP 547
Net methods
The Net object has three methods, full documentation is found on the referenced pages. Net method
streamDecode streamDigest streamEncode
Short Description Allows a stream object to be decoded with the specified encoding type. Allows a stream object to be digested with the specified encoding type. Encodes a stream object.
JavaScript API
Net.HTTP 548
Net.HTTP
The Net.HTTP object allows access to web services that use HTTP. These methods allow communication with a wider variety of services than the Net.SOAP object. The HTTP object can be used to implement any messaging protocol that utilizes HTTP, for example, WebDAV or the ATOM Publishing Protocol.
Net.HTTP methods
request
8.0
The request method asynchronously invokes an HTTP Web Service. This method allows connecting to a wider set of web services than the Net.SOAP.request (SOAP.request) method and with finer control over the HTTP method, headers and / or body. This method allows the creation of more complicated networking protocols such as WebDAV or the Atom Publishing Protocol. Note: This method can only be made outside the context of a document (for example, in a folder level JavaScript).
Parameters
cVerb
A string that specifies the HTTP verb to use. The verb must be one of the following: Messaging protocol HTTP (RFC 1945, 2616) WebDAV (RFC 2518) WebDAV Versioning Extensions (RFC 3253) CalDAV Calendaring Extensions Parameter value
GET, POST, PUT, DELETE, OPTIONS, HEAD PROPFIND, PROPPATCH, MKCOL, LOCK, UNLOCK, COPY, MOVE, ACL, SEARCH CHECKIN, CHECKOUT, UNCHECKOUT, MERGE, VERSION-CONTROL, REPORT, KWORKSPACE, UPDATE, LABEL, MERGE, MKACTIVITY MKCALENDAR
cURL
A string that specifies the network endpoint location of the web service to connect to. The scheme of the URL must be either HTTP or HTTPS.
JavaScript API
request 549
aHeaders
(optional) An array that specifies HTTP headers to be sent with the request. Some headers such as Content-length cannot be set explicitly. Each element in the array is an object describing the header with the following properties: Property
name value
Description The name of the header to use, this must be a valid HTTP Header name. The value for the HTTP header, this must be a valid HTTP Header value string.
oRequest oHandler
(optional) A Stream object that specifies the request body of the method. No encoding of the message body is done prior to sending it. (optional) An object that handles the response from the service. The oHandler object will have the response method invoked with the following parameters: Parameter
oRequest cURL oException
Description The response body as a stream object on success. The request URL that was used when this request was invoked. An exception object if the method was not successful. The exception object has the following properties:
error the HTTP status code that was returned. msg An error message associated with the failure.
aHeaders
An array of response headers returned from the server. See the aHeaders parameter of the Net.HTTP.request method for a description of the format.
JavaScript API
request 550
oAuthenticate (optional) An object that specifies how to handle HTTP authentication or specifies
credentials to use. The default is to present a user interface to the user to handle HTTP authentication challenges for BASIC and DIGEST authentication modes. The oAuthenticate object can have the following properties: Property
Username Password
Description A string containing the username to use for authentication. A string containing the authentication credential to use. be used. If platform authentication is enabled, the Username and Password are ignored and the underlying platform networking code is used. This may cause an authentication UI to be shown to the user and/or the credentials of the currently logged in user to be used. The default is false and is only supported on the Windows platform.
Exceptions
The method throws an exception if the URL is invalid or the same, origin requirement is not satisfied.
Example
Create a collection at the URL specified.
CreateWebDAVCollection = function(cURL) { var params = { cVerb: "MKCOL", cURL: cURL, oHandler: { response: function(msg, uri, e) { // HTTP 405 - Can't MKCOL if it exists! if(e != undefined && e.error != 405) { app.alert("Failed to MKCOL: "+ e); } else app.alert("Created collection"); } } }; Net.HTTP.request(params); } // CreateWebDAVCollection
JavaScript API
OCG 551
OCG
An OCG object represents an optional content group in a PDF file. Content in the file can belong to one or more optional content groups. Content belonging to one or more OCGs is referred to as optional content and its visibility is determined by the states (ON or OFF) of the OCGs to which it belongs. In the simplest case, optional content belongs to a single OCG, with the content being visible when the OCG is on and hidden when the OCG is off. More advanced visibility behavior can be achieved by using multiple OCGs and different visibility mappings. Use the Doc getOCGs method to get an array of OCG objects for a PDF document. The Doc methods addWatermarkFromFile and addWatermarkFromText add watermarks in an OCG. See the PDF Reference version 1.7 for additional details on optional content groups.
OCG properties
constants
7.0 Each instance of an OCG object inherits this property, which is a wrapper object for holding various constant values.
intents Object
An OCGs intent array can contain arbitrary strings, but those contained in this object are the only ones recognized by Acrobat. Property
design view
Description Designates a design intent in an OCG object. Designates a view intent in an OCG object.
states Object
The states object is used to set the initial state of the OCG (see initState). Property
on off
JavaScript API
initState 552
initState
7.0
This property is used to determine whether this OCG is on or off by default. See the states Object for possible values.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
Example
Set an initial state of an OCG to off.
var ocgs = this.getOCGs(); ocgs[0].initState.constants.states.off;
locked
7.0
This property is used to determine whether this OCG is locked. If an OCG is locked, its on/off state cannot be toggled through the UI.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
name
6.0
The text string seen in the UI for this OCG. It can be used to identify OCGs, although it is not necessarily unique. Note: In Acrobat 6.0, the name is read-only; for Acrobat 7.0, it is read/write.
JavaScript API
state 553
Type
String
Access
R/W (Adobe Reader: R only)
Example
A function that toggle all Watermark OCGs.
function ToggleWatermark(doc) { var ocgArray = doc.getOCGs(); for (var i=0; i < ocgArray.length; i++) { if (ocgArray[i].name == "Watermark") { ocgArray[i].state = !ocgArray[i].state; } } }
state
6.0 Represents the current on/off state of this OCG. Changing the state of an OCG does not dirty the document, the OCGs revert to their initial state when the document is loaded again.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
Turn on all the OCGs in the given document.
function TurnOnOCGsForDoc(doc) { var ocgArray = doc.getOCGs(); for (var i=0; i < ocgArray.length; i++) ocgArray[i].state = true; }
JavaScript API
getIntent 554
OCG methods
getIntent
7.0 Returns this OCGs intent array. An OCG will affect the visibility of content only if it has onstants.intents.view as an intent. See also setIntent and the intents Object.
Returns
An array of strings. See constants.intents for possible values.
setAction
6.0
Registers a JavaScript expression to be evaluated after every state change for this OCG. Setting an action for an OCG does not dirty the document, therefore, the assignment of action must be made when the document is first opened, as document level script, or dynamically through user interaction. Note: This method will overwrite any action already defined for this OCG.
Parameters
cExpr
Example
The function below is used to assign a beep sound to an OCG passed to it. The script that follows the function definition assigns a beeping action to the first OCG, as listed in the array returned by the getOCGs method.
/* Beep when the given ocg is changed */ function BeepOnChange(ocg) { ocg.setAction("app.beep()"); } var ocgs = this.getOCGs(); BeepOnChange(ocgs[0]);
JavaScript API
setIntent 555
setIntent
7.0
Sets this OCGs intent array. An OCG should only affect the visibility of content if this array contains constants.intents.view. See the intents Object for possible values. See also getIntent and the intents Object.
Parameters
aIntentArray
Example
Set the intent of all OCGs in the document to both View and Design.
var ocgs = this.getOCGs(); for (i=0; i < ocgs.length; i++) { ocgs[i].setIntent( [ocgs[i].constants.intents.view, ocgs[i].constants.intents.design]); }
JavaScript API
PlayerInfo 556
PlayerInfo
A PlayerInfo object represents a media player that is available for media playback. The app.media.getPlayers method returns a PlayerInfoList object, which is a collection of PlayerInfo objects.
PlayerInfo properties
id
6.0 Represents a media player plug-in and associated media player. This string is not localized and is not intended for display to the user. This string may be used in the MediaPlayer.settings.players array when creating a MediaPlayer, and it is also found in the MediaPlayer.id property after opening a player.
Type
String
Access
R
Example
List player information for all media players that play video/mpeg.
var playerInfoList = app.media.getPlayers("video/mpeg"); for ( var i=0; i < playerInfoList.length; i++) { console.println("id: " + playerInfoList[i].id) console.println("name: " + playerInfoList[i].name) console.println("version: " + playerInfoList[i].version) }
mimeTypes
6.0 An array of strings listing the MIME types that this media player supports.
Type
Array of String
JavaScript API
name 557
Access
R
Example
var qtinfo = app.media.getPlayers().select({id: /quicktime/i })[0]; console.println( qtinfo.mimeTypes );
name
6.0 The name of the media player. This string is localized according to the current language as found in app.language. It is suitable for display in list boxes and the like, but not for direct comparisons in JavaScript code.
Type
String
Access
R
version
6.0 A string containing the version number of the media player. For most players, it is the version number of the underlying media player that is installed on the users system. This string is in dotted decimal format, for example, 7.4.030.1170.
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
canPlay 558
PlayerInfo methods
canPlay
6.0 Checks to see if the media player can be used for playback, taking the users security settings into account. If the parameter bRejectPlayerPrompt is true, the method returns false if using this player would result in a security prompt. Otherwise the method returns true if playback is allowed either with or without a security prompt. (This method itself never triggers a security prompt, but a later attempt to create a media player may.)
Parameters
oDoc bRejectPlayerPrompt
A Doc A Boolean value whose default is false. If true, the method returns false if using this player would result in a security prompt. If false, the method returns true if playback is allowed either with or without a security prompt.
Returns
Boolean
canUseData
6.0 Tells whether the player can use the specified data, as passed by its parameter oData, for playback. Returns true if the data can be used for playback and false otherwise.
Parameters
oData
A MediaData object (see MediaSettings.data for a description of this object). This object is obtained in several ways, from app.media.getAltTextData, app.media.getURLData, or indirectly by Rendition.getPlaySettings.
Returns
Boolean
JavaScript API
honors 559
honors
7.0 Asks a player plug-in whether it can honor all of the settings, methods, and events listed in the args parameter. The answer is not guaranteed to be correct, but is a best guess without opening a media player. For example, if args.URL is provided, the scheme (such as "http://") is checked, but honors does not try to actually open the URL. Note: Compatibility: honors is supported only on Acrobat 7.0 and above. The Acrobat SDK provides JavaScript source code that can be copied into a PDF to provide compatibility with both Acrobat 6.0 and Acrobat 7.0. This code uses hard-coded tests for Acrobat 6.0 and calls honors on newer versions of Acrobat. See the playerHonors Function for details.
honors and the HonorsArgs object (see page 560) are similar to the MH (must honor) entries in the
PDF format, some of which can be set in the Playback Requirements panel of the Rendition Settings for a multimedia rendition. The honors method provides a way to choose a player that meets playback requirements dynamically in JavaScript code instead of statically in the PDF file.
Parameters
args
The HonorsArgs object to be tested. The HonorsArgs object is very similar to the parameter, PlayerArgs Object, used by the app.media.openPlayer method. In fact, any PlayerArgs object can be used as an HonorsArgs. HonorsArgs also allows a few other options that are used only with honors.
Returns
A Boolean value which is true if the player plug-in can honor everything in the args object.
Example
Play a media clip using a player that supports specific features.
function playWithRequirements( args ) { var plugins = app.media.getPlayers( args.mimeType ) if( plugins ) { for (var plugin in plugins) { if( plugin.honors(args) ) { args.players = [plugin]; return app.media.openPlayer( args ); } } } }
JavaScript API
honors 560
Play using a media player that has these capabilities for an AVI file on an http URL: It can turn off autoplay, supports the pause method, the seek method and startAt setting using a marker+time offset, and supports the Ready and Close events.
playWithRequirements({ mimeType: 'video/avi', URL: 'http://www.example.com/bar.avi', settings: { autoPlay: false, startAt: { marker: 'test', time: 1 }, }, methods: { pause:[], seek[ { marker: 'test', time: 1 } ], }, events: { afterReady: doAfterReady( e ), onClose: doOnClose( e ), }, });
HonorsArgs object
The HonorsArgs object lists settings, methods, and events that are used in a call to the honors method of the PlayerInfo object or the playerHonors function. In this discussion, PlayerInfo.honors refers to both. Any PlayersArgs object (as used in a call to app.media.openPlayer) may be used as an HonorsArgs object, or an HonorsArgs object can be created to be used in a PlayerInfo.honors call. If the same object is used in app.media.openPlayer and PlayerInfo.honors, be aware that the two functions interpret unknown args differently. app.media.openPlayer ignores settings or events that it does not know about, but PlayerInfo.honors returns false if there are any settings, methods, or events it does not recognize. For example, { settings: { upsideDown: true } } would be allowed in an app.media.openPlayer call. There is no such setting as upsideDown, so the setting is ignored. But in a call to PlayerInfo.honors, this unknown setting returns false. Below is a complete list of the properties allowed in the HonorsArgs object. This illustration is loosely in the form of a JavaScript object literal, but it shows the type or description of each property instead of an actual property value:
args = { mimeType: string, URL: string, settings: { autoPlay: boolean, baseURL: string, bgColor: Acrobat color array,
JavaScript API
honors 561
duration: number, endAt: MediaOffset, layout: number, palindrome: boolean, rate: number, repeat: number, showUI: boolean, startAt: MediaOffset, visible: boolean, volume: number, }, methods: { pause: [], play: [], seek: [ MediaOffset ], stop: [], where: [], }, events: { Done: anything, onDone: anything, afterDone: anything, Error: anything, onError: anything, afterError: anything, Escape: anything, onEscape: anything, afterEscape: anything, Pause: anything, onPause: anything, afterPause: anything, Play: anything, onPlay: anything, afterPlay: anything, Ready: anything, onReady: anything, afterReady: anything, Script: anything, onScript: anything, afterScript: anything, Seek: anything, onSeek: anything, afterSeek: anything, Status: anything, onStatus: anything, afterStatus: anything, Stop: anything, onStop: anything, afterStop: anything, }, }
The mimeType, URL, and settings properties are identical to the corresponding properties in PlayerArgs. The mimeType property is required; the honors method does not try to determine the MIME type from the URLs file extension. URL can be a real URL or a fictitious one, as long as it is in the correct URL format. See MediaSettings object for a description of these properties. The methods property lists the MediaPlayer methods that the player must support for the given MIME type. The value of each methods property is an array containing the arguments that would be passed into a call to that method. In Acrobat 7.0, the only player method that has any arguments is seek, which takes a single MediaOffset argument. See MediaPlayer object for a description of these properties. If you use the same object as a PlayerArgs and an HonorsArgs, it can have a methods property, even though a PlayerArgs normally does not have that property. Anywhere a PlayerArgs is used, the unknown property is ignored.
The events property lists the events that the player must support. As shown above, each event can be named with the on or after prefix or no prefix. All three mean the same thing. If a player supports a particular on event, it always supports the corresponding after event (because the after events are
JavaScript API
honors 562
generated in the same way for all players). See EventListener object for a description of these properties. The notation anything means literally that: in the HonorsArgs, these values are just placeholders. So, the events object from a PlayerArgs works in an HonorsArgs:
events: { afterReady: doAfterReady( e ), onClose: doOnClose( e ), },
Or, if you are creating an HonorsArgs, you can simplify the notation as follows:
events: { Ready: true, Close: true },
playerHonors Function
This function is provided as JavaScript source code that can be copied into a PDF file as a document script. It performs the same tests as the honors method in Acrobat 7.0, but it works on Acrobat 6.0 as well. When running on Acrobat 6.0, playerHonors uses hard-coded tests that match the capabilities of the media players shipped with Acrobat 6.0. When running on Acrobat 7.0 and later, playerHonors calls honors.
Parameters
doc info args
Returns
A Boolean value which is true if the player plug-in can honor everything in the args object.
Example
This example is the same as shown for the honors method of the PlayerInfo object, but using the playerHonors JavaScript function. This works on both Acrobat 6.0 and 7.0, provided a copy of the playerHonors source code is placed into the target PDF.
function playWithRequirements( args ) { var plugins = app.media.getPlayers( 'video/avi' ) if( plugins ) { for (var plugin in plugins) { if( playerHonors( doc, plugin, args ) ) { args.players = [plugin]; return app.media.openPlayer( args ); } } } }
JavaScript API
PlayerInfoList 563
PlayerInfoList
This object is equivalent to an array of PlayerInfo objects. The individual elements (the PlayerInfo objects) can be accessed using the usual array notation. The number of elements can be obtained from the length property. This object is returned by the app.media.getPlayers method. When a media player is created using app.media.createPlayer, the settings.players property of the PlayerArgs object passed to the method may contain a PlayerInfoList. The created player is restricted to those in the list.
PlayerInfoList methods
select
6.0 Returns a copy of the PlayerInfoList, filtered to include only the players that match selection criteria. If no players match, an empty array is returned.
Parameters
object
(optional) An object that contains any of the properties id, name, or version. The values of these properties may be strings or regular expressions. Specified properties are required to match. Omitted properties can match any player.
Returns
PlayerInfoList object
Example 1
Use QuickTime to view the media clip.
var playerList = app.media.getPlayers().select({ id: /quicktime/i }); // QuickTime supports palindrome, so lets try it. var settings = { players: playerList, palindrome: true }; var player = app.media.openPlayer({ settings: settings });
Example 2
Choose the Flash player by using a pattern match on its player ID.
var player = app.media.createPlayer(); player.settings.players = app.media.getPlayers().select({ id:/flash/i}); player.open();
JavaScript API
PlugIn 564
PlugIn
5.0 This object gives access to information about the plug-in it represents. A PlugIn object is obtained using app.plugIns.
PlugIn properties
certified
If true, the plug-in is certified by Adobe. Certified plug-ins have undergone extensive testing to ensure that breaches in application and document security do not occur. The user can configure the viewer to only load certified plug-ins.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
Get the number of uncertified plug-ins.
var j=0; aPlugins = app.plugIns; for (var i=0; i < aPlugins.length; i++) if (!aPlugins[i].certified) j++; console.println("Report: There are "+j+" uncertified plug-ins loaded.");
loaded
If true, the plug-in was loaded.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
name
The name of the plug-in.
JavaScript API
path 565
Type
String
Access
R
Example
Get the number of plug-ins, and list them in the console.
// Get an array of PlugIn Objects var aPlugins = app.plugIns; // Get the number of plug-ins var nPlugins = aPlugins.length; // Enumerate the names of all plug-ins for (var i = 0; i < nPlugins; i++) console.println("Plugin \#" + i + " is " + aPlugins[i].name);
path
The device-independent path to the plug-in.
Type
String
Access
R
version
The version number of the plug-in. The integer part of the version number indicates the major version, and the decimal part indicates the minor and update versions. For example, 5.11 would indicate that the plug-in has major version 5, minor version 1, and update version 1.
Type
Number
Access
R
JavaScript API
PrintParams 566
PrintParams
This is a generic object that controls printing parameters that affect any document printed using JavaScript. Changing this object does not change the user preferences or make any permanent changes to the document. In Acrobat 6.0, the Doc print method takes a PrintParams object as its argument. You can obtain a PrintParams object from the Doc getPrintParams method. The returned object can then be modified. Many of the PrintParams properties take integer constants as values, which you can access using the constants property. For example:
// Get the printParams object of the default printer var pp = this.getPrintParams(); // Set some properties pp.interactive = pp.constants.interactionLevel.automatic; pp.colorOverride = pp.colorOverrides.mono; // Print this.print(pp);
The constants properties are all integers allowing read access only.
PrintParams properties
binaryOK
6.0
true if a binary channel to the printer is supported. The default is true.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
bitmapDPI
6.0
The dots per inch (DPI) to use when producing bitmaps or rasterizing transparency. The valid range is 1 to 9600. If the document protections specify a maximum printing resolution, the lower of the two values is used. The default is 300. Illegal values are treated as 300. See also gradientDPI.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
booklet 567
booklet
8.0 An object used to set the parameters for booklet printing. The properties of the booklet object are listed in the table below. Property
binding
Type Integer
Access Description R/W When printing a booklet, the binding property determines the paper binding direction and the page arrange order. The value of binding is set through the constants bookletBindings object, given below. The default is Left. When printing a booklet, the duplexMode property determines the duplex printing mode. The value of duplexMode property is set through the constants duplexMode object, given below. The default is BothSides. When the output device doesn't support automatic duplex functionality, a manual duplex can be performed by two separated printings of front and back sides. When printing a booklet, subsetFrom determines the first booklet sheet to be printed. Independently from the general page range selection, only a subset of the final booklet result is printed by this option. Valid sheet numbers start from 0, which is the first sheet. The default value is 0. The special value of -1 represents the last sheet. More generally, the negative integer -N represents the sheet that is (N-1) from the last sheet. Thus, -2 is the sheet just before the last sheet, -3 is the sheet that is 2 sheets from the last one. See the additional note below on booklet subsetting.
duplexMode
Integer
R/W
subsetFrom
Integer
R/W
subsetTo
Integer
R/W
When printing a booklet, subsetTo determines the last booklet sheet to be printed. Independently from the general page range selection, only a subset of the final booklet result is printed by this option. Valid sheet numbers start from 0, but the value -1 represents the last sheet. The default value is -1. The negative integer -N represents the sheet that is (N-1) from the last sheet. Thus, -2 is the sheet just before the last sheet, -3 is the sheet that is 2 sheets from the last one. See the additional note below on booklet subsetting.
The bookletBindings object has properties used to set the value of booklet.binding.
JavaScript API
booklet 568
constants.bookletBindings object
Property
Left
Description Left-side binding for Western-style left-to-right reading direction. The paper is folded on the short side. Right-side binding for text with right-to-left reading direction or Japanese-style vertical writing. The paper is folded on the short side. Left-side binding for Western-style left-to-right reading direction. The paper is folded on the long side producing long and narrow pages. Right-side binding for text with right-to-left reading direction or Japanese-style vertical writing. The paper is folded on the long side producing long and narrow pages.
Right
LeftTall
RightTall
The bookletDuplexMode object has properties used to set the value of booklet.duplexMode.
constants.bookletDuplexMode object
Property
BothSides
Description Automatically prints both sides of the paper. The selected printer must support automatic duplex printing. Only prints all pages that appear on the front side of the paper. Reinsert the printed pages and print again with BacksideOnly mode to complete a manual duplex printing. Only prints all pages that appear on the back side of the paper.
FrontSideOnly
BackSideOnly
Type
object
Access
R/W Note: (Booklet subsetting using subsetFrom and subsetTo) Since the booklet output can change by the source page range (by setting firstPage and lastPage properties of the PrintParams object), the same effect cannot be achieved easily by changing these page range properties. For example. the first (2-side) sheet of an 8-page booklet job has a page number sequence of [8, 1, 2, 7] while the first sheet of 16-page booklet job has a page number sequence of [16, 1, 2, 15]. The subsetFrom and subsetTo properties are useful for printing certain pages of a booklet document with different devices or media. A typical example would be printing the cover and the inside cover in color while rest of the document is in black and white. Another common example is printing the cover page on thicker colored paper.
JavaScript API
colorOverride 569
Example 1 (binding)
Set up booklet printing for right-side binding of text, and print.
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.pageHandling = pp.constants.handling.booklet; pp.booklet.binding = pp.constants.bookletBindings.Right; this.print(pp);
Example 2 (duplexMode)
Print booklet in duplex mode, printing only the front pages.
pp.pageHandling = pp.constants.handling.booklet; pp.booklet.duplexMode = pp.constants.bookletDuplexMode.FrontSideOnly; this.print(pp);
Set booklet printing from the second sheet to the last sheet.
pp.booklet.subsetFrom = 1; pp.booklet.subsetTo = -1;
Set booklet printing to print all pages except the last two.
pp.booklet.subsetFrom = 0; pp.booklet.subsetTo = -3;
colorOverride
6.0 Specifies whether to use color override. Values are the properties of the constants colorOverrides object. Illegal values are treated as auto, the default value. Note: This property is supported on the Windows platform only.
JavaScript API
colorProfile 570
colorOverrides object
Property
auto gray mono
Description Let Acrobat decide color overrides. Force color to grayscale. Force color to monochrome.
Type
Integer constant
Access
R/W
Example
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.colorOverride = pp.constants.colorOverrides.mono; this.print(pp);
colorProfile
6.0
The color profile to use. A list of available color spaces can be obtained from printColorProfiles. The default is Printer/PostScript Color Management.
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
constants 571
constants
6.0 Each instance of a PrintParams object inherits this property, which is a wrapper that holds various constant values. The values are all integers allowing read access only. They are used as option values of some of the other properties of the PrintParams object, and their values are listed with the properties to which they apply. Constant Object
bookletBindings bookletDuplexMode colorOverrides fontPolicies handling interactionLevel nUpPageOrders printContents flagValues rasterFlagValues subsets tileMarks usages
Type
object
Access
R
downloadFarEastFonts
6.0 If true (the default), send Far East fonts to the printer if needed. Set this property to false if the printer has Far East fonts but incorrectly reports that it needs them.
JavaScript API
fileName 572
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
fileName
6.0 The device-independent path for a file name to be used instead of sending the print job to the printer (Print to File). The path may be relative to the location of the current document. When printing to a file, if the interaction level (see interactive) is set to full, it is lowered to automatic. The default value is the empty string (no file name). Note: Printing to a file produces output suitable for the printer, for example, Postscript or GDI commands. When printerName is an empty string andfileName is specified, the current document is saved as a PostScript file.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Example
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.fileName = "/c/print/myDoc.prn"; this.print(pp);
Example 2
Save the current document as a PostScript file.
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.fileName = "/c/temp/myDoc.ps"; pp.printerName = ""; this.print(pp);
JavaScript API
firstPage 573
firstPage
6.0 The first page number of the document to print. The number is 0-based. The first page of any document is 0, regardless of page number labels. The default value is 0, and values that are out of the documents page range are treated as 0. See also lastPage.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Example
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.firstPage = 0; pp.lastPage = 9; this.print(pp);
flags
6.0 A bit field of flags to control printing. These flags can be set or cleared using bitwise operations through the constants flagValues object. Zero or more flags can be set; unsupported flags are ignored. The flags default to those set by user preferences.
constants.flagValues object
The table below lists the properties of the flagValues object; unless otherwise noted, these properties are not available in Adobe Reader. Property
applyOverPrint
Description Do overprint preview when printing. Turn off if overprinting is natively supported. Use the soft proofing settings before doing color management.
applySoftProofSettings
JavaScript API
flags 574
Property
emitPostScriptXObjects emitFormsAsPSForms maxJP2KRes
Description PostScript only, do include PostScript XObjects content in output. Converts Form XObjects to PS forms. The default is off. Use the maximum resolution of JPeg2000 images instead of the best matching resolution. Enable setPageSize. Choose the paper tray by the PDF page size. Available in Adobe Reader. Do not emit the BlackGeneration in the document. Do not center the page. Available in Adobe Reader. Suppress CJK Font Substitution on Printerdoes not apply when kAVEmitFontAllFonts is used. Do not emit the cropbox page clip. Available in Adobe Reader. Do not rotate the page. Available in Adobe Reader. Do not emit the transfer functions in the document. Do not emit UnderColorRemovals in the document. Print TrapNet and PrinterMark annotations, even if the print setting is document only. Print PrinterMark annotations, even if the print setting is document only. Available in Acrobat Professional only.
setPageSize
usePrintersMarks
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Example 1
In the Output options section of the Advanced Print Setup dialog box, check the Apply Output Preview Settings check box.
pp = getPrintParams(); fv = pp.constants.flagValues; // or pp.flags |= fv.applySoftProofSettings;; pp.flags = pp.flags | fv.applySoftProofSettings; this.print(pp);
JavaScript API
fontPolicy 575
Example 2
Uncheck Auto-Rotate and Center (checked by default) in the Print dialog box.
pp = getPrintParams(); fv = pp.constants.flagValues; pp.flags |= (fv.suppressCenter | fv.suppressRotate); this.print(pp);
Example 3
In the PostScript options section of the Advanced Print Setup dialog box, check the Emit Undercolor Removal/Black Generation check box.
pp = getPrintParams(); fv = pp.constants.flagValues; pp.flags &= ~(fv.suppressBG | fv.suppressUCR) this.print(pp)
fontPolicy
6.0 Sets the font policy. The value of the fontpolicy property is set through the constants fontPolicies object. The default is pageRange.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
constants.fontPolicies object
Property
everyPage
Description Emit needed fonts before every page and free all fonts after each page. This produces the largest, slowest print jobs, but requires the least amount of memory from the printer. Emit needed fonts at the beginning of the print job and free them at the end of the print job. This produces the smallest, fastest print jobs, but requires the most memory from the printer. (Default) Emit fonts before the first page that uses them and free them after the last page that uses them. This also produces the smallest and fastest print jobs and can use less memory. However, the print job must be printed as produced because of page ordering. Note: pageRange can be a good compromise between speed and memory. However, do not use it if the PostScriptcript pages will be programmatically reordered afterwards.
jobStart
pageRange
JavaScript API
gradientDPI 576
gradientDPI
6.0
The dots per inch to use when rasterizing gradients. This value can generally be set lower than bitmapDPI because it affects areas to which the eye is less sensitive. It must be set from 1 to 9600. Illegal values are treated as 150. If the document protections specify a maximum printing resolution, the lower of the two values will be used. The default value is 150.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
interactive
6.0 Specifies the level of interaction between the user and the print job. The value of this property is set through the constants interactionLevel object. The default is full. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) Non-interactive printing can only be executed during batch, console, and menu events. Printing is made non-interactive by setting bUI to false when calling the Doc print method or by setting the interactive property to silent, for example,
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.interactive = pp.constants.interactionLevel.silent;
Outside of batch, console, and menu events, the values of bUI and of interactive are ignored, and a print dialog box will always be presented. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
lastPage 577
constants.interactionLevel Object
Property
automatic
Description No print dialog box is displayed. During printing, a progress monitor and cancel dialog box are displayed and removed automatically when printing is complete. Displays the print dialog box, allowing the user to change print settings and requiring the user to press OK to continue. During printing, a progress monitor and cancel dialog box is displayed and removed automatically when printing is complete. No print dialog box is displayed. No progress or cancel dialog box is displayed. Even error messages are not displayed.
full
silent
Example
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.interactive = pp.constants.interactionLevel.automatic; pp.printerName = "Adobe PDF"; this.print(pp);
lastPage
6.0 The last 0-based page number of the document to print. The term 0-based means the first page of any document is 0, regardless of page number labels. If the value is less than firstPage or outside the legal range of the document, this reverts to the default value. The default value is the number of pages in the document less one. See firstPage for an example.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
nUpAutoRotate
7.0 A Boolean value that if true, automatically rotates each page to match the page orientation to the available paper area during Multiple Pages Per Sheet printing. The default is false, but nUpAutoRotate obeys the print settings. Multiple Pages Per Sheet is obtained by setting pageHandling to nUp.
JavaScript API
nUpNumPagesH 578
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
nUpNumPagesH
7.0 The number of pages to lay out in the horizontal direction when printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet. The default is 2, but nUpNumPagesH obeys the print settings. Multiple Pages Per Sheet is obtained by setting pageHandling to nUp.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Example
Perform Multiple Pages Per Sheet printing on this document, set up parameters, and print.
pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.pageHandling = pp.constants.handling.nUp; pp.nUpPageOrders = pp.constants.nUpPageOrders.Vertical; pp.nUpNumPagesH = 3; pp.nUpNumPagesV = 3; pp.nUpPageBorder=true; pp.nUpAutoRotate=true; this.print(pp);
nUpNumPagesV
7.0 The number of pages to be laid out in the vertical direction when printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet. The default is 2, but nUpNumPagesV obeys the print settings. Multiple Pages Per Sheet is obtained by setting pageHandling to nUp. See nUpNumPagesH for an example.
JavaScript API
nUpPageBorder 579
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
nUpPageBorder
7.0 A Boolean value that if true, draws and prints a page boundary around each of the pages during Multiple Pages Per Sheet printing. The default is false, but nUpPageBorder obeys the print settings. Multiple Pages Per Sheet is obtained by setting pageHandling to nUp. See nUpNumPagesH for an example.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
nUpPageOrder
7.0 When printing multiple pages per sheet, the nUpPageOrder property determines how the multiple pages are laid out on the sheet. The value of the nUpPageOrder property is set through the constants nUpPageOrders object. The default is Horizontal, but nUpPageOrder obeys the print settings. Multiple Pages Per Sheet is obtained by setting pageHandling to nUp.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
pageHandling 580
constants.nUpPageOrders Object
Property
Horizontal HorizontalReversed Vertical
Description Pages are placed from left to right, from top to bottom. Pages are placed from right to left, from top to bottom. Pages are placed from top to bottom, from left to right.
Example
Perform Multiple Pages Per Sheet printing on this document, set the parameters, and print.
pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.pageHandling = pp.constants.handling.nUp; pp.nUpPageOrders = pp.constants.nUpPageOrders.Horizontal; pp.nUpNumPagesH = 2; pp.nUpNumPagesV = 2; pp.nUpPageBorder=true; this.print(pp);
pageHandling
6.0 Takes one of seven values specified by the constants handling object. If set to an illegal value, it is treated as shrink. The default is shrink.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
constants.handling Object
Property
none fit shrink
Reader
Description No page scaling is applied. Pages are enlarged or shrunk to fit the printers paper. Small pages are printed small, and large pages are shrunk to fit on the printers paper.
tileAll
No
All pages are printed using tiling settings. This can be used to turn a normal-sized page into a poster by setting the tileScale property greater than 1.
JavaScript API
pageSubset 581
Property
tileLarge
Reader No
Description Small or normal pages are printed in the original size and large pages are printed on multiple sheets of paper. (Version 7.0) Pages are rescaled to print multiple pages on each printer page. Properties related to Multiple Pages Per Sheet printing are nUpAutoRotate, nUpNumPagesH, nUpNumPagesV, nUpPageBorder and nUpPageOrder.
nUp
booklet
(Version 8.0) Prints multiple pages on the same sheet of paper in the order required to read correctly when folded. The properties of the booklet object are used to set the parameters for booklet printing.
Example 1
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.pageHandling = pp.constants.handling.shrink; this.print(pp);
Example 2
Perform Multiple Pages Per Sheet printing on this document, set the parameters and print.
pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.pageHandling = pp.constants.handling.nUp; pp.nUpPageOrders = pp.constants.nUpPageOrders.Horizontal; pp.nUpNumPagesH = 2; pp.nUpNumPagesV = 2; pp.nUpPageBorder=true; this.print(pp);
pageSubset
6.0 Select even, odd, or all the pages to print. The value of pageSubset is set through the constants subsets object. The default is all.
Type
Integer
JavaScript API
printAsImage 582
Access
R/W
constants.subsets Object
Property
all even
Description Print all pages in the page range. Print only the even pages. Page labels are ignored, and the document is treated as if it were numbered 1 through n, the number of pages. Print only the odd pages.
odd
Example
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.pageSubset = pp.constants.subsets.even; this.print(pp);
printAsImage
6.0 Set to true to send pages as large bitmaps. This can be slow and more jagged looking but can work around problems with a printers PostScript interpreter. Set bitmapDPI to increase or decrease the resolution of the bitmap. If interaction (see interactive) is full, the users printer preferences for printAsImage will be used. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
printContent
6.0 Sets the contents of the print job. The value of the printContents property is set through the constants printContents object. The default is doc.
Type
Integer
JavaScript API
printerName 583
Access
R/W
constants.printContents Object
Property
doc docAndComments formFieldsOnly
Description Print the document contents, not comments. Print the document contents and comments. Print the contents of form fields only. Useful for printing onto pre-preprinted forms.
Example
Set printer to silently print form fields only.
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.interactive = pp.constants.interactionLevel.silent; pp.printContent = pp.constants.printContents.formFieldsOnly; this.print(pp);
printerName
6.0 The name of the destination printer. This property is a Windows-only feature. Currently, the destination printer cannot be set through this property in Mac OS. By default, printerName is set to the name of the default printer. If you set printerName to an empty string, the default printer is used. When printerName is an empty string and fileName is a nonempty string, the current document is saved as a PostScript file. See Example 2 below. See also app.printerNames.
Type
String
Access
R/W
Example 1
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.printerName = "hp officejet d series"; this.print(pp);
JavaScript API
psLevel 584
Example 2
Save the current document as a PostScript file.
var pp = this.getPrintParams(); pp.fileName = "/c/temp/myDoc.ps"; pp.printerName = ""; this.print(pp);
psLevel
6.0 Level of PostScript that is emitted to PostScript printers. Level 0 indicates to use the PostScript level of the printer. Level 1 is not supported. In addition to 0, current legal values of psLevel are 2 and 3. If the printer only supports PostScript level 1, printAsImage is set to true. Illegal values are treated as 3. The default value for psLevel is 3.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
rasterFlags
6.0
A bit field of flags. These flags can be set or cleared using bitwise operations through the constants rasterFlagValues object. The default is set by user preferences.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
rasterFlags 585
constants.rasterFlagValues Object
The table that follows lists the properties of the rasterFlagValues object. None of these properties are available in Adobe Reader. Property
textToOutline
Description Text converted to outlines can become thicker (especially noticeable on small fonts). If text is mixed into artwork with transparency, it may be converted to outline during flattening, resulting in inconsistency with text that is not mixed into artwork. In this case, turning on this option ensures that all text looks consistent. Strokes converted to outlines can become thicker (especially noticeable on thin strokes). If strokes are mixed into artwork with transparency, they may be converted to outlines during flattening, resulting in inconsistency with strokes that are not mixed into artwork. In this case, turning on this option ensures that all strokes look consistent. This option ensures that the boundaries between vector artwork and rasterized artwork fall closely along object paths. Selecting this option reduces stitching artifacts that result when part of an object is flattened while another part of the object remains in vector form. However, selecting this option may result in paths that are too complex for the printer to handle. Select this option if you are printing separations and the document contains overprinted objects. Selecting this option generally preserves overprint for objects that are not involved in transparency and therefore improves performance. This option has no effect when printing composite. Turning it off might result in more consistent output because all overprinting will be flattened, whether or not it is involved in transparency.
strokesToOutline
allowComplexClip
preserveOverprint
Example 1
In the Advanced Printing Setup dialog box, check the Convert All Text to Outlines check box in the Transparency Flattening option.
pp = getPrintParams(); rf = pp.constants.rasterFlagValues; pp.rasterFlags |= rf.textToOutline; this.print(pp);
Example 2
In the Advanced Printing Setup dialog box, uncheck Complex Clip Regions (checked by default) in the Transparency Flattening option.
pp = getPrintParams(); rf = pp.constants.rasterFlagValues; pp.rasterFlags = pp.rasterFlags & ~rf.allowComplexClip; // or pp.rasterFlags &= ~rf.allowComplexClip; this.print(pp);
JavaScript API
reversePages 586
reversePages
6.0 Set to true to print pages in reverse order (last to first). The default value is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
tileLabel
6.0
Label each page of tiled output. Labeled pages indicate row and column, file name, and print date. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
tileMark
6.0
Tile marks indicate where to cut the page and where overlap occurs. The value is set through the constants tileMarks object. If set to an illegal value, it is treated as none. The default is none.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
tileOverlap 587
constants.tileMarks Object
Property
none west east
Description No tile marks Western style tile marks Eastern style tile marks
tileOverlap
6.0
The number of points that tiled pages have in common. Value must be between 0 and 144. Illegal values are treated as 0. The default value is 0.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
tileScale
6.0
The amount that tiled pages are scaled. Pages that are not tiled are unaffected by this value. The default is unscaled (1.0). Larger values increase the size of the printout (for example, 2.0 is twice as large, a value of 0.5 is half as large). The value of tileScale must be between 0.01 and 99.99. Illegal values are treated as 1.0, which is the default value.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
transparencyLevel 588
transparencyLevel
6.0
An integer value from 1 to 100 indicates how hard Acrobat tries to preserve high-level drawing operators. A value of 1 indicates complete rasterization of the image, which results in poor image quality but high speeds. A value of 100 indicates as much should be preserved as possible, but can result in slow print speeds. If set to an illegal value, 75 is used. When rasterizing, the bitmapDPI and gradientDPI values are used. The default value is 75.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
usePrinterCRD
6.0 Takes one of three values. The value is set through the constants usages object. See also useT1Conversion; the two properties use the same values, but the interpretations are different.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
constants.usages Object
Property
auto
Description Let Acrobat decide whether the printer Color Rendering Dictionary (CRD) should be used. Acrobat maintains a list of a handful of printers that have incorrect CRDs. Illegal values are treated as auto. The default is auto.
use noUse
JavaScript API
useT1Conversion 589
useT1Conversion
6.0 Takes one of three values. The value of the useT1Conversion property is set through the constants usages object. See also usePrinterCRD; the two properties use the same values, but the interpretations are different. Note: This property is supported on Windows platforms only.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W This property uses the usages object (see page 588) values as follows. Property
auto
Description Let Acrobat decide whether to disable converting Type 1 fonts to more efficient printer representations (for example, TrueType). Acrobat maintains a list of a handful of printers that have problems with these fonts. Illegal values are treated as auto. The default is auto.
use
Allow conversion of Type 1 fonts even if the printer is known to have problems with alternative font representations. Never convert Type 1 fonts to more efficient representations.
noUse
JavaScript API
RDN 590
RDN
This generic object represents a Relative Distinguished Name. It is used by securityHandler. newUser and the certificate.issuerDN and subjectCN properties. It has the following properties. Property
businessCategory c
Access Version Description R R 8.0 5.0 Business category Country or region. Must be a two-character upper case ISO 3166 standard string (for example, US). Common name (for example, John Smith) Country of citizenship Country of residence Date of birth (not supported by newUser) Domain Component Distinguished Name Qualifier Email address (for example, jsmith@example.com) Gender Generation qualifier Given name Initials Locality or province Name Name at birth Organization name (for example, Adobe Systems Incorporated) Organizational unit (for example, Acrobat Engineering) Place of birth Postal address (not supported by newUser) Postal code
cn
String
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
5.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 5.0 5.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String
ou
JavaScript API
RDN 591
Property
pseudonym serialNumber sn st street title
Access Version Description R R R R R R 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Pseudonym Serial number Surname State Street Title
JavaScript API
ReadStream 592
ReadStream
A ReadStream object is an object literal that represents a stream of data. It contains a method to allow reading the data stream. Method
read
Parameters
nBytes
Returns String
Description The read method takes the number of bytes to read and returns a hex-encoded string with the data from the stream. The read method is a destructive operation on the stream and returns a zero length string to indicate the end of the stream.
JavaScript API
Rendition 593
Rendition
A Rendition contains information needed to play a media clip, including embedded media data (or a URL) and playback settings. It corresponds to a Rendition in the Acrobat authoring user interface. A Rendition is a base type for either a MediaRendition or a MediaSelector. A function that accepts a Rendition can take either of these two types. The properties and methods described in this section are available for both MediaRendition and MediaSelector. Use the type property to distinguish between MediaRendition and MediaSelector.
Rendition properties
altText
6.0 The alternate text string for the rendition (an empty string if no alternate text was specified). This property is available only if the type of the rendition is app.media.renditionType.media (a MediaRendition).
Type
String
Access
R
Example
Get the altText of a rendition.
this.media.getRendition("myClip").altText;
doc
6.0 A reference to the document that contains the Rendition.
Type
Doc
JavaScript API
fileName 594
Access
R
fileName
6.0 If the media is embedded, this property returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns the file name or URL of the media. This property is available only if the type of the rendition is app.media.renditionType.media.
Type
String
Access
R
type
6.0 An app.media.renditionType value indicating the type of rendition. Currently, there are two types: MediaRendition and RenditionList:
When Rendition.type is equal to app.media.renditionType.media, the Rendition is a MediaRendition. A MediaRendition is an individual Rendition, as it appears in the Settings tab of the Multimedia Properties dialog box. When Rendition.type is equal to app.media.renditionType.selector, the Rendition is a RenditionList. A RenditionList is an array of MediaRendition. The list is the one that appears in the Settings tab of the Multimedia Properties dialog box.
Future versions of Acrobat may add more renditionType values, so JavaScript code should not assume that only the existing app.media.renditionType values may be encountered.
Type
Number
Access
R
JavaScript API
uiName 595
uiName
6.0 The name of the Rendition, as found in the N entry in its dictionary in the PDF file.
Type
String
Access
R
Example
The following is executed as a Rendition action.
console.println("Preparing to play \"" + event.action.rendition.uiName + "\"");
Rendition methods
getPlaySettings
6.0 Creates and returns a MediaSettings object that can be used to create a MediaPlayer object. This method is available only for a MediaRendition.
Parameters
bGetData
(optional) A Boolean value. If true, the MediaSettings object returns the MediaData (See MediaSettings.data).
Returns
A MediaSettings object Note: app.media.getAltTextSettings calls getPlaySettings(false) to obtain the correct settings to display alternate text. This MediaSettings object includes these properties:
autoPlay baseURL (if specified in rendition)
JavaScript API
select 596
bgColor bgOpacity data (if bGetData is true) duration endAt layout monitorType palindrome showUI rate repeat startAt visible volume windowType
In the current version of Acrobat, all of these properties are present in the settings object (except as noted above). null is used when values such as startAt are unspecified. This may change in the future to return only those values that are actually specified, with defaults assumed for the rest.
Example
// Get the MediaSettings for this Rendition var settings = myRendition.getPlaySettings(); if( settings.startAt !== null ) // Do NOT use this strict comparison! ... if( settings.startAt ) // This is OK ...
select
6.0 Selects a media player to play a MediaRendition or a RenditionSelector. If the Rendition is a RenditionSelector, select examines every MediaRendition contained within and selects the most suitable one. (See type for a description of RenditionSelector and MediaRendition.) The return value is a MediaSelection object that can be used to create a MediaSettings object. This object can then be used to create a MediaPlayer object.
JavaScript API
testCriteria 597
Parameters
bWantRejects
(optional) If bWantRejects is true, the rejects property of the resulting MediaSelection will contain information about media players that were rejected during the selection process. (optional) oContext is a MediaSelection.selectContext value from a previous Rendition.select call. This parameter allows you to write a loop that calls Rendition.select repeatedly until you find a media player that satisfies any selection criteria that you want to test in JavaScript code.
oContext
Returns
A MediaSelection object
Example 1
Get a usable MediaSelection for this Rendition.
var selection = rendition.select();
Example 2
Get the name of the selected rendition. This script is executed from a Rendition action event.
var selection = event.action.rendition.select(); console.println( "Preparing to play " + selection.rendition.uiName);
testCriteria
6.0 Tests the Rendition against any criteria that are specified in the PDF file, such as minimum bandwidth, and returns a Boolean value indicating whether the Rendition satisfied all of those criteria.
Returns
Boolean
JavaScript API
Report 598
Report
The Report object allows the user to programmatically generate PDF documents suitable for reporting with JavaScript. Use the writeText constructor to create a Report object; for example,
var rep = new Report();
The properties and methods can then be used to write and format a report.
Report properties
absIndent
5.0
Controls the absolute indentation level. It is desirable to use the indent and outdent methods whenever possible, because they correctly handle indentation overflows. If a report is indented past the middle of the page, the effective indent is set to the middle. Note that divide indicates that it has been indented too far.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
color
5.0
Controls the color of any text and any divisions written into the report. Text is written to the report with writeText and divisions (horizontal rules) are written using divide.
Type
Color
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
size 599
Example
var rep = new Report(); rep.size = 1.2; rep.color = color.blue; rep.writeText("Hello World!");
size
5.0
Controls the size of any text created by writeText It is a multiplier. Text size is determined by multiplying the size property by the default size for the given style.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Example
Write a Hello World! document.
var rep = new Report(); rep.size = 1.2; rep.writeText("Hello World!");
style
6.0
This property controls the style of the text font for the text created by writeText. Values of style are:
DefaultNoteText NoteTitle
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
breakPage 600
Example
Start a new report, set font size, write short text and open report.
var rep = new Report(); rep.size = 1.2; rep.style = "DefaultNoteText"; rep.writeText("Hello World!"); rep.open("My Report");
Report methods
breakPage
5.0
divide
5.0
Writes a horizontal rule across the page at the current location with the given width. The rule goes from the current indent level to the rightmost edge of the bounding box. If the indent level is past the middle of the bounding box, the rule shows this.
Parameters
nWidth
indent
5.0
Increments the current indentation mark by nPoints or the default amount. If a report is indented past the middle of the page, the effective indent is set to the middle. Note that divide makes a mark to indicate whether it has been indented too far. See writeText for an example of usage.
Parameters
nPoints
JavaScript API
mail 601
mail
5.0
Ends report generation and mails the report. See also mailGetAddrs, app.mailMsg, the Doc mailForm method, and the FDF object mail method.
Parameters
bUI
(optional) Specifies whether to display a user interface. If true (the default), the rest of the parameters are used to seed the compose-new-message window that is displayed to the user. If false, the cTo parameter is required and all others are optional. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) When this method is executed in a non-privileged context, the bUI parameter is not honored and defaults to true. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
(optional) A semicolon-separated list of recipients for the message. (optional) A semicolon-separated list of CC recipients for the message. (optional) A semicolon-separated list of BCC recipients for the message. (optional) The subject of the message. The length limit is 64 KB. (optional) The content of the message. The length limit is 64 KB.
open
5.0
Ends report generation, opens the report in Acrobat and returns a Doc that can be used to perform additional processing of the report.
Parameters
cTitle
Returns
A Doc.
Example
Open a report, get the Doc, and set some properties of the document.
var docRep = rep.open("myreport.pdf"); docRep.info.Title = "End of the month report: August 2000"; docRep.info.Subject = "Summary of comments at the August meeting";
JavaScript API
outdent 602
outdent
5.0
The opposite of indent; that is, decrements the current indentation mark by nPoints or the default amount. See writeText for an example of usage.
Parameters
nPoints
Report
5.0
A constructor. Creates a new Report object with the given media and bounding boxes (values are defined in points or 1/72 of an inch). Defaults to a 8.5 x 11 inch media box and a bounding box that is indented 0.5 inches on all sides from the media box.
Parameters
aMedia aBBox
Returns
A Report object.
save
5.0
Ends report generation and saves the report to the specified path. Note: This method can only be executed during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
JavaScript API
writeText 603
Parameters
cDIPath cFS
The device-independent path. (optional) The file system. The only value for cFS is CHTTP. In this case, the cDIPath parameter should be an URL. This parameter is only relevant if the web server supports WebDAV.
Example 1
rep.save("/c/myReports/myreport.pdf");
Example 2
rep.save({ cDIPath: "http://www.example.com/reports/WebDAV/myreport.pdf", cFS:"CHTTP"} );
writeText
5.0
Writes out a block of text to the report. Every call begins on a new line at the current indentation mark. Correctly wraps Roman, CJK, and WGL4 text.
Parameters
String
Example
// Get the comments in this document, and sort by author this.syncAnnotScan(); annots = this.getAnnots({nSortBy: ANSB_Author}); // Open a new report var rep = new Report(); rep.size = 1.2; rep.color = color.blue; if (annots) { rep.writeText("Summary of Comments: By Author"); rep.color = color.black; rep.writeText(" "); rep.writeText("Number of Comments: " + annots.length); rep.writeText(" "); var msg = "\200 page %s: \"%s\""; var theAuthor = annots[0].author;
JavaScript API
writeText 604
rep.writeText(theAuthor); rep.indent(20); for (var i=0; i < annots.length; i++) { if (theAuthor != annots[i].author) { theAuthor = annots[i].author; rep.writeText(" "); rep.outdent(20); rep.writeText(theAuthor); rep.indent(20); } rep.writeText( util.printf(msg, 1 + annots[i].page, annots[i].contents)); } } else { var msg = "No annotations found in this document, %s."; rep.writeText(util.printf(msg, this.documentFileName)); } // Now open the report var docRep = rep.open("myreport.pdf"); docRep.info.Title = "End of the month report: August 2006"; docRep.info.Subject = "Summary of comments at the August meeting";
JavaScript API
Row 605
Row
This generic JavaScript object contains the data from every column in a row. It is returned by the Statement object getRow method. It contains the following properties: Property
columnArray
Type Array
Access R
Description An array of Column objects. It is equivalent to what the Statement object getColumnArray method would return if called on the same Statement object at the same time that this row object was created.
column properties
any
There is a property corresponding to each column selected by the query, containing the data for that row in that column.
JavaScript API
ScreenAnnot 606
ScreenAnnot
A ScreenAnnot object represents a screen annotation, which is a rectangular area within a PDF document viewed on the display screen. A ScreenAnnot may have Renditions and RenditionActions associated with it for multimedia playback.
ScreenAnnot properties
altText
6.0 The alternate text string for the annotation (an empty string if no alternate text was specified).
Type
String
Access
R
Example
Get an annotation and write its altText to the debug console.
var annot = this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0, cAnnotTitle: "myScreen" }); console.println( "annot.altText = " + annot.altText );
alwaysShowFocus
6.0 Normally, a screen annotation shows and hides a focus rectangle to indicate whether it has the keyboard focus. If this property is true, the focus rectangle is displayed by the screen annotation even if it does not have the focus. This is used for docked media playback, so that the focus rectangle of the annotation can remain visible even though the media player actually has the keyboard focus. This property is not saved in the PDF file. If you change it, the change affects the current session only.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
display 607
display
6.0 Same as the Field object display property. This property is not saved in the PDF file. If you change it, the change affects the current session only.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
Example
Hide the annotation.
var annot = this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0, cAnnotTitle: "myScreen" }); annot.display = display.hidden;
doc
6.0 A reference to the document that contains the screen annotation.
Type
Doc
Access
R
events
6.0 An Events object containing the EventListeners that are attached to a screen annotation. This property is not saved in the PDF file. If you change it, the change affects the current session only.
Type
Events object
JavaScript API
extFocusRect 608
Access
R/W
Example
Create a simple focus EventListener.
var annot = this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0, cAnnotTitle: "myScreen" }); var myFocusEvent = { onFocus: function () { console.println("Focusing..."); } }; annot.events.add( myFocusEvent );
This EventListener can be removed at a later time by executing the following code.
annot.events.remove( myFocusEvent );
extFocusRect
6.0 When a screen annotation draws a focus rectangle, the rectangle normally encloses only the screen annotation itself. If extFocusRect is specified, the screen annotation takes the union of its normal rectangle and extFocusRect, and it uses the resulting rectangle to draw the focus rectangle. This property is not saved in the PDF file. If you change it, the change affects the current session only.
Type
Array of 4 Numbers
Access
R/W
innerDeviceRect
6.0 This property and outerDeviceRect define the interior and exterior rectangles of the screen annotation as it appears in the current page view.
Type
Array of 4 Numbers
JavaScript API
noTrigger 609
Access
R
Example
Get the innerDeviceRect.
annot = this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0, cAnnotTitle: "myScreen" }); console.println("annot.innerDeviceRect = " + annot.innerDeviceRect.toSource() );
noTrigger
6.0 If true, the screen annotation cannot be triggered through the Acrobat user interface. Typically, clicking on a screen annotation starts playback of a media player. This property suppresses this. This property is not saved in the PDF file. If you change it, the change affects the current session only.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
Use form buttons to control the media clip, so turn off interaction with the annotation.
annot = this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0, cAnnotTitle: "myScreen" }); annot.noTrigger = true;
outerDeviceRect
6.0 This property and innerDeviceRect define the interior and exterior rectangles of the screen annotation as it appears in the current page view.
Type
Array of 4 Numbers
Access
R8
JavaScript API
page 610
page
6.0 The page number of the PDF file in which the screen annotation is located.
Type
Number
Access
R
player
6.0 A reference to the MediaPlayer associated with a screen annotation. This property exists only for a ScreenAnnot object that is connected to a MediaPlayer. The property is set by MediaPlayer.open or by methods that call open indirectly, such as app.media.openPlayer.
Type
ScreenAnnot
Access
R/W
rect
6.0
The rectangle of the screen annotation in default user coordinates. Changing this property dirties the PDF file; the new setting is saved if the PDF file is saved. innerDeviceRect and outerDeviceRect are also updated to reflect the new rectangle.
TType
Array of 4 Numbers
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
hasFocus 611
Example
Adjust the position of the annotation slightly.
var annot = this.media.getAnnot({ nPage:0, cAnnotTitle: "myScreen" }); var aRect = annot.rect; aRect[0] += 10; aRect[2] += 10; annot.rect = aRect;
ScreenAnnot methods
hasFocus
6.0 Tells whether the screen annotation currently has the keyboard focus.
Returns
Boolean
setFocus
6.0 Sets the keyboard focus to the screen annotation. The focus is set synchronously (before setFocus returns) if it is safe to do so. If it is unsafe to set the focus synchronously (for example, when the property is changed within an on event method), bAllowAsync determines what happens:
If true, the focus will be set asynchronously during idle time. If false or omitted, the focus remains unchanged.
The return value is true if the operation was performed synchronously, or false if it was deferred to be performed asynchronously.
Parameters
bAllowAsync
(optional) A Boolean value that determines the behavior of setFocus when it is not safe to set the focus synchronously. If true, the focus will be set asynchronously during idle time. If false or omitted, the focus remains unchanged. The default is false.
Returns
Boolean
JavaScript API
search 612
search
The search object is a static object that accesses the functionality provided by the Acrobat Search plug-in. This plug-in must be installed to interface with the search object (see available). See also the Index object, which is returned by some of the methods of the search object. The results for query calls are displayed in the Find dialog box of Acrobat. Note: Acrobat 7.0 indexes are incompatible with the search engines of Acrobat 5.0 and earlier versions. In Acrobat 7.0, searching indexes created by versions of Acrobat 5.0 and earlier is not possible on the Mac OS platform.
search properties
attachments
7.0 Determines whether any PDF file attachments should be searched along with the base document. The default is false. This property is ignored on the Mac OS platform when searching a document from within the Safari web browser. As a result, attachments are not searched inside Safari.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
available
5.0 Returns true if the Search plug-in is loaded and query capabilities are possible. A script author should check this Boolean before performing a query or other search object manipulation.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
bookmarks 613
Example
Make sure the search object exists and is available.
if (typeof search != "undefined" && search.available) { search.query("Cucumber"); }
bookmarks
6.0 Specifies whether bookmarks are searched for the query. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
docInfo
6.0 Specifies whether the document information is searched for the query. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
docText
6.0 Specifies whether the document text is searched for the query. The default is true.
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
docXMP 614
Access
R/W
docXMP
6.0 Specifies whether document-level XMP metadata is searched for the query. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
ignoreAccents
70 Specifies whether accents and diacriticals are ignored while searching the query term. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
ignoreAsianCharacterWidth
6.0 Specifies whether the Kana characters in the document exactly match the search query. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
indexes 615
indexes
5.0
An array of all of the Index objects currently accessible by the search engine. Note: (Acrobat 7.0) This property can only be accessed during a batch or console event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
Enumerate all of the indexes and dump their names.
for (var i = 0; i < search.indexes.length; i++) { console.println("Index[" + i + "]=", search.indexes[i].name); }
jpegExif
6.0 Specifies whether EXIF data associated with JPEG images in the PDF document is searched. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
legacySearch
6.0 Returns true if the Search5.api plug-in is loaded. This plug-in provides the capability to search indexes generated by Acrobat Catalog in Acrobat 5.0 and earlier versions. See the sections in Acrobat Help pertaining to searching such indexes.
JavaScript API
markup 616
Type
Boolean
Access
R
markup
6.0 Specifies whether markup (annotations) are searched for the query. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
matchCase
5.0 Specifies whether the search query is case sensitive. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
matchWholeWord
6.0 Specifies whether search finds only occurrences of complete words that are specified in the query. For example, when this option is set to true, if you search for the word stick, the words tick and sticky will not be highlighted. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
maxDocs 617
Access
R/W
maxDocs
5.0 The maximum number of documents that will be returned as part of the search query. The default is 100 documents.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
objectMetadata
7.0 This property determines whether object-level metadata should be searched. This is the same data that is visible from the Acrobat 7.0 Tools > Object Data > Object Data Tool menu item. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
proximity
5.0 Specifies whether the search query will reflect the proximity of words in the results ranking when performing the search that contains AND Boolean clauses. The default is false. See the sections in the Acrobat Help pertaining to Search capabilities for a more thorough discussion of proximity.
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
proximityRange 618
Access
R/W
proximityRange
7.0 The range of proximity search in number of words. This property will be used only if the property proximity is set to true. See the sections in the Acrobat Help pertaining to Search capabilities for a more thorough discussion of proximity. The default is 900 words. The value of this parameter can be any non-zero positive integer.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
refine
5.0 Specifies whether the search query will take the results of the previous query and refine the results based on the next query. The default is false. See the sections in the Acrobat Help pertaining to Search capabilities for a more thorough discussion of refining queries.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
soundex
X
Note: Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, the use of this property is discouraged. It has a value of false and access is restricted to read only. Specifies whether the search query will take the sound of words (for example, MacMillan, McMillan, McMilon) into account when performing the search. The default is false. See the sections in the Acrobat Help pertaining to Search capabilities for a more thorough discussion of soundex.
JavaScript API
stem 619
Type
Boolean
Access
R
stem
5.0 Specifies whether the search query will take the stemming of words (for example, run, runs, running) into account when performing the search. The default is false. See the sections in the Acrobat Help pertaining to Search capabilities for a more thorough discussion of stemming.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
thesaurus
X
Note: Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, the use of this property is discouraged. This property has a value of false and access is restricted to read only. Specifies whether the search query will find similar words. For example, searching for embellish might yield enhanced, gracefully, or beautiful. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
wordMatching 620
wordMatching
6.0 How individual words in the query will be matched to words in the document. Values are:
MatchPhrase MatchAllWords MatchAnyWord BooleanQuery (default)
This property is relevant only when a query has more than one word. The BooleanQuery option is ignored when searching the active document.
Type
String
Access
R/W
search methods
addIndex
5.0
Adds the specified index to the list of searchable indexes. Note: As of Acrobat 8.1, this method will only index pdx files.
Parameters
cDIPath bSelect
A device-independent path to an index file on the users hard drive. (optional) Whether the index should be selected for searching.
Returns
An Index object.
Example
Adds the standard help index for Acrobat to the index list:
search.addIndex("/c/program files/adobe/Acrobat 5.0/help/exchhelp.pdx", true);
JavaScript API
getIndexForPath 621
getIndexForPath
5.0 Searches the index list and returns the Index object whose path corresponds to the specified path.
Parameters
cDIPath
Returns
The Index object whose path corresponds to the specified path.
query
5.0
Searches the specified document or index for the specified text. Properties associated with the search object (such as matchCase, matchWholeWord, stem) may affect the result. Note: As of Acrobat 8.1, if the cDIPath parameter is specified, this method is only permitted to execute through the console or in a batch process.
Parameters
cQuery cWhere
The text for which to search. (optional) Specifies where the text should be searched. Values are:
ActiveDoc Folder Index ActiveIndexes (default)
cDIPath
(optional) A device-independent path to a folder or Catalog index on the user's computer. When cWhere is Folder or Index, this parameter is required.
Examples
Search for the word Acrobat.
JavaScript API
removeIndex 622
cWhere
ActiveIndexes
Query
search.query("Acrobat"); // "ActiveIndexes" is the default. search.query("Acrobat", "ActiveIndexes"); search.query("Acrobat", "ActiveDoc"); search.query("Acrobat","Folder","/c/myDocuments"); search.query("Acrobat","Folder",app.getPath("user","doc uments")); search.query("Acrobat", "Folder", "//myserver/myDocuments"); search.query("Acrobat", "Index", "/c/Myfiles/public/index.pdx");
ActiveDoc Folder
Index
removeIndex
5.0
Removes the specified Index object from the index list. Note: As of Acrobat 8.1, this method is only permitted to execute through the console or in a batch process.
Parameters
index
JavaScript API
security 623
security
The security object is a static JavaScript object that exposes security-related PDF functions such as encryption and digital signatures. Security functions are performed using a SecurityHandler object, which is obtained from the security object using the getHandler method. Note: The security object is available without restriction, including in Adobe Reader. The methods and properties of the security object can only be executed during batch, console or application initialization events including in Adobe Reader, except where otherwise stated. See also Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32. The event object contains a discussion of JavaScript events.
security constants
Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, several convenience strings are defined within the security object. The constants are held as properties of the wrapper objects listed below.
HandlerName object
These are constants used when determining which handler to use. Property
StandardHandler
Type String
Access R
Description This value can be specified in the handler property for a SecurityPolicy object that is based on the Standard (password-based) security handler. This value can be specified in the handler property for a SecurityPolicy object that is based on the PPKLite (certificate-based) security handler. This value can also be passed to security.getHandler to create a new security context. This the value specified in the handler property for a SecurityPolicy object that is based on the Adobe Policy Server security handler. This value can also be passed to security.getHandler to create a new security context.
PPKLiteHandler
String
APSHandler
String
Example
The constant (string) security.StandardHandler is used to specify the handler property of the SecurityPolicy object.
security.getHandler(security.PPKLiteHandler, true);
JavaScript API
handlers 624
EncryptTarget Object
These constants are used when determining what data a policy is encrypting. They can be used in the target property of the SecurityPolicy object. Property
EncryptTargetDocument
Access R R
Description The Security Policy encrypts the entire document when applied. The Security Policy encrypts only the file attachments embedded within the document. This means the document can be opened, but attachments cannot be opened without providing the correct security authentication. It is used for eEnvelope workflows.
EncryptTargetAttachments
Example
var filterOptions = { target: security.EncryptTargetAttachments }; security.chooseSecurityPolicy( { oOptions: filterOptions } );
security properties
handlers
5.0 An array containing the language-independent names of the available security handlers that can be used for encryption or signatures. See also getSecurityPolicies. The following information applies to different versions of Acrobat:
Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, access to this property is unrestricted, to allow querying to see which handlers are available. In Acrobat 6.0, this call returned three handlers, Adobe.PPKLite, Adobe.PPKMS, and Adobe.AAB. Starting with Acrobat 7.0, all the functionality provided by Adobe.PPKMS has been rolled into Adobe.PPKLite, and Adobe.PPKMS is no longer available as a separate handler. Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, a new handler is available, Adobe.APS. This handler is used for authentication prior to calling any of the methods encryptUsingPolicy, getSecurityPolicies, or chooseSecurityPolicy. It has no other valid usage currently. Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, security Constants (see page 623) are defined for each of the handlers. (Adobe.AAB is an exception. No constant was added because this handler will probably be deprecated in the near future.) These constants should be used when creating a new handler instance with getHandler or comparing against the handlers list.
JavaScript API
validateSignaturesOnOpen 625
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
Get the list of security handlers available on this system:
for ( var i=0; i < security.handlers.length; i++ ) console.println(security.handlers[i])
validateSignaturesOnOpen
5.0
Gets or sets the user-level preference that causes signatures to be automatically validated when a document is opened. Note: The property can be used to get in all situations, but can only set new values during a batch, console, or application initialization event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
chooseRecipientsDialog 626
security methods
chooseRecipientsDialog
6.0
Opens a dialog box that allows a user to choose a list of recipients. Returns an array of generic Group objects that can be used when encrypting documents or data using either encryptForRecipients or addRecipientListCryptFilter methods of the Doc. Note: Can be executed only during a console, menu, or application initialization event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
Parameters
oOptions
Returns
An array of Group objects. See the Doc encryptForRecipients method for a description of the Group object.
DisplayOptions object
The DisplayOptions object contains the following properties. Property
bAllowPermGroups
Description Controls whether permissions can be set for entries in the recipient list. Default value is true. If this property is specified, a check box is displayed to allow a user to select whether metadata is plaintext or encrypted. Its default value is the value of this property (true or false). If this property is not specified, the check box is not shown.
bPlaintextMetadata
cTitle
The title to be displayed in the dialog box. The default is Choose Recipients. A note to be displayed in the dialog box. The default is not to show any note. Specifies whether the option is displayed that allows a user to import recipients from a file. The default value is true. If true, recipients will be required to include an encryption certificate. The default value is true.
cNote
bAllowImportFromFile
bRequireEncryptionCert
JavaScript API
chooseRecipientsDialog 627
Property
bRequireEmail
Description If true, recipients will be required to include an email address. The default value is false. If true, the user will be prompted to provide his or her own certificate so that he or she can be included in the list of recipients. Setting this flag to true results in a prompt but does not require that the user provide a certificate.
bUserCert
Example 1
Retrieve groups with permissions
var oOptions = { bAllowPermGroups: true, bPlaintextMetadata: false, cTitle: "Encrypt and Email", cNote: "Select recipients", bAllowImportFromFile: false, bRequireEncryptionCert: true, bRequireEmail: true }; var groupArray = security.chooseRecipientsDialog( oOptions ); console.println("Full name = "+ groupArray[0].userEntities[0].fullName);
Example 2
Get a list of recipients for which to encrypt data and email the document.
var oOptions = { bAllowPermGroups: false, cNote: "Select the list of recipients. " + "Each person must have both an email address and a certificate.", bRequireEmail: true, bUserCert: true }; var oGroups = security.chooseRecipientsDialog( oOptions ); // Display the list of recipients in an alert // Build an email "to" mailList var numCerts = oGroups[0].userEntities.length; var cMsg = "The document will be encrypted for the following:\n"; var mailList = new Array; for( var g=0; g<numCerts; ++g ) { var ue = oGroups[0].userEntities[g]; var oCert = ue.defaultEncryptCert; if( oCert == null ) oCert = ue.certificates[0]; cMsg += oCert.subjectCN + ", " + ue.email + "\n"; var oRDN = oCert.subjectDN; if( ue.email ) { mailList[g] = ue.email; }
JavaScript API
chooseSecurityPolicy 628
Example 3
List all the entries in an array of groups.
var groups = security.chooseRecipientsDialog( oOptions ); for( g in groups ) { console.println( "Group No. " + g ); // Permissions var perms = groups[g].permissions; console.println( "Permissions:" ); for(p in perms) console.println( p + " = " + eval("perms." +p)); // User Entities for( u in groups[i].userEntities ) { var user = groups[g].userEntities[u]; console.println( "User No. " + u ); for(i in user) console.println( i + " = " + eval("user." +i)); } }
chooseSecurityPolicy
7.0
Displays a dialog box to allow a user to choose from a list of security policies, filtered according to the options. Note: Can be executed only during a batch, console, or application initialization event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. This method will display UI.
Parameters
oOptions
(optional) A SecurityPolicyOptions object containing the parameters used for filtering the list of security policies returned. If not specified, all policies found are displayed.
Returns
Returns a single SecurityPolicy object or null if the user cancelled the selection.
JavaScript API
exportToFile 629
Example
Choose a policy and display the name.
var options = { cHandler: security.APSHandler }; var policy = security.chooseSecurityPolicy( options ); console.println("The policy chosen was: " + policy.name); security.APSHandler is one of the security Constants (see page 232).
exportToFile
6.0
Exports a Certificate object to a local disk as a raw certificate file. Note: Data being written must be data for a valid certificate; arbitrary data types cannot be written. This method will not overwrite an existing file. See also security.importFromFile.
Parameters
oObject cDIPath
The Certificate object that is to be exported to disk. The device-independent save path. Note: The parameter cDIPath must be a safe path (see Safe path on page 31) and must end with the extension .cer.
Returns
The path of the file that was written, if successful.
Example
var outPath = security.exportToFile(oCert, "/c/outCert.cer");
getHandler
5.0
Obtains a SecurityHandler object. The caller can create as many new engines as desired and each call to getHandler creates a new engine. However, there is only one UI engine. Note: This method is available from batch, console, and app initialization events. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. Backward Compatibility: Because Adobe.PPKMS is no longer available as a separate handler starting with Acrobat 7.0, invoking getHandler with cName as Adobe.PPKMS returns the engine associated with Adobe.PPKLite handler.
JavaScript API
getSecurityPolicies 630
Parameters
cName
The language-independent name of the security handler, as returned by the handlers property. (Acrobat 7.0) Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, constant strings are defined for each of the valid handlers. See security constants, in particular the HandlerName object object.
bUIEngine
(optional) If true, the method returns the existing security handler instance that is associated with the Acrobat user interface (so that, for example, a user can log in through the user interface). If false (the default), returns a new engine.
Returns
The SecurityHandler object specified by cName. If the handler is not present, returns a null object.
Example
Select the Adobe.PPKLite SecurityHandler.
// Validate signatures on open security.validateSignaturesOnOpen = true; // List all available signature handlers var a = security.handlers; for (var i = 0; i < a.length; i++) console.println("a["+i+"] = "+a[i]); // Use "Adobe.PPKLite" handler engine for the UI var ppklite = security.getHandler( security.PPKLiteHandler, true); // Log in ppklite.login("dps017", "/C/profiles/DPSmith.pfx");
See also the example following signatureSign for a continuation of this example.
getSecurityPolicies
7.0
Returns the list of security policies currently available, filtered according to the options specified. The master list of security policies will be updated prior to filtering. The default SecurityHandler objects are used to retrieve the latest policies. If no policies are available or none meet the filtering restrictions, null will be returned. Note: You may be able to retrieve more policies by calling login on the default SecurityHandler objects before calling this function. Can be executed only during a console or application initialization event. Not available in Adobe Reader.
JavaScript API
getSecurityPolicies 631
Parameters
bUI
oOptions
(optional) A SecurityPolicyOptions object containing the parameters used for filtering the list of security policies returned. If not specified, all policies found are returned.
Returns
An array of SecurityPolicyOptions objects or null.
SecurityPolicyOptions object
The SecurityPolicyOptions object has the following properties: Property
bFavorites
Description If not passed, policies are not filtered based on whether a policy is a Favorite. If true, only policies that are Favorites are returned. If false, only policies that are not Favorites are returned. If not passed, policies are not filtered based on security filter. If defined, only policies that match the specified security filter are returned. The valid values are defined in security Constants (see the HandlerName object). Only a single value can be passed. If not defined, policies are not filtered based on the target. If defined, only policies that match the specified target are returned. The valid values are defined in the EncryptTarget object of security Constants (page 624). Only a single value can be passed.
cHandler
cTarget
Example 1
Retrieve the list of favorite PPKLite policies and display the names. This example uses security.PPKLiteHandler (see security constants).
var options = { bFavorites:true, cHandler:security.PPKLiteHandler }; var policyArray = security.getSecurityPolicies( { oOptions: options } ); for( var i = 0; i < policyArray.length; i++) console.println( policyArray[i].name );
JavaScript API
importFromFile 632
Example 2
Force the login, retrieve the list of APS policies, and display the names. This example uses security.APSHandler (see security constants).
var aps = security.getHandler( security.APSHandler, true ); aps.login(); var options = { cHandler: security.APSHandler }; var policyArray = security.getSecurityPolicies({ bUI: true, oOptions: options }); for(var i = 0; i < policyArray.length; i++) console.println( policyArray[i].name );
importFromFile
6.0
Reads a raw data file and returns the data as an object with a type specified by cType. The file being imported must be a valid certificate. See also security.exportToFile
Parameters
cType cDIPath
The type of object to be returned by this method. The only supported type is Certificate. (optional) When bUI is false, this parameter is required and specifies the device-independent path to the file to be opened. If bUI is true, this is the seed path used in the open dialog box.
bUI cMsg
(optional) true if the user should be prompted to select the file that is to be imported. The default is false. (optional) If bUI is true, the title to use in the open dialog box. If cMsg is not specified, the default title is used.
Returns
A Certificate object.
Example
var oMyCert = security.importFromFile("Certificate", "/c/myCert.cer");
JavaScript API
SecurityHandler 633
SecurityHandler
SecurityHandler objects are used to access security handler capabilities such as signatures, encryption, and directories. Different security handlers have different properties and methods. This section documents the full set of properties and methods that security objects may have. Individual SecurityHandler objects may or may not implement these properties and methods. SecurityHandler objects can be obtained using the security.getHandler method. The JavaScript interface for Adobe.PPKLite signatures was introduced in Acrobat 5.0, and the remainder of the JavaScript interface was introduced in Acrobat 6.0. Prior to Acrobat 6.0, there was no support in Acrobat to enable JavaScript in third-party security handlers. Not all security handlers are JavaScript-enabled. Not all JavaScript enabled handlers are enabled for all security operations. Third-party public key security handlers may support JavaScript, but only if they use the new PubSec programming interface that was introduced in Acrobat 6.0. JavaScript-enabled handlers provided by Adobe include:
The Adobe.PPKLite security handler supports signatures and encryption. On the Windows operating system, it provides directory access through the Microsoft Active Directory Scripting Interface (ADSI). The Adobe.AAB security handler provides a local address book and support for directory operations.
Note: The Standard security handler, used for password encryption of documents, is not JavaScript-enabled in general. However, starting with Acrobat 7.0, encryption using Standard security is possible using predefined policies. See encryptUsingPolicy for more details. Also starting with Acrobat 7.0, the Adobe.APS handler can be used for encryption with the encryptUsingPolicy method. This handler also makes a directory available through the directory services, but because no certificates are returned from this directory, it is of limited general use. Note: SecurityHandler objects can only be created using the Security object getHandler method. This method is available only for batch, console, and application initialization events (see Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details) and is available in Adobe Reader.
SecurityHandler properties
appearances
5.0
An array containing the language-dependent names of the available user-configured appearances for the specified security handler. Appearances are used to create the on-page visual representation of a signature when signing a signature field. The name of an appearance can be specified as a signature info object property when signing a signature field using the Field object signatureSign method. Acrobat provides a standard signature appearance module that is used by Adobe signature plug-ins and that can also be used by third-party signature plug-ins. This standard signature appearance module is preconfigured with one appearance and can be configured by users to contain more appearances. The name of the one pre-configured appearance, called Standard Text in the user interface, is not returned by this property. If a security handler does not support selection of appearances, this property will return null.
JavaScript API
digitalIDs 634
Type
Array
Access
R
digitalIDs
6.0
The certificates that are associated with the currently selected digital IDs for this security handler.
Type
Object
Access
R The return value is a generic object with the following properties: Property
oEndUserSignCert
Type
Certificate object
Version Description 6.0 The certificate that is associated with the currently selected digital IDs that is to be used by this SecurityHandler object when signing. The property is undefined if there is no current selection. The certificate that is associated with the currently selected digital IDs that is to be used when encrypting a document with this SecurityHandler object. The property is undefined if there is no current selection. An array of certificates corresponding to the list of all digital IDs that are available for this SecurityHandler object. An array of strings, one for every Certificate object, identifying the store where the digital ID is stored. The string values are up to the security handler. For Adobe.PPKLite the valid values are PKCS12 and MSCAPI.
oEndUserCryptCert
Certificate object
6.0
certs
6.0
stores
6.0
JavaScript API
directories 635
The Adobe.PPKLite security handler returns all currently available digital IDs present in Password-protected digital ID files (both PKCS#12 and APF) and, on Windows, IDs present in the Windows (MSCAPI) store. Both oEndUserSignCert and oEndUserCryptCert properties can be set using the user-interface. oEndUserSignCert can also be set using the login method. This means that oEndUserCryptCert will only be returned when using a Security Handler object that is obtained using the getHandler method with bUIEngine set to true.
Example
Export to a file the certificate that is associated with the currently selected digital IDs.
var sh = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKMS", true ); var ids = sh.digitalIDs; var oCert = ids.oEndUserSignCert; security.exportToFile( oCert, "/c/MySigningCert.cer" );
directories
6.0
An array of the available Directory objects for this Security Handler. New Directory objects can be created using the newDirectory method.
Type
Array
Access
R
directoryHandlers
6.0
An array containing the language-independent names of the available directory handlers for the specified security handler. For example, the Adobe.PPKMS security handler has a directory handler named Adobe.PPKMS.ADSI that supports queries using the Microsoft Active Directory Script Interface (ADSI). Valid directory handler names are required when activating a new Directory object using its info property.
Type
Array
Access
R
JavaScript API
docDecrypt 636
docDecrypt
6.0
Type
Boolean
Access
R
docEncrypt
6.0
Type
Boolean
Access
R
isLoggedIn
5.0
Returns true if currently logged into this SecurityHandler object. See the login method. Different security handlers will have their own rules for determining the value of this property. The Adobe.PPKLite handler will return true if a user is logged in to a profile file (also called credential file, implemented as a PKCS#12 file). Adobe.PPKMS will always return true.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
loginName 637
Example
Generic script to illustrate isLoggedIn.
var ppklite = security.getHandler("Adobe.PPKLite", true); console.println( "Is logged in = " + ppklite.isLoggedIn ); // False ppklite.login( "dps017", "/C/signatures/DPSmith.pfx"); console.println( "Is logged in = " + ppklite.isLoggedIn ); // True
loginName
5.0
The name associated with the actively selected signing digital ID for the security handler. This may require that the login method be called to select a signing credential. The return value is null if a signing credential is not selected or if the security handler does not support this property.
Type
String
Access
R
loginPath
5.0
The device-independent path to the users profile file used to log in to the security handler. The return value is null if no one is logged in, if the security handler does not support this property, or if this property is irrelevant for the currently logged in user.
Type
String
Access
R
name
5.0
The language-independent name of the security handler. Example values for the Default Certificate, Windows Certificate, and Entrust Security Handlers are Adobe.PPKLite, Adobe.PPKMS, and Entrust.PPKEF. All security handlers must support this property.
JavaScript API
signAuthor 638
Type
String
Access
R
signAuthor
6.0
Specifies whether the security handler is capable of generating certified documents. A certified document is signed with both a byte-range signature and an object signature. Object signatures, which are generated by traversing the documents object tree, are used to detect and prevent modifications to a document. See the mdp property of the SignatureInfo object for details regarding modification detection and prevention (MDP) settings.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
signFDF
6.0
Type
Boolean
Access
R
signInvisible
5.0
JavaScript API
signValidate 639
Type
Boolean
Access
R
signValidate
6.0
Type
Boolean
Access
R
signVisible
5.0
Type
Boolean
Access
R
uiName
5.0
The language-dependent string for the security handler. This string is suitable for user interfaces. All security handlers must support this property.
Type
String
JavaScript API
validateFDF 640
Access
R
validateFDF
6.0
Returns true, if the security handler is capable of validating signatures over FDF files.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
SecurityHandler methods
login
5.0
Provides a mechanism by which digital IDs can be accessed and selected for a particular Security Handler. Through the user interface, a default digital ID can be selected that persists either eternally or for as long as the application is running. If such a selection has been made through the UI, it might not be necessary to log into a Security Handler prior to using the digital ID. Parameters tend to be specific to a particular handler. The behavior for Adobe.PPKLite and Adobe.PPKMS handlers is specified below. The parameters cPassword and cDIPath are provided for backward compatibility, or they can be included as properties of the oParams object. This latter method is the preferred calling convention beginning in Acrobat 6.0. See also logout, newUser, and loginName.
Parameters
cPassword
(optional, Acrobat 5.0) The password necessary to access the password-protected digital ID. This parameter is supported by Adobe.PPKLite for accessing digital ID files and PKCS#11 devices. (optional, Acrobat 5.0) A device-independent path to the password-protected digital ID file or a PKCS#11 library. This parameter is supported by Adobe.PPKLite.
cDIPath
JavaScript API
login 641
oParams
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) A LoginParameters object with parameters that are specific to a particular SecurityHandler object. The common fields in this object are described below. These fields include the cDIPath and cPassword values, thus allowing the parameter list to be expressed in different ways. (optional, Acrobat 6.0) Set to true if the user interface should be used to log the user in. If set to false, the default engine associated with the user interface is not used and the logged in state for the digital ID is not shown in the Security Settings dialog box. This attribute should be supported by all security handlers that support this method.
bUI
Returns
Returns true if the login succeeded, false otherwise.
LoginParameters Object
This generic JavaScript object contains parameters for the login method. It has the following properties: Property
cDIPath
Description The path to a file that contains the digital ID or a PKCS#11 library. Supported by Adobe.PPKLite security handler. A password that is used to authenticate the user. This password may be used to access a password-protected digital ID file or a PKCS#11 device. Supported by Adobe.PPKLite security handler. Note that Acrobat does not guarantee that this password is obfuscated in memory. (optional) A hex-encoded PFX to log in to. If this parameter is specified, it takes precedence over cDIPath. Note: This parameter is only used internally. Currently, there is no way to retrieve a hex encoded PFX file through JavaScript.
cPassword
cPFX
String
7.0
oEndUserSignCert
generic object
6.0
Selects a digital ID for the purpose of performing end-user signing. The value of this property is a Certificate object (or a generic object with the same property names as a Certificate object), which defines the certificate that is being selected. It may not be necessary to call this method for a particular handler. For example, if logged in to a PKCS#12 file containing one signing digital ID with Adobe.PPKLite, a signing credential does not need to be selected. All security handlers must be able to process the binary and SHA1Hash properties of this object. This object can be empty if bUI is true.
JavaScript API
login 642
Property
cMsg
Description A message to display in the login dialog box, if bUI is true. URI used to connect to a server. Supported by Adobe.APS and Adobe.PPKLite handlers. In the case of Adobe.PPKLite, the URI specifies a Roaming Credential server. User name used when connecting to a server. Supported by the Adobe.APS and Adobe.PPKLite handlers. Domain name used when connecting to a server. Only supported by the Adobe.APS handler. Specifies the slot ID of a PKCS#11 device to log into. This parameter is supported by the Adobe.PPKLite handler only. Specifies the token label of a PKCS#11 device to log into. This parameter is supported by the Adobe.PPKLite handler only.
cURI
cUserId
cDomain
iSlotID
cTokenLabel
String
7.0
Example 1
Log in and log out.
// Use the "Adobe.PPKLite" security handler object for the UI var ppklite = security.getHandler( security.PPKLiteHandler, true ); var oParams = { cPassword: "dps017", cDIPath: "/C/DPSmith.pfx" } ppklite.login( oParams ); <..... make a signature field and sign it ......> ppklite.logout();
JavaScript API
logout 643
Example 2
Use the "Adobe.PPKMS" security handler object, and select the credentials to use when signing.
var ppkms = security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKMS" ); var oCert = myCerts[0]; ppkms.login( { oParams: { oEndUserSignCert: oCert } } );
Example 3
Use security.APSHandler, see security constants.
var aps = security.getHandler( security.APSHandler, true ); var oParams = { cUserName: "Acrobat", cPassword: "adobedon" }; aps.login( oParams ); <..... encrypt a document using this handle and a policy id .....> aps.logout();
logout
5.0
Logs out for the SecurityHandler object. This method is used by Adobe.PPKLite, not by Adobe.PPKMS. Also see the login method.
Returns
Beginning in Acrobat 6.0, returns true if the logout succeeded, false otherwise. Previous Acrobat releases did not generate a return value.
newDirectory
5.0
Returns a new Directory object. This object must be activated using its info property before it is marked for persistence and before it can be used for searches. Existing directory objects can be discovered using the directories property.
Returns
A new Directory object
JavaScript API
newUser 644
newUser
5.0
Supports enrollment with Adobe.PPKLite and Adobe.PPKMS security handlers by creating a new self-sign credential. Note: This method will not allow the user to overwrite an existing file.
Parameters
cPassword cDIPath
(optional) The password necessary to access the password-protected digital ID file. This parameter is ignored by Adobe.PPKMS. (optional) The device-independent path to the password-protected digital ID file. This parameter is ignored by Adobe.PPKMS. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, the parameter cDIPath must be a safe path (see Safe path on page 31) and end with the extension .pfx.
oRDN
(optional) The relative distinguished name (RDN) as an RDN object, page 590, containing the issuer or subject name for a certificate. The only required field is cn. If the country c is provided, it must be two characters, using the ISO 3166 standard (for example, US). (optional, Acrobat 6.0) A generic object containing certificate policy information that will be embedded in the Certificate Policy extension of the certificate. The object has these properties:
oCPS
oid is required and indicates the certificate policy object identifier. url (optional) is a URL that points to detailed information about the policy under
bUI cStore
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) If true, the user interface can be used to enroll. This parameter is supported by all security handlers that support this method. (optional, Acrobat 7.0) A string identifying the store where the generated credential has to be stored. For the Adobe.PPKLite security handler, the valid store identifiers are PKCS12 and MSCAPI. If this parameter is omitted and cDIPath is provided, the generated credential is stored in a PKCS#12 file, else it is stored in the CAPI store.
Returns
true if successful, throws an exception if not successful.
JavaScript API
setPasswordTimeout 645
Example 1
Create a new PPKLite self-sign credential (Acrobat 5.0 syntax)
var ppklite = security.getHandler(security.PPKLiteHandler); var oRDN = { cn: "Fred NewUser", c: "US" }; var oCPS = {oid: "1.2.3.4.5", url: "http://www.example.com/mycps.html", notice: "This is a self generated certificate, hence the " + "recipient must verify its authenticity through an out " + "of band mechanism" }; ppklite.newUser( "testtest", "/d/temp/FredNewUser.pfx", oRDN, oCPS); // Alternate generic object syntax, allowing additional parameters var oParams = { cPassword : "myPassword", cDIPath : "/d/temp/FredNewUser.pfx", oRDN : oRDN, oCPS : oCPS, bUI : false }; ppklite.newUser( oParams );
Example 2
Use a certificate from an existing signed field to create the RDN
var f = this.getField( "mySignature" ); f.signatureValidate(); var sigInfo = f.signatureInfo(); var certs = sigInfo.certificates; var oSubjectDN = certs[0].subjectDN; ppklite.newUser({ cPassword: "dps017", cDIPath: "/c/temp/DPSmith.pfx", oRDN: oSubjectDN });
setPasswordTimeout
5.0
Sets the number of seconds after which password should expire between signatures. This method is only supported by the Adobe.PPKLite security handler. For this handler the default timeout value for a new user is 0 (password always required).
Parameters
cPassword iTimeout
The password needed to set the timeout value. The timeout value, in seconds. Set to 0 for always expire (that is, password always required). Set to 0x7FFFFFFF for never expire.
JavaScript API
setPasswordTimeout 646
Returns
Throws an exception if the user has not logged in to the Adobe.PPKLite security handler, or unsuccessful for any other reason.
Example
This example logs in to the PPKLite security handler and sets the password timeout to 30 seconds. If the password timeout has expired30 seconds in this examplethe signer must provide a password. The password is not necessary if the password has not timed out.
var ppklite= security.getHandler( "Adobe.PPKLite" ); ppklite.login( "dps017", "/d/profiles/DPSmith.pfx" ); ppklite.setPasswordTimeout( "dps017", 30 );
JavaScript API
SecurityPolicy 647
SecurityPolicy
7.0
The Security Policy object represents a group of security settings used to apply encryption to a document. It is acquired as the return value of both getSecurityPolicies and chooseSecurityPolicy.
SecurityPolicy properties
Property
policyID
Type String
Access R
Description A generated string that uniquely identifies the Security Policy. It is not intended to be human-readable. This may be set to a known policy ID on a newly created SecurityPolicy object to force any method using this policy to retrieve the correct security settings before applying the policy.
R R R
The policy name used in the UI. It may be localized. The policy description used in the UI. It may be localized. An enumerated value representing the security handler implementing this Security Policy. The possible values are defined in the HandlerName object in security constants on page 623. An enumeration value representing the target data to be encrypted. The possible values are defined in the EncryptTarget object in security constants on page 623.
target
String
JavaScript API
SignatureInfo 648
SignatureInfo
A generic JavaScript object that contains the properties of a digital signature. Some properties are supported by all handlers, and additional properties can be supported. The SignatureInfo object is returned by the Field object methods signatureValidate and signatureInfo and is passed to the FDF object methods signatureSign and signatureValidate. Writable properties can be specified when signing the object.
SignatureInfo properties
All handlers define the following properties. SignatureInfo object properties Property
buildInfo
Type Object
Access R
Version 6.0
Description An object containing software build and version information for the signature. The format of this object is described in the technical note PDF Signature Build Dictionary Specification on the Adobe Solutions Network website. The date and time that the signature was created, returned as a JavaScript Date object. A Boolean value that indicates whether the date is from a trusted source. If this value is not present, the date should be assumed to be from an untrusted source (for example, the signers computer system time). The digest method to be used for signing. For Acrobat 8, the valid values are SHA1, SHA256, SHA384, SHA512 and RIPEMD160. It is important that the caller knows that a particular signature handler can support this digest method. The language-independent name of the security handler that was specified as the Filter attribute in the signature dictionary. It is usually the name of the security handler that created the signature, but can also be the name of the security handler that the creator wants to be used when validating the signature.
date
5.0
dateTrusted
7.0
digestMethod
String
R/W
8.0
handlerName
String
5.0
JavaScript API
SignatureInfo 649
Type String
Access R
Version 5.0
Description The language-dependent name corresponding to the security handler specified by handlerName. It is available only when the named security handler is available. The language-dependent name corresponding to the security handler specified by handlerName. It is available only when the named security handler is available. Optional user-specified location when signing. It can be a physical location (such as a city) or hostname. The Modification Detection and Prevention (MDP) setting that was used to sign the field or FDF object being read, or the MDP setting to use when signing. Values are:
allowNone allowAll default defaultAndComments
handlerUIName
String
5.0
location
String
R/W
5.0
mdp
String
R/W
6.0
See Modification Detection and Prevention (MDP) Values on page 656 for details. The value of allowAll, the default, means that MDP is not used for the signature, resulting in this not being an certification signature.
name
String Number
R R
Name of the user that created the signature. Deprecated. The number of fields altered between the previous signature and this signature. Used only for signature fields. Beginning in Acrobat 7.0, the functionality offered by the Field object method
signatureGetModifications
numFieldsAltered
JavaScript API
SignatureInfo 650
Type Number
Access R
Description Deprecated. The number of fields filled-in between the previous signature and this signature. Used only for signature fields. Beginning in Acrobat 7.0, the functionality offered by the Field object method
signatureGetModifications
Number
5.0 only
Deprecated. The number of pages altered between the previous signature and this signature. Used only for signature fields. Beginning in Acrobat 7.0, the functionality offered by the Field object method
signatureGetModifications
R R/W R
The number of revisions in the document. Used only for signature fields. The user-specified reason for signing. The signature revision to which this signature field corresponds. Used only for signature fields. Raw bytes of the signature, as a hex encoded string. The validity status of the signature, computed during the last call to signatureValidate. See the return codes of the status property in the table status and idValidity properties on page 654.
reason revision
sigValue
String Number
R R
7.0 5.0
status
statusText
String
5.0
The language-dependent text string, suitable for user display, denoting the signature validity status, computed during the last call to the signatureValidate.
JavaScript API
SignatureInfo 651
Type String
Access R/W
Version 6.0
Description The format to use when signing. Consult the PDF Reference version 1.7 for a complete list of supported values. The known values used for public key signatures include adbe.pkcs7.sha1, adbe.pkcs7.detached, and adbe.x509.rsa_sha1. It is important that the caller know that a particular signature handler can support this format.
timeStamp
String
7.0
The URL of the server for time-stamping the signature. The only schemes and transport protocols supported for fetching time stamps are http or https. This property is write-only. If the signature is time stamped, during verification the property dateTrusted will be set to true (provided the time stamp signature is trusted) and the verifyDate and the signing date will be the same.
verifyDate
Date object
7.0
The date and time that the signature was verified (if the signature has been verified), returned as a JavaScript Date object. The language-independent name of the security handler that was used to validate this signature. This will be null if the signature has not been validated (that is, if the status property has a value of 1). The language-dependent name corresponding to the security handler specified by verifyHandlerName. This will be null if the signature has not been validated, that is, if the status property has a value of 1).
verifyHandlerName
String
6.0
verifyHandlerUIName
String
6.0
JavaScript API
SignatureInfo 652
Type String
Access W
Version 5.0
Description The name of the user-configured appearance to use when signing this field. PPKLite and PPKMS use the standard appearance handler. In this situation, the appearance names can be found in the signature appearance configuration dialog box of the Security user preferences. The default, when not specified, is to use the Standard Text appearance. Used only for visible signature fields.
certificates
Array
5.0
Array containing a hierarchy of certificates that identify the signer. The first element in the array is the signers certificate. Subsequent elements include the chain of certificates up to the certificate authority that issued the signers certificate. For self-signed certificates this array will contain only one entry. The user-specified contact information for determining trust. For example, it can be a telephone number that recipients of a document can use to contact the author. This is not recommended as a scalable solution for establishing trust. An array of numbers indicating the bytes that are covered by this signature. The validity status of the document byte range digest portion of the signature, computed during the last call to signatureValidate. All PDF document signature field signatures include a byte range digest. See Validity Values on page 654 for details of the return codes.
contactInfo
String
R/W
5.0
byteRange
Array Number
R R
6.0 6.0
docValidity
idPrivValidity
Number
6.0
The validity of the identity of the signer. This value is specific to the handler. See Private Validity Values on page 655 for values supported by the Adobe.PPKLite and Adobe.PPKMS handlers. This value is 0 unless the signature has been validated, that is, if the status property has a value of 1.
JavaScript API
SignatureInfo 653
Property
idValidity
Type Number
Access R
Version 6.0
Description The validity of the identity of the signer as number. See the return codes of the idValidity property in the table status and idValidity properties on page 654.
objValidity
Number
6.0
The validity status of the object digest portion of the signature, computed during the last call to signatureValidate. For PDF documents, signature field certification signatures and document-level application rights signatures include object digests. All FDF files are signed using object digests. See Validity Values on page 654 for details of the return codes.
revInfo
Object
7.0
A generic object containing two properties: CRL and OCSP. These properties are arrays of hex-encoded strings, where each string contains the raw bytes of the revocation information that was used to carry out revocation checking of a certificate. For CRL, the strings represent CRLs. For OCSP, the strings represents OCSP responses. These properties are populated only if the application preference to populate them is turned on, because this data can potentially get very large.
trustFlags
Number
6.0
The bits in this number indicate what the signer is trusted for. The value is valid only when the value of the status property is 4. These trust settings are derived from the trust setting in the recipients trust database, for example, the Acrobat Address Book (Adobe.AAB). Bit assignments are:
1 Trusted for signatures 2 Trusted for certifying documents 3 Trusted for dynamic content such as
multimedia
4 Adobe internal use 5 The JavaScript in the PDF file is trusted to
String
5.0
A password required as authentication when accessing a private key that is to be used for signing. This may or may not be required, dependent on the policies of the security handler.
JavaScript API
SignatureInfo 654
Validity Values
The following codes are returned by the docValidity and objValidity properties. (See SignatureInfo object public key security handler properties on page 652). They provide a finer granularity of the validity of the signature than the status property. Status code
kDSSigValUnknown kDSSigValUnknownTrouble
Description Validity not yet determined. Validity could not be determined because of errors encountered during the validation process. Validity could not be determined because all bytes are not available, for example, when viewing a file in a web browser. Even when bytes are not immediately available, this value may not be returned if the underlying implementation blocks when bytes are not ready. Adobe makes no commitment regarding whether validation checks will block or not block. However, the implementation in Acrobat 6.0 will block when validating docValidity and not block when validating objValidity. Validity for this digest was not computed because there were errors in the formatting or information contained in this signature. There is sufficient evidence to conclude that the signature is invalid. The validity for this digest is not used (for example, no document validity if no byte range). The signature was just signed, so it is implicitly valid. The digest or validity is invalid. The digest or validity is valid.
kDSSigValUnknownBytesNotReady
kDSSigValInvalidTrouble
kDSSigValInvalidTrouble
JavaScript API
SignatureInfo 655
Status Code
kIdUnknown
Description Validity not yet determined. Could not determine validity because of errors, for example, internal errors, or could not build the chain, or could not check basic policy. Certificate is invalid: not time nested, invalid signature, invalid/unsupported constraints, invalid extensions, chain is cyclic. Certificate is outside its time window (too early or too late). Certificate has been revoked. Certificate has an untrusted root certificate. Could not build a certificate chain up to a self-signed root certificate. Certificate chain has exceeded the specified length restriction. The restriction was specified in Basic Constraints extension of one of the certificates in the chain. One of the certificates in the chain has an unrecognized critical extension. Just signed by user (similar to kIdIsSelf ) Certificate is valid to a trusted root, but revocation could not be checked and was not required. Certificate is my credential (no further checking was done).
kIdTrouble
kIdInvalid
2 (invalid)
PPKMS, PPKLite
kIdNotTimeValid
kIdRevoked kIdUntrustedRoot
kIdBrokenChain
kIdPathLenConstraint
kIdCriticalExtension
kIdJustSigned
kIdAssumedValid
kIdIsSelf
4 (valid)
PPKMS, PPKLite
JavaScript API
SignatureInfo 656
Status Code
kIdValid
Description Certificate is valid to a trusted root (in the Windows or Acrobat Address Book). Certificate is valid to a trusted root, but revocation could not be checked and was required by the user.
kIdRevocationUnknown
signature. This results in MDP not being used for the signature. This was the behavior for Acrobat 4.0 through 5.1.
allowNone Do not allow any changes to the document without invalidating the signature. Note
annotations (comments) to be added, deleted or modified. Otherwise, do not allow any changes to the document without invalidating the signature. Note that annotations can be used to obscure portions of a document and thereby affect the visual presentation of the document.
JavaScript API
SOAP 657
SOAP
The SOAP object allows remote procedure calls to be made to, or sends an XML Message to, a remote server from JavaScript. The SOAP 1.1 protocol (see http://www.w3.org/TR/SOAP/) is used to marshall JavaScript parameters to a remote procedure call (either synchronously or asynchronously) and to unmarshall the result as a JavaScript object. The SOAP object also has the ability to communicate with web services, described by the Web Services Description Language (WSDLsee http://www.w3.org/TR/wsdl). Note: The SOAP methods connect, request and response are available only for documents open in Acrobat Professional and Acrobat Standard and for documents with Form Export Rights open in Adobe Reader 6.0 or later.
SOAP properties
wireDump
6.0 If true, synchronous SOAP requests will cause the XML Request and Response to be dumped to the JavaScript Console. This is useful for debugging SOAP problems. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, this property is deprecated, new services should use Net.SOAP.wireDump, see page 545.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
SOAP methods
connect
6.0
Converts the URL of a WSDL document (cURL) to a JavaScript object with callable methods corresponding to the web service. The parameters to the method calls and the return values obey the rules specified for the SOAP.request method. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, this method is deprecated, new services should use Net.SOAP.connect, see page 545.
JavaScript API
connect 658
Parameters
cURL
Returns
A WSDL Service Proxy object with a JavaScript method corresponding to each operation in the WSDL document provided at the URL. The parameters required for the method depend on the WSDL operation you are calling and how the operation encodes its parameters:
If the WSDL operation is using the SOAP RPC encoding (as described in Section 7 of the SOAP 1.1 Specification), the arguments to the service method are the same as the parameter order in the WSDL document. If the WSDL service is using the SOAP document/literal encoding, the function will have a single argument indicating the request message. The argument may be a JavaScript object literal describing the message or it may be either a string or a ReadStream object with an XML fragment describing the message. The return value of the service method will correspond to the return value of the WSDL operation.
The JavaScript function objects corresponding to each web service method use the following properties if they are set. The default is for none of the properties to be set. Property
asyncHandler
Description Indicates that the web service method should be performed asynchronously. The property corresponds to the oAsync parameter of SOAP.request. Indicates that the web service method should include a SOAP Header in the request. The property corresponds to the oReqHeader parameter of SOAP.request. Indicates that the web service method should return a SOAP Header from the response. The property corresponds to the oRespHeader parameter of SOAP.request. Indicates how authentication should be handled for the web service method. The property corresponds to the oAuthenticate parameter of SOAP.request.
requestHeader
responseHeader
authenticator
Exceptions
SOAP Faults cause a SOAPError exception to be thrown. If there is a problem at the networking level, such as an unavailable endpoint, a NetworkError is thrown. See the request method for more information.
JavaScript API
connect 659
Example
Echo a string and an integer using an echo service WSDL document. A service WSDL Document URL is needed. These can be obtained from the Round 2 Interop Services using SOAP 1.2 section at the following URL: http://www.whitemesa.com/interop.htm.
var cURL = <get a URL for this service from http://www.whitemesa.com/interop.htm>; // Connect to the test service var service = SOAP.connect(cURL); // Print out the methods this service supports to the console for(var i in service) console.println(i); var cTestString = "This is my test string"; // Call the echoString service -- it is an RPC Encoded method var result = service.echoString(cTestString); // This should be the same as cTestString console.println(result + " == " + cTestString); // Call the echoInteger service -- JavaScript doesn't support integers // so we make our own integer object. var oTestInt = { soapType: "xsd:int", soapValue: "10" }; var result = service.echoInteger(oTestInt); // This should be the same as oTestInt.soapValue console.println(result + " == " + oTestInt.soapValue);
JavaScript API
queryServices 660
queryServices
7.0
Locates network services that have published themselves using DNS Service Discovery (DNS-SD). This method can locate services that have registered using Multicast DNS (mDNS) for location on a local networking link or through unicast DNS for location within an enterprise. The results of service location are always returned asynchronously and the query continues (with notification as services become available or unavailable) until it is stopped. The result of querying for services is a set of service names that can be bound when needed by calling resolveService. Services can either use a third-party mDNS responder to be located in the local network link or register themselves in a DNS server (either statically or dynamically) to be located within an enterprise networking environment. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, this method is deprecated, new services should use Net.Discovery.queryServices, see page 546.
Parameters
cType
The DNS SRV Service Name to search for. Some possible examples are:
"http" Locate web servers "ftp" Locate FTP servers
See the DNS SRV Service Name Registry for more examples
oAsync
A notification object that is notified when services are located on the network or when services that had previously been reported are removed. The notification methods are not called until the queryServices method returns and are called during idle processing. The oAsync parameter should implement the following methods:
addServices This method is called when available services matching the query are located. The parameter is an array of Service Description objects for the
Note: In Acrobat 7.0, only services located through mDNS (that is, in the local. domain) are updated dynamically.
aDomains
(optional) An array of domains that the query should be made for. The only valid domains are:
ServiceDiscovery.local Search for services in the local networking link
using Multicast DNS (mDNS). This is useful for finding network services in an ad hoc networking environment, but network services will only be located within the scope of the current network router.
ServiceDiscovery.DNS Search for services in the default DNS domain using unicast DNS. This is useful for locating network services in the context of a DNS server, but typically requires IS assistance to register a service and is less dynamic.
JavaScript API
queryServices 661
Returns
A service query object that manages the duration of the query. The query will continue until one of the following conditions is met:
The service query object returned from queryServices is garbage collected. The stop method of the service query object returned from queryServices is called. Method
stop
Description Causes the query to terminate. This method can be called from a notification callback but the operation will not stop until idle processing time.
Exceptions
Standard Acrobat exceptions.
Description The Unicode display name of the service. The DNS domain in which the service was located. If the service was located in the local networking link, the domain name will be local. The DNS SRV Service Name of the service that was located this will be the same as the cType parameter passed to queryServices. This can be useful when the same notification callback is being used for multiple queries.
type
Example
Locates network services that have published themselves using DNS Service Discovery. This example code will produce different output depending on where it is run.
var oNotifications = { addServices: function(services) { for(var i = 0; i < services.length; i++) console.println("ADD: "+ services[i].name + " in domain " + services[i].domain); }, removeServices: function(services) { for(var i = 0; i < services.length; i++) console.println("DEL: " + services[i].name + " in domain " + services[i].domain); }
JavaScript API
resolveService 662
The output depends on the current network environment; if there are no services advertised by DNS Service Discovery, the example will produce no output. The following is a representative output:
ADD: My Web Server in domain local. ADD: Joes Web Server in domain local. ADD: Example.org Web Server in domain example.org.
resolveService
7.0
Allows a service name to be bound to a network address and port in order for a connection to be made. The connection information is returned asynchronously and should be treated as temporary since the network location of a service may change over time (for example, if a DHCP lease expires or if a service moves to a new server). Note: Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, this method is deprecated, new services should use Net.Discovery.resolveService, see page 546.
Parameters
cType cDomain cService oResult
The DNS SRV Service Name to resolve. The domain that the service was located in. The service name to resolve. An object that will be called when the service is resolved. See Additional notes on the oResult parameter on page 663.
Returns
A service query object that manages the duration of the resolve. The resolve will continue until one of the following conditions is met:
The service query object returned from resolveService is garbage collected. The resolve method of the oResult object is called indicating that the operation completed (either by resolving the service, error, or a timeout). The stop method of the service query object returned from resolveService is called. Method
stop
Description Causes the resolve to terminate. This method can be called from a notification callback but the operation will not stop until idle time.
JavaScript API
resolveService 663
Exceptions
Standard Acrobat exceptions.
Description This method is called with two parameters (nStatus and oInfo) when the service is resolved or if it cannot be resolved. The parameter nStatus is the state indicating if the service could be resolved (see below). If the service was successfully resolved, the oInfo object, an instance of the ServiceInfo object (see below), specifies the connection information.
The nStatus parameter passed to the resolve method can have one of the following values: Value
0 1
Description The service was successfully resolved. The service timed out before being resolved. The default timeout in Acrobat 7 or later is 60 seconds. There was an networking error trying to resolve the service.
-1
The ServiceInfo object passed to the resolve method has the following properties: Property
target port info
Description The IP address or DNS name of the machine supplying the service. The port on the machine supplying the service. An object with name - value pairs that the service has supplied. For example, in the case of an HTTP service, the path property will contain the path on the web service so that the service URL would be http://<target>:<port>/<info["path"]>).
JavaScript API
request 664
Example
This example code will produce different output depending on where it is run. If there are no services advertised by DNS Service Discovery, this example will produce no output.
var oNotifications = { resolve: function(status, info) { if(status == 0) console.println("RESOLVE: http://" + info.target + ":" + info.port + "/" + info.info.path); else console.println("ERROR: " + status); } }; SOAP.resolveService({ cType: "http", cDomain: "local.", cService: "Joe's Web Server", oResult: oNotifications });
The output depends on the current network environment the following is a representative output:
RESOLVE: http://172.16.0.0:80/index.html
request
6.0
Initiates a remote procedure call (RPC) or sends an XML message to a SOAP HTTP endpoint. The method either waits for the endpoint to reply (synchronous processing) or calls a method on the notification object (asynchronous processing). Note: Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, this method is deprecated, new services should use Net.SOAP.request, see page 545.
Parameters
cURL
The URL for a SOAP HTTP endpoint. The URL method must be one of:
http Connect to a server at a URI on a port. For example,
http://serverName:portNumber/URI
https Connect to a secured (SSL) server at a URI on a port.
An object that specifies the remote procedure name and parameters or the XML message to send. See Additional notes on the oRequest parameter on page 668.
JavaScript API
request 665
oAsync
(optional) An object that specifies that the method invocation will occur asychronously. The default is for the request to be made synchronously. The object has been modified in Acrobat 7.0. (Acrobat 6.0) The oAsync object literal must have a function called response that will be called with two parameters (oResult and cURI) when the response returns. oResult is the same result object that would have been returned from the request call if it was called synchronously. cURI is the URI of the endpoint that the request was made to. (Acrobat 7.0) The oAsync object response callback has the following parameters:
response The response object from the SOAP request. uri The URI that the SOAP request was made to. exception An exception object (see the exceptions below) if there was an error, null otherwise. header A response SOAP header (see the description of the oRespHeader parameter) or null if there are no response headers.
cAction
(optional) In SOAP 1.1, this parameter is passed as the SOAPAction header. In SOAP 1.2, this parameter is passed as the action parameter in the Content-Type header. The default is for the action to be an empty string. The SOAPAction is a URN written to an HTTP header used by firewalls and servers to filter SOAP requests. The WSDL file for the SOAP service or the SOAP service description will usually describe the SOAPAction header required (if any).
bEncoded
(optional) Encoded the request using the SOAP Encoding described in the SOAP Specification. Otherwise, the literal encoding is used. The default is true.
cNamespace
(optional) A namespace for the message schema when the request does not use the SOAP Encoding. The default is to omit the schema declaration.
oReqHeader
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) An object that specifies a SOAP header to be included with the request. The default is to send a request with only a SOAP Body. The object is specified in the same way as the oRequest object except for two additional properties that can be specified in the request description:
soapActor The recipient (or actor specified as a URI) that the SOAP header
should be processed by. The default is the first recipient to process the request.
soapMustUnderstand A Boolean value indicating that the request body
cannot be interpreted if this header type is not understood by the recipient. The default is that understanding the header is optional.
JavaScript API
request 666
oRespHeader
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) An object that will be populated with the SOAP headers returned when the method completes if the function is being called synchronously (the header will be passed to the oAsync callback method otherwise). The default is for the headers not to be returned. See the description of the cResponseStyle parameter for the object format.
cVersion
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) The version of the SOAP protocol to use when generating the XML Message either 1.1 or 1.2. The default is to use SOAPVersion.version_1_1.
oAuthenticate
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) An object that specifies how to handle HTTP authentication or credentials to use for Web Service Security. The default is to present a user interface to the user to handle HTTP authentication challenges for BASIC and DIGEST authentication modes. The oAuthenticate object can have the following properties:
Username A string containing the user name to use for authentication. Password A string containing the credential to use. UsePlatformAuth A Boolean value indicating that platform authentication should be used. If true, Username and Password are
ignored and the underlying platform networking code is used. This may cause an authentication UI to be shown to the user and/or the credentials of the currently logged in user to be used. The default is false and is only supported on the Windows platform.
cResponseStyle
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) An enumerated type indicating how the return value (in the case of the SOAP Body) and the oRespHeader object (in the case of a SOAP header) will be structured:
SOAPMessageStyle.JS (Default) The response will be an object
describing the SOAP Body (or SOAP Header) of the returned message (this is the result that Acrobat 6.0 produced). This is recommended when using the SOAP encoding for the request but is not ideal when using the literal encoding using the XML or Message style is better.
SOAPMessageStyle.XML The response will be a stream object containing the SOAP Body (or SOAP Header) as an XMLfragment. If there are any attachments associated with the response, the Stream object will have an object property oAttachments. The object keys are the unique names for the attachment parts and the value must be a Stream object containing the attachment contents. SOAPMessageStyle.Message The response will be an object describing the SOAP Body (or SOAP Header) corresponding to the XML Message. This differs from the JavaScript response style in the following ways:
XML Elements are returned as an array of objects rather than an object to maintain order and allow elements with the same name. XML Attributes are preserved using the soapAttributes property. Namespaces are processed and returned in the soapName and soapQName properties. The content of an element is in the soapValue property.
JavaScript API
request 667
cRequestStyle
(optional, Acrobat 7.0.5) Allows the interpretation of oRequest to be altered. The following values are permitted:
SOAPRequestStyle.SOAP (the default) The request is made using the
this method is called within the context of a document, the document must be open in the browser. Additionally, the origination URL of the document (scheme, server, and port) must match the origination of the cURL parameter. The response is a ReadStream object with the response from the request.
cContentType
(optional, Acrobat 7.0.5) Allows the HTTP content-type header to be specified. The default is to use the SOAP messaging HTTP content-type.
Returns
A response object if the method was called synchronously (that is, there is no oAsync parameter) or nothing if the method was called asynchronously. See the description of cResponseStyle above for the object description. The SOAP types in the result are mapped to JavaScript types as follows: SOAP type xsd:string xsd:integer xsd:float xsd:dateTime xsd:boolean xsd:hexBinary xsd:base64Binary SOAP-ENC:base64 SOAP-ENC:Array No Type Information JavaScript type String Number Number Date Boolean
ReadStream object ReadStream object ReadStream object
Array String
Exceptions
SOAPError is thrown when the SOAP endpoint returns a SOAPFault. The SOAPError Exception object has the following properties:
Property
faultCode
Description A string indicating the SOAP Fault Code for this fault.
JavaScript API
request 668
Property
faultActor faultDetail
Description A string indicating the SOAP Actor that generated the fault. A string indicating detail associated with the fault.
NetworkError is thrown when there is a failure from the underlying HTTPtransport layer or in obtaining a Network connection. The NetworkError Exception object has the property statusCode, which is an
HTTP Status code or 1 if the network connection could not be made. Standard Acrobat exceptions can also be thrown. Note: If the method was called asynchronously, the exception object may be passed to the response callback method.
When passing parameters to a remote procedure, JavaScript types are bound to SOAP types automatically as listed in the table: JavaScript type String Number Date Boolean
ReadStream object
SOAP type xsd:string xsd:float xsd:dateTime xsd:boolean SOAP-ENC:base64 SOAP-ENC:Array No type information
Array Other
Note: The xsd namespace refers to the XML Schema Datatypes namespace http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema. The SOAP-ENC namespace refers to the SOAP Encoding namespace http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/.
JavaScript API
request 669
Description The SOAP type that will be used for the value when generating the SOAP message. It is useful when a datatype is needed other than the automatic datatype binding described above. The type should be namespace qualified using the <namespace>:<type> notation, for example
http://mydomain/types:myType
However, the xsd (XMLSchema Datatypes), xsi (XMLSchema Instance), and SOAP-ENC (SOAP Encoding) namespaces are implicitly defined in the SOAP message, so the soapType can use them, as in xsd:int for the XMLSchema Datatype Integer type.
soapValue
(Acrobat 6.0) The value that will be used when generating the SOAP message. It can be a string or a ReadStream object. soapValue is passed unescaped (that is, not XML Entity escaped). For example, < is not converted to < in the XML Message. Consequently, soapValue can be a raw XML fragment that will be passed to the XML Message. (Acrobat 7.0) soapValue can now also be an array of nodes that are an ordered set of children of the node in the request message.
soapName
The element name that will be used when generating the SOAP message instead of the key name in the object literal. For example, integers are not supported in JavaScript, but an integer parameter to a SOAP method can be constructed as follows:
var oIntParameter = { soapType: "xsd:int", soapValue: "1" };
Later, the oRequest parameter for the SOAP.request method might be this:
oRequest: { "http://soapinterop.org/:echoInteger": { inputInteger: oIntParameter } }
(Acrobat 7.0) An object specifying XML attributes to be included when building the element corresponding to the request node. The object keys are the attribute names and the corresponding value is the attribute value. (Acrobat 7.0) An object specifying the namespace qualified name (QName) of the request node. For example, in the element <ns:local xmlns:ns="urn:example.org">, the element name is a QName consisting of a local name ("local") and a namespace ("urn:example.org"). This object has two properties:
localName A string indicating the local name of the QName. nameSpace A string indicating the namespace of the QName.
soapQName
JavaScript API
request 670
Property
soapAttachment
Description (Acrobat 7.0) A Boolean value indicating that the soapValue contents of the node should be encoded as an attachment according to the SwA specification. The soapValue must be a stream if the corresponding soapAttachment property is true, otherwise an exception will be thrown. (Acrobat 7.0) An array indicating the order in which RPC parameters should be sent to the server. The array is a set of strings with the parameter names. This value is only applicable when bEncoding is true.
soapParamOrder
Example 1
Use request to initiate a remote procedure call for echo services. A service WSDL Document URL is needed. It can be obtained from the Round 2 Interop Services - using SOAP 1.2 section at the following URL: http://www.whitemesa.com/interop.htm.
var cURL = <get a URL for this service from http://www.whitemesa.com/interop.htm>; var cTestString = "This is my test string"; // Call the echoString SOAP method -- it is an RPC Encoded method var response = SOAP.request( { cURL: cURL, oRequest: { "http://soapinterop.org/:echoString": { inputString: cTestString } }, cAction: "http://soapinterop.org/" }); var result = response["http://soapinterop.org/:echoStringResponse"]["return"]; // This should be the same as cTestString console.println(result + " == " + cTestString); // Call the echoInteger SOAP method -- JavaScript doesn't support // integers so we make our own integer object. var oTestInt = { soapType: "xsd:int", soapValue: "10" }; var response = SOAP.request( { cURL: cURL, oRequest: { "http://soapinterop.org/:echoInteger": {
JavaScript API
request 671
inputInteger: oTestInt } }, cAction: "http://soapinterop.org/" }); var result = response["http://soapinterop.org/:echoIntegerResponse"]["return"]; // This should be the same as oTestInt.soapValue console.println(result + " == " + oTestInt.soapValue);
Example 2
Set a SOAP Header and gets it back.
var cURL = <URL of a Service>; var NS = "http://www.example.com/soap/:"; var oHeader = {}; oHeader[NS + "testSession"] = { soapType: "xsd:string", soapValue: "Header Test String" }; var oResultHeader = {}; var oRequest = {}; oRequest[NS + "echoHeader"] = {}; var response = SOAP.request( { cURL: cURL, oRequest: oRequest, cAction: "http://soapinterop.org/", oReqHeader: oHeader, oRespHeader: oResultHeader });
Example 3
A request for echo services with HTTP Authentication.
var oAuthenticator = { Username: "myUserName", Password: "myPassword" }; var response = SOAP.request( { cURL: cURL, oRequest: { "http://soapinterop.org/:echoString": {
JavaScript API
response 672
response
6.0
Initiates a remote procedure call (RPC) or sends an XML message to a SOAP HTTP endpoint without waiting for a reply. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, this method is deprecated, new services should use Net.SOAP.response, see page 545.
Parameters
cURL
The URL for a SOAP HTTP endpoint. The URL method must be one of these:
http Connect to a server at a URI on a port. For example,
http://serverName:portNumber/URI
https Connect to a secured (SSL) server at a URI on a port.
An object that specifies the remote procedure name and parameters or the XML message to send. See the oRequest parameter of SOAP.request.
cAction
(optional) The SOAP Action header for this request as specified by the SOAP Specification. The default is for the SOAP Action to be empty. See the cAction parameter of SOAP.request.
bEncoded cNamespace
(optional) A Boolean value specifying whether the request was encoded using the SOAP Encoding described in the SOAP Specification. The default is true. (optional) A namespace for the message schema when the request does not use the SOAP Encoding (the bEncoded flag is false). The default is to have no namespace.
oReqHeader
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) An object that specifies a SOAP header to be included with the request. The default is to send a request with only a SOAP Body. See the oReqHeader parameter of der SOAP.request.
JavaScript API
streamDecode 673
cVersion
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) The version of the SOAP protocol to use. The default is to use SOAPVersion.version_1_1. See the cVersion parameter of SOAP.request.
oAuthenticate
(optional, Acrobat 7.0) An object that specifies the type of authentication scheme to use and to provide credentials. The default is for an interactive UI to be displayed if HTTP authentication is encountered. See the oAuthenticate parameter of SOAP.request.
cRequestStyle cContentType
(optional, Acrobat 7.0.5) Same as cRequestStyle for SOAP.request, except that there is no response from the server. (optional, Acrobat 7.0.5) Same as cContentType for SOAP.request, except that there is no response from the server.
Returns
Boolean
Exceptions
If there is a problem at the networking level, such as an unavailable endpoint, a NetworkError will be thrown.
Example
See the Example 1 on page 670.
streamDecode
6.0 Allows the oStream object to be decoded with the specified encoding type, cEncoder. It returns a decoded ReadStream object. Typically, it is used to access data returned as part of a SOAP method that was encoded in Base64 or hex encoding. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, this method is deprecated, new services should use Net.streamDecode, see page 547.
Parameters
oStream cEncoder
A stream object to be decoded with the specified encoding type. Permissible values for this string are hex (hex-encoded) and base64 (Base 64-encoded).
JavaScript API
streamDigest 674
Returns
ReadStream object
streamDigest
7.0 Allows the oStream object to be digested with the specified encoding type, cEncoder. It returns a ReadStream object containing the computed digest of the oStream. Typically, this is used to compute a digest to validate the integrity of the original data stream or as part of an authentication scheme for a web service. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, this method is deprecated, new services should use Net.streamDigest, see page 547.
Parameters
oStream cEncoder
A stream object to compute the digest of, using the specified message digest algorithm. The digest algorithm to use. The cEncoder parameter must be one of the following values:
StreamDigest.MD5 Digest the content using the MD5 Digest Algorithm (see
RFC 1321).
StreamDigest.SHA1 Digest the content using the SHA-1 Digest Algorithm
Returns
A ReadStream object with the binary digest of the stream. To be used as a string, the result must be converted to a text format such as Base64 or hex using SOAP.streamEncode.
Example
Digest a string by first converting it to a stream, then calling streamDigest.
var srcStm = SOAP.streamFromString("This is a string I want to digest"); var digest = SOAP.streamDigest(srcStm, StreamDigest.SHA1);
streamEncode
6.0 This function encodes a stream object. Typically, it is used to pass data as part of a SOAP method when it must be encoded in Base 64 or hex encoding. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 8.0, this method is deprecated, new services should use Net.streamEncode, see page 547.
JavaScript API
streamFromString 675
Parameters
oStream cEncoder
A stream object to be encoded with the specified encoding type. A string specifying the encoding type. Permissible values are hex (for hex-encoded) and base64 (base 64-encoded).
Returns
A ReadStream object that has the appropriate encoding applied.
streamFromString
6.0 This function converts a string to a ReadStream object. Typically, this is used to pass data as part of a SOAP method.
Parameters
cString
Returns
ReadStream object
stringFromStream
6.0 This function converts a ReadStream object to a string. Typically, this is used to examine the contents of a stream object returned as part of a response to a SOAP method.
Parameters
oStream
Returns
String
JavaScript API
Sound 676
Sound
5.0 This object represents a sound that is stored in the document. The array of all Sound objects can be obtained from the Doc sounds property. See also Doc methods getSound, importSound, and deleteSound.
Sound properties
name
The name associated with this Sound object.
Type
String
Access
R
Example
Write the names to the console of all embedded sounds in the current document.
console.println("Dumping all sound objects in this document."); var s = this.sounds; for (var i = 0; i < this.sounds.length; i++) console.println("Sound[" + i + "]=" + s[i].name);
Sound methods
pause
Pauses the currently playing sound. If the sound is already paused, the sound play is resumed.
play
Plays the sound asynchronously.
stop
Stops the currently playing sound.
JavaScript API
Span 677
Span
6.0 A generic object that represents a length of text and its associated properties in a rich text form field or annotation. A rich text value consists of an array of span objects representing the text and formatting. Note: Span objects are a copy of the rich text value of the field or annotation. To modify and reset the rich text value to update the field, use the Field object richValue property, or the Annotation object property richContents, and the event object properties richValue, richChange, and richChangeEx.
Span properties
alignment
The horizontal alignment of the text. Alignment for a line of text is determined by the first span on the line. The values of alignment are
left center right
Type
String
Access
R/W
Example
The example following superscript uses alignment.
fontFamily
The font family used to draw the text. It is an array of family names to be searched for in order. The first entry in the array is the font name of the font to use. The second entry is an optional generic family name to use if an exact match of the first font is not found. The generic family names are
symbol, serif, sans-serif, cursive, monospace, fantasy
Type
Array
JavaScript API
fontStretch 678
Access
R/W
Example
Set the defaultStyle font family for a rich text field.
f = this.getField("Text1"); style = f.defaultStyle; // If Courier Std is not found on the users system, use a monospace font style.fontFamily = ["Courier Std", "monospace" ]; f.defaultStyle = style;
fontStretch
Specifies the normal, condensed or extended face from a font family to be used to draw the text. The values of fontStretch are
ultra-condensed, extra-condensed, condensed, semi-condensed, normal, semi-expanded, expanded, extra-expanded, ultra-expanded
Type
String
Access
R/W
fontStyle
Specifies the text is drawn with an italic or oblique font.
italic normal
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
fontWeight 679
fontWeight
The weight of the font used to draw the text. For the purposes of comparison, normal is anything under 700 and bold is greater than or equal to 700. The values of fontWeight are
100,200,300,400,500,600,700,800,900
Type
Number
Access
R/W
strikethrough
If strikethrough is true, the text is drawn with a strikethrough. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
subscript
Specifies the text is subscript. If true, subscript text is drawn with a reduced point size and a lowered baseline. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
superscript
Specifies the text is superscript. If true, superscript text is drawn with a reduced point size and a raised baseline. The default is false.
JavaScript API
text 680
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
Example
Write rich text to a rich text field using various properties. See the Field object richValue property for more details and examples.
var f = this.getField("myRichField"); // Create an array to hold the Span objects var spans = new Array(); // Each Span object is an object, so we must create one spans[0] = new Object(); spans[0].alignment = "center"; spans[0].text = "The answer is x"; spans[1] = new Object(); spans[1].text = "2/3"; spans[1].superscript = true; spans[2] = new Object(); spans[2].superscript = false; spans[2].text = ". "; spans[3] = new Object(); spans[3].underline = true; spans[3].text = "Did you get it right?"; spans[3].fontStyle = "italic"; spans[3].textColor = color.red; // Now assign our array of Span objects to the field using // field.richValue f.richValue = spans;
text
The text within the span.
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
textColor 681
Example
The example following superscript uses text.
textColor
A color array representing the RGB color to be used to draw the text (see the color object). The default color is black.
Type
Color Array
Access
R/W
Example
The example following superscript uses textColor.
textSize
The point size of the text. The value of textSize can be any number between 0 and 32767, inclusive. A text size of zero means to use the largest point size that will allow all text data to fit in the fields rectangle. The default text size is 12.0.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
Example
The example following the Field object richValue property uses textSize.
underline
If underline is true, the text is underlined. The default is false.
Type
Boolean
JavaScript API
underline 682
Access
R/W
Example
The example following superscript uses underline.
JavaScript API
spell 683
spell
This object allows users to check the spelling of Comments and Form Fields and other spelling domains. To be able to use the spell object, the user must have installed the Acrobat Spelling plug-in and the spelling dictionaries. Note: The spell object is not available in versions of Adobe Reader prior to 7.0. In Adobe Reader 7.0, all properties and methodswith the exception of customDictionaryCreate, customDictionaryDelete and customDictionaryExportare accessible.
spell properties
available
5.0
true if the spell object is available.
Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
console.println("Spell checking available: " + spell.available);
dictionaryNames
5.0 An array of available dictionary names. A subset of this array can be passed to check, checkText, and checkWord, and to spellDictionaryOrder to force the use of a specific dictionary or dictionaries and the order they should be searched. A listing of valid dictionary names for the users installation can be obtained by executing spell.dictionaryNames from the console. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Type
Array
JavaScript API
dictionaryOrder 684
Access
R
dictionaryOrder
5.0 The dictionary array search order specified by the user on the Spelling Preferences panel. The Spelling plug-in will search for words first in the Doc spellDictionaryOrder array if it has been set for the document, followed by this array of dictionaries. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Type
Array
Access
R
domainNames
5.0 The array of spelling domains that have been registered with the Spelling plug-in by other plug-ins. A subset of this array can be passed to check to limit the scope of the spell check. Depending on the user's installation, valid domains can include:
Everything Form Field All Form Fields Comment All Comments
Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Type
Array
Access
R
JavaScript API
languages 685
languages
6.0 This property returns the array of available ISO 639-2/3166-1 language/country codes. A subset of this array can be passed to the check, checkText, checkWord, and customDictionaryCreate methods, and to the Doc spellLanguageOrder property to force the use of a specific language or languages and the order they should be searched. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later. Depending on the users installation, valid language/country codes can include codes from the following list. Code
ca_ES cs_CZ da_DK nl_NL en_CA en_GB en_US fi_FI fr_CA fr_FR de_DE de_CH el_GR hu_HU it_IT nb_NO nn_NO pl_PL pt_BR pt_PT ru_RU
Description Catalan Czech Danish Dutch English Canadian English UK English US Finnish French Canadian French German German Swiss Greek Hungarian Italian Norwegian Bokmal Norwegian Nynorsk Polish Portuguese Brazil Portuguese Russian
JavaScript API
languageOrder 686
Code
es_ES sv_SE tr_TR
Note: In Acrobat 7.0, the entries in this array are different from the entries returned in Acrobat 6.0. On input from JavaScript, the Acrobat 6.0 ISO codes are internally mapped onto the new ISO codes in order not to break any JavaScript code developed for Acrobat 6.0. Codes are not translated on output.
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
List all available language codes.
console.println( spell.languages.toSource() );
languageOrder
6.0 The dictionary search order as an array of ISO 639-2, 3166 language codes. It is the order specified by the user on the Spelling Preferences panel. The Spelling plug-in searches for words first in the Doc spellLanguageOrder array if it has been set for the document, followed by this array of languages. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Type
Array
Access
R
Example
Get a listing of the dictionary search order.
console.println( spell.languageOrder.toSource() );
JavaScript API
addDictionary 687
spell methods
addDictionary
X P X
Note: Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, this method is no longer supported and always returns false. Use the customDictionaryOpen method instead. Adds a dictionary to the list of available dictionaries. A dictionary actually consists of four files: DDDxxxxx.hyp, DDDxxxxx.lex, DDDxxxxx.clx, and DDDxxxxx.env. The cFile parameter must be the device-independent path of the .hyp file, for example, "/c/temp/testdict/TST.hyp". The Spelling plug-in will look in the parent directory of the TST.hyp file for the other three files. All four file names must start with the same unique 3 characters to associate them with each other, and they must end with the dot three extensions listed above, even in Mac OS.
Parameters
cFile cName bShow
The device-independent path to the dictionary files. The dictionary name used in the spelling dialog box. It can be used as the input parameter to the check, checkText, and checkWord methods. (optional) If true (the default), the cName value is combined with User: that name is shown in all lists and menus. For example, if cName is Test, User: Test is added to all lists and menus. If false, this custom dictionary is not shown in any lists or menus.
Returns
false
addWord
5.0
Adds a new word to a dictionary. See also the removeWord. Note: Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, this method is allowed only during a console or batch event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details. Internally, the spell object scans the user Not-A-Word dictionary and removes the word if it is listed there. Otherwise, the word is added to the user dictionary. The actual dictionary is not modified. For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
JavaScript API
check 688
Parameters
cWord cName
The new word to add. (optional) The dictionary name or language code. An array of the currently installed dictionaries can be obtained using dictionaryNames or languages.
Returns
true if successful, otherwise, false.
check
5.0 Presents the Spelling dialog box to allow the user to correct misspelled words in form fields, annotations, or other objects. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Parameters
aDomain
(optional) An array of Doc that should be checked by the Spelling plug-in, for example, form fields or comments. When you do not supply an array of domains, the EveryThing domain will be used. An array of the domains that have been registered can be obtained using the domainNames property. (optional) The array of dictionary names or language codes that the spell checker should use. The order of the dictionaries in the array is the order the spell checker will use to check for misspelled words. An array of the currently installed dictionaries can be obtained using spell.dictionaryNames or spell.languages. When this parameter is omitted, the spellDictionaryOrder list will be searched followed by the dictionaryOrder list.
aDictionary
Returns
true if the user changed or ignored all the flagged words. When the user dismisses the dialog box before checking everything, the method returns false.
Example
Set the dictionaries, then spell check the comments and form fields of the current document. Reports back to the console.
var dictionaries = ["de", "French", "en-GB"]; var domains = ["All Form Fields", "All Annotations"]; if (spell.check(domains, dictionaries) ) console.println("You get an A for spelling."); else console.println("Please spell check this form before you submit.");
JavaScript API
checkText 689
checkText
5.0 Presents the spelling dialog box to allow the user to correct misspelled words in the specified string. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Parameters
cText aDictionary
The string to check. (optional) The array of dictionary names or language codes that the spell checker should use. The order of the dictionaries in the array is the order the spell checker will use to check for misspelled words. An array of installed dictionaries can be obtained using spell.dictionaryNames or spell.languages. When this parameter is omitted, the spellDictionaryOrder list will be searched followed by the dictionaryOrder list.
Returns
The result from the spelling dialog box in a new string.
Example
Spell check a particular field, and update the spelling in the field.
var f = this.getField("Text Box") // A form text box f.value = spell.checkText(f.value); // Let the user pick the dictionary
checkWord
5.0 Checks the spelling of a specified word. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Parameters
cWord aDictionary
The word to check. (optional) The array of dictionary names or language codes that the spell checker should use, to check for misspelled words. The spell checker uses the dictionaries in the order they appear in the array. An array of installed dictionaries can be obtained using spell.dictionaryNames or spell.languages. If this parameter is omitted, the spellDictionaryOrder list is searched, followed by the dictionaryOrder list.
JavaScript API
customDictionaryClose 690
Returns
A null object if the word is correct, otherwise an array of alternative spellings for the unknown word.
Example 1
Insert the array of suggested alternative spellings into a list box.
var word = "subpinna"; /* misspelling of "subpoena" */ var dictionaries = ["English"]; var f = this.getField("Alternatives") // Alternative spellings list box f.clearItems(); f.setItems(spell.checkWord(word, dictionaries));
Example 2
The following script marks misspelled words in the document with a squiggle annotation whose contents are the suggested alternative spellings. The script can be executed from the console, as a mouse-up action within the document, a menu, or as a batch sequence.
var ckWord, numWords; for (var i = 0; i < this.numPages; i++ ) { numWords = this.getPageNumWords(i); for (var j = 0; j < numWords; j++) { ckWord = spell.checkWord(this.getPageNthWord(i, j)) if ( ckWord != null ) { this.addAnnot({ page: i, type: "Squiggly", quads: this.getPageNthWordQuads(i, j), author: "A. C. Acrobat", contents: ckWord.toString() }); } } }
customDictionaryClose
6.0 Closes a custom dictionary that was opened using customDictionaryOpen or customDictionaryCreate. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Parameters
cName
JavaScript API
customDictionaryCreate 691
Returns
true if successful, false on failure.
customDictionaryCreate
6.0
Use this method to create a new custom dictionary file and add it to the list of available dictionaries. Note: This method is allowed only during a console or batch event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
Parameters
cName cLanguage bShow
Dictionary name used in the spelling dialog box. It can be used as the input parameter to check, checkText, and checkWord methods. (optional) Use this parameter to associate this dictionary with a language. A list of available languages can be obtained from the spell.languages property. (optional) If true (the default), the cName parameter is combined with User: and shown that name in all lists and menus. For Example, if cName is Test, User: Test is added to all lists and menus. When bShow is false, this custom dictionary is not shown in any lists or menus.
Returns
true if successful, false on failure. This method will fail if the user does not have read and write
Example
Open this document, the JavaScript for Acrobat API Reference, in Acrobat and execute the following script in the console. This script extracts the first word of each bookmark. If that word is already in a dictionary, it is discarded. An unknown wordassumed to be the name of a JavaScript object, property or methodis added into a newly created dictionary called JavaScript.
spell.customDictionaryCreate("JavaScript", "en", true); function GetJSTerms(bm, nLevel) { var newWord = bm.name.match(re); var ckWord = spell.checkWord( newWord[0] ); if ( ckWord != null ) { var cWord = spell.addWord( newWord[0], "JavaScript"); if ( cWord ) console.println( newWord[0] ); } if (bm.children != null) for (var i = 0; i < bm.children.length; i++) GetJSTerms(bm.children[i], nLevel + 1); }
JavaScript API
customDictionaryDelete 692
console.println("\nAdding New words to the \"JavaScript\" " + "dictionary:"); var re = /^\w+/; GetJSTerms(this.bookmarkRoot, 0);
customDictionaryDelete
6.0
Use this method to close and delete a custom dictionary file that was opened by customDictionaryOpen or customDictionaryCreate. Note: This method is allowed only during a console or batch event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
Parameters
cName
The name of the dictionary to be deleted. This is the name used when this dictionary was opened or created.
Returns
true if successful, false on failure. This method will fail if the user does not have sufficient file system
permission.
Example
Delete a custom dictionary.
spell.customDictionaryDelete("JavaScript");
customDictionaryExport
6.0
Exports a custom dictionary to a new file that was opened using the spell methods customDictionaryOpen or customDictionaryCreate. The user is prompted for an export directory, where the custom dictionary is saved as a .clam file using the dictionary name and language specified in customDictionaryCreate. For example, if the dictionary name is JavaScript and the "en" language as specified when it was created, the export file name will be JavaScript-eng.clam. Exported custom dictionaries can be used in subsequent customDictionaryOpen calls. Note: This method is allowed only during a console or batch event. See Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32 for details.
JavaScript API
customDictionaryOpen 693
Parameters
cName
The dictionary name used when this dictionary was opened or created.
Returns
true if successful, false on failure. This method will fail if the user does not have sufficient file system
permission.
Example
Export a custom dictionary, which can then be sent to other users. (See the example that follows customDictionaryCreate.)
spell.customDictionaryExport("JavaScript");
customDictionaryOpen
6.0 Adds a custom export dictionary to the list of available dictionaries. See customDictionaryExport. Note: A custom dictionary file can be created using the customDictionaryCreate and customDictionaryExport methods. For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Parameters
cDIPath cName bShow
The device-independent path to the custom dictionary file. Dictionary name used in the spelling dialog box. It can be used as the input parameter to check, checkText, and checkWord methods. (optional) If true, the default, the cName parameter is combined with User: and that name is shown in all lists and menus. For example, if cName is Test, add User: Test is added to all lists and menus. When bShow is false, this custom dictionary is not shown in any lists or menus.
Returns
true if successful, false on failure. This method fails if the user does not have read permission for the file.
Example
This example continues the ones following customDictionaryCreate and customDictionaryExport. It adds a custom export dictionary to the list of available dictionaries. The user places the custom export dictionary in any folder for which there is read/write permission. A particular choice is the user dictionaries folder, whose location of can be obtained from the app.getPath method.
app.getPath("user", "dictionaries");
JavaScript API
ignoreAll 694
After the export dictionary has been placed, listing it can be made automatic by adding some folder-level JavaScript. The path to the user JavaScripts folder can be obtained by executing
app.getPath("user", "javascript");
Finally, create a .js file in this folder and add the line
var myDictionaries = app.getPath("user", "dictionaries"); spell.customDictionaryOpen( myDictionaries, "JavaScripts", true);
The next time Acrobat is started, the "JavaScript" dictionary will be open and available.
ignoreAll
6.0 Adds or removes a word from the Spelling ignored-words list of the current document. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
Parameters
cWord bIgnore
The word to be added or removed from the ignored list. (optional) If true (the default), the word is added to the document ignored word list; if false, the word is removed from the ignored list.
Returns
true if successful. This method throws an exception if no document is open.
Example
var bIgnored = spell.ignoreAll("foo"); if (bIgnored) console.println("\"foo\" will be ignored);
removeDictionary
X P X
Note: Beginning with Acrobat 6.0, this method is no longer supported. The return value of this method is always false. Use the customDictionaryClose method. Removes a user dictionary that was added with addDictionary.
Parameters
cName
The name of the dictionary to remove. Must be the same name as was used with addDictionary.
JavaScript API
removeWord 695
Returns
false
removeWord
5.0
Removes a word from a dictionary. Words cannot be removed from user dictionaries that were created using either customDictionaryCreate or customDictionaryExport. See also addWord. Note: Internally, the spell object scans the user dictionary and removes the previously added word if it is there. Otherwise, the word is added to the users Not-A-Word dictionary. The actual dictionary is not modified. For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later. As of Acrobat 8.1, this method is only permitted to execute through the console or in a batch process.
Parameters
cWord cName
The word to remove. (optional) The dictionary name or language code. An array of installed dictionaries can be obtained using dictionaryNames or languages.
Returns
true if successful, false otherwise
userWords
5.0 Gets the array of words a user has added to, or removed from, a dictionary. See also addWord and checkWord. Note: For Adobe Reader, this property is available only for version 7.0 or later.
JavaScript API
userWords 696
Parameters
cName
(optional) The dictionary name or language code. An array of installed dictionaries can be obtained using dictionaryNames or languages. If cName is not specified, the default dictionary is used. The default dictionary is the first dictionary specified in the Spelling preferences dialog box. (optional) If true, return the users array of added words. If false, return the users array of removed words. The default is true.
bAdded
Returns
The users array of added or removed words.
Example
List the words added to the JavaScript dictionary. (See the example that follows the description of customDictionaryCreate.)
var aUserWords = spell.userWords({cName: "JavaScript"}); aUserWords.toSource();
JavaScript API
Statement 697
Statement
5.0
This object is used to execute SQL updates and queries and retrieve the results of these operations. To create a Statement object, use connection.newStatement. See also:
Connection object ADBC object Column object, ColumnInfo object, Row object, TableInfo object
Statement properties
columnCount
The number of columns in each row of results returned by a query. It is undefined in the case of an update operation.
Type
Number
Access
R
rowCount
The number of rows affected by an update. It is not the number of rows returned by a query. Its value is undefined in the context of a query.
Type
Number
Access
R
JavaScript API
execute 698
Statement methods
execute
Executes an SQL statement through the context of the Statement object. On failure, execute throws an exception. Note: There is no guarantee that a client can do anything on a statement if an execute has neither failed nor returned all of its data.
Parameters
cSQL
Example
Script to demonstrate various techniques for using the execute method. Select all fields from the ClientData database.
statement.execute("Select * from ClientData");
If the name of the database table or column contains spaces, they must be enclosed in escaped quotes. For example:
var execStr1 = "Select firstname, lastname, ssn from \"Employee Info\""; var execStr2 = "Select \"First Name\" from \"Client Data\""; statement.execute(execStr1); statement.execute(execStr2);
A cleaner solution is to enclose the whole SQL string with single quotes, so that table and column names can be enclosed with double quotes:
var execStr3 = 'Select "First Name","Second Name" from "Client Data" '; statement.execute(execStr3);
getColumn
Obtains a Column object representing the data in the specified column. Note: After a column is retrieved with one of these methods, future calls attempting to retrieve the same column may fail.
Parameters
nColumn nDesiredType
The column from which to get the data. It may be a column number or a string containing the name of the column (see the ColumnInfo object). (optional) Which of the ADBC JavaScript Types best represents the data in the column.
JavaScript API
getColumnArray 699
Returns
A Column object representing the data in the specified column, or null on failure.
getColumnArray
Obtains an array of Column objects, one for each column in the result set. A best guess is used to decide which of the ADBC JavaScript Types best represents the data in the column. Note: Once a column is retrieved with one of these methods, future calls attempting to retrieve the same column may fail.
Returns
An array of Column objects, or null on failure, as well as a zero-length array.
getRow
Obtains a Row object representing the current row. This object contains information from each column. As for getColumnArray, column data is captured in the best guess format. A call to nextRow should precede a call to getRow. Calling getRow twice, without an intervening call to nextRow, returns null for the second getRow call.
Returns
A Row object.
Example 1
Every Row object contains a property for each column in a row of data. Consider the following example:
var execStr = "SELECT firstname, lastname, ssn FROM \"Employee Info\""; statement.execute(execStr); statement.nextRow(); row = statement.getRow(); console.println("The first name of the first person retrieved is: " + row.firstname.value); console.println("The last name of the first person retrieved is: " + row.lastname.value); console.println("The SSN of the first person retrieved is: " + row.ssn.value);
JavaScript API
nextRow 700
Example 2
If the column name contains spaces, the above syntax for accessing the row properties (for example, row.firstname.value) does not work. Alternatively,
Connect = ADBC.newConnection("Test Database"); statement = Connect.newStatement(); var execStr = 'Select "First Name","Second Name" statement.execute(execStr); statement.nextRow();
// Populate this PDF file this.getField("name.first").value = row["First Name"].value; this.getField("name.last").value = row["Second Name"].value;
nextRow
Obtains data about the next row of data generated by a previously executed query. This must be called following a call to execute to acquire the first row of results.
Returns
Nothing. Throws an exception on failure (if, for example, there is no next row).
Example
The following example is a rough outline of how to create a series of buttons and document-level JavaScripts to browse a database and populate a PDF form. For the getNextRow button, defined below, the nextRow method is used to retrieve the next row from the database, unless there is an exception thrown (indicating that there is no next row), in which case, we reconnect to the database and use nextRow to retrieve the first row of data (again).
/* Button Script */ // getConnected button if (getConnected()) populateForm(statement.getRow()); // a getNextRow button try { statement.nextRow(); }catch(e){ getConnected(); } var row = statement.getRow(); populateForm(row); /* Document-level JavaScript */ // getConnected() Doc Level JS function getConnected() { try { ConnectADBCdemo = ADBC.newConnection("ADBCdemo"); if (ConnectADBCdemo == null)
JavaScript API
nextRow 701
throw "Could not connect"; statement = ConnectADBCdemo.newStatement(); if (statement == null) throw "Could not execute newStatement"; if (statement.execute("Select * from ClientData")) throw "Could not execute the requested SQL"; if (statement.nextRow()) throw "Could not obtain next row"; return true; } catch(e) { app.alert(e); return false; } } // populateForm() /* Maps the row data from the database, to a corresponding text field in the PDF file. */ function populateForm(row) { this.getField("firstname").value = row.FirstName.value; this.getField("lastname").value = row.LastName.value; this.getField("address").value = row.Address.value; this.getField("city").value = row.City.value; this.getField("state").value = row.State.value; this.getField("zip").value = row.Zipcode.value; this.getField("telephone").value = row.Telephone.value; this.getField("income").value = row.Income.value; }
JavaScript API
TableInfo 702
TableInfo
This generic JavaScript object contains basic information about a table. It is returned by connection.getTableList and contains the following properties. Property
name
Type String
Access R
Description The identifying name of a table. This string can be used in SQL statements to identify the table that the TableInfo object is associated with. A string that contains database-dependent information about the table.
description
String
JavaScript API
Template 703
Template
Template objects are named pages within the document. These pages may be hidden or visible and can be copied or spawned. They are typically used to dynamically create content (for example, to add pages to an invoice on overflow). See also the Doc templates property, and createTemplate, getTemplate, and removeTemplate methods.
Template properties
hidden
5.0
Determines whether the template is hidden. Hidden templates cannot be seen by the user until they are spawned or are made visible. When an invisible template is made visible, it is appended to the document. This property behaves as follows in Adobe Reader:
Setting this property in versions of Adobe Reader earlier than 5.1 generates an exception. For Adobe Reader 5.1 and 6.0, setting this property depends on Advanced Forms Feature document rights. For Adobe Reader 7.0, this property cannot be set under any circumstances.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
name
5.0 The name of the template that was supplied when the template was created.
Type
String
Access
R
JavaScript API
spawn 704
Template methods
spawn
5.0
Parameters
nPage bRename bOverlay
(optional) The 0-based index of the page number after which or on which the new page will be created, depending on the value of bOverlay. The default is 0. (optional) Specifies whether form fields on the page should be renamed. The default is true. (optional) If true (the default), the template is overlaid on the specified page. If false, it is inserted as a new page before the specified page. To append a page to the document, set bOverlay to false and set nPage to the number of pages in the document. Note: For certified documents or documents with Advanced Form Features rights), the bOverlay parameter is disabled. A template cannot be overlaid for these types of documents.
oXObject
(optional, Acrobat 6.0) The value of this parameter is the return value of an earlier call to spawn.
Returns
Prior to Acrobat 6.0, this method returned nothing. Now, spawn returns an object representing the page contents of the page spawned. This return object can then be used as the value of the optional parameter oXObject for subsequent calls to spawn. Note: Repeatedly spawning the same page can cause a large increase in the file size. To avoid this problem, spawn now returns an object that represents the page contents of the spawned page. This return value can be used as the value of the oXObject parameter in subsequent calls to the spawn method to spawn the same page.
Example 1
Spawn all templates and appends them one by one to the end of the document.
var a = this.templates; for (i = 0; i < a.length; i++) a[i].spawn(this.numPages, false, false);
JavaScript API
spawn 705
JavaScript API
Thermometer 706
Thermometer
6.0 This object is a combined status window and progress bar that indicates to the user that a lengthy operation is in progress. To acquire a Thermometer object, use app.thermometer.
Example
This example shows how to use all properties and methods of the Thermometer object.
var t = app.thermometer; // Acquire a thermometer object t.duration = this.numPages; t.begin(); for ( var i = 0; i < this.numPages; i++) { t.value = i; t.text = "Processing page " + (i + 1); if (t.cancelled) break; // Break if the operation is cancelled ... process the page ... } t.end();
Thermometer properties
cancelled
Specifies whether the user wants to cancel the current operation. The user can indicate the desire to terminate the operation by pressing the Esc key on the Windows and UNIX platforms and Command-period on the Mac OS platform.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
JavaScript API
duration 707
duration
Sets the value that corresponds to a full thermometer display. The thermometer is subsequently filled in by setting its value. The default duration is 100.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
text
Sets the text string that is displayed by the thermometer.
Type
String
Access
R/W
value
Sets the current value of the thermometer and updates the display. The value can range from 0 (empty) to the value set in duration. For example, if the thermometers duration is 10, the current value must be between 0 and 10, inclusive. If the value is less than zero, it is set to zero. If the value is greater than duration, it is set to duration.
Type
Number
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
begin 708
Thermometer methods
begin
Initializes the thermometer and displays it with the current value as a percentage of the duration.
Example
Count the words on each page of the current document, report the running total, and use the thermometer to track progress.
var t = app.thermometer; // acquire a thermometer object t.duration = this.numPages; t.begin(); var cnt=0; for ( var i = 0; i < this.numPages; i++) { t.value = i; t.text = "Processing page " + (i + 1); cnt += getPageNumWords(i); console.println("There are " + cnt + "words in this doc."); if (t.cancelled) break; } t.end();
end
Draws the thermometer with its current value set to the thermometers duration (a full thermometer), then removes the thermometer from the display.
JavaScript API
this 709
this
In JavaScript, the special keyword this refers to the current object. In Acrobat, the current object is defined as follows:
In an object method, it is the object to which the method belongs. In a constructor function, it is the object being constructed. In a document-level script or field-level script, it is the Doc and therefore can be used to set or get document properties and functions. In a function defined in one of the folder-level JavaScripts files, it is undefined. Calling functions should pass the Doc to any function at this level that needs it.
For example, assume that the following function was defined at the plug-in folder level:
function PrintPageNum(doc) { /* Print the current page number to the console. */ console.println("Page = " + doc.pageNum); }
The following script outputs the current page number to the console twice and then prints the page:
/* Must pass the Doc. */ PrintPageNum(this); /* Same as the previous call. */ console.println("Page = " + this.pageNum); /* Prints the current page. */ this.print(false, this.pageNum, this.pageNum);
Variables and functions that are defined in scripts are parented off of the this object. For example:
var f = this.getField("Hello");
is equivalent to
this.f = this.getField("Hello");
with the exception that the variable f can be garbage collected at any time after the script is run.
Use of property names will not throw an exception, but the value of the property may not be altered if the property refers to an object:
// "title" will return "1", but the document will now be named "1". var title = 1; // Property not altered, info still an object var info = 1; // "info" will return [object Info]
JavaScript API
this 710
JavaScript API
TTS 711
TTS
4.05 The JavaScript TTS object allows users to transform text into speech. To be able to use the TTS object, the users computer must have a Text-To-Speech engine installed on it. The Text-To-Speech engine will render text as digital audio and then speak it. It has been implemented mostly with accessibility in mind but can potentially have many other applications. This object is currently a Windows-only feature and requires that the Microsoft Text-to-Speech engine be installed in the operating system. The TTS object is present on both the Windows and Mac OS platforms (since it is a JavaScript object). However, it is disabled on Mac OS. Note: Acrobat 5.0 has taken a very different approach to providing accessibility for disabled users by integrating directly with popular screen readers. Therefore, some of the screen reading features defined in 4.05 using the TTS object have been removed in 5.0 because they conflict with the screen reader. The TTS object remains, however, because it still has useful functionality in its own right that might be popular for multimedia documents.
TTS properties
available
true if the TTS object is available and the Text-To-Speech engine can be used.
Type
Boolean
Access
R
Example
console.println("Text to speech available: " + tts.available);
numSpeakers
The number of speakers available to the Text-To-Speech engine. See also the speaker property and the getNthSpeakerName method.
Type
Integer
JavaScript API
pitch 712
Access
R
pitch
Sets the baseline pitch for the voice of a speaker. The valid range for pitch is from 0 to 10, with 5 being the default for the mode.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
soundCues
X
Deprecated. Returns false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
speaker
Allows users to specify different speakers with different tone qualities when performing text-to-speech. See also the numSpeakers property and the getNthSpeakerName method.
Type
String
Access
R/W
JavaScript API
speechCues 713
speechCues
X
Deprecated. Returns false.
Type
Boolean
Access
R/W
speechRate
Sets the speed at which text will be spoken by the Text-To-Speech engine. The value for speechRate is expressed in number of words per minute.
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
volume
Sets the volume for the speech. Valid values are 0 (mute) to 10 (loudest).
Type
Integer
Access
R/W
TTS methods
getNthSpeakerName
Gets the nth speaker name in the Text-To-Speech engine (see also the numSpeakers and speaker properties).
JavaScript API
pause 714
Parameters
nIndex
Returns
The name of the specified speaker.
Example
Enumerate through all of the speakers available.
for (var i = 0; i < tts.numSpeakers; i++) { var cSpeaker = tts.getNthSpeakerName(i); console.println("Speaker[" + i + "] = " + cSpeaker); tts.speaker = cSpeaker; tts.qText ("Hello"); tts.talk(); }
pause
Immediately pauses text-to-speech output on a TTS object. Playback of the remaining queued text can be resumed by calling resume.
qSilence
Queues a period of silence into the text.
Parameters
nDuration
qSound
Puts the specified sound into the queue to be performed by talk. It accepts one parameter, cSound, from a list of possible sound cue names. These names map directly to sound files stored in the SoundCues folder, if it exists.
tts.qSound("DocPrint"); // Plays DocPrint.wav
The SoundCues folder should exist at the program level for the viewer, for example, C:\Program
Files\Adobe\Acrobat 5.0\SoundCues.
Note: Windows onlyqSound can handle only 22 KHz,16-bit PCM .wav files. These should be at least 1 second long to avoid a queue delay problem in MS SAPI. If the sound lasts less than 1 second, it should be edited and have a silence added to the end of it.
JavaScript API
qText 715
Parameters
cSound
qText
Puts text into the queue to be performed by talk.
Parameters
cText
Example
tts.qText("Hello, how are you?");
reset
Stops playback of queued text and flushes the queue. It also resets all the properties of the TTS object to their default values. Text playback cannot be resumed with resume.
resume
Resumes playback of text on a paused TTS object.
stop
Stops playback of queued text and flushes the queue. Playback of text cannot be resumed with resume.
talk
Sends whatever is in the queue to be spoken by the Text-To-Speech engine. If text output had been paused, talk resumes playback of the queued text.
Example
tts.qText("Hello there!"); tts.talk();
JavaScript API
util 716
util
A static JavaScript object that defines a number of utility methods and convenience functions for string and date formatting and parsing.
util methods
crackURL
7.0.5 Breaks a URL into its component parts.
Parameters
cURL
Returns
An object containing the following properties: Property
cScheme cUser cPassword cHost nPort cPath cParameters cFragments
Description The scheme of the URL. It may be file, http or https. (Optional) The user name specified in the URL. (Optional) The password specified in the URL. The hostname of the URL. The port number of the URL. (Optional) The path portion of the URL. (Optional) The parameter string portion of the URL. (Optional) The fragments of the URL.
This method throws a parameter error if the parameter is missing, the URL is not well-formed, or the URL scheme is not file, http, or https.
JavaScript API
iconStreamFromIcon 717
Example
The following code
util.crackURL("http://example.org/myPath?name0=value0&name1=value1#frag");
would return
{ cScheme: "http", cHost: "example.org", nPort: 80, cPath: "/myPath", cParameters: "?name0=value0&name1=value1", cFragments: "frag" }
iconStreamFromIcon
7.0 Converts an XObject-based Icon object into an Icon Stream object.
Parameters
oIcon
Returns
Icon Stream object
This method allows an icon obtained from the Doc importIcon or getIcon methods to be used in a method such as app.addToolButton, which would otherwise accept only an Icon Stream object as an input parameter.
Example
Import an icon into the document-level named icons tree and add a toolbutton to the application.
this.importIcon("myIcon", "/C/temp/myIcon.jpg", 0); var oIcon = util.iconStreamFromIcon(this.getIcon("myIcon")); app.addToolButton({ cName: "myButton", oIcon: oIcon, cExec: "console.println('My Button!');", cTooltext: "My button!", nPos: 0 });
JavaScript API
printd 718
printd
3.01 Returns a date using a specified format.
Parameters
cFormat
The date and time format. It can be one of the following types:
A string that is a pattern of supported substrings that are place-holders for date and time data. Recognized date and time strings are shown in the table below. Beginning with Acrobat 5.0, a number specifying the format. Supported values (along with examples of each format) are:
0 PDF date format. Example: D:20000801145605+07'00' 1 Universal. Example: D:20000801145605+07'00' 2 Localized string. Example: 2000/08/01 14:56:05
Beginning with Acrobat 7.0, if bXFAPicture is true, this parameter is interpreted using the XFA Picture Clause format.
oDate bXFAPicture
A Date object to format. Date objects can be obtained from the Date constructor of core JavaScript or from the util.scand method. (optional, Acrobat 7.0) A Boolean value specifying whether the value of cFormat is interpreted using the XFA Picture Clause format, which gives extensive support for localized times and dates. See the sections on date and time pictures in XFA Specification, Version 2.2, for additional discussion. (See Related documentation on page 28.) The default is false.
Returns
The formatted date string.
JavaScript API
printd 719
String dd d yyyy yy HH H hh h MM M ss s tt t j
Effect Numeric date with leading zero Numeric date without leading zero Long year Abbreviated Year 24 hour time with leading zero 24 hour time without leading zero 12 hour time with leading zero 12 hour time without leading zero minutes with leading zero minutes without leading zero seconds with leading zero seconds without leading zero am/pm indication single digit am/pm indication Japanese Emperor Year (abbreviated) Note: Introduced in Acrobat 6.0. In Acrobat 7.0, this format string has been deprecated in favor of the XFA Picture Clause format.
Example 03 3 1997 97 09 9 09 9 08 8 05 5 am a
jj
Japanese Emperor Year Note: Introduced in Acrobat 6.0. In Acrobat 7.0, this format string has been deprecated in favor of the XFA Picture Clause format.
Example 1
Format the current date in long format:
var d = new Date(); console.println("Today is " + util.printd("mmmm dd, yyyy", d));
JavaScript API
printf 720
Locale-Sensitive Picture Clauses. Normally processing of picture clauses occurs in the ambient locale. It is possible, however, to indicate that picture processing be done in a specific locale. This is of use when formatting or parsing data that is locale-specific and different from the ambient locale. The syntax for this extension to compound picture clauses is:
category-name(locale-name){picture-symbols}
The XFA-Picture Clause gives extensive support for Chinese, Chinese (Taiwan), Japanese, and Korean (CCJK) times and dates. The example below, a custom format script of a text field, gives the current date formatted for a Japanese locale.
event.value = util.printd("date(ja){ggYY/M/D}", new Date(), true)
printf
3.01 Formats one or more arguments as a string according to a format string. It is similar to the C function of the same name. This method converts and formats incoming arguments into a result string according to a format string (cFormat). The format string consists of two types of objects:
Ordinary characters, which are copied to the result string. Conversion specifications, each of which causes conversion and formatting of the next successive argument to printf.
JavaScript API
printf 721
A comma character (,) followed by a digit that indicates the decimal/separator format:
0 Comma separated, period decimal point 1 No separator, period decimal point 2 Period separated, comma decimal point 3 No separator, comma decimal point
cFlags
Only valid for numeric conversions and consists of a number of characters (in any order), which will modify the specification:
+ Specifies that the number will always be formatted with a sign. space If the first character is not a sign, a space will be prefixed. 0 Specifies padding to the field with leading zeros. # Specifies an alternate output form. For f, the output will always have a
decimal point.
nWidth
A number specifying a minimum field width. The converted argument is formatted to be at least this many characters wide, including the sign and decimal point, and may be wider if necessary. If the converted argument has fewer characters than the field width, it is padded on the left to make up the field width. The padding character is normally a space, but is 0 if the zero padding flag is present (cFlags contains 0). A period character (.) followed by a number that specifies the number of digits after the decimal point for float conversions. Indicates how the argument should be interpreted:
d Integer (truncating if necessary) f Floating-point number s String x Integer (truncating if necessary) and formatted in unsigned hexadecimal
nPrecision cConvChar
notation
Parameters
cFormat arguments
The format string to use. The optional arguments(s) that contain the data to be inserted in place of the % tags specified in the first parameter, the format string. The number of optional arguments must be the same as the number of % tags.
Note: The util.printf function does not accept an object literal with properties that contain the arguments. Arguments are entered in the usual comma-delimited list.
Returns
A result string formatted as specified.
JavaScript API
printx 722
Example
Take an irrational number and display it using various formats of util.printf.
var n = Math.PI * 100; console.clear(); console.show(); console.println(util.printf("Decimal format: %d", n)); console.println(util.printf("Hex format: %x", n)); console.println(util.printf("Float format: %.2f", n)); console.println(util.printf("String format: %s", n));
printx
3.01 Formats a source string, cSource, according to a formatting string, cFormat. A valid format for cFormat is any string that may contain special masking characters: Value ? X A 9 * \ > < = Effect Copy next character. Copy next alphanumeric character, skipping any others. Copy next alpha character, skipping any others. Copy next numeric character, skipping any others. Copy the rest of the source string from this point on. Escape character. Upper case translation until further notice. Lower case translation until further notice. Preserve case until further notice (default).
Parameters
cFormat cSource
JavaScript API
scand 723
Returns
The formatted string.
Example
Format a string as a U.S. telephone number.
var v = "aaa14159697489zzz"; v = util.printx("9 (999) 999-9999", v); console.println(v);
scand
4.0 Converts a date into a JavaScript Date object according to the rules of a format string. This routine is much more flexible than using the date constructor directly. Note: Given a two-digit year for input, scand uses the date horizon heuristic to resolve the ambiguity. If the year is less than 50, it is assumed to be in the 21st century (that is, add 2000). If it is greater than or equal to 50, it is in the 20th century (add 1900). The supplied date cDate should be in the same format as described by cFormat.
Parameters
cFormat cDate
The rules to use for formatting the date. cFormat uses the same syntax as found in printd. The date to convert.
Returns
The converted Date object, or null if the conversion fails.
Example 1
/* Turn the current date into a string. */ var cDate = util.printd("mm/dd/yyyy", new Date()); console.println("Todays date: " + cDate); /* Parse it back into a date. */ var d = util.scand("mm/dd/yyyy", cDate); /* Output it in reverse order. */ console.println("Yet again: " + util.printd("yyyy mmm dd", d));
JavaScript API
spansToXML 724
Example 2
Retrieve a text field value, see if it is a date of the acceptable format, then report results in an alert box or the console window. The method returns null if the conversions fails, which can occur if the user inputs a data different than what is expected. In this case, test the return value for null.
var d= util.scand("mm/dd/yyyy", this.getField("myDate").value); if ( d== null ) app.alert("Please enter a valid date of the form" + " \"mm/dd/yyyy\".") else { console.println("You entered the date: " + util.printd("mmmm dd, yyyy",d)); }
spansToXML
6.0 Converts an array of Span objects into an XML(XFA) String as described in the PDF Reference version 1.7.
Parameters
An array of Span objects An array of Span objects to be converted into an XML string.
Returns
String
Example
Get the value of a rich text field, turns all of the text blue, converts it to an XML string and then prints it to the console.
var f = getField("Text1"); var spans = f.richValue; for(var index = 0; index < spans.length; index++) spans[index].textColor = color.blue; console.println(util.spansToXML(spans));
streamFromString
7.0 Converts a string to a ReadStream object.
JavaScript API
stringFromStream 725
Parameters
cString cCharSet
The string to be converted into a ReadStream object. (optional) The encoding for the string in cString. The options are utf-8, utf-16, Shift-JIS, BigFive, GBK, UHC. The default is utf-8.
Returns
ReadStream object
Example
Take the response given in a text field of this document and append it to an attached document.
var v = this.getField("myTextField").value; var oFile = this.getDataObjectContents("MyNotes.txt"); var cFile = util.stringFromStream(oFile, "utf-8"); cFile += "\r\n" + cFile; oFile = util.streamFromString( cFile, "utf-8"); this.setDataObjectContents("MyNotes.txt", oFile);
This example uses the Doc methods getDataObjectContents and setDataObjectContents and util.stringFromStream.
stringFromStream
7.0 Converts a ReadStream object to a string.
Parameters
oStream cCharSet ReadStream object to be converted into a string.
(optional) The encoding for the string in oStream. The options are utf-8, utf-16, Shift-JIS, BigFive, GBK, UHC. The default is utf-8.
Returns
String
Example
Assume there is a text file embedded in this document. This example reads the contents of the attachment and displays it in the multiline text field.
var oFile = this.getDataObjectContents("MyNotes.txt"); var cFile = util.stringFromStream(oFile, "utf-8"); this.getField("myTextField").value = cFile;
This example uses getDataObjectContents to get the file stream of the attached document.
JavaScript API
xmlToSpans 726
xmlToSpans
6.0 Converts an XML (XFA) string, as described in the PDF Reference version 1.7, to an array of Span objects suitable for specifying as the richValue or richContents of a field or annotation.
Parameters
a string An XML (XFA) string to be converted to an array of Span objects.
Returns
An Array of Span objects
Example
Get the rich text string from Text1, convert it to XML, then convert it back to an array of Span objects and repopulate the text field.
var f = getField("Text1"); var spans = f.richValue; var str = util.spansToXML(spans); var spans = util.xmlToSpans(str); f.richValue = spans;
JavaScript API
XFA 727
XFA
6.0.2 The XFA object provides access to the XFA appModel container. More detailed information is available in Developing Acrobat Applications Using JavaScript (see Related documentation on page 28). Additional XFA documentation is available through the XML section of the Acrobat Family Developer Center. An XFA object is returned by the XMLData.parse and XMLData.applyXPath methods.
Example
The following code detects whether the PDF document has Acrobat forms or was created by LiveCycle Designer and has XML forms. The script can be run in the console, or as a batch sequence; in the latter case, the script can be used to classify all selected document as an XML form (dynamic or static) or as an Acrobat form.
// This script assumes you are using Acrobat 8.0. console.println("Document name: " + this.documentFileName); // The xfa object is undefined in an Acrobat form. if ( typeof xfa == "object" ) { if ( this.dynamicXFAForm ) console.println(" This is a dynamic XML form."); else console.println(" This is a static XML form."); if ( this.XFAForeground ) console.println(" This document has imported artwork"); } else console.println(" This is an Acrobat form.");
JavaScript API
XMLData 728
XMLData
XMLData is a static object that allows the creation of a JavaScript object representing an XML document tree and permits the manipulation of arbitrary XML documents through the XFA Data DOM. (In XFA, there are several other DOMs parallel to the Data DOM, but for the purpose of the XMLData object, only the Data DOM is used.)
PDF documents that return true to the Doc dynamicXFAForm property can use the XMLData object but cannot have its form fields manipulated by that object, because the two data DOMs are isolated from each other.
XMLData methods
applyXPath
7.0 Enables you to manipulate and query an XML document by using XPath expressions. The XPath language is described in the W3C document XML Path Language (XPath), which is available at http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath. XPath expressions evaluate to one of the known four types: Boolean, Number, String, Node-set. In JavaScript, they are returned, respectively, as the following types: Boolean, Number, String, and Object. If an object is returned, it is of type XFA object, which represents either a tree started by a single node or a tree started by a list of nodes (a tree list). The type of this object is the same as the one returned by the XMLData.parse. Note: XFA provides a query mechanism, SOM expressions, which is similar to that of XPath. Because XPath is widely used in the XML community, the applyXPath method allows users to use XPath expressions if they choose.
Parameters
oXml
An XFAObject object representing an XML document tree. Note: An exception is thrown if the value of this parameter is a nodeList XFA object instead of the root of an XML tree.
cXPath
A string parameter with the XPATH query to be performed on the document tree.
Returns
Boolean, Number, String, or XFAObject.
JavaScript API
applyXPath 729
Example
This example shows each of the return types of XMLData.applyXPath (Boolean, number, string, or XFAObject). It extracts information from an XML data string, in this case, the family tree of the Robat family).
var cXMLDoc = "<family name = 'Robat'>\ <grandad id = 'm1' name = 'A.C.' gender='M'>\ <child> m2 </child>\ <personal>\ <income>100000</income>\ </personal>\ </grandad>\ <dad id = 'm2' name = 'Bob' gender='M'>\ <parent> m1 </parent>\ <spouse> m3 </spouse>\ <child> m4 </child>\ <child> m5 </child>\ <child> m6 </child>\ <personal>\ <income>75000</income>\ </personal>\ </dad>\ <mom id = 'm3' name = 'Mary' gender='F'>\ <spouse> m2 </spouse>\ <personal>\ <income>25000</income>\ </personal>\ </mom>\ <daughter id = 'm4' name = 'Sue' gender='F'>\ <parent> m2 </parent>\ <personal>\ <income>40000</income>\ </personal>\ </daughter>\ <son id = 'm5' name = 'Jim' gender='M'>\ <parent> m2 </parent>\ <personal>\ <income>35000</income>\ </personal>\ </son>\ <daughter id = 'm6' name = 'Megan' gender='F'>\ <parent> m2 </parent>\ <personal>\ <income>30000</income>\ </personal>\ </daughter>\ </family>"; var myXML= XMLData.parse( cXMLDoc, false);
JavaScript API
applyXPath 730
This is the id of dads second child. The examples below get the family data on this child.
JavaScript API
applyXPath 731
Get the family information on dads second child. The following line assigns c = "m5". The return value of the call to applyXPath is a string, and the function normalize-space converts its argument to a string and removes any surrounding spaces.
var c = XMLData.applyXPath(myXML, "normalize-space(//family/dad/child[2])"); var d = "//*[@id = \'" + c + "\']"; // Note: d= "//*[@id = 'm5']" XMLData.applyXPath(myXML, d ).saveXML('pretty'); // show what we have <son id="m5" name="Jim" gender="M"> <parent> m2 </parent> <personal> <income>35000</income> </personal> </son>
Now display information about the sixth child node of the family root. The XPath functions name and concat are used.
var e = XMLData.applyXPath(myXML, "concat(name(//family/child::*[position()=6]), '=', //family/child::*[position()=6]/@name)" ); console.println(e); // the output is "daughter=Megan"
The output is
A.C. Bob Mary Sue Jim Megan
JavaScript API
parse 732
parse
7.0 Creates an object representing an XML document tree. Its parameters are the same as those of the loadXML method in the XFA Data DOM. This method returns an object of type XFA object that represents either a tree headed by a single node or a tree started by a list of nodes (a tree list).
Parameters
param1 param2
A string containing the XML document. (optional) A Boolean value specifying whether the root node of the XML document should be ignored. The default value is true. If false, the root node should not be ignored.
Returns
XFAObject
Example 1
Consider the XML document as first introduced in the example following the XMLData.applyXPath method.
var x = XMLData.parse( cXMLDoc, false ); var y = x.family.name; // An XFAObject console.println(y.value); // Output to console is "Robat"
JavaScript API
parse 733
Example 2
Create a simple XML document and manipulate it.
x = XMLData.parse("<a> <c>A.</c><d>C.</d> </a>", false); x.saveXML("pretty");
Append y on to x.
x.nodes.append(y.clone(true).nodes.item(0)); x.saveXML("pretty");
The result:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <xfa:data xmlns:xfa="http://www.xfa.org/schema/xfa-data/1.0/"> <a> <c>A.</c> <d>C.</d> </a> <b>Robat</b> </xfa:data>
Now execute
x.nodes.insert(y.clone(true).nodes.item(0), x.nodes.item(0)); x.saveXML("pretty")
to obtain
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <xfa:data xmlns:xfa="http://www.xfa.org/schema/xfa-data/1.0/"> <b>Robat</b> <a> <c>A.</c> <d>C.</d> </a> <b>Robat</b> </xfa:data>
JavaScript API
parse 734
Now insert y (actually a clone of y) between the first and second children of the element a.
x.a.nodes.insert( y.clone(true).nodes.item(0), x.a.nodes.item(1));
JavaScript API
parse 735
yielding
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <xfa:data xmlns:xfa="http://www.xfa.org/schema/xfa-data/1.0/"> <a> <c>A.</c> <d>C.</d> <b>Robat</b> </a> </xfa:data>
When checked, the default, each time a global variable is written to, the origin which set it is remembered. Only origins that match can then access the variable. For files, this means only the file that set it, having the same path it had when the variable was set, can access the variable. For documents from URLs, it means only the web host which set it can access the variable. There is an important exception to the restrictions described above. Global variables can be defined and accessed in a privileged context, in the console, in a batch sequence and in folder JavaScript. For more information on privileged contexts, see Privileged versus non-privileged context on page 32.
When not checked, documents from different origins are permitted to access the variable; this is the behavior previous to version 8.0.
See the section on the global object, page 482, for additional details and examples. There is a new restriction on the use of app.execMenuItem to a list of safe menu items. See the security note on page 120. The following properties and methods are introduced in Acrobat 8.0: Certificate object properties:
privateKeyValidityEnd privateKeyValidityStart validityEnd (First introduced in version 7.0.5, but undocumented.) validityStart (First introduced in version 7.0.5, but undocumented.)
736
CertificateSpecifier Object
properties:
subjectDN keyUsage urlType
Expanded description of the url property. Added four new bit flags to the flags property: subjectDN, issuerDN, keyUsage, url. colorConvertAction object properties:
action alias colorantName convertIntent convertProfile embed isProcessColor matchAttributesAll matchAttributesAny matchIntent matchSpaceTypeAll matchSpaceTypeAny preserveBlack useBlackPointCompensation
Doc object
Net object
properties:
SOAP (Net.SOAP has properties and methods aliased with SOAP.wireDump, SOAP.connect, SOAP.request, SOAP.response.) Discovery (Net.Discovery has methods aliased with SOAP.queryServices and SOAP.resolveService.) HTTP
Net.HTTP
methods:
request
object PrintParams
properties:
booklet constants.bookletBindings constants.bookletDuplexMode constants.handling.booklet (See pageHandling for a description.)
RDN object
properties: Added 22 properties to the RDN object: businessCategory, countryOfCitizenship, countryOfResidence, dateOfBirth, dc, dnQualifier, gender, generationQualifier, givenName, initials, l, name, nameAtBirth, placeOfBirth, postalAddress, postalCode, pseudonym, serialNumber, sn, st, street, title properties: The following three properties were previously undocumented.
docDecrypt docEncrypt validateFDF
SecurityHandler object
SeedValue Object
Added three new flags: legalAttestations, shouldAddRevInfo, digestMethod. Change of behavior of the reasons property. Added the digestMethod property. Change in wording of the description of the version property. Added the shouldAddRevInfo property.
SignatureInfo object
properties:
digestMethod
methods:
openDoc (cDest parameter added)
Doc object
methods:
addAnnot (New default values for the author property.) addRecipientListCryptFilter (Added note for Acrobat 7.0.) getLegalWarnings (No longer dirties document. Return value changed.) importTextData (Can be only executed during a console or batch event.)
FDF object
methods:
addEmbeddedFile (Updated description of the nSaveOption parameter for
properties:
escapeExits (Can be set to false only during console and batch events)
Modified wording of the cURI and cUserId properties. The cPassword parameter can no longer be used. As of Acrobat 8.0, you cannot create password-encrypted FDF files. If this parameter is used, a form trying to submit a password-encrypted FDF will throw an ESErrorInvalidArgs exception and the form submission will not occur.
methods:
documentToStream
Data object
properties:
description
Doc object
properties:
hostContainer isModal viewState
methods:
addRequirement removeRequirement Embedded PDF object
properties:
messageHandler
method:
postMessage HostContainer object
properties:
messageHandler
methods:
postMessage util object
methods:
crackURL
methods:
request (cRequestStyle and cContent parameters added) response (cRequestStyle and cContent parameters added)
methods:
dispatch
Annotation object
properties:
callout caretSymbola creationDatea dashb delayb doCaption intent leaderExtend leaderLength lineEnding opacityb refType richDefaultsa seqNumb statea stateModela style subjecta
Annot3D object
properties:
activated context3D innerRect name page rect
app object
properties:
constants
methods:
beginPriv browseForDoc endPriv execDialog launchURL trustedFunction trustPropagatorFunction
Dialog object
methods:
enable end load store
Doc object
properties:
docIDa dynamicXFAForm external hidden mouseX mouseY noautocomplete nocache requiresFullSave
methods:
addWatermarkFromFile addWatermarkFromText embedDocAsDataObject encryptUsingPolicy getAnnot3D getAnnots3D getDataObjectContents getOCGOrder openDataObject removeScript setDataObjectContents setOCGOrder Doc.media object
methods:
getOpenPlayers
Field object
methods:
signatureGetModifications
OCG object
properties:
constants initState locked
methods:
getIntent setIntent PlayerInfo object
methods:
honors
PrintParams object
properties:
nUpAutoRotate nUpNumPagesH nUpNumPagesV nUpPageBorder nUpPageOrder
search object
properties:
attachments ignoreAccents objectMetadata proximityRange
security object
util object
methods:
iconStreamFromIcon streamFromString stringFromStream
XMLData object
methods:
applyXPath parse
a. Present in version 6.0, documented in version 7.0. b. Present in version 5.0, documented in version 7.0.
methods:
addToolButton execMenuItem getPath mailGetAddrs openDoc
Field object
methods:
signatureSetSeedValue
Index object
methods:
build
OCG object
properties:
name
PrintParams object
properties:
pageHandling
search object
properties:
indexes
security object
properties:
handlers
methods:
getHandler SecurityHandler object
properties:
digitalIDs
methods:
login newUser SOAP object
methods:
connect request
spell object
The Spell object is not available in Adobe Reader 7.0 or later. methods:
addWord
util object
methods:
printd
object
methods:
start stop Annotation object
properties:
borderEffectIntensity borderEffectStyle inReplyTo richContents toggleNoView
methods:
getStateInModel transitionToState app object
properties:
fromPDFConverters printColorProfiles printerNames runtimeHighlight runtimeHighlightColor thermometer viewerType
methods:
addToolButton getPath mailGetAddrs newFDF openFDF popUpMenuEx removeToolButton
Bookmark object
methods:
setAction
catalog object
properties:
isIdle jobs
methods:
getIndex remove Certificate object
properties:
keyUsage usage
Collab object
methods:
addStateModel removeStateModel
Connection object
methods:
close
dbg object
properties:
bps
methods:
c cb q sb si sn so sv Directory object
properties:
info
methods:
connect
DirConnection object
properties:
canList canDoCustomSearch canDoCustomUISearch canDoStandardSearch groups name uiName
methods:
search setOutputFields Doc object
properties:
alternatePresentations documentFileName metadata permStatusReady
methods:
addLink addRecipientListCryptFilter addRequirement encryptForRecipients exportAsText exportXFAData getLegalWarnings getLinks getOCGs getPrintParams importXFAData newPage removeLinks setAction setPageAction setPageTabOrder Error object
properties:
fileName lineNumber message name
methods:
toString
event object
properties:
fieldFull richChange richChangeEx richValue
FDF object
properties:
deleteOption isSigned numEmbeddedFiles
methods:
addContact addEmbeddedFile addRequest close mail save signatureClear signatureSign signatureValidate Field object
properties:
buttonFitBounds comb commitOnSelChange defaultStyle radiosInUnison richText richValue rotation
methods:
getLock setLock signatureGetSeedValue signatureSetSeedValue Index object
methods:
build
Link object
properties:
borderColor borderWidth highlightMode rect
methods:
setAction OCG object
properties:
name state
methods:
setAction PrintParams object
properties:
binaryOK bitmapDPI colorOverride colorProfile constants downloadFarEastFonts fileName firstPage flags fontPolicy gradientDPI interactive lastPage pageHandling pageSubset printAsImage printContent printerName psLevel rasterFlags reversePages tileLabel tileMark tileOverlap tileScale transparencyLevel usePrinterCRD useT1Conversion
Report object
properties:
style
search object
properties:
docInfo docText docXMP bookmarks ignoreAsianCharacterWidth jpegExif legacySearch markup matchWholeWord wordMatching
security object
methods:
chooseRecipientsDialog getSecurityPolicies importFromFile
SecurityHandler object
properties:
digitalIDs directories directoryHandlers signAuthor signFDF
methods:
newDirectory SOAP object
properties:
wireDump
methods:
connect request response streamDecode streamEncode streamFromString stringFromStream
Span object
properties:
alignment fontFamily fontStretch fontStyle fontWeight text textColor textSize strikethrough subscript superscript underline
spell object
properties:
languages languageOrder
methods:
customDictionaryClose customDictionaryCreate customDictionaryExport customDictionaryOpen ignoreAll Thermometer object
properties:
cancelled duration value text
methods:
begin end util object
methods:
printd spansToXML xmlToSpans
methods:
addMenuItem alert listMenuItems listToolbarButtons response
Doc object
properties:
layout zoomType
methods:
createDataObject exportAsFDF exportAsXFDF exportDataObject flattenPages getField (see Extended Methods) getURL importDataObject importIcon print saveAs spawnPageFromTemplate submitForm event object
properties:
changeEx
Field object
properties:
name
methods:
buttonImportIcon signatureInfo signatureSign signatureValidate global object
Persistent global data only applies to variables of type Boolean, Number or String. Acrobat 6.0 has reduced the maximum size of global persistent variables from 32 KB to 2-4 KB. Any data added to the string after this limit is dropped.
search object
methods:
query
SecurityHandler object
The following were introduced in Acrobat 5.0 as properties and methods of the PPKLite Signature Handler Object. In Acrobat 6.0, they are properties and methods of the SecurityHandler object. All of these have new descriptions, and some have additional parameters. Note: When signing using JavaScript methods, the users digital signature profile must be a .pfx file, not an .apf, as in earlier versions of Acrobat. To convert an .apf profile to the new .pfx type, use the UI (click Advanced > Manage Digital IDs > My Digital ID Files > Select My Digital ID File) to import the .apf profile. properties:
appearances isLoggedIn loginName loginPath name signInvisible signVisible uiName
methods:
login logout newUser setPasswordTimeout Templatet object
methods:
spawn
Extended Methods
The Document.getField method was extended in Acrobat 6.0 so that it retrieves the Field object of individual widgets. See the Field object for a discussion of widgets and how to work with them.
properties:
soundex thesaurus
spell object
methods:
addDictionary removeDictionary
The following table lists the objects, properties and methods of the Multimedia plug-in. In Acrobat 6.0.2, multimedia JavaScript was documented in a separate document called the Acrobat Multimedia JavaScript Reference.
app object
properties:
media monitors
app.media object
properties:
align canResize closeReason defaultVisible ifOffScreen layout monitorType openCode over pageEventNames raiseCode raiseSystem renditionType status trace version windowType
app.media object
methods:
addStockEvents alertFileNotFound alertSelectFailed argsDWIM canPlayOrAlert computeFloatWinRect constrainRectToScreen createPlayer getAltTextData getAltTextSettings getAnnotStockEvents getAnnotTraceEvents getPlayers getPlayerStockEvents getPlayerTraceEvents getRenditionSettings getURLData getURLSettings getWindowBorderSize openPlayer removeStockEvents startPlayer
(Continued)
Doc object
properties:
innerAppWindowRect innerDocWindowRect media outerAppWindowRect outerDocWindowRect pageWindowRect
Doc.media object
properties:
canPlay
methods:
deleteRendition getAnnot getAnnots getRendition newPlayer event object
A new Screen type used with Multimedia along with associated event names.
Events object
methods:
add dispatch remove
EventListener object
methods:
afterBlur afterClose afterDestroy afterDone afterError afterEscape afterEveryEvent afterFocus afterPause afterPlay afterReady afterScript afterSeek afterStatus afterStop onBlur onClose onDestroy onDone onError onEscape onEveryEvent onFocus onGetRect onPause onPlay onReady onScript onSeek onStatus onStop
Marker object
properties:
frame index name time
Markers object
properties:
player
methods:
get MediaOffset object
properties:
frame marker time
MediaPlayer object
properties:
annot defaultSize doc events hasFocus id innerRect iisOpen isPlaying markers outerRect page settings uiSize visible
methods:
close open pause play seek setFocus stop triggerGetRect where MediaReject object
properties:
rendition
MediaSelection object
properties:
selectContext players rejects rendition
MediaSettings object
properties:
autoPlay baseURL bgColor bgOpacity endAt floating duration floating layout monitor monitorType page palindrome players rate repeat showUI startAt visible volume windowType
Monitor object
properties:
colorDepth isPrimary rect workRect
Monitors object
methods:
bestColor bestFit desktop document filter largest leastOverlap mostOverlap nonDocument primary secondary select tallest widest
PlayerInfo object
properties:
id mimeTypes name version
methods:
canPlay canUseData PlayerInfoList object
methods:
select
Rendition object
properties:
altText doc fileName type uiName
methods:
getPlaySettings select testCriteria ScreenAnnot object
properties:
altText alwaysShowFocus display doc events extFocusRect innerDeviceRect noTrigger outerDeviceRect page player rect
methods:
hasFocus setFocus
methods:
getDataSourceList newConnection
Annotation object
properties:
alignment AP arrowBegin arrowEnd author contents doc fillColor hidden modDate name noView page point points popupRect print rect readOnly rotate strokeColor textFont type soundIcon width
methods:
destroy getProps setProps
app object
properties:
activeDocs fs plugIns viewerVariation
methods:
addMenuItem addSubMenu clearInterval clearTimeOut listMenuItems listToolbarButtons newDoc openDoc popUpMenu setInterval setTimeOut Bookmark object
properties:
children color doc name open parent style
methods:
createChild execute insertChild remove color object
methods:
convert equal
Connection object
methods:
getColumnList getTableList console
Data object
properties:
creationDate modDate MIMEType name path size
Doc object
properties:
bookmarkRoot disclosed (5.0.5) icons info layout securityHandler selectedAnnots sounds templates URL
methods:
addAnnot addField addIcon addThumbnails addWeblinks bringToFront closeDoc createDataObject createTemplate deletePages deleteSound exportAsXFDF exportDataObject extractPages flattenPages getAnnot getAnnots getDataObject getIcon getPageBox getPageLabel getPageNthWord getPageNthWordQuads getPageRotation getPageTransition
Doc object
(Continued)
getSound importAnXFDF importDataObject importIcon importSound importTextData insertPages movePage print removeDataObject removeField removeIcon removeTemplate removeThumbnails removeWeblinks replacePages saveAs selectPageNthWord setPageBoxes setPageLabels setPageRotations setPageTransitions submitForm syncAnnotScan
event object
properties:
changeEx keyDown targetName
Field object
properties:
buttonAlignX buttonAlignY buttonPosition buttonScaleHow buttonScaleWhen currentValueIndices doNotScroll doNotSpellCheck exportValues fileSelect multipleSelection rect strokeColor submitName valueAsString
Field object
methods:
browseForFileToSubmit buttonGetCaption buttonGetIcon buttonSetCaption buttonSetIcon checkThisBox defaultIsChecked isBoxChecked isDefaultChecked setAction signatureInfo signatureSign signatureValidate
(Continued)
FullScreen object
properties:
backgroundColor clickAdvances cursor defaultTransition escapeExits isFullScreen loop timeDelay transitions usePageTiming useTimer
global object
methods:
subscribe
identity object
properties:
corporation email loginName name
Index object
properties:
available name path selected
PlayerInfo object
properties:
certified loaded name path version
PPKLite Signature Handler Object (now listed under the SecurityHandler object)
properties:
appearances isLoggedIn loginName loginPath name signInvisible signVisible uiName
methods:
login logout newUser setPasswordTimeout Report object
properties:
absIndent color absIndent
methods:
breakPage divide indent outdent open mail writeText save writeText search object
properties:
available indexes markup maxDocs proximity refine soundex stem
search object
methods:
addIndex getIndexForPath query removeIndex
(Continued)
security object
properties:
handlers validateSignaturesOnOpen
methods:
getHandler spell object
properties:
available dictionaryNames dictionaryOrder domainNamess
methods:
addDictionary addWord check checkText checkWord removeDictionary removeWord userWords Statement object
properties:
columnCount rowCount
methods:
execute getColumn getColumnArray getRow nextRow Template object
properties:
hidden name
methods:
spawn
The section related to event object has been greatly enhanced to facilitate better understanding of the Acrobat JavaScript Event model.
A new symbol was added to the quick bar denoting which methods are missing from Acrobat Approval. In the Doc object, the property disclosed was added.
properties:
alignment AP arrowBegin arrowEnd author contents doc fillColor hidden modDate name noView page point points popupRect print rect readOnly rotate strokeColor textFont type soundIcon width
object
methods:
destroy getProps setProps Doc
properties:
selectedAnnots
object
methods:
addAnnot addField exportAsFDF exportAsXFDF getAnnot getAnnots getNthTemplate importAnFDF Template importAnXFDF importDataObject mailDoc mailForm spawnPageFromTemplate submitForm syncAnnotScan
methods:
spawn
object